Ml  5RAK  Y 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


Deceiv 


LATIN    LESSONS 


FOR  BEGINNERS 


BY 

E.  W.   COY,  PH.D. 

PRINCIPAL   OF  HUGHES   HIGH  SCHOOL,   CINCINNATI 


NEW  YOKK  •:•  CINCINNATI  •:•  CHICAGO 

AMERICAN     BOOK    COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT,  1895,  BY 
AMERICAN  BOOK  COMPANY, 


LAT.   LESS.  — COT. 


[fliriVWSlTT, 

^rm^ 

PREFACE 


THIS  book  for  beginners  in  Latin  aims  to  introduce  the 
pupil  early  to  good  connected  Latin  reading,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  give  him  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  com- 
mon forms  and  simple  constructions  of  the  language.  A 
knowledge  of  the  forms  is  essential,  because  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  read  intelligently  a  language  as  highly  inflected  as 
the  Latin  without  such  knowledge.  An  early  introduction 
to  connected  reading  is  essential,  because  the  pupil  needs  to 
be  trained  to  feel  and  know,  from  the  beginning,  that  one 
of  the  chief  objects  in  the  study  of  the  language  is  to  learn 
to  read  it.  Too  exclusive  attention  to  the  study  of  forms  in 
paradigms  and  in  disconnected  and  trivial  sentences  leads 
to  the  feeling  that  the  language  is  simply  a  curious  mechan- 
ism to  be  examined  and  dissected,  instead  of  a  vehicle  for 
the  conveyance  of  thought.  Every  teacher  of  Latin  begin- 
ners is  familiar  with  the  difficulties  experienced  in  passing 
from  the  study  of  what  may  be  termed  the  mechanics  of 
the  language,  as  seen  in  forms  and  rules,  to  the  attempt 
to  grasp  the  thought  as  expressed  in  the  works  of  a  Latin 
author.  In  order  to  avoid  this  difficulty  in  the  present 
volume,  the  author  proposes  to  begin  very  early  the  reading 
and  translation  of  a  connected  Latin  text. 

After  a  few  exercises  have  been  given  in  the  conjugations 
and  declensions,  selections  have  been  made  first  from  Yiri 

3 


4  LATIN  LESSONS 

•m 

Romae,  to  form  the  basis  of  the  lessons  immediately  follow- 
ing these  exercises.  These  selections  are  presented  in  short 
passages,  and  are  accompanied  with  such  help  in  vocabu- 
laries and  notes  as  the  learner  seems  to  need.  Grammatical 
instruction  in  inflections  and  in  the  syntax  is  introduced 
gradually,  as  it  is  required  in  explanation  of  the  text  of  the 
lesson.  Each  lesson  also  contains  an  exercise  for  transla- 
tion at  sight,  and  one  made  up  of  English  to  be  turned  into 
Latin,  both  of  which  are  based  upon  the  passage  that  has 
been  read.  Thus  the  vocabulary  of  each  lesson  is  used 
three  times :  first,  in  the  text  to  be  read ;  again,  in  the 
passage  for  sight  translation ;  and  a  third  time,  in  the  Eng- 
lish to  be  converted  into  Latin.  Besides  this,  frequent 
reviews  have  been  given;  and  important  words  and  con- 
structions are  repeated  in  several  lessons,  in  addition  to  the 
one  in  which  they  first  occur.  It  is  believed  that  a  working 
vocabulary  will  thus  be  acquired  more  easily  and  more  natu- 
rally than  by  the  mechanical  memorizing  of  word  lists. 

Following  the  selections  from  Vlri  Romae,  and  treated  in 
the  same  general  manner,  comes  Nepos'  Life  of  Timoleon, 
and  finally  The  Last  Struggle  for  Gallic  Freedom  under  Ver- 
cingetorix,  taken  from  the  close  of  the  seventh  book  of 
Caesar's  Gallic  War. 

In  the  earlier  part  of  the  book,  the  meaning  of  the  new 
words  accompanies  each  lesson,  so  that  the  beginner,  in 
his  first  efforts  at  translation,  may  not  have  his  attention 
diverted  by  being  compelled  to  search  for  words  in  a  gen- 
eral vocabulary.  Farther  on,  the  special  vocabulary  for 
each  lesson  is  removed  to  the  Appendix ;  and  in  the  selec- 
tions from  Nepos  and  Caesar,  the  student  is  referred  for 
definitions  to  the  general  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the 
volume. 


PREFACE  5 

From  the  beginning,  attention  has  been  called  to  English 
derivatives;  and  groups  of  such  words,  derived  from  the 
Latin  already  used,  have  been  given  at  frequent  intervals. 
As  soon  as  it  could  be  done  with  advantage,  groups  of  allied 
Latin  words  have  also  been  given,  and  the  more  common 
synonymous  words  and  phrases  are  noticed.  It  is  hoped 
that  these  features  may  add  to  the  interest  and  profit  of 
the  learner. 

As  an  aid  to  pronunciation,  all  vowels  long  in  quantity 
have  been  marked  throughout  the  volume.  In  the  case  of 
hidden  quantities,  the  Hiilfsbuchlein  fur  die  Aussprache  der 
lateinischen  Vokale  in  positionslangen  Silben  of  Anton  Marx 
has  been  taken  as  authority.  To  assist  further  in  securing 
a  correct  pronunciation,  the  accent  of  all  inflections  in  the 
lessons  has  been  marked.  If  by  these  means  anything  shall 
be  contributed  towards  a  more  careful  and  accurate  pronun- 
ciation of  Latin  in  secondary  schools  the  author's  purpose 
will  be  answered. 

In  order  to  fix  the  attention  of  the  learner  upon  the 
variable  element  in  inflections,  the  endings  of  nouns  and 
adjectives  and  the  tense  signs  of  verbs  have  been  printed 
in  heavier  type. 

The  book  is  intended  to  furnish  material  for  the  first 
year's  work,  and  is  complete  in  itself;  all  grammatical 
forms,  rules,  and  explanations  needed  being  given  with 
the  lessons.  What  is  unusual  and  exceptional  has  been 
excluded  as  confusing  and  foreign  to  the  purpose  of  a 
beginner's  book. 

With  these  carefully  selected  portions  of  Viri  Romae, 
Nepos,  and  Caesar,  an  attempt  is  made  to  render  the  pas- 
sage easier  from  the  first  to  the  second  year's  work  in 
Latin,  and  to  prepare  the  pupil,  not  alone  for  Caesar,  but 


6  LATIN  LESSONS 

for  any  more  suitable  book  that  may  be  placed  in  his 
hands.  The  beginner  who  has  been  kept  for  the  first 
year  at  the  study  of  forms  and  the  dreary  translation  of 
lifeless  artificial  sentences  finds  himself,  at  the  threshold 
of  the  second  year,  when  set  at  work  upon  a  Latin  author, 
facing  a  blank  wall  which  he  can  neither  scale  nor  batter 
down.  Many  plans  have  been  proposed  to  relieve  the  diffi- 
culties of  this  situation;  but  with  the  limited  time  at  our 
disposal,  I  think  that  there  is  no  better  way  than  the  one 
presented  in  this  book. 

The  author  desires  to  acknowledge  his  indebtedness  to 
a  number  of  his  colleagues  and  friends  for  generous  aid  in 
his  work,  and  especially  to  Miss  Clara  B.  Jordan,  teacher 
of  Latin  in  Hughes  High  School,  Cincinnati,  and  Mr.  A.  F. 
Kuersteiner,  formerly  a  teacher  in  the  same  school,  whose 
kindly  criticisms  and  suggestions  have  been  of  the  greatest 
value  in  the  preparation  of  this  volume. 

E.  W.   COY. 

August,  1895. 


LESSON  PAGE 

Introductory 9-12 

I-III.     First   Conjugation  —  Present,    Imperfect,    and 

Future  Active 13-18 

IV.     Second  Conjugation  —  Present,  Imperfect,  and 

Future  Active 18, 19 

V.     Nouns  —  First  Declension 20-23 

Declensions,  Cases,  Gender 23-25 

VI.     Fourth  Conjugation  —  Present  and  Imperfect 

Active .  26,27 

VII,  VIII.     Second  Declension  of  Nouns  and  Adjectives      .  28-33 
IX.     Third    Conjugation  —  Present   and    Imperfect 

Active 34, 35 

X.     Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  —  Future  Active  36 

XI-XIII.     Third  Declension 37-46 

XIV,  XV.     Perfect  Active 46-50 

XVI.     The  Irregular  Verb  Sum.     Present  and  Imper- 
fect       51 

Pluperfect  of  Regular  Verbs 51,  52 

XVII.     Future  Tense  of  Sum 53 

Future  Perfect  of  Regular  Verbs     .....  53,  54 

XVIII.     Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  of  Sum  55,  56 

XIX-XLII.     The  Beginnings  of  Rome 57-112 

Declension  of  Qui 61 

Declension  of  Res 63 

Declension  of  Is 66 

Declension  of  Vagitus 70 

Declension  of  Hie  and  Vis 78 

The  Passive  Voice 83-86 

7 


8 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Participles,  and  the  Principal  Parts  of 

Verbs 87,88 

Imperfect  Subjunctive 97 

Declension  of  Alius  .    •. 109 

XLIII.     Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  — i-stems  112,113 

XLIV-L1X.     Romulus,  the  First  King  of  the  Romans    .  114-152 

Declension  of  Ipse 116 

Declension  of  Ille 129 

Declension  of  Sinister 130 

Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension  .     .  132 

Use  of  the  Infinitive 135 

Declension  of  Deus 150 

The  Infinitives 151 

LX-LXVII.     Numa  Pompilius,  the  Second  King  of  the 

Romans 152-174 

Periphrastic  Conjugations 157 

The  Subjunctive 159, 160 

Sequence  of  Tenses ;  Construction  with 

Cum 161,163 

LXVIII,  LXIX.     Comparison  of  Adjectives 175-178 

LXX-LXXII.     The  Story  of  Horatius  Codes 179-184 

LXXIII.     Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs    .  185-187 

LXXIV-LXXXII.     The  Story  of  Lsevinus  and  Pyrrhus  .     .  188-210 

Indirect  Discourse 188, 189 

Conditional  Sentences 194, 195 

LXXXIII-LXX XVIII.     Paulus    jEmilius    and    Terentius 

Varro 211-226 

Declension  of  Aliquis      ...  225 

LXXXIX-XCVI.     Life  of  Timoleon 227-240 

The  Last  Struggle  for  Gallic  Freedom    . 241-253 

APPENDIX 254-290 

LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY  .               291 


TJHIVBESITY 


LAI  :]ST    LESSONS 


INTRODUCTORY 

1.  The  Latin  alphabet  is  made  up  of  twenty-four  letters. 
The  letters  w  and  j  are  wanting,  k  is  seldom  used,  and 
y  and  z  are  found  only  in  words  derived  from  the  Greek 
or  from  other  foreign  sources. 

2.  There  are  two  ways   of  pronouncing  Latin  in  this 
country ;  the  one  known  as  the  Roman,  and  the  other  as 
the  English,  method.     By  the  former  method,  which  is  sup- 
posed to  be  nearly  like  that  used  by  the  ancient  Romans, 
each  letter  has  always  the  same  sound;  the  long  and  the 
short  vowels  differ  only  in  the  time  occupied  in  uttering 
them.     By  what  is  called  the  English  method,  the  letters 
are  given  nearly  the  same  sound  as  in  English. 

Sounds  of  the  Letters  by  the  Roman  Method 

3.  (a)  Vowels  and  Diphthongs. 

a    as  a    in  father.  au  as  ow  in  now. 

5  as  ey  in  prey.  ei   as  ei   in  feint. 
I     as  i    in  machine.  eu  as  ew  in  new. 

6  as  o    in  go.  oe  nearly  as  o-a  in  o-a-sis, 
u    as  oo  in  moon.  not  quite  like  oi  in  coin. 
ae  as  ai  in  aisle.  ui  nearly  as  oo-i  in  cooing. 

9 


10  LATIN  LESSONS 

The  vowels,  when  short,  have  the  same  sound,  only  less 
prolonged.  The  difference  in  the  sound  of  the  long  and  the 
short  vowels  is  a  difference  of  quantity,  not  of  quality ;  yet 
in  giving  the  sound  of  short  e  and  of  short  o  it  is  customary 
with  most  teachers  in  practice  to  change  somewhat  the  qual- 
ity of  these  vowels,  in  order  that  the  distinction  between  the 
long  and  the  short  vowels  may  be  made  more  apparent. 

In  the  following  words,  the  vowel  sounds  of  the  first  sylla- 
bles represent  the  short  Latin  vowels ;  those  of  the  second 
syllables,  the  long  Latin  vowels  :  — 

a papa.  o forego. 

e entail.  u footstool. 

i redeem. 

(b)  Consonants. 

c  and  g  are  always  hard,  as  in  cat,  go. 
v  has  the  sound  of  w  in  wine. 
B  has  always  the  hissing  sound,  as  in  so;  never  the  sound  of  z,  as 

in  is. 
t  has  always  the  sound  of  t  in  time;  never  the  sound  of  sh,  as  in 

motion. 
i  consonant,  i.e.  between  two  vowels  or  at  the  beginning  of  a  word 

before  a  vowel,  has  the  sound  of  y  in  yes. 
bs,  when  both  letters  are  ia  the  same  syllable,  has  the  sound  of 

ps,  not  of  bz. 

Syllables 

4.  (a)  Every  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has 
separate  vowels  and  diphthongs. 

(6)  In  dividing  a  Latin  word  into  syllables,  a  single  con- 
sonant, or  any  combination  of  consonants  that  may  begin  a 


INTRODUCTORY  11 

word,  goes  with  the  following  vowel.      In  compounds,  the 
parts  are  separated. 

(c)  The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  ultima;  the 
last  but  one,  the  penult;  the  last  but  two,  the  antepenult. 

Quantity 

5.  Of  Vowels.     Vowels  are  either  long  or  short. 

(a)  A  vowel  before  another  vowel,  or  h,  is  short. 

(b)  A.  vowel  before  nd  or  nt  is  usually  short. 

(c)  A  diphthong,  a  vowel  derived  from  a  diphthong,  or  a 
vowel  formed  by  contraction,  is  long. 

(d)  A  vowel  before  nf,  ns,  gn,  gm,  or  i  (consonant)  is  long. 
The  quantity  of  other  vowels  must  be  learned  from  obser- 
vation. 

6.  Of  Syllables.     Syllables  are  long,  short,  or  common. 
The  quantity  of  a  syllable  depends  upon  the  quantity  of 

its  vowel,  or  the  position  of  its  vowel. 

(a)  A  syllable  containing  a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong  is 
long. 

(b)  A  syllable  in  which  a  short  vowel  is  immediately  fol- 
lowed by  two  consonants  (the  latter  of  the  two  not  being 
1  or  r)  or  by  a  double  consonant  (x,  z)  is  long.     It  is  then 
said  to  be  long  by  position. 

(c)  A  syllable  in  which  a  short  vowel  is  followed  by  two 
consonants,  the  latter  of  which  is  1  or  r,  is  common;  i.e.  it 
may  be  used  as  either  long  or  short  in  verse. 

In  the  last  two  cases,  (b)  and  (c),  the  vowel  retains  its 
short  sound. 

(d)  All  other  syllables  are  short. 

In  the  following  Lessons,  all  long  vowels   are   marked 
thus  (~).     All  unmarked  vowels  are  short. 


12  LATIN  LESSONS 

Accent 

7.  All  words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the  penult. 

8.  All  words  of  three  or  more  syllables  are  accented  on 
the  penult,  if  the  penult  is  long;  if  the  penult  is  short  or 
common,  the  accent  is  on  the  antepenult. 

It  is  important  that  the  learner  should,  from  the  beginning, 
give  careful  attention  to  the  accent  of  the  Latin  words  which  he 
uses.  He  will  observe  that,  in  words  of  two  syllables,  the  accent 
is  uniformly  on  the  penult,  without  regard  to  quantity.  In  words 
of  more  than  two  syllables,  the  only  thing  necessary  to  be  known, 
in  order  to  determine  the  place  of  the  accent,  is  the  quantity  of 
the  penult.  If  that  is  long,  it  takes  the  accent;  if  it  is  short  or 
common,  the  accent  goes  to  the  antepenult. 

9.  Divide  into  syllables,  accent,  and  pronounce  the  fol- 
lowing :  — 

mater  compulsus  amabat 

pater  infantes  servilis 

Caesaris  coeperunt  dicantur 

natio  vagitus  magnus 

amicitia  exitus  differo 

tempora  venando  Rhodanus 

facio  imperium  conacribo 

Pronounce  the  following  often-recurring  monosyllables, 
observing  particularly  the  quantity  of  the  vowel:  — 

sic,  thus,  so.  sg,  himself,  themselves.        si,  if. 

cur,  why.  me,  me.  non,  not. 

cum,  when,  since.  est,  is.  sed,  but. 

turn,  then.  qum,  but  that.  hi,  these. 

qui,  who.  8,  out  of.  n€,  lest. 

quis,  who  ?  £,  from,  by.  -que,  and. 

ut,  50  that,  that.  hoc,  this.  et,  and. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  13 

LESSON   I 

VERBS 
First  Conjugation  —  a-stems 

A  mo  (stem  ama-),  /  love. 

1O*  Latin  verbs  are  divided  into  four  classes,  or  conjugations, 
distinguished  from  one  another  by  the  final  letter  of  the  verb  stem. 
This  final  letter  is  called  the  characteristic. 

The  characteristic l  of  the  First  Conjugation  is  a. 
"          "          "  Second  "  e. 

"          "          «  Third  "  a  consonant  or  u. 

"          "          "  Fourth  «  i. 

11.  The  stem  is  that  part  of  a  word  to  which   the   endings 
are  added  in  order  to  indicate  different  relations,  such  as  voice, 
mode,  tense,  person,  number,  and  case.     In  adding  these  endings 
to  form  the  word,  the  final  letters  of  the  stem  often  either  dis- 
appear, or  undergo  important  changes. 

12.  The  Pres.  Ind.  Act.  of  amo  is  thus  inflected :  — 

Present  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  dm-o,  I  love.2  ama-mus,  we  love. 

2.  dma-s,  you  love  (thou  lovesC).  ama-tis,  ye  or  you  love. 

3.  ama-t,  he,  she,  or  it  loves.  ama-nt,  they  love. 

It  will  be  observed  that  amo  is  for  amao,  and  that  the  stem 
vowel  a  disappears  before  the  ending  6. 

1  We  shall  see  that  the  long  vowel  characteristics  are  shortened  in  some 
of  the  forms. 

2  /  love,  do  love,  or  am  loving. 


14  LATIN  LESSONS 

A  study  of  these  forms  will  show  that  they  are  made  up  of  the 
stem  ama-,  together  with  certain  endings  that  are  joined  to  this 
stem. 

These  endings,  used  in  the  inflection  of  the  verb  in  the  active 
voice,  are  as  follows  :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  -6  or  -m,  /.  -mus,  we. 

2.  -B,  you  (thou).  -tis,  you. 

3.  -t,  lie,  she,  or  it.  -nt,  they. 

These  endings  are  added  to  the  stem,  to  form  the  different  per- 
sons and  numbers.  They  stand  for  the  personal  pronouns,  and 
hence  are  called  the  Personal  Endings. 

13.   Like  amo  inflect  the  following :  — 

regno,  /  reign.  libero,  I  set  free,  I  liberate. 

privo,  /  deprive.  propero,  /  hasten. 

voco,  /  call.  educo,  I  bring  up,  I  rear. 

indico,  I  point  out,  I  inform,  peragro,1  /  wander  through. 


EXERCISE 

14.  Pronounce,  analyze  into  stem  and  personal  ending, 
translate,  and  inflect:  — 

1.  Begnanms;  properant;  peragrat.  2.  Privas;  indica- 
tis;  regnant.  3.  Llbero;  educat;  vocas.  4.  Properamus ; 
liberamus ;  peragratis.  5.  Amat ;  properas ;  indico.  6.  Edu- 
camus ;  privant ;  amas.  7.  Peragramus  ;  vocant ;  properat ; 
regnatis.  8.  Indicamus  ;  privo  ;  properatis.  9.  Educas  ; 
regnat;  liberant. 

1  Compounded  of  per  and  ager.  The  parts  of  a  compound  word  are 
separated,  in  the  division  into  syllables,  —  p6r-a-gro. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  15 

Write  in  Latin  and  give  orally :  — 

1.  I  am  wandering  through;  we  are  setting  free;  he  is 
reigning.  2.  They  hasten ;  he  deprives ;  you  inform.  3.  We 
do  love ;  he  is  loving ;  they  set  free.  4.  You  reign ;  I  wan- 
der through ;  we  hasten.  5.  You  are  rearing ;  he  hastens ; 
they  are  calling.  6.  Thou  settest  free;  we  deprive;  she 
points  out.  7.  We  are  calling;  you  hasten;  he  is  rearing. 

15.    Of  regno  give  the  3d  sing. ;  2d  sing. ;  2d  plu. ;  1st  plu. 
Of  voc5  give  the  1st  sing. ;  3d  plu. ;  2d  sing. ;  2d  plu. 
Of  propero  give  the  2d  plu. ;  3d  sing. ;  1st  plu. ;  3d  plu. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 

amiable  privation  regnant  indicate 

educate  education  vocation          liberate 


LESSON   II 
First  Conjugation  —  Continued 

16.  Imperfect  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amabam,  I  was  loving*  amabamus,  we  were  loving. 

2.  amabas,  you  were  loving.  amabatis,  ye  or  you  were  loving. 

3.  amabat,  he,  etc.,  was  loving.  amabant,  they  were  loving. 

The  Imperfect  Tense  is  formed,  as  will  be  seen,  by  adding  to  the 
stem  the  syllable  ba  and  the  personal  endings;  thus,  ama-ba-t, 
ama-ba-mus.  Hence  ba  may  be  called  the  tense  sign  of  the 
Imperfect  Tense. 


I  loved  or  did  love. 


16 


LATIN  LESSONS 


EXERCISE 

1 7.  Pronounce,  analyze  into  stem,  tense  sign  and  personal 
ending,  translate,  and  inflect :  — 

1.  Prlvabat;  regnant;  amabatis.  2.  Peragrabas;  vocat; 
properabat.  3.  Indicabam ;  llberabamus ;  regnabant. 
4.  Educabatis;  amabas;  vocabat.  5.  Llberabam;  prlvaba- 
mus;  regnabat.  6.  Yocat;  vocabat;  vocatis;  vocabatis. 
7.  Indicas;  indicabas;  liberant;  liberabant.  8.  Regnamus; 
regnabamus;  amo;  amabam. 

Write  in  Latin  and  give  orally :  — 

1.  We  were  liberating;  he  was  reigning;  they  are  rear- 
ing. 2.  He  hastens ;  he  was  hastening ;  you  were  calling. 
3.  They  were  traversing;  they  are  traversing;  we  were 
loving.  4.  She  was  informing;  he  was  rearing;  they  are 
liberating.  5.  We  did  liberate ;  he  did  traverse ;  they  were 
hastening.  6.  I  called ;  I  am  calling ;  we  were  informing. 
7.  We  call ;  we  do  call ;  we  did  call ;  we  were  calling. 

18.  Of  regno  give  the  Pres.  and  Impf.  1st  sing.;    3d 
sing. ;  1st  phi. ;  3d  phi. ;  2d  sing. ;  2d  plu. 


•U£«  j      -LOU    WAtb  ,     l/V*    U&Ub  ,     JVVt    Olllg.  ,      ±I\JL    LU.U< 

Give  the  same  of  voco,  libero,  and  privo. 


WHITING  MATEKIALS 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  17 

LESSON   III 
First  Conjugation  —  Continued 

19.  Future  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amabo,1 1  shall  love.2  amabimus,  we  shall  love. 

2.  amabis,  you  will  love.  amabitis,  ye  or  you  will  love. 

3.  amabit,  he,  etc.,  will  love.  amabunt,  they  will  love. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  Future  Tense  is  formed  by  adding  to  the 
stem  the  syllable  bi  (3d  plu.  bu)  and  the  personal  endings ;  thus, 
ama-bi-t,  ama-bi-mus. 

Hence  bi  may  be  called  the  tense  sign  of  the  Future  Tense. 

In  like  manner  inflect  the  other  verbs  already  given. 

EXERCISE 

20.  Pronounce,  analyze  into  stem,  tense  sign  and  personal 
ending,  translate,  and  inflect :  — 

1.  Privabit;  peragrabimus ;  vocabunt.  2.  Amabis;  libe- 
rabitis;  properabo.  3.  Liberabit;  indicabimus ;  prlvabunt. 

4.  Peragrabis;  properabitis ;   educabimus.     5.  Vocat;  voca- 
bat;    vocabit.       6.    Regnamus;    regnabamus;    regnabimus. 
7.    Liberant;   llberabant;   liberabunt.      8.   Amasj   amabas; 
amabis. 

Write  in  Latin  and  give  orally :  — 

1.  We  set  free ;  we  shall  bring  up ;  he  hastened.  2.  He 
will  liberate;  thou  didst  rear;  they  will  be  traversing. 

1  The  final  vowel  of  the  tense  sign  disappears  before  the  ending  5. 
Compare  amo. 

2  Or  shall  be  loving. 

LAT.  LES. — 2 


18  LATIN  LESSONS 

3.  She  called;  they  will  love;  they  were  loving.  4.  He 
calls;  he  was  calling;  he  will  call.  5.  He  will  point  out; 
we  were  pointing  out ;  we  point  out.  6.  You  are  rearing ; 
you  were  rearing ;  you  will  be  rearing.  7.  They  are  reign- 
ing ;  they  were  reigning ;  they  will  be  reigning.  8.  I  call ; 
I  was  calling;  I  shall  be  calling.  9.  We  shall  set  free; 
they  will  rear ;  they  were  calling. 

21.    Of  voco  give  the  Pres.?  Impf.,  and  Fut.  1st  sing.; 
3d  sing. ;  1st  plu. ;  3d  plu. ;  2d  sing. ;  2d  plu. 
Give  the  same  of  llbero,  regno,  and  educo. 


LESSON   IV 
Second  Conjugation  —  e-stems 

Moiieo  (stem  mone-),  /  warn. 

22.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Tenses  of  moneo 
are  formed  from  the  stem  mone-  just  as  the  same  tenses  of  amo 
are  formed  from  the  stem  ama-.     The  personal  endings  and  the 
tense  signs  are  the  same  in  both  of  these  conjugations.     Compare 
ama-tis,    mone-tis ;    ama-bit,   mone-bit ;    ama-bamus,    irione- 
bamus. 

23.  Present  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  mdne-o,1  /  warn.  mone-mus,  we  warn. 

2.  mdne-s,  you  warn.  mone-tis,  you  warn. 

3.  mdne-t,  he,  etc.,  warns.  mdne-nt,  they  warn. 

i  Unlike  amo,  moneS  retains  the  stem  vowel  before  the  ending  5. 


SECOND   CONJUGATION  19 

Imperfect  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  monebam,  /  ivas  teaming.          monebamus,  we  were  warning. 

2.  monebas,  you  were  warning.       monebatis,  ye  or  you  were  warning. 

3.  monebat,  he,  etc.,  was  warning,    inonebant,  they  were  warning. 

Future  Tense 

1.  monebo,  I  shall  warn.  monebimus,  we  shall  warn. 

2.  monebis,  you  tvill  warn.  monebitis,  you  will  warn. 

3.  monebit,  lie,  etc.,  will  warn.        monebunt,  they  will  warn. 

24.   Like  moneo  inflect  the  following :  — 

0?  THB 

habeo,  /  have.  teneo,  /  hold.  T  Tf  t> ' 

moved,  /  move.  video,  /  see. 

augeo,  1  increase,  enlarge  (trans.),  iubeo,  /  order. 


EXERCISE 

25.  1.  Monet;  monebat;  monebit.  2.  lubebam;  habe- 
bant;  habent.  3.  Videbitis ;  tenemus ;  movebis.  4.  Auge- 
bamus;  iubent;  tenes.  5.  Habebatis;  movebant;  videbunt. 
6.  Augebit;  iubebit;  tenet.  7.  Monebimus;  iubebamus; 
habetis.  8.  Movemus ;  videbant ;  habebitis.  9.  Habe- 
bant ;  regnabant ;  videt ;  vocat.  10.  Vident ;  videbant ; 
videbunt. 

1.  He  orders ;  he  was  ordering ;  he  will  order.  2.  We 
increase;  we  were  increasing;  we  shall  increase.  3.  They 
have ;  they  had ;  they  will  have.  4.  You  (sing.)  see ;  you 
(plu.)  see;  they  will  hold.  5.  They  were  calling;  they 
were  moving;  he  was  moving.  6.  He  will  reign;  he  will 
have;  they  see.  7.  You  (plu.)  were  warning;  you  will 


20  LATIN  LESSONS 

warn ;  you  warn.  8.  I  am  holding ;  I  was  holding ;  I 
will  hold.  9.  You  are  liberating;  you  were  enlarging; 
they  were  ordering. 

26.  Of  regno,  habeo,  and  iubeo  write  the  1st  sing,  of  the 
Pres.,  Impf.,  and  Put. ;  3d  sing. ;  3d  plu. ;  2d  plu. 

Of  teneo,  voco,  and  video  write  the  3d  plu.  of  the  Pres. ; 
2d  plu.  of  the  Impf. ;  1st  plu.  of  the  Put. ;  3d  sing,  of  the 
Impf. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives  :  — 
habit  monument  vision 

move  tenet  visible 

motion  tenement  augment 


LESSON   V 
Nouns  —  First  Declension 

27.  Stella,  a  star. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Nom.  stella,  a  star.  stellae,  stars. 

Gen.  stellae,  of  a  star.  stellSrum,  of  stars. 

Dat.  stellae,  to  or  for  a  star.  stellis,  to  or  for  stars. 

Ace.  stellam,  a  star.  stellas,  stars. 

Voc.  stella,  0  star.-  stellae,  0  stars. 

Abl.  stella,  by  or  with  a  star.  stellis,  by  or  with  stars. 

28.  The  First  Declension  includes  nouns  whose  stem  ends  in  a. 
The  terminations,  made  by  the  union  of  the  case  endings  with  the 
final  vowel  of  the  stem,  are  affixed  to  the  base,  —  the  part  of  the 
word  unchanged  in  inflection,  —  to  form  the  different  cases.     The 


NOUNS— FIRST  DECLENSION  21 

base  may  be  found  by  dropping  the  termination  of  the  Genitive 
singular,1  which  in  the  first  declension  is  -ae. 

Hence  the  base  of  Stella  is  stell-.  The  terminations  affixed  to 
this,  to  form  the  different  cases,  are  as  follows  :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Nom.  -a  -ae 

Gen.  -ae  -arum 

Cat.  -ae  -is 

Ace.  -am  -as 

Voc.  -a  -ae 

Abl.  -a  -Is 

(a)  It  will  be  'observed  that  the  vowel  of  these  terminations  is 
long  in  all  cases  except  the  Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc.  sing.  Observe  also 
that,  although  there  are  six  different  cases,  we  have  but  four  differ- 
ent forms  in  the  sing.,  and  four  in  the  plu.  The  Nom.  and  Voc.  sing, 
are  alike,  the  Gen.  and  Dat.  sing.,  the  Nom.  and  Voc.  plu.,  and  the 
Dat.  and  Abl.  plu.  The  Abl.  sing,  is  like  the  Nom.  and  Voc.  sing., 
except  that  it  has  a. 

29.  VOCABULARY 

ripa,  gen.  ripae,  a  bank  (of  a  filia,3  gen.  filiae,  a  daughter. 

river).  silva,  gen.  silvae,  wood,  forest. 

aqua,  gen.  aquae,  water.  regina,  gen.  reginae,  a  queen. 

casa,  gen.  casae,  a  hut.  via,  gen.  viae,  way,  road. 

incola,2gen.  incolae,  an  inhabi-  puella,  gen.  puellae,  a  girl. 

tant.  .  est,  is. 

femina,  gen.  feminae,  a  woman.  sunt,  are. 

1  As  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem  is  sometimes  changed,  and  sometimes 
entirely  disappears  before  the  case  ending  proper,  the  pupil  would  not  be 
aided  in  learning  the  forms  by  referring  the  formation  to  the  stem.    Hence 
the  formation  of  the  cases  is  referred  to  that  unchanged  part  of  the  noun 
which  we  have  called  the  base. 

2  Incola  is  either  masc.  or  fern. 

3  Filia  and  dea  (goddess)  have  -abus  in  the  Dat.  and  Abl.  plu. 


22  LATIN  LESSONS 

magna,  gen.  magnae,  adj.,  great,  longa,  gen.  longae,  adj..  long. 

large.  ad,  prep.,  to,  towards;  always 
multa.  gen.  multae,  adj.,  much,  followed  by  the  ace. 

many.  in,  prep.,  in,  into,  on. 

In  casa  filiam  relinquit,  he  leaves  (his)1  daughter  in  the  hut. 
In  casam  filiam  ducit,  he  leads  (his)  daughter  into  the  hut. 
Observe  that  in  these  sentences  in  denoting  rest  in   a  place   is 

followed  by  the   ablative ;    denoting   motion  to   a  place,   by 

the  accusative. 
Rex  Albanorum  duos  filios  habuit,  the  king  of  the  Allans  had 

two  sons. 

a.  Rex  (king)  is  in  the  nom.  case,  the  subject  of  habuit  (had). 

b.  Albanorum  (of  the  Albans)  is  in  the  gen.  case,  limiting  rex. 

c.  Filios  (sons)  is  in  the  ace.  case,  the  object  of  habuit. 

These  three  facts  illustrate  the  following  rules  of  syntax  :  — 

Rule.  —  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  Nominative 
case. 

Rule.  —  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the  Accusative 
case. 

Rule.  —  A  noun  limiting  another  noun  denoting  a  different 
person  or  thing  is  in  the  Genitive  case. 

EXERCISE 

3O.  1.  Keglna2  iubet.  2.  Stellas  videbant.  3.  Ad  ripam 
properabimus.  4.  Via  est  longa.  5.  Multae  sunt  stellae. 
6.  In  rlpa  multas  incolas  video.  7.  Magnam  silvam  pera- 
grabat.  8.  Puellae  sunt  in  casa.  9.  Femina  in  casam  pro- 

1  The  possessive  pronouns  may  not  be  translated  into  Latin  when  they 
are  unemphatic  and  may  be  easily  inferred  from  the  context. 

2  Reglna  means  a  queen,  or  the  queen,  or  simply  queen.    The  Latin 
has  no  article,  and  the  context  will  show  what  article  is  to  be  supplied,  or 
whether  none  is  to  be  used. 


NOUNS  — FIRST  DECLENSION  23 

perabit.  10.  Iiicolae  longam  viam  indicabunt.  11.  Regmae 
fllia  est  in  rlpa.  12.  Regina  filias  educabit.  13.  In  ripls 
sunt  multae  casae.  14.  Puellae  ad  magnam  silvani  prope- 
rabant.  15.  Kegina  multas  filias  habet. 

1.  We  see  many  stars.  2.  The  way  is  long.  3.  The  girls 
are  in  the  hut.  4.  The  daughters  of  the  queen  pointed  out 
the  hut  of  the  woman.  5.  The  queen  was  reigning.  6.  She 
called  the  girl  into  the  great  wood.  7.  He  is  hastening 
towards  the  bank.  8.  The  queen  is  ordering.  9.  They  are 
hastening  towards  the  water.  10.  The  queen  will  order. 
11.  He  set  free  the  inhabitants.  12.  They  see  the  women 
in  the  forest.  13.  There 1  are  many  stars. 

Decline  together  via  longa,  multa  casa. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives  :  — 

stellar  feminine  magnitude 

aquatic  sylvan  multitude 

aquarium  magnify  longitude 

31 1  The  Latin  admits  of  greater  freedom  of  arrangement  of 
words  in  a  sentence  than  does  the  English.  This  is  made  possible 
by  the  fuller  inflection  of  the  Latin.  The  natural,  unemphatic 
Latin  order  is  the  subject  followed  by  its  modifiers,  the  modifiers 
of  the  verb,  and,  last  of  all,  the  verb.  But  this  order  is  constantly 
being  disregarded  for  the  sake  of  emphasis.  Any  word  placed  out 
of  its  natural  order  is  thus  made  emphatic. 

Pater  filiam  amat,  the  father  loves  his  daughter.  In  this  sentence 
the  words  have  the  natural  order,  and  no  special  emphasis  is 
given  to  any  part. 

1  Not  to  be  translated. 


24  LATIN  LESSONS 

Piliam  pater  amat.  Here  ffliain  is  made  emphatic,  and  we  might 
express  the  thought  thus :  It  is  the  DAUGHTER  whom  the  father 
loves. 

Again,  Amat  pater  filiam  gives  emphasis  to  amat,  and  we  might 
translate  thus  :  It  is  LOVE  that  the  father  has  for  his  daughter. 

The  force  of  the  Latin  sentence  can  be  understood  only  by  careful 
attention  to  the  order  of  words.  The  pupil  should,  from  the  first, 
be  required  to  read  with  proper  emphasis  the  Latin  in  the  order 
given,  and  should  be  trained  to  discover  the  meaning  of  the  sen- 
tence in  this  way.  The  translation  into  idiomatic  English  should 
follow  this  exercise. 


32.  DECLENSIONS.  —  Latin  nouns  are  divided  into  five  declen- 
sions, distinguished  from  one  another  by  the  final  letter  of  the 
stem,  called  the  characteristic. 

The  characteristic  of  the  First  Declension  is  a. 
"  "  "          Second          "  o. 

"  "  "         Third  "          a  consonant  or  i. 

«  "  "          Fourth  "  u. 

"  "  "         Fifth  «          e. 

(a)  As  the  stem  ending  is  not  apparent  in  all  cases  (28,  n.  1), 
these  declensions  may  in  general  be  best  distinguished  by  the  end- 
ings, especially  by  the  ending  of  the  genitive  singular. 

The  ending  of  the  Genitive  sing,  of  the  First  Declension  is  ae. 
"  "  "  "  "          Second  "  I. 

"  a  «  u  u          Third  "  is. 

«  "  «  "  "          Fourth          "  us. 

«  "  «  "  "          Fifth  "  el. 

33.  CASES.  —  Latin  nouns  have  six  cases;  namely,  Nominative, 
Genitive,  Dative,  Accusative,  Vocative,  and  Ablative. 

The  Nominative  corresponds  in  meaning  and  use  to  the  English 
nominative ;  the  Accusative,  to  the  objective ;  the  Vocative,  to  the 


NOUNS  — FIRST  DECLENSION  25 

case  of  address ;  the  Genitive,  to  the  possessive,  or  the  objective 
with  of;  the  Dative,  to  the  objective  with  to  or  for;  the  Ablative, 
to  the  objective  with  by,  with,  or  from.  These  meanings  will  be 
best  understood  from  the  use  of  the  cases  in  sentences. 

All  of  the  cases  except  the  Nominative  and  Vocative  are  called 
oblique  cases. 

34.  GENDER.  —  Latin  nouns  have  three  genders;  Masculine, 
Feminine,  and  Neuter. 

The  gender  of  Latin  nouns,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  following 
rules,  is  not  determined  solely  by  sex.  It  depends  in  part  upon 
the  meaning  and  in  part  upon  the  endings. 

(a)  General  Rules  for  Gender  :  — 

1.  Names  of  males  are  masculine. 

2.  Names  of  rivers,  winds,  and  months  are  masculine. 

3.  Names  of  females  are  feminine. 

4.  Names  of  countries,  towns,  islands,  and  trees  are  femi- 

nine. 

5.  Indeclinable   nouns  and   infinitives  used   as  nouns  are 

neuter. 

(&)  Special  rules  for  gender  depending  upon  the  endings  will 
be  found  in  the  following  lessons. 

Nouns  of  the  First  Declension  are  feminine,  except  such  as  are 
masculine  under  the  general  rules. 


26  LATIN  LESSONS 

i 

LESSON   VI 
Fourth  Conjugation  —  I-  stems 

35.  Audio  (stem  audi-1),  /  hear. 
Present  Tense  Imperfect  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  aiidi-6  audi-mus  1.  audie'bam  audiebamus 

2.  aiidl-s  audi-tis  2.  audie'bas  audiebatis 

3.  aiidi-t  aiidi-unt  3.  audiebat  audiebant 

Observe  that  the  Pres.  and  Impf.  Tenses  of  this  conjugation  are 
inflected  throughout  just  like  the  same  tenses  of  the  Second  Conju- 
gation, with  the  following  exceptions  :  — 

1.  In  the  Pres.,  u  is  found  between  the  stem  and  the  personal 
ending  of  the  3d  plu.     Cf .  moiie-nt  and  audi-u-nt. 

2.  In  the  Impf.,  e  is  found  between  the  stem  and  the  tense  sign 
ba  in  all  the  forms.     Cf.  mone-ba-m  and  audi-e-ba-m. 

36.  VOCABULARY 

punio,2  I  punish.  rana,  a  frog. 

finio,2  I  finish.  agricola,  m.,  a  farmer. 

munio,2  I  fortify.  bona,  adj.,  good. 

venio,'2  I  come.  mala,  adj.,  bad. 

volo  (1st  Conj.),  I  fly.  e3  or  ex,  prep.,  from,   out  of. 

laudo  (1st  Conj.),  I  praise.  Followed  by  the  Ablative. 

aquila,  an  eagle. 

1  The  final  vowel  of  the  stem  is  shortened  in  some  of  the  forms,  as  in 
the  second  .conjugation.    N.  1,  Less.  I. 

2  Inflect,  in  the  Pres.  and  Impf.  Tenses,  like  audio. 

8  E  is  used  only  before  consonants ;  ex,  before  both  vowels  and  con- 
sonants. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION  27 

EXERCISE 

37.  1.  Kanas  audio.  2.  In  silvam  veniebant.  3.  Aquilae 
ex  silva  volant.  4.  lieglna  ad  casam  venit.  5.  Viam  muniunt. 
6.  Bona  regma  agricolas  laudabit.  7.  Femina  ex  casa  venie- 
bat.  8.  Fllia  bonae  reglnae  venit.  9.  Fmiunt ;  f  miebant ; 
vocant ;  habebant.  10.  Vident ;  veniunt ;  tenebat ;  munie- 
bat.  11.  Regina  regnat.  12.  In  magnam  silvam  veniebant. 
13.  Longam  viam  peragrat.  14.  Mala  reglna  agricolas  punit. 
15.  Audiebas;  mums;  puniebatis;  fmltis. 

1.  The  good  women  are  in  the  hut.  2.  The  eagle  will 
fly  to  the  forest.  3.  They  were  coming  out  of  the  water. 
4.  We  are  fortifying  the  long  road.  5.  The  inhabitants 
punish  the  bad  queen.  6.  The  queen  was  reigning.  7.  They 
are  finishing;  they  were  finishing.  8.  The  farmers  heard 
the  frogs.  9.  Many  eagles  were  hastening  into  the  wood. 
10.  We  are  coming ;  we  are  seeing ;  we  are  praising.  11.  The 
daughter  of  the  farmer  came  from  the  bank.  12.  We  hear ; 
we  were  hearing ;  you  fortify ;  you  were  fortifying. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives  :  — 
punishment       finish          audience        volatile        laudatory 
munitions          convene        auditor          laud  agriculture 


28  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  VII 
Second  Declension 

38.  Servus,  m.,1  a  slave.  Bellum,  u.,  war. 

SINGULAR        PLURAL  SINGULAR        PLURAL 

Nom.  servus  servi  bellum  bella 

Gen.  servi  servorum  belli  bellorum 

Dat.  servo  servis  bello  bellis 

Ace.  servum  servos  bellum  bella 

Voc.  serve  servi  bellum  bella 

Abl.  servo  servis  bello  bellis 

The  Second  Declension  includes  nouns  whose  stem  ends  in  -o. 
The  Nom.  sing,  ends  in  -er,  -ir,  -us,  or  -um.  Those  ending  in  -um 
are  neut. ;  the  rest  are  masc. 

TERMINATIONS 

39.  Masculine  Neuter 

SINGULAR      PLURAL  SINGULAR        PLURAL 

Nom.  -us  or  —  -i  -um  -a 

Gen.  -I  -orum  -i  -orum 

Dat.  -6  -is  -6  -Is 

Ace.  -um  -6s  -um  -a 

Voc.  -e  -I  -um  -a 

Abl.  -6  -is  -6  -is 

These  terminations  are  added  to  the  base,  which  in  the  above 
nouns  is  serv-  and  bell-,  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -I  of  the 
gen.  sing. 

(a)  It  will  be  observed  that,  in  masculine  nouns,  the  vowel  of 
these  terminations  is  long,  except  in  the  Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc.  sing. 

1  m.  =  masculine ;  n.  =  neuter ;  f.  =  feminine. 


NOUNS  — SECOND  DECLENSION  29 

Cf.  28.  (a).  In  neuters  the  vowel  is  long,  except  in  the  Nom.,  Ace., 
and  Voc.,  both  numbers. 

(6)  Observe  also  that  the  endings  of  the  Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc. 
neuter  are  alike ;  being  in  the  sing,  -urn,  and  in  the  plu.  -a.  These 
cases  are  alike  in  neuter  nouns  of  all  declensions,  and  in  the  plural 
they  always  end  in  -a. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  only  difference  between  the  endings  of 
the  masculines  and  the  neuters  of  this  declension  is  in  the  Nom. 
and  Voc.  sing.,  and  in  the  Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc.  plu. 

(c)  Nouns  in  -us  of  this  declension  are  the  only  Latin  nouns  in 
which  the  endings  of  the  Nom.  and  Voc.  sing,  are  not  alike. 

(c?)  Comparing  the  endings  of  nouns  of  the  First  Declension  with 
those  of  the  Second  Declension,  we  find  that  the  Ace.  sing,  of  the 
First  Decl.  ends  in  -am,  Second  Decl.  -um;  Gen.  plu.  First  Decl. 
-arum,  Second  Decl.  -orum ;  Ace.  plu.  First  Decl.  -as,  Second  Decl. 
-6s ;  Dat.  and  Abl.  plu.  both  declensions,  -is. 

Where  may  servi  be  found  (give  case  and  number)  ?  servo  ? 
servis?  bello?  bellum?  bella?  bellis? 


4O.  VOCABULARY 

regnum,  -I,  n.,  a  kingdom.  filius,1  -I,  m.,  a  son. 

vinculum,  -I,  n.,  a  bond,  chain.  populus,  -I,  m.,  the  people. 

caelum,  -I,  n.,  heaven,  the  sky.  fluvius,  -I,  m.,  a  river. 

Amulius,  -I,  m.,  Amulius  (a  leg-  Albani,  -orum,  plu.  m.,  Albans 

endary  king  of  Alba).  (inhabitants  of  Alba), 

amicus,  -I,  m.,  a  friend.  et,  conj.,  and. 

equus,  -I,  m.,  a  horse.  non,  adv.,  not. 

Inflect  the  masculine  nouns  given  in  the  vocabulary  like 
servus ;  the  neuter  nouns,  like  bellum. 

i  Nouns  in  -ius,  like  Amulius,  filius,  and  fluvius,  and  nouns  in 
-ium,  contract  -ii  in  the  gen.  sing,  into  -I  without  changing  the  accent. 
Proper  names  in  -ius,  also  filius  and  genius,  drop  e  in  the  voc.  sing. 


30 


LATIN  LESSONS 


41.  Adjectives  like  bonus,  good,  are  declined  in  the  mas- 
culine like  servus,  in  the  feminine  like  stella,  and  in  the 
neuter  like  bellum. 


SINGULAR 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Nom. 

bonus 

bdna 

Gen. 

bdni 

bdnae 

Dat. 

bdno 

bdnae 

Ace. 

bdnum 

bdnam 

Voc. 

bone 

bdna 

Abl. 

bo'no 

bo'na 

Neut. 
bdnum 
bdni 
bdno 
bdnum 
bdnum 
bdno 


PLURAL 

Nom. 

bdni 

bdnae 

bdna 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bdnis 

bdnis 

bdnis 

Ace. 

bdnos 

bdnas 

bdna 

Voc. 

bdni 

bdnae 

bdna 

Abl. 

bdnis 

bdnis 

bdnis 

In  giving  the  forms,  read  from  left  to  right. 
In  like  manner  decline   the   adjectives   multus,  -a,  -um, 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  longus,  -a,  -um,  and  malus,  -a,  -um. 


42.   Study  the  following  sentences :  — 

Magnum  bellum  gerit,  he  is  waging  a  great  war. 
Bonos  amicos  habet,  he  has  good  friends. 
Via  est  longa,  the  way  is  long. 

Observe  that  the  adjectives  magnum,  bonds,  and  longa  have 
the  same  gender,  number,  and  case  as  the  nouns  to  which 
they  belong.  Hence  the  following 

Rule. — An  adjective  agrees  with  its  noun  in  Gender,  Number, 
and  Case. 


ADJECTIVES 

^ 
EXERCISE 

43.  1.  Amulius  filios  habet.  2.  Oppidum  Albanorum  tene"- 
bat.  3.  Multos  servos  dominus  habebat.  4.  Albani  magnum 
bellum  fmiebant.  5.  Amuli  amicus  est.  6.  Filios  et  filias 
rSglnae  videmus.  7.  Servl  dominum  non  amant.  8.  Popu- 
lus  multos  amicos  habet.  9.  In  fluvi  ripa  est  magnum 
oppidum.  10.  Albani  multos  equos  et  servos  habebant.. 
11.  Stellae  in  caelo  sunt.  12.  Vincula  servos  non  tenent. 
13.  Albanorum  oppida  llberabat.  14.  Kegni  oppida  munie- 
bat.  15.  Servl  bonum  dominum  amant.  16.  Multa  aqua 
est  in  fluvio.  17.  Ad  oppidum  amicus  populi  properabat. 
18.  Filii  Amuli  servos  llberabunt. 

1.  Many  stars  are  in  the  sky.  2.  Amulius  finished  many 
wars.  3.  Amulius  is  not  a  friend  of  the  queen.  4.  The 
master  was  punishing  the  bad  slaves.  5.  The  good  people 
were  moving  into  the  town.  6.  He  will  increase  the  king- 
dom of  the  Albans.  7.  The  horses  were  hastening  towards 
the  river.  8.  He  will  set  free  the  sons  and  daughters  of 
Amulius.  9.  He  wanders  through  the  kingdom  of  the 
Albans.  10.  The  bad  master  does  not  have  many  friends. 
11.  The  chain  is  long.  12.  The  water  of  the  river  is  good. 
13.  He  will  finish  the  war. 

Inflect  together  magnum  oppidum,  bonus  amicus,  and  Ion- 
gum  vinculum. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 

filial  popular  servile 

domineer  nonentity  .  belligerent 

amicable  equine  servitude 


32 


LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   VIII 


Second  Declension  —  Continued 


44.         Ager,  m.,  a  field. 

SINGULAR       PLURAL 


N.  V.  dger 

Gen.  agri 

Dat.  agro 

Ace.  agrum 

Abl.  agro 


agri 

agrorum 

agrls 

agros 

agrls 


Puer,  ra.,  a  boy. 

SINGULAR       PLURAL 

piier 

piieri 

piierS 

piierum 

piiero 


piieri 

puerorum 

piieris 

piieros 

piieris 


Vir,  m.,  a  man. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.     vir  virl 

Gen.      viri  virorum 

Dat.       viro  viris 

Ace.       vi'rum  viros 

Abl.       viro  viris 


45.  Most  noung  of  the  Second  Declension  ending  in  -er 
are  declined  like  ager.  The  principal  nouns  declined  like 

puer  are 

gener,  m.,  a  son-in-laiv. 

socer,  m.,  a  father-in-law. ' 
liberi,  m.,  children  (plu.  only), 
vesper,  m.,  evening. 

(a)  The  terminations  added  to  the  base  of  nouns  in  -er 
and  -ir  are  the  same  as  in  nouns  in  -us,  except  that  the  Norn, 
and  Voc.  sing,  have  no  termination. 

(6)  Vir  and  its.  compounds  are  the  only  nouns  commonly 
met  with  that  end  in  -ir. 


NOUNS  — SECOND   DECLENSION  33 

(c)  It  will  be  noted  that,  in  nouns  like  ager,  the  e  is  not 
found  in  the  stem,  but  is  simply  inserted  before  r,  in  the 
Nom.  and  Voc.,  to  aid  in  the  pronunciation. 

46.  VOCABULARY 

aper,  apri,  m.,  a  ivild  boar.  liber,  libri,  m.,  a  book. 

caper,  caprl,  m.,  a  goat.  magister,  magistri,  m.,  a  master. 

culter,  cultri,  m.,  a  knife.  doceo  (st.  doce-),  /  teach. 

faber.  fabri,  m.,  a  carpenter.  hortus,  -I,  m.,  a  garden. 

dominus,  master  of  a  household,  or  of  slaves. 

magister,  master  of  a  school. 

EXERCISE 

47.  1.  Caper  et  equus  in  virl  horto  sunt.    2.  Magistri  pue- 
ros  amant.     3.  Magister  generum  regmae  docebit.     4.  Llberi 
fabri  libros  et  cultros  habent.    5.  Sunt  mult!  caprl  et  apri  in 
silva.     6.  Dominus  malos  pueros  puniebat.     7.  Vir  in  socerl 
hortum  venit.     8.  Magister  amicl  llberos  docet.     9.  Multos 
apros  in  agris  .videbam.     10.  Llberi  et  fabri  et  agricolae  et 
regmae  filil  in  oppidum  properabant.      11.  Ager  agricolae 
est  in  fluvi  ripa.     12.  Populus  non  multos  amlcos  habet. 

1.  The  masters  were  teaching  the  carpenter's  sons. 
2.  They  were  traversing  the  fields  of  the  Albans.  3.  The 
father-in-law  is  hastening  into  the  town.  4.  He  saw  the 
goats  and  wild  boars  in  the  farmer's  garden.  5.  The  slaves 
saw  the  horses  of  (their)  master.  6.  The  carpenter  had 
many  knives.  7.  The  farmer  has  many1  good  horses.  8.  The 
children  saw  the  eagles  in  the  wood.  9.  The  boys  came  to 

i  The  Latin  should  be  "  many  and  good." 
LAT.  LES.  —  3 


34  LATIN  LESSONS 

the  bank  of  the  river.      10.  The  men  called  the  children 
into  the  hut. 

Decline  together  bonus  vir,  magmis  culter,  malus  aper. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives  :  — 

virile  fabric  docile 

puerile  library  doctor 

capricious  magistrate  horticulture 


LESSON   IX 
Third  Conjugation  —  Consonant  and  u-stems 

48.  Most  verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  are  formed  from 
stems  ending  in  a  consonant.  In  the  other  conjugations,  the 
present  stem,  as  we  have  seen,  is  the  same  as  the  verb  stem. 

In  the  Third  Conjugation,  the  present  stem  is  formed  by 
adding  e  to  the  verb  stem.  This  vowel  appears  as  i  in  the 
Pres.  Ind.  Act.,  except  in  the  1st  pers.  sing.,  where  it  dis- 
appears before  the  ending  -6  (cf .  amo) ;  and  in  the  3d  pers. 
plu.,  where  we  have  u  before  -nt. 

Rego  (verb  stem  reg- ;  pres.  stem  rege-),  I  rule. 

Present  Imperfect 

I  rule  or  am  ruling.  I  ruled  or  was  ruling. 

SINGULAR      PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  rdg-o         rdgi-mus  1.  regebam        regebamus 

2.  rdgi-s        rdgi-tis  2.  regebas          regebatis 

3.  rdgi-t       regu-nt  3.  regebat          regebant 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  35 

49.  Like  rego  inflect  the  following :  — 

duco,  I  lead.  relinquo,  7  leave. 

mitto,  /  send.  §ero?  I  bear,  carry  on. 

curro,  I  run.  pello,  7  drive  away,  expel. 

EXERCISE 

50.  1.  Ducis;  ducebas;  mittit;  mittebat.     2.  Equicurre- 
bant.     3.  Viros  mittunt ;  bellum  gerebat.     4.  Oppidum  relin- 
quimus.     5.  Kegma  incolas  pellit.     6.  Aper  in  silvam  currit. 
7.  Amulius  regebat.      8.  Virl  equum  in  aquam  ducebant. 
9.   Agricolarum  agros  relinquebant.      10.   In  hortum  pueri 
cnrrimt.      11.  Populus  regmam  pellebat.      12.  Multa  bella 
Albani  gerunt.      13.  Multos  libros  ad  magistrum  mittunt. 
14.  Ad  magnos  Albanorum  agros  veniunt.      15.  Agricola 
equos  in  magnam  silvam  ducit. 

1.  The  boy  is  leading  the  horse.  2.  The  friends  of  the 
people  are  good  men.  3.  The  children  of  the  farmer  have 
many  books.  4.  The  inhabitants  of  the  town  expel  the 
good  queen.  5.  The  wild  boars  and  the  goats  leave  the 
fields.  6.  The  Albans  were  carrying  on  war.  7.  They 
are  running ;  we  are  sending ;  he  is  leading.  8.  The  slaves 
leave  their  masters.  9.  The  master  teaches  the  boys  and 
girls.  10.  They  were  running  towards  the  town.  11.  He 
sends ;  he  has ;  he,  calls ;  he  punishes.  12.  We  lead ;  we 
move ;  we  deprive ;  we  finish. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 

relinquish  concur  duct  mission 

current  expel  conduct  remit 

occurrence  compel  reduce  gesture 


36  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON   X 
Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  —  Future  Tense 

51.  THIRD  CONJ.  FOURTH  CONJ. 
Regam,  /  shall  rule  or  be  ruling.      Audiam,  I  shall  hear  or  be  hearing. 

SINGULAR   PLURAL  SINGULAR    PLURAL 

1.  regam       regemus  1.  aiidiam        audigmus 

2.  reges         regetis  2.  aiidies          audietis 

3.  reget         regent  3.  aiidiet          audient 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  tense  sign  bi  of  the  First  and 
Second  Conjugations  is  wanting  in  the  Third  and  Fourth 
Conjugations. 

Inflect,  in  like  manner,  the  Future  Tense  of  the  verbs 
given  in  36, and  49. 

EXERCISE 

52.  1.  Belinquunt;  relinquebant ;  relinquent.      2.  Mit- 
tit;  mittebat;  rnittet.     3.  Servos  punient;  pueros  docebunt. 

4.  Magister  llberos  agricolarum  docebit.     5.  Puer  ex  oppido 
equum  ducet.     6.  Curret ;  movet ;  mittent ;  habent.     7.  Pu- 
niemus  ;   videmus  ;   ducit ;   ducet.      8.   Multa  bella  Albani 
gerent.     9.  Pueri  ranas  ex  aqua  pellent.     10.  Populus  re- 
gmam  in  oppidum  ducet.    11.  Vinculum  servum  non  tenebit. 
12.  Equi  in  agricolae  agrum  current.     13.  Albani  oppidum 
munient. 

1.  I  shall  lead;  I  was  leading;  I  am  leading.  2.  He  runs; 
he  was  running ;  he  will  run.  3.  He  hears ;  he  was  hear- 
ing; he  will  hear.  4.  The  people  will  wage  a  long  war. 

5.  Amulius  will  fortify  the  town  of  the  Albans.     6.  They 


NOUNS  — THIRD   DECLENSION  37 

will  punish  the  children.  7.  He  will  lead  the  horse  to  the 
river.  8.  They  will  send  good  books  to  (their)  friend. 
9.  Many  people  will  come  to  the  bank  of  the  river.  10.  The 
farmers  will  leave  the  horses  in  the  field.  11.  He  will 
leave;  he  is  moving;  they  will  punish;  they  are  holding. 
12.  The  master  will  send  the  slave  into  the  town.  13.  The 
king  of  the  Albans  has  two  sons. 


LESSON   XI 
Third  Declension 

53.  The  Third  Declension  includes   nouns  with   stems 
ending  in  a  consonant  or  i. 

Consonant   stems    may   be    divided   into   the    following 
classes :  — 

f  (a)  Stems  ending  in  a  labial  (lip  sound),  p,  b. 

1.  Mute  stems  j  (b)        "        "        "        lingual  (tongue  sound),  t,  d. 

[  (c)        "       "       "        palatal  (throat  sound),  c,  g. 

2.  Liquid  stems,  or  stems  ending  in  1,  m,  n,  r. 

3.  Sibilant  stems,  or  stems  ending  in  s. 

54.  TERMINATIONS 
SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  and  Fern,  Neut.  Masc.  and  Fern.  Neut. 

N.  V.    -s  or  —  -es  -a  or  -ia 

Gen.     -is  -is  -um  or  -ium  -um  or  -ium 

Dat.     -I  -I  -ibus  -ibus 

Ace.     -em  or  -im  -es  or  -is  -a  or  -ia 

Abl.     -e  or  -i  -e  or  -i  -ibus  -ibus 


38 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Mute  Stems 

55. 

(a)  LABIALS 

Frinceps,  m., 

a  chief. 
st.  prmcip-1. 

SINGULAR                                   PL 

N".  V.    princeps                         prm 
Gen.     principis                        prm 
Dat.     principi                           prm 
Ace.     prmcipem                      prin 
Abl.     principe                          prin 

(b)  LINGUALS 

Miles,  m.,                 Aetas,  f., 
a  soldier.              age,  time  of  life. 
st.  milit-1.                 st.  aetat-. 

SINGULAR 

N.V. 

miles                         aetas 

Gen. 

militis                      aetatis 

Dat. 

militi                        aetati 

Ace. 

militem                    aetatem 

Abl. 

milite                       aetate 

PLURAL 

N.Acc.V. 

milites                      aetates 

Gen. 
Dat.  Abl. 

militum                    aetatum  (-ium) 
militibus                  aetatibus 

Gustos,  m.  &  f.? 

a  guard,  keeper. 

st.  custod-. 

ciistos 

custodis 

custodi 

custodem 

custode 

custodes 

custodum 

custodibus 


56.  Masculine  and  feminine  mute  stems  form  the  Nom. 
sing,  by  adding  s.  A  labial  before  B  unites  with  it  without 
change,  as  princeps ;  a  lingual  is  dropped,  as  custos ;  a  pala- 
tal unites  with  B  to  form  x,  as  rex  (st.  reg-). 


i  These  stems  were  primarily  princSp-  and  mil§t-,  and  the  short  e 
was  changed  to  short  i  before  an  added  syllable. 


NOUNS  — THIRD   DECLENSION  39 

57.  VOCABULARY 

comes,  -itis,  m.  and  f.,  a  com-  eques,  -itis,  m.,  a  horseman. 

paninn.  pedes,  -itis,  in.,  afoot-soldier. 

nepos,  -otis,  m.,  a  grandson.  quod,  conj.,  because. 

sacerdos,  -otis,    m.   and   f.,    a  quid,  conj.,  ichyt 

priest,  priestess.  ubi,1  adv.,  where. 

civitas,  -atis,  f.,  state,   citizen-  quo,  adv.,  whither. 

ship.  iucundus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  pleasant. 

EXERCISE 

58.  1.  Quo  milites  ducet?      2.   In  oppidum  Albanorum 
mllites  ducit.     3.  Silvae  custodes  videmus.     4.  Quid  prlnci- 
pes  in  oppidum  equites  mittebant  ?    5.  Quod  magnum  bellum 
gerebant.     6.  Nepos  prlncipis  comites  relinquet.     7.  Pedites 
et  equites  civitatern  llberabunt.      8.  Filius  prlncipis  bonos 
comites  habet.     9.  Ubi  sunt  amici  Albanorum?     10.  Filii 
Amuli  sunt  iucundi  comites.      11.    Mllites  longum  bellum 
f Inient.     12.  Quid  mllites  in  silvam  properant  ?     13.  Quod 
equites  ex  oppido  veniunt. 

1.  The  keepers  set  free  many  slaves.  2.  The  priest  warns 
the  companions  of  the  chiefs.  3.  He  will  send  the  horse- 
men to  the  chiefs  of  the  state.  4.  Whither  are  the  slaves 
of  the  master  running  ?  5.  Where  are  the  friends  and  com- 
panions of  the  keeper  ?  6.  Not  many  soldiers  are-fond-of 
(amo)  war.  7.  The  daughter  of  the  queen  will  have  many 
companions.  8.  Pleasant  friends  will  come  to  the  hut  of 
the  farmer.  9.  The  horsemen  and  the  foot-soldiers  are  the 
guards  of  the  state.  10.  Why  do  the  foot-soldiers  run  out 
of  the  town?  11.  Because  the  soldiers  of  the  Albans  are 

1  Sometimes  ubi. 


40 


LATIN  LESSONS 


coining.  12.  The  chiefs  will  finish  the  war.  13.  They 
will  have  pleasant  companions.  14.  The  soldiers  of  the 
chiefs  are  not  the  friends  of  the  people. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 
comity  equestrian  military 

nepotism  pedestrian  principle 

sacerdotal  custodian  ubiquitous 


59. 


LESSON  XII 
Third  Declension 

Mute  Stems — Continued 

(c)  PALATALS 
Rex,  m., 


a  king. 

a  leader.              a  judge. 

a  spouse. 

st.  reg-. 

st.  due-.           st. 

iudic-i. 

st.  coniug-. 

SINGULAR 

N.V. 

rex 

dux 

iudex 

commix 

Gen. 

regie 

diicis 

iudicis 

coniugis 

Dat. 

r%I 

duel 

iudici 

coniugi 

Ace. 

regem 

diicem 

iudicem 

coniugem 

Abl. 

rege 

diice 

iudice 

coiiiuge 

PLURAL 

N.Acc.V. 

reges 

diices 

iudices 

coniuges 

Gen. 

regum 

diicum 

iudicum 

coniugum 

D.  Abl. 

regibus 

diicibus 

iudicibus 

coniiigibus 

1  See  note  1,  p.  38. 


NOUNS  — THIRD   DECLENSION  41 

60.  VOCABULARY 

vox,  vocis,  f.,  a  voice.  caput,  capitis,  n.,  the  head. 

lex,  legis,  f.,  a  law.  frumentum,  -I,  n.,  corn. 

grex,  gregis,  in.,  a  flock.  vinco  (3d  Conj.),  I  conquer. 

lux,  lucis,  f.,  light.  vincio  (4th  Conj.),  I  bind. 

periculum,  -I,  n.,  danger.  studium,  -I,  n.,  desire,  zeal. 

61.  Examine  the  following  sentences  :  — 

Equos  aqua  privabat,  he  deprived  the  horses  of  water. 
Maguo  me  metu  liberabis,  you  will  free  me  from  great  fear. 

Observe  that  aqua,  in  the  first  sentence,  is  in  the  Ablative, 
after  privabat,  a  verb  of  depriving ;  and  in  the  second  sen- 
tence, metu  is  in  the  Ablative,  after  liberabis,  a  verb  of 
freeing. 

Rule.  —  Tliat  of  which  a  person  or  thing  is  DEPRIVED,  or 
from  which  it  is  FREED  or  SEPARATED,  is  expressed  by  the 
ABLATIVE. 

Multi  convenere  studio  videndae  novae  urbis,  many  came  to- 
gether from  a  desire  to  see  the  new  city. 

Ludicris  certaminibus  vires  auxere,  they  increased  their  strength 
by  friendly  contests. 

Vinculis  servos  vinciunt,  they  bind  the  slaves  with  chains. 

In  the  first  sentence,  studio  is  in  the  Ablative,  denoting  the 
cause  of  convenere;  in  the  second  sentence,  certaminibus  is 
in  the  Ablative,  denoting  the  means  of  auxere;  and  in  the 
third  sentence,  vinculis  is  in  the  Ablative,  denoting  the  instru- 
ment of  vinciunt. 

Rule.  —  CAUSE,  MEANS,  and  INSTRUMENT,  are  expressed  by 
the  ABLATIVE. 


42  LATIN  LESSONS 

EXERCISE 

62.  1.  lucunda  est  vox  amid.  2.  Quo  rex  mllites  ducet  ? 
3.  Leges  regni  sunt  bonae.  4.  Sacerdotes  et  indices  videbimus. 
5.  Bex  populum  agrls  non  prlvabit.  6.  Oppidum  belli  peri- 
culo  liberabunt.  7.  Magna  voce  equites  iubebat.  8.  Duces 
vinculis  liberabat.  9.  Rex  est  caput  dvitatis.  10.  Populus 
belli  studio  ex  oppido  properat.  11.  Albanos  bello  mllites 
regis  vincent.  12.  Vinculis  amicos  Albanorum  vincient. 

1.  The  voice  of  the  judge  warns  the  companions  of  kings. 
2.  He  will  send  the  chiefs  of  the  state  to  the  leader  of  the 
horsemen.  3.  Why  did  the  chiefs  of  the  state  expel  the 
good  inhabitants  from  the  kingdom  ?  4.  The  friends  of 
the  good  man  are  coming  with  a  desire  for  war  (Gen.). 
5.  The  chief  they  were  praising  with  a  loud  voice.  6.  We 
will  free  the  slaves  from  the  danger  of  chains.  7.  The  boys 
will  lead  the  herd  of  goats  into  the  woods.  8.  They  con- 
quered the  leaders  of  the  Albans  in  war  and  bound  (them) 
with  chains.  9.  They  deprived  the  inhabitants  of  corn. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 
vocal  gregarious  lucid  induce 

legal  capital  judicial  conduct 

regal  invincible  conjugal  studious 

Compare  vox  (vocis)  and  voco;  rex  (regis)  and  rego; 
dux  (duels)  and  duco ;  amicus  arid  amo. 

Compare  also  the  endings  of  the  Genitive  singular,  Third 
Declension,  and  the  possessive  case  in  English,  as  regis 
and  king's,  mllitis  and  soldier's;  also  the  Nominative  plural 
in  Latin  and  in  English,  as  voces  and  voices,  indices  and 
judges. 


NOUNS  — THIRD   DECLENSION 


43 


LESSON  XIII 


Third  Declension  —  Continued 


63. 


Liquid  Stems 


Pastor,  m.f            Legio,  f.,             Flumen,  n.,           Pater,  m., 
a  shepherd.               a  legion.                  a  river.                 a  father. 
st.  pastor-.           st.  legion-.           st.  flumm-i.           st.  pater-. 

SINGULAR 

N.V. 

pastor                   legio 

flumen 

pater 

Gen. 

pastoris                legionis 

fluminis 

patris 

Dat. 

pastor!                  legion! 

fluminl 

patr! 

Ace. 

pastorem             legionem 

flumen 

patrem 

Abl. 

pastore                 legione 

flumine 

patre 

PLURAL 

N.V. 

past8res               legiones 

flumina 

patres 

Gen. 

pastorum             legionum 

fluminum 

patrum 

Dat. 

pastoribus           legionibus 

flummibus 

patribus 

Ace. 

pastores                legion§s 

flumina 

patres 

Abl. 

pastoribus           legionibus 

flummibus 

patribus 

Multitude,  f., 

. 

a  multitude,  a  great  number. 

st.  multitudin-2. 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

N.  V.     multitude 

multitudines 

Gen.      multitudinis 

multitudinum 

Dat.       multitudin! 

multitudmibus 

Ace.      multitudinem 

multitudines 

Abl.       multitudine 

multitudmibus 

1  Primarily  flumen-,  but  §  becomes  I  before  an  added  syllable. 

2  Primarily  multitudSn-,  but  6  becomes  I  before  an  added  syllable. 


44  LATIN  LESSONS 


L 

Sibilant 

Stems 

Flos,  m., 

Corpus,  n., 

a  flower. 

a  body. 

St.  flOS-. 

st.  corpos-. 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

N.V. 

flos            flores 

corpus         corpora 

Gen. 

floris         florum 

cdrporis       cdrporum 

Dat. 

flori           floribus 

cdrpori         corpdribus 

Ace. 

florem       flores 

corpus         corpora 

Abl. 

flore          floribus 

cdrpore        corpdribus 

Liquid  stems  form  the  Nominative  singTilar  without  the 
addition  of  s.  Those  ending  in  1  or  r  have  the  Nominative 
like  the  stem.  Those  ending  in  n  drop  the  final  n  to  form 
the  Nominative,  except  neuters  in  -men  and  a  few  others. 

Nearly  all  sibilants  change  s  to  r  between  two  vowels, 
like  flos  and  corpus. 

Like  pater  are  declined  mater  and  frater.  It  will  be  noted 
that  e  of  the  stem  in  these  nouns  is  kept  only  in  the  Nomi- 
native and  Vocative  sing. 

65,  VOCABULARY 

agmen,  -inis,  n.,  an  army.  mater,  -tris,  f.,  a  mother. 

carmen,  -inis,  n.,  a  song.  Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy. 

virgo,  -inis,  f.,  a  maiden,  girl.  provincia,  -ae,  f.,  a  province. 

soror,  -oris,  f.,  a  sister.  orno  (1st  Conj.),  /  adorn. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  a  merchant.  can5  (3d  Conj.),  /  sing. 

legatio,  -oiiis,  f.,  an  embassy.  altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep. 

templum,  -i,  n.,  a  temple.  novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new. 
frater,  -tris,  m.,  a  brother. 

EXERCISE 

66.  1.  Rex  magnum  agmen  in  Italiam  ducet.     2.  Kegmae 
frater  et  soror  templurn  ornabant.     3.  AlbanI  legationem.  ad 


NOUNS  — THIRD   DECLENSION  45 

regem  mittent  4.  Quid  virgines  nova  carmina  in  altls 
templis  canebant  ?  5.  Alta  sunt  Italiae  flumina.  6.  Novae 
legiones  mercatores  frumento  privabunt.  7.  Mllite's  pro- 
vincia  pellebant.  8.  Bonus  pater  filios'  educabit.  9.  Re"gis 
pastores  sunt  in  fluminis  ripa.  10.  Comites  habebitis^ad 
multitudiiiem  iucundos}  11.  Alta  templa  floribus  ornabit. 
12.  Multis  periculis  provinciam  agmen  llberabit. 

1.  The  leader  of  the  Albans  moved  the  army  into  the 
province.      2.    The  rivers   of    Italy   are  large  and  deep. 
3.  Whither  are  the  mothers  and  maidens  hastening?    4.  Why 
do  not  the  priests  adorn  the  temples  with  flowers  ?     5.  The 
merchants  will  send  an  embassy  into  the  new  province. 
6.  The  soldiers  of  the  queen  will  free  the  state  from  the 
dangers  of  war.     7.  The  fathers  and  mothers  love  the  songs 
of  the  maidens.     8.  The  chiefs  of  the  state  were  waging  a 
great  war  in  Italy.     9.  The  voice  of  the  king  is  the  law  of 
the  state.     10.  The  good  master  will  not  deprive  the  children 
of  books.     11.  There  was  much  corn  in  the  fields.     12.  They 
were  expelling  from  the  state  the  leaders  of  the  army. 

EULES  FOB  THE  GENDEB   OF  NOUNS   IN  THE 
THIRD   DECLENSION 

67.  1.  Nouns  ending  in  o?  or,  6s,  er,  es  (increasing  in 
the  Genitive l)  are  masculine.  Exception :  abstract  and 
collective  nouns  in  -io,  and  nouns  in  -do  and  -go  of  more 
than  two  syllables,  are  feminine. 

2.  Nouns  ending  in  as,  es  (not  increasing  in  the  Genitive) 
is,  a  preceded  by  a  consonant,  aus,  and  x  are  feminine. 

i  That  is,  having  more  syllables  in  the  Gen.  sing,  than  in  the  Nom.  sing. 
These  are  from  consonant  stems. 


46  LATIN  LESSONS 

3.   Nouns  ending  in  I,  c,  e,  1,  a,  n,  t,  y,  ar,  ur,  and  us  are 

neuter. 

There  are  many  exceptions  to  these  rules,  which  must  be 
learned  by  observation.  The  above  rules  do  not  apply  to 
nouns  the  gender  of  which  may  be  determined  by  the  Gen- 
eral Rules  under  34. 

NOTE.  —  While  these  rules  may  be  found  useful  in  teaching  the 
gender  of  nouns  of  the  3d  Declension,  they  should  not  be  relied 
upon  as  the  only  means  to  be  used  for  this  purpose.  It  is  earnestly 
recommended  that  the  beginner  be  required  to  learn  the  gender  of 
each  noun  as  he  learns  the  noun  itself,  and  that  special  attention 
be  called  to  the  use  of  the  noun  in  connection  with  adjectives 
whose  terminations  indicate  the  gender. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 

fraternal          pastoral  ornament          altitude 

maternal  corporeal  Jloral  novel 

paternal  provincial         canticle  novelty 


LESSON   XIV 
Perfect  Tense  of  the  First  and  Second  Conjugations 

68.   The  endings  of  the  Perfect  Tense  are  the  same  for 
all  conjugations,  and  are  as  follows1:  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  -I  -imns 

2.  -isti  -istis 

3.  -it  -erunt  or  -ere 

1  These  endings  are  made  up  of  the  tense  sign  i  and  the  pers.  endings. 


PERFECT  TENSE  47 

69.    Inflection  of  the  Perfect  of  amo  and  moneo  :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amavi,  /  loved  or  have  loved.        amavimus,  we  loved  or  have  loved. 

2.  amavisti,  you   loved  or  have      amavfstis,    you    loved    or    have 

loved.  loved. 

3.  amavit,  he  loved  or  has  loved.       amaverunt  or  -ere,  they  loved  or 

have  loved. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  mdnui,    /    toarned    or    have       moniiimus,  ice  warned  or  have 

warned.  warned. 

2.  monulsti,  you  warned  or  have      monulstis,  you  warned  or  have 

warned.  warned. 

3.  mdnuit,    he    warned    or    has      monuerunt  or  -ere,  they  warned 

warned.  or  have  warned. 


70.  The  perfect  stem  in  the  First  Conjugation  is  regu- 
larly formed  by  adding  v  to  the  present  stem;    as,  ama-, 
amav-;  regna-,  regnav-. 

71.  The  perfect  stem  in  the  Second  Conjugation  is  usually 
formed  by  dropping  the  final  vowel  e  of  the  present  stem 
and  adding  u ;  as,  mone-,  monu- ;  tene-,  term-.     A  few  verbs 
of  this  conjugation  form  the  perfect  stem  by  adding  v  to 
the  present  stem,  as  in  the  First  Conjugation.     Other  ways 
of  forming  the  Perfect  of  this  conjugation  must  be  learned 
by  observation. 

Like  amavi  inflect  the  following :  — 

regnavi  (regno)  indicavi  (indico) 

privavi  (privo)  properavi  (propero) 

volavi  (volo)  educavi  (educo) 

Also  form  the  Perfect  of  voco,  laudo,  and  llbero,  and 
inflect  the  same. 


48  LATIN  LESSONS 

Like  monul  inflect  the  following :  — 

habui  (habeo)  vidi  (video) 

tenui  (teneo)  movi  (moveo) 

auxi  (augeo)  iussi  (iubeo) 

EXEECISE 

72.  1.  Vocaverunt;  vidimus;  llberavisti.  2.  Tenuimus; 
auxit;  movisti.  3.  Movistis;  prlvavit;  educaverunt.  4.  Rex 
Albanorum  f  Ilios  habuit.  5.  Equites  iussit ;  milites  f  rumento 
prlvavit.  6.  Sacerdotes  templum  floribus  ornavermit.  7.  Peri- 
cnlo  oppidum  liberavit.  8.  Virgo  flores  in  capite  liabuit. 
9.  Videt;  videbat;  videbit;  vldit.  10.  Vocat;  vocabat; 
vocabit ;  vocavit.  11.  Lucem  stellarum  vldit.  12.  Romu- 
lus fratrem  liberavit.  13.  Dux  agmen  in  oppidum  movit. 
14.  Nov!  pedites  in  provinciam  properaverunt. 

1.  We  praise;  we  were  praising;  we  shall  praise;  we 
have  praised.  2.  They  have ;  they  were  having ;  they  will 
have ;  they  have  had.  3.  Many  eagles  flew  out  of  the  woods. 
4.  Good  men  praised  the  laws  of  the  state.  5.  The  people 
loved  the  good  judge.  6.  He  moved  the  new  legions  into  the 
province.  7.  The  shepherds  increased  their  flocks.  8.  The 
leader  freed  the  people  from  the  dangers  of  war.  9.  We  saw 
the  bodies  of  the  soldiers  in  the  field.  10.  The  priest  called 
the  multitude  into  the  high  temple.  11.  Italy  has  many 
(and)  deep  rivers. 


PERFECT  TENSE  49 

LESSON  XV 
Perfect  Tense  of  the  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations 

73.  Inflection  of  the  Perfect  of  rego  and  audio  :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  rexi,  /  ruled  or  have  ruled.  reximus 

2.  rexisti  rcxistis 

3.  rexit  rexeruiit  or  -ere 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  audivi,  /  heard  or  have  heard.  audivimus 

2.  audlvlstl  audlvistis 

3.  audivit  audlverunt  or  -ere 

74.  The  perfect  stem  in  the  Third  Conjugation  is  formed, 
in  most  cases,  by  adding  s  to  the  verb  stem.    Changes  in  the 
final  letters  of  the  stem  then  often  follow  for  the  sake  of 
euphony  ;  as,  reg-,  reg  +  s  =  rex  ;  ger-,  ger  -f-  s  =  gess-. 

The  perfect  stem  of  verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  is 
formed  in  several  other  ways,  which  may  best  be  learned  by 
observation.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  here  :  — 

(a)  By  reduplication,  i.e.  prefixing  the  initial  consonant 
with  a  vowel ;  as,  curr-,  cucurr- ;  pell-,  pepul-. 

(b)  By  lengthening  the  root  vowel,  sometimes  with  change 
of  that  vowel ;  as,  em-,  em-  (buy) ;  fac-,  fee-  (do). 

(c)  By  retaining  the  verb  stem  unchanged ;  as,  verto,  stem 
vert-,  perf.  vert-  (turn);   defendo,  stem  defend-,  perf.  defend-. 

75.  The  perfect  stem  in  the  Fourth  Conjugation  is  usually 
formed  by  adding  v  to  the  present  stem.     Cf.  the  formation 
of  the  perfect  stem  of  the  First  Conjugation ;  as,  ama-,  ama  + 
v ;  audi-,  audi  -f  v. 

LAT.   LES.  — 4 


50  LATIN  LESSONS 

Like  rexi  inflect  the  following :  — 

duxi  (duco)  reliqui  (relinquo) 

inisi  (mitto)  gessl  (gero) 

cucurri  (curro)  viol  (vinco) 

76.  Learn  also  the  following  perfects :  — 

Pres.  Per/.  Pres.  Perf. 

muiiio  munivi  venio  veni 

finio  finivi  vincio  vinxi 

punio  punivi  cano  cecini 

EXEECISE 

77.  1.  Ducit;  ducebat;  ducet;  duxit.    2.  Yenit;  veniebat; 
veniet ;  venit.    3.  Oppidum  rellquerunt ;  vemmus ;  venimus. 

4.  Albanos   dux   vlcit ;    gerit ;    geret.      5.    Servos   vinculls 
vinxerunt;    pumvisti.      6.    Ad   patrem   pueri  cucurrerunt. 
7.   Soror  prlncipis  iucunda  carmina  cecinit.     8.  Veni,  vidi, 
vlci.     9.   Pastor  gregem  in  agros  duxit.     10.  Nova  legatio 
venit.      11.   Legiones  Albanorum  vincunt;   vincient;   vice- 
runt.      12.  Oppidum  stellarum  luce  viderunt. 

1.  We  are  singing;  we  were  singing;  we  shall  sing;  we 
have  been  singing.  2.  I  am  binding ;  I  was  binding ;  I  shall 
bind ;  I  have  been  binding.  3.  I  saw  the  horses  in  the  deep 
river.  4.  He  led  the  army  into  the  kingdom  of  the  Albans. 

5.  Why  did  they  send  the  horsemen   into  the   province  ? 

6.  Because   the   chief  of   the  province   was   waging  war. 

7.  The  girls  and  boys  have  come  into  the  garden.     8.  He 
left  the  new  road.     9.  They  have  finished  the  wars.     We 
have   fortified  the  towns.      10.    We  are  coming;  we   have 
come  ;  he  comes ;  he  has  come. 


THE   IRREGULAR  VERB   SUM  51 

LESSON   XVI 
The  Irregular  Verb  Sum,  I  am 

78.  Present  Imperfect 

SINGULAR  PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  sum,  /  am.   siimus,  ice  are.        1.  eram,  I  ivas.       erSmus,  we  were. 

2.  es,  you  are.   estis,  you  are.          2.  eras,  you  were.   erStis,  you  were. 

3.  est,  he  is.      sunt,  they  are.         3.  erat,  he  tvas.       erant,  they  were. 

79.  Observe  that  the  personal  endings  are  the  same  as  in 
the  regular  verb.     The  verb  sum  has  for  its  stem  es-.     Sum 
is  for  esum,  sunt  for  esunt,  etc.,  the  initial  e  of  the  stem 
being  dropped  in  some  of  the  forms.      The  s  becomes  r 
between  two  vowels,  as  in  some  noun  forms  (cf .  64) ;  thus, 
eram  is  for  esam,  eramus  for  esamus,  etc. 

THE  PLUPERFECT  TENSE   OF  REGULAR  VERBS 

80.  The  Pluperfect  Tense  is  formed  from  the  perfect  stem. 
The  tense  sign  of  the  Pluperfect  Tense  is  era,  which,  with 
the  personal  endings  -m,  -s,  -t,  -mus,  -tis,  -nt,  takes  the  form  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  -eram  -eramus 

2.  -eras  -eratis 

3.  -erat  -erant 

It  will  be  seen  that  these  terminations  are  the  same  as  the 
Imperfect  of  the  verb  sum. 

The  Pluperfect  Tense  of  all  verbs  of  all  conjugations  has 
the  same  tense  sign,  era,  and  the  same  personal  endings, 
and  is  formed  from,  the  perfect  stem  in  the  same  way. 


UITI7BI13IT7 


52  LATIN  LESSONS 

Pluperfect  of  Amo 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amaveram,  /  had  loved.         amaverSmus,  we  had  loved. 

2.  amaveras,  you  had  loved.       amaveratis,  you  had  loved. 

3.  amaverat,  he  had  loved.         amaverant,  they  had  loved. 

Inflect  the  Pluperfect  of  moneo,  rego,  and  audio  in  the 
same  way,  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

monu- 1  "I 

rex-      I  -eram,  -eras,  -erat.    I  -eramus,  -eratis,  -erant. 

audiv-  j 

Inflect  in  like  manner  the  Pluperfect  of  other  verbs  that 
have  been  given. 

EXERCISE 

81.  1.  Voco;  vocavi;  vocaveram.  2.  Tenet;  tenebat ; 
tenebit ;  tenuit ;  tenuerat.  3.  Ducimus ;  ducebamus ;  duce- 
mus ;  duximus ;  duxeramus.  4.  Moverat ;  vlderatis ;  habue- 
rant ;  vicerat.  5.  Via  erat  longa.  6.  Liberi  erant  in  horto. 
7.  Comites  et  amici  multitudinis  eramus.  8.  Sumus  civi- 
tatis  milites.  9.  Estis  regis  boni  amici.  10.  Erant  multi 
mercatores  in  oppido.  11.  Eramus  ;  iusseramus ;  erat ; 
habuerat.  12.  Eras;  laudaveras;  eratis;  vinxeratis. 

1.  I  was ;  I  had  punished ;  they  were ;  they  had  sent. 
2.  He  sends ;  he  was  sending ;  he  will  send ;  he  has  sent ; 
he  had  sent.  3.  They  had  come  to  the  deep  river.  4.  The 
priest  had  come  into  the  high  temple.  5.  The  girls  had 
been  singing  new  songs.  6.  The  people  had  seen  the  foot- 
soldiers  and  the  horsemen.  7.  You  are;  you  were;  you 


FUTURE   TENSE   OF   SUM  53 

have  had ;  you  had  had.  8.  The  new  legions  had  fortified 
the  town.  9.  He  had  called;  he  had  led;  he  had  moved; 
he  had  finished.  10.  Many  men  were  in  the  town. 


LESSON   XVII 
Future  Tense  of  Sum 

82.  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  ero,  /  shall  be.  erimus,  we  shall  be. 

2.  eiis,  you  will  be.  eritis,  you  will  be. 

3.  erit,  he  will  be.  erunt,  they  will  be. 

THE  FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE  OF  REGULAR  VERBS 

83.  The  Future  Perfect  Tense,  like  the  Pluperfect,  is 
formed  from  the   perfect   stem.      The   tense   sign   of  the 
Future  Perfect  is  eri,  which,  with   the   personal   endings, 
takes  the  form. — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

-ero  -erimus 

-eris  -eritis 

-erit  -erint 

These  terminations,  it  will  be  noticed,  are  the  same  as  the 
Future  of  the  verb  sum,  except  in  the  3d  plu. 

The  Future  Perfect  Tense  of  all  verbs  of  all  conjuga- 
tions has  the  same  tense  sign,  eri,  and  the  same  personal 
endings,  and  is  formed  from  the  perfect  stem  in  the  same 
way. 


54  LATIN  LESSONS 

Future  Perfect  of  Amo 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amavero,  /  shall  have  loved.         amav^rimus,  we  shall  have  loved. 

2.  amaveris,  you  will  have  loved.       amav^ritis,  you  will  have  loved. 

3.  amaverit,  he  will  have  loved.         amaverint,  they  will  have  loved. 

Inflect  the  Future  Perfect  of  moneo,  rego,  and  audio  in 
the  same  way,  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

monu- 1 

rex.-      I  -ero,  -eris,  -erit.  I  -erimus,  -eritis,  -erint. 

audiv-  J 

Inflect  in  like  manner  the  Future  Perfect  of  other  verbs 
that  have  been  given. 

84.  The  synopsis  of  a  verb  in  any  mode  consists  in  giving 
any  required  person  and  number  of  the  verb  in  each  tense 
of  that  mode.      For  example,  the  synopsis  of  amo  in  the 
Indicative  mode,  3d  pers.  sing.,  is  given  as  follows  :  — 

Pres.  amat,  Impf.  amabat,  Fut.  amabit,  Perf.  amavit,  Plupf. 
amaverat,  Fut.  Perf.  amaverit. 

EXERCISE 

85.  1.  Est;  erat;  erit;  sumus;  eramus;  erimus.    2.  Gerit; 
gerebat;  geret;  gessit;  gesserat;  gesserit.     3.  Erant;  mise- 
rant;  erunt;  miserint.      4.  Erimus;  tenuerimus;  eramus; 
tenueramus.      5.  Venit;  venerat;  venerit.      6.  Ubi  milites 
erunt  ?     7.  Puellae  carmina  iucunda  ad  populos  cecinerint. 
8.  Finiverint  novum  templum.     9.  Legiones  in  provinciam 
venerant.     10.  Prmceps  populos  fruinento  privaverit. 


COMPLETE   TENSES   OF   SUM 


55 


1.  You  are ;  you  were ;  you  will  fce ;  you  had  punished ; 
you  will  have  punished.  2.  He  will  be ;  he  will  have  had ; 
he  was ;  he  had  had.  3.  The  soldiers  of  the  king  will  have 
conquered  the  legions  of  the  Albans.  4.  The  chief  had  led 
the  army  to  the  river.  5.  They  have  sent  an  embassy  to 
the  king.  6.  He  will  have  taught ;  he  will  have  fortified ; 
he  will  have  called.  7.  We  had  praised;  we  had  con- 
quered ;  we  had  bound.  8.  We  shall  be ;  we  shall  have 
finished;  we  were;  we  had  sent.  9.  The  rivers  will  be 
deep.  10.  The  people  of  the  town  will  have  been  freed 
from  much  danger. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  moveo  in  the  3d  sing,  of  the  Indica- 
tive mode ;  of  duco  in  the  3d  plu. ;  of  muuio  in  the  1st  plu. ; 
of  regno  in  the  1st  sing. 


LESSON   XVIII 

Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Tenses 
of  Sum 

86.  These  tenses  of  sum  are  formed  from  the  stem  fu-, 
just  the  same  as  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 
Tenses  of  regular  verbs  are  formed  from  the  perfect  stem. 


Fill,  I  have  been. 

SINGULAR       PLURAL 

1.  fill  fiiimus 

2.  fulsti        fulstis 

3.  fiiit  fuerunt  (-re) 


Fueram,  /  had  been. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

fuerarn         fuerSmus 
fueras  fueratis 

fiierat  fiierant 


56  LATIN  LESSONS 

Fuero,  I  shall  have  leen. 

SINGULAR  PL.URAL 

1.  fuero  fu£rimus 

2.  fiieris  fu^ritis 

3.  fiierit  fiierint 

EXERCISE 

87.  1.  I  have  been ;  I  had  been ;  I  shall  have  been. 
2.  He  has  been;  he  had  been;  he  will  have  been.  3.  The 
boys  had  been  in  the  river.  4.  Soldiers,  you  have  not  been 
friends  of  the  people.  5.  (There)  had  been  many  foot- 
soldiers  in  the  provinces.  6.  The  shepherd's  herds  have 
been  in  the  farmer's  fields.  7.  The  legions  of  the  king 
had  been  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Albans. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  sum  in  the  3d  sing.,  Indicative  mode ; 
in  the  1st  plu. ;  in  the  2d  sing.  ;  in  the  3d  plu. ;  in  the 
1st  sing. 


88.  In  the  following  lessons,  let  the  learner  be  directed  first  to 
look  through  the  Latin  passage  assigned,  and  see  whether  it  con- 
tains any  new  words.  The  meaning  of  such  words  may  be  learned 
from  the  accompanying  vocabulary.  Then  let  him  read  the  passage 
through  in  the  Latin,  and  follow  the  meaning  word  by  word  in 
the  order  given.  Finally,  let  him  turn  the  passage  into  idiomatic 
English. 

This  work  cannot  be  insisted  upon  too  strongly  by  the  teacher ; 
for  it  is  only  by  such  a  process  that  the  student  can  be  led  to  an 
intelligent  appreciation  of  the  Latin  sentence,  and,  through  this, 
to  facility  in  translation. 

It  should,  however,  be  borne  in  mind  that  one  of  the  chief  objects 
of  these  early  lessons  is  to  give  an  easy  familiarity  with  the  foiins 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF  HOME  57 

of  Latin  words.  To  this  end,  nothing  can  take  the  place  of  per- 
sistent repetition.  The  declension  of  nouns  and  adjectives,  and 
the  inflection  and  synopsis  of  verbs,  both  orally  and  by  writing, 
should  be  continued  until  they  can  be  given  rapidly  and  correctly. 


0?  THB 

LESSON   XIX 

The  Beginnings  of  Rome 

89.  Proca,  rex  Albanorum,  ISTumitorem  et  Amulium  filios 
habuit.     Numitori,  qui  iiatu  niaior  erat,  regnum  rellquit. 

Proca,  -ae,  m.,  Proca,  a  proper  qui,  rel.  pron.,  who. 

name.  natu  maior  (literally,  greater  by 
Numitor,  -oris,  in.,  Numitor,  a  birth)  =  elder. 

proper  name. 

NOTES 

90.  Proca,  a  legendary  king  of  Alba,  —  a  town  about  twenty 
miles  southeast  of  Rome,  commonly  known  as  Alba  Longa. 

Alb  am,  the  inhabitants  of  Alba. 

Numitorein,  declined  like  pastor  (63) ;  but  names  of  persons 
are  commonly  used  in  the  singular  only. 

filios  :  p.  29,  n.  1. 

Numitori,  Dat.  after  rellquit.  Compare  in  English,  He  gave 
the  book  to  him.  regnum  is  the  direct,  and  Numitori  the  indirect 
object  of  rellquit.  What,  then,  is  the  case  of  the  direct,  and  what 
the  case  of  the  indirect  object  ? 

qui  is  a  rel.  pron.,  Xom.  sing,  masc.,  the  subject  of  erat.  Its  ante- 
cedent is  Numitori.  Observe  that  qui  has  the  same  gender  and 
number  as  its  antecedent.  Observe  also  that  Numitorem  and 
Amulium  mean  the  same  as  filios,  and  are  in  the  same  case. 


58  LATIN  LESSONS 

91.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Rex  Albanorum  Numitorem  f  ilium  habuit.  2.  Amulius 
Procae  filius  erat.  3.  Numitor  Amulium  fratrem  habuit. 
4.  Filio  regnum  relinquet.  5.  Proca  Ainulio  regnum  11611 
rellquerat.  6.  Amuli  filius  rex  fuit.  7.  Numitor  erit  rex 
Albanorurn.  8.  Nuniitor,  qul  natu  niaior  erat,  regnum 
habebit. 

1.  The  king  of  the  Albans  had  a  son.  2.  Numitor  was 
son  of  Proca.  3.  Proca  had  a  son,  Amulius.  4.  Numitor 
and  Amulius  were  sons  of  the  king.  5.  They  had  had  sons, 
Numitor  and  Amulius.  6.  Numitor,  son  of  Proca,  had  been 
king  of  the  Albans.  7.  Proca,  the  king,  will  leave  the 
kingdom  to  Nurnitor.  8.  He  left  the  kingdom  to  (his)  son 
Amulius.  9.  Numitor  was  the  brother  of  Amulius.1  10.  Proca 
will  have  left  the  kingdom  to  (his)  son  Numitor,  who  was 
the  elder.  11.  The  sons,  Numitor  and  Amulius,  left  the 
kingdom  to  (their)  brother.  12.  The  son  who  was  the 
elder  had  the  kingdom. 

i  Cf .  p.  29,  n.  1. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF  ROME  59 


LESSON   XX 

92.  Proca,  rex  Albanorum,  Numitorem  et  Amulium  f ilios 
habuit.    Numitori,  qm  iiatu  maior  erat,  regnum  rellquit ;  sed 
Amulius,  pulso  fratre,  regnavit  et,  ut  euin  subole  privaret, 
Kheam  Silviani,  eius  flliain,  Vestae  sacerdotem  fecit. 

sed,  conj.,  but.  subole,  offspring. 

pulso,  Perf.  Pass.  Part.,  having  privaret,  he  might  deprive. 

been  driven  away,  banished.  eius,  pron.,  his,  of  him. 

ut,  conj.,  in  order  that,  in  order  Rheam  Silviam,  Rhea  Silvia. 

to,  that.  Vestae,  of  Vesta. 

eum,  pron.,  him.  fecit,  he  made. 

NOTES 

93.  pulso  is  the  Perf.  Pass.  Part,  of  pello,  in  the  Abl.  sing, 
masc.,  to  agree  with  fratre.     It  is  inflected  like  bonus  (41), — 

Nom.       pulsus  pulsa  pulsum 

Gen.        pulsi  pulsae  pulsi,  etc. 

puiso  fratre,  literally,  the  brother  having  been  driven  away;  better 
translated,  having  driven  away  his  brother. 

eum,  Ace.  sing.  masc.  of  the  demons,  pron.  is,  this,  and  the  direct 
object  of  privaret.  The  demons,  pron.  is  is  often  used,  as  it  is 
here,  for  the  pers.  pron.  of  the  3d  pers.,  he,  she,  it.  Notice  the 
ending  -m,  corresponding  to  the  ending  of  the  Ace.  sing,  of  nouns, 
subole,  Abl.  sing,  of  suboles,  limiting  privaret.  Rule  XX.1 
In  order  that  he  might  deprive  him  of  offspring. 

(a)      N.  V.      suboles  (The  plu.  is  rarely  found.) 

Gen.        siibolis 
Dat.        suboli 
Ace.        siibolem 
Abl.        subole 

i  See  Rules  on  pp.  277-279. 


60  LATIN  LESSONS 

eius,  Gen.  sing,  of  the  demons,  pron.  is. 

filiam  :  decline,  p.  21,  n.  3. 

Vesta,  the  goddess  of  the  hearth  and  hearth  fire ;  daughter  of 
Saturn  and  Rhea,  and  sister  of  Jupiter. 

sacerdStem  :  decline  like  custos,  55  (&),  —  Nom.  sacerdos, 
Gen.  sacerdotis,  etc. 

fecit,  Perf .  Ind.  3d  sing.,  from  facio,  to  make,  do,  a  verb  of  the 
3d  Conjugation.  The  perf.  stem  is  fee-.  It  is  inflected  regularly, 
like  rexi.  Inflect  the  Perf.,  Plupf.,  and  Fut.  Perf.  tenses. 

With  the  Latin,  filiam  sacerdotem  fecit,  compare  the  English 
expressions,  they  made  Romulus  king ;  they  called  the  man  dictator. 

94.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Amulius  fratrem  pellet.  2.  Amulius  fratrem  pepule- 
rat  (74  (a)).  3.  Nuinitoris  f rater  regnabat.  4.  JSTumitorem 
subole  piivaverat.  5.  Fratrem  regno  privavit.  6.  Populus 
emu  regem  fecit.  7.  Eheam  Silviam  sacerdotem  fecerant. 
8.  Filios  Procae  sacerdotes  fecerunt. 

1.  I  made ;  I  had  made ;  I  shall  have  made.  2.  He  de- 
prived him  of  offspring.  3.  Amulius  deprived  (his)  brother 
of  offspring.  4.  They  had  deprived  the  sons  of  Numitor  of 
the  kingdom.  5.  He  banished  his  brother.  6.  He  made 
(his)  brother  king  of  the  Albans.  7.  Amulius  will  deprive 
Numitor  of  the  kingdom.  8.  They  made  (their)  sister 
priestess  of  Vesta.  9.  The  priestess  of  Vesta  was  daughter 
of  Kumitor.  10.  Numitor  had  a  daughter,  Ehea  Silvia. 


THE  BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME 


fil 


LESSON   XXI 


95.   Rheam  Silviam,  eius  filiam,  Yestae  sacerdotem  fecit, 
quae  tameii  liomuhun  et  Eemum  geminos  edidit. 


quae,  rel.  pron.,  who. 
tameii,  adv.,  nevertheless. 
Romulum,  Romulus. 


Remum,  Remus. 
edidit,  gave  birth  to. 


NOTES 


96.  quae,  Nom.  sing,  fern.,  subject  of  edidit.  Its  antecedent  is 
filiam.  Observe  that  it  has  the  same  gender  and  number  as  its 
antecedent.  Cf.  qul  (90).  It  will  be  noticed  that,  in  both  of 
these  instances,  the  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent 
in  gender  and  number,  but  that  the  case  of  the  relative  is  not  the 
same  as  that  of  the  antecedent  in  either  instance ;  its  case  depend- 
ing upon  the  construction  of  its  clause.  This  is  always  true  of 
the  relative,  and  of  other  pronouns  used  as  substantives ;  hence  the 
following  rule :  — 

Rule.  — A  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  Gender  and 
Number,  but  its  case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  clause 
in  ivhich  it  stands. 

(a)  INFLECTION  OF  Qul,  icho 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Mase. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qul 

quae 

quod 

qul 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

caius  ! 

caius 

caius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

CU12 

cul 

CUl 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Voc. 













Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

1  Pronounced  cod-yoos. 


2  Pronounced  kivee. 


62  LATIN  LESSONS 

Observe  and  point  out  resemblances  between  these  forms  and 
forms  of  the  1st,  2d,  and  3d  Declensions. 

Romulum  and  Remum :  compare  the  expressions,  Romulum 
et  Remum  geminos  edidit,  and  Rheam  Silviam,  eius  filiam 
Vestae  sacerdotem  fecit,  and  Numitorem  et  Amulium  filios 
habuit.  Observe  that  Romulum  and  Remum  stand  in  the  same 
relation  to  geminos  as  Rheam  Silviam  stands  to  filiam,  and  as 
Numitorem  nnd  Amulium  stand  to  filios.  Observe  also  that,  in 
each  of  these  groups,  the  first  named  words  are  in  the  same  case 
as  the  second  named,  and  that  they  refer  to  the  same  person  or 
persons.  Nouns  standing  in  such  relation  to  other  nouns  are  said 
to  be  in  apposition. 

Rule.  —  A  noun  joined  to  another  noun  denoting  the  same 
person  or  thing  is  in  the  same  case  by  APPOSITION. 

geminos,  used  as  a  noun  in  the  plu.  only.  The  termination  -os 
shows  what  declension?  what  case?  what  gender? 

edidit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  sing.,  from  edo.  Inflect  the  Perf ., 
Plupf.,  and  Fut.  Perf.  tenses. 

97.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Qui ;  quod  ;  cuius  ;  cui ;  quibus.  2.  Quos  ;  quae ; 
quorum ;  quas.  3.  Amicus,  quern  in  horto  vldi,  filius 
agricolae  fuit.  4.  Duces  qul  Albanos  vlcerunt  ex  pro- 
vincia  venerant.  5.  Komulus  et  Remus  gemini  fuerunt. 
6.  Rhea  Silvia,  quae  Vestae  sacerdos  erat,  filia  erat  Numi- 
toris.  7.  Fllio,  qul  natii  maior  erat,  regnum  reliquit. 

1.  Give  in  the  sing. :  of  whom ;  whose ;  to  whom ;  which ; 
of  which.  2.  Give  in  the  plu. :  whose ;  to  which ;  whom ; 
which ;  of  which.  3.  Rhea  Silvia  was  the  daughter  of  Numi- 
tor.  4.  King  Proca  left  the  kingdom  to  his  son  Numitor. 
5.  Romulus,  the  son  of  Rhea  Silvia,  banished  (his)  brother 
Remus.  6.  Romulus,  who  was  the  brother  of  Remus,  made 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  63 

his  father  king.  7.  Nmnitor,  to  whom  he  left  the  kingdom, 
was  brother  of  Amulius.  8.  The  brothers  to  whom  Proca 
left  the  kingdom,  carried  on  long  wars. 


LESSON   XXII 

98.  Ea  re  cognita  Amiilius  ipsam  in  vincula  coniecit, 
parvulos  alveo  impositos  abiecit  in  Tiberim. 

ea,  this.  parvulos,  the  little  ones,  the  chil- 

re,  thing,  fact,  circumstance.  dren. 
cognita,    having    been    learned,      alveo,  a  skiff. 

found  out.  impositos,  having  been  placed  in, 

ipsam,  her,  herself.  put  on  board. 

conigcit,  threw,  cast.  abiecit,  he  cast  off. 

in  vincula,  into  bonds,  i.e.  into      Tiberim,  the  Tiber,  the  river  that 

prison.  flows  past  Rome. 

NOTES 

99.  Ea,  Abl.  sing.  fern,  of  the  demons,  pron.  is.     It  agrees 
with  re.     Is  is  sometimes  used  as  a  substantive,  and  sometimes  as 
an  adjective.     In  the  latter  case,  it  is  called  an  adjective  pronoun. 
Cf.  eum  and  eius  in  Lesson  XX. 

re  is  in  the  Abl.  sing,  fern.,  from  res,  a  noun  of  the  5th  Declen- 
sion. Nouns  of  the  5th  Declension  are  formed  from  stems  ending 
in  -e.  The  stem  of  res  is  re-.  Res  is  thus  declined  :  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.  res  res 

Gen.  rei  rerum 

Dat.  rei  rebus 

Ace.  rem  res 

Abl.  re  rebus 


64  LATIN  LESSONS 

The  stem  vowel  is  shortened  in  the  Ace.  sing.,  and  also  in  the 
Gen.  and  Dat.  sing.,  when  a  consonant  precedes.  This  declension 
contains  but  two  nouns  that  are  declined  throughout ;  viz.  res  and 
dies,  a  day.  All  nouns  of  the  5th  Declension  are  feminine  except 
dies,  which  is  sometimes  masculine  and  sometimes  feminine,  and 
meridies,  midday,  which  is  always  masculine. 

Write  out  the  endings  of  this  declension,  as  seen  in  res  above, 
and  decline  die^>. 

cognita,  a  Perf.  Pass.  Part,  from  cognosce,  in  the  Abl.  sing, 
fem.,  to  agree  with  re ;  literally,  this  fact  having  been  learned;  better 
translated,  having  learned  this  fact,  or  ivhen  he  learned  this  fact,  or 
upon  learning  this  fact.  Cf.  pulso  fratre  (93).  Inflect  cognita 
like  bonus  (41) :  cognitus,  cognita,  cognitum. 

ipsam  is  the  Ace.  sing.  fem.  of  the  demons,  pron.  ipse,  used 
here  for  an  emphatic  pers.  pron.,  in  contrast  with  parvulos.  It  is 
usually  intensive,  meaning  self;  as,  rex  ipse,  the  king  himself;  filia 
ipsa,  the  daughter  herself. 

coniecit  is  the  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  sing.,  from  conicio  (  =  con  + 
iacio.  The  perfect  stem  is  coniec-;  cf.  fecit  (93).  Inflect  conie- 
cit in  the  Perf.,  Plupf .,  and  Fut.  Perf.  Tenses.  What  is  its  subject  ? 
its  object? 

parvulos  :  decline  like  servus.     Why  is  it  in  the  Ace.  case? 

alveo  :  Dat.  sing,  from  alveus.  What  other  case  has  the  same 
ending?  It  depends  upon  impositos. 

impositos,  Perf.  Pass.  Part,  from  imponS  ( =  in  +  pono),  to 
place  in,  to  put  on  board.  It  agrees  with  parvulos.  Cf.  pulso 
and  cognita  with  respect  to  form.  The  Latin,  literally  translated, 
reads  thus :  he  cast  off  into  the  Tiber,  the  children  having  been  put  on 
board  a  skiff".  We  should  rather  say  in  English,  he  put  the  children 
on  board  a  skiff,  and  cast  them  off  into  the  Tiber.  The  Latin  often 
has  a  verb  and  a  participle,  where  in  English  we  should  use  two 
verbs. 

abiecit :  cf.  coniecit,  above.  What  is  its  subject?  its  ob- 
ject ? 

Tiberim,  from  Tiberis,  a  noun  of  the  3d  Declension,  with  stem 
in  -I.  It  is  thus  declined  :  — 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  65 

(6)  i    N.V.   Tiberia  Ace.     Tiberim 

Gen.     Tiberis  Abl.     Tiberl 

Dat.     Tiberl 

Obser-'i  especially  the  Arc.  and  Abl.  in  -im  and  -I.  A  few  nouns 
of  the  3d  Declension  are  declined  like  Tiberis.  What  is  the  gender 
of  Tiberis  (34  (a)  2)  ? 

1OO.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Parvulos  alveo  imposuit.1  2.  Amulius  filiam  in  vin- 
cula  coniecit.  3.  Geminos  in  Tiberim  abiecit.  4.  Libe- 
ros  in  fluinen  abiecerat.  5.  Amulius  earn  rem  cognoscit. 
6.  Filiam  ipsam  alveo  imposuerant.  7.  Alveus  in  ripa 
Tiberis  erat. 

1.  The  children  had  been  in  a  skiff.  2.  They  had  cast 
the  child  off  into  the  Tiber.  3.  Amulius  had  thrown  (his) 
brother  into  prison.  4.  When  they  had  learned  this  fact 
[this  fact  having  been  learned],  they  threw  the  twins  into 
prison.  5.  The  king  himself  was  reigning.  6.  Having 
learned  this  fact,  he  made  (his)  daughter  priestess  of 
Vesta.  7.  The  brother,  whom  I  saw  in  the  skiff,  they 
made  leader.  8.  Where  are  the  foot-soldiers  who  were 
hastening  into  the  province?  9.  The  boys  have  been  in 
the  river  Tiber. 

1  The  perfect  stem,  of  imponS  is  imposu-. 


LAT.  LES.  —  5 


LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   XXIII 

101.  Parvulos  alveo  impositos  abiecit  in  Tiberim,  qui 
tune  forte  super  rlpas  erat  effusus ;   sed  relabente  numine 
eos  aqua  in  sicco  reliquit. 

tune,  then,  at  that  time.  relabente,  flowing  back,  reced- 
forte,  by  chance,  as  it  happened.  ing. 

super,  beyond,  above.  eos,  them. 

erat  effusus,  had  been  poured  out.  sicco,  dry  land. 

NOTES 

102.  qui:  decline  (96  (a)).     What  is  its  gender  and  number, 
and  why  V 

super,  a  preposition  governing  the  Ace.,  except  when  it  means 
about,  concerning ;  it  then  governs  the  Abl. 

ripas:  in  what  declension?  gender?  case?  construction? 

erat  effusus,  Plupf .  Ind.  Pass.,  from  effundo,  =  ex  +  fundo ; 
fundo,  to  pour,  and  the  prep,  ex,  out.  Hence  effundo  —  to  pour 
out.  erat  effusus,  had  been  poured  out.  super  ripas  erat  effusus, 
had  been  poured  out  beyond  the  banks  =  had  overflowed  its  banks. 

relabente,  Pres.  Act.  Part.,  Abl.  sing.,  agreeing  with  flumine, 
just  like  an  adj.  Cf.  Rule  IV.  for  the  adjective.  Translate,  the  river 
receding. 

eos,  demons,  pron.,  Ace.  plu.  masc.,  from  is.  Cf.  eum  and  eius, 
Lesson  XX.,  and  ea,  Lesson  XXII.  Is  is  thus  declined:  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  Masc.  f'eni.  Neut. 

Norn,  is  ea  id  ii  (^i)  <5ae  6a. 

Gen.  §ius  eius  eius  eorum  earum  eorum 

Dat.  <5i  <$!  £1  Us,  (Sis  iis,  e^s  iis,  (Sis 

Ace.  e'um  earn  id  eos  e*as  ea 

Abl.  ^5  e*a  60  iis,  els  iis,  els  iis,  els 


TJlfiy-BRSIT 

THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  67 

Observe  and  point  out  the  resemblances  between  these  endings 
and  those  of  the  1st  and  2d  Declensions. 

is  is  a  weak  demonstrative,  meaning  this  or  that.  It  is  often  used 
for  the  pers.  pron.  of  the  3d  pers.,  as  we  have  already  seen. 

aqua  :  what  case  ?  How  does  the  Abl.  sing,  of  the  1st  Declension 
differ  from  the  Nom.  sing.? 

sicco,  from  siccum.  Decline  like  bellum.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  in  with  the  Abl.  and  in  with  the  Ace.  V 

1O3.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Proca  iis  regnum  reliquit.      2.  Eos  in  oppidum  misit. 

3.  Fratres  eorum  in  provincia  fuerant.      4.  In   earn   pro- 
vinciam   magnum   agmen   venerat.       5.   Id    quod   dix!   ad 
populum  est  iucundum.     6.  Puellae  quas  in  horto  vidi  ex 
oppido  venerunt.       7.   Is  fluvius;  ea  res;  id  flumen;  eae 
matres;  eorum  puerorum;  earum  flliarum.      8.  Eae  res  ad 
regis  amicos  erunt  iucundae.     9.  Boni  sunt  il  qui  populum 
magno  perlculo  liberant. 

1.  Amulius  had  left  them  in  the  Tiber.  2.  They  had  left 
the  twins  on  dry  land.  3.  He  will  have  left ;  you  had  left. 

4.  The  son  of  the  king  had  made  (his)  daughter  priestess. 

5.  The  water  will  leave  them  on  dry  land.      6.  They  will 
have  cast  off  the  children  into  the  Tiber.     7.  I  shall  have 
had ;  we  shall  have  reigned.     8.  The  water  receding,  we  left 
the  banks  of  the  river.      9.  He ;  she ;  him ;  her ;  it ;  them  ; 
their;  his;  her;  they.      10.   This  thing;   of  this  thing;   of 
these  things ;  of  these  children. 


68  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON   XXIV 
Review 

104.  Read  and  translate:  — 

Proca,  rex  Albanorum,  Numitorem  et  Amulium  filios 
habuit.  Numitori,  qui  natu  maior  erat,  regnum  reliquit; 
sed  Amulius,  pulso  fratre,  regnavit  et,  ut  eum  subole  pri- 
varet,  Kheam  Silviam,  ems  filiam,  Vestae  sacerdotem  fecit, 
quae  tamen  Komulum  et  E-emum  geminos  edidit.  Ea  re 
cognita  Amulius  ipsam  in  vincula  coniecit,  parvulos  alveo 
impositos  abiecit  in  Tiberim,  qui  tune  forte  super  ripas  erat 
effusus ;  sed  relabente  fluniine  eos  aqua  in  sicco  reliquit. 

NOTES 

105.  Write  the  Ace.  sing,  of  rex,  films,  filia,  res.     In  what 
respects  are  their  endings  alike  ?    Write  the  Ace.  plu.  of  the  same. 
How  do  the  endings  of  these  compare?    Compare  also  the  endings 
of  the  Gen.  plu.  of  the  same. 

Write  the  Gen.  and  Voc.  sing,  of  films  and  Amulius.  Give 
the  rule  for  their  formation. 

Compare  the  endings  of  the  Gen.  sing,  of  is  and  of  qui;  the 
Gen.  plu. 

What  is  the  direct  object  of  habuit?  of  reliquit  (both  occur- 
rences)? of  privaret?  of  fecit?  of  edidit?  of  coniecit?  of  abiecit? 

Construction  of  Numitorem  and  Amulium?  of  Romulum  and 
Remum  ?  of  Rheam  Silviam  ?  Give  the  rule. 

What  determines  the  .number  and  gender  of  qui  (both  occur- 
rences)? of  quae?  Give  the  rule. 

Why  is  subole  in  the  Abl.  ? 

To  whom  do  eum,  eius,  ipsam,  eos,  refer  ? 

Why  are  vincula  and  Tiberim  Ace.,  and  sicco  Abl.? 


REVIEW 


69 


Give  the  Latin  for :  — 

he  reigns 

he  was  reigning 

he  will  reign 

he  has  reigned 

he  had  reigned 

he  will  have  reigned 

we  leave 

we  were  leaving 

we  shall  leave 

we  have  left 

we  had  left 

we  shall  have  left 

Decline  frater,  suboles,  sacerdotem,  flumine,  is,  and  qui. 

Make  a  list  of  the  masc.  nouns  of  the  3d  Declension  in  the  above 
passage.  By  what  rule  are  they  masculine?  What  one  is  neuter? 
Rule.  What  one  is  feminine?  Rule.  What  one  is  sometimes 
masculine  and  sometimes  feminine  ? 

Decline  re.    What  is  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  5th  Declension  ? 

Give  English  derivatives  from  the  following :  rex,  filius,  relin- 
quo,  frater,  privo,  impositos,  aqua. 

Decline  together  ea  res  ;  id  flumen ;  is  frater. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  reliiiquo  in  the  3d  plu. ;  of  habeo  in  the 
1st  plu. ;  of  sum  in  the  1st  sing. 


he  has 

he  leaves 

he  was  having 
he  will  have 

he  was  leaving 
he  will  leave 

he  has  had 

he  has  left 

he  had  had 

he  had  left 

he  will  have  had 

he  will  have  left 

he  is 
he  was 
he  will  be 
he  has  been 
he  had  been 
he  will  have  been 

they  are 
they  were 
they  will  be 
they  have  been 
they  had  been 
they  will  have  been 

70  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   XXV 

106.  Vastae  turn  in  iis  locis  solitudines  erant.    Lupa,  ut 
fama  traditum  est,  ad  vagitum  accurrit. 

vastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  vast,  deso-  lupa,  -ae,  f .,  a  she-wolf. 

late.     Cf.  Eng.  waste.  ut,  adv.,  as. 

turn,  adv.,  then.     Cf.  tune,  Les-  fama,  -ae,  f.,  report,  tradition. 

son  XXIII.  traditum  est,  it  is  handed  down, 

locus,  -I,  m.,  place.  vagitum,  crying. 

solitude,  -inis,  f .,  wilderness.  accurrit,  ran  to. 

NOTES 

107.  Vastae:  decline  like  bonus.     In  what  different  places1 
may  vastae  be  found  ?    With  what  word  in  this  sentence  must  it 
agree  ?    Why  may  it  not  be  taken  with  locis  ? 

iis  :  decline  in  the  plural. 

locis  is  from  locus,  -i,  masculine  in  the  sing.,  and  usually  neuter 
in  the  plural.     Decline. 

fama,  Abl.  of  means,  limiting  traditum  est.     Rule  XIX. 

traditum  est,  Perf.  Ind.  Pass.  3d  sing.,  from  trado.     ut  fama 
traditum  est,  literally,  as  it  has  been  handed  down  by  tradition,  =  as 
Ike  tradition  is. 
vagitum,  Ace.  sing,  of  the  4th  Decl. ;  thus  declined :  — 

(a)  Vagitus  (st.  vagitu-),  m.,  a  crying. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.  vagitus  vagitus 

Gen.  vagitus  vagftuum 

Dat.  vagitui  vagitibus 

Ace.  vagitum  vagitus 

Abl.  vagitu  vagitibus 

1  Case,  number,  gender. 


THE   BEGINNINGS  OF   ROME  71 

In  the  same  way  decline  saltus,  a  woodland ;  vultus,  the  counte- 
nance; exercitus,  an  army;  manus,  the  hand. 

The  stem  of  nouns  of  the  4th  Declension  ends  in  -u,  which 
becomes  -i  before  -bus  in  the  Dat.  and  Abl.  plu.  A  few  nouns 
retain  the  u  in  these  cases  also.  The  Nom.  ends  in  -us  or  -u. 
Those  in  -us  are  generally  masculine,  except  a  few  like  manus, 
which  are  feminine.  Those  in  -u  are  neuter,  and  are  indeclinable 
in  the  sing.,  except  that  they  sometimes  have  -us  in  the  Gen.  The 
other  cases  of  the  sing,  are  the  same  as  the  stem  with  final  u  length- 
ened. In  the  plu.  the  Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc.  are  formed  by  adding 
a  to  the  stem.  The  other  cases  are  formed  like  those  of  the  mas- 
culines. As  there  are  but  four  neuters,  and  they  are  but  seldom 
used,  they  may  be  learned  as  they  occur. 

accurrit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  sing.,  from  accurro. 

Notice  that  the  prep,  ad  is  repeated  with  vagitum,  although 
accurrit  is  itself  compounded  of  ad  and  curro.  Cf.  English 
adhere  to  an  opinion;  adjacent  to  the  town. 

1O8.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Pastor  vagitum  parvulorum  audlvit.  2.  Proca,  rex, 
exercitum  Albanorum  duxit.  3.  Fratres  saltus  peragrabant. 
4.  Virgo  vidit  id  quod  Amulius  in  manu  habuit.  5.  Puer! 
multos  flores  in  manibus  gerebant.  6.  lucundum  amic!  vul- 
tum  videbat.  7.  Erat  lupa  in  ils  locis.  8.  Parvull  ad  lupam 
accurrerunt. 

1.  The  she-wolf  had  heard  the  cryiwg  of  the  children. 
2.  She  ran  to  them.  3.  They  were  in  a  desolate  wilder- 
ness.1 4.  Amulius,  son  of  the  king,  had  left  them  in  that 
place.  5.  The  water  had  left  them  on  dry  land.  6.  The 
Tiber,  as  the  tradition  is,  had  at-that-time  overflowed  its 

1  Use  the  plural. 


72 


LATIN  LESSONS 


banks.  7.  The  army  of  the  king  moved  into  the  province. 
8.  The  slave  had  a  chain  in  his  hands.  9.  Romulus  and 
Remus  wandered-over  the  woodlands.  10.  The  countenance 
of  the  king's  daughter  was  pleasant. 

Decline  together  longa  manus  ;  magnus  exercitus. 


LESSON   XXVI 

1O9.  Lupa,  ut  fama  traditum  est,  ad  vagitum  accurrit, 
infantes  lingua  lambit,  ubera  eorum  oil  admovit  matremque 
se  gessit. 


BRONZE  WOLF  (Rome) 


InfantSs,  infants,  babes. 
lingua,  -ae,  f.,  tongue. 
lainbit,  she  licked. 
uber,  -eris,  n.,  udder,  breast. 


6s,  oris,  n.,  the  mouth,  face. 
admoveo,  to  move  to  or  towards. 
-que,  conj.,  and. 
sS,  herself. 


THE  BEGINNINGS  OF  ROME  73 


NOTES 

1 1C.  infantes  is  from  mfans,  an  adjective  used  here  as  a  noun. 
As  an  adjective  it  means  not  speaking,  speechless;  and  as  very  young 
children  have  not  the  power  of  speech,  infans  came  to  mean  an 
infant  or  babe,  infantes,  used  as  a  noun,  is  either  masculine  or  femi- 
nine. As  an  adjective  of  the  3d  Declension  it  is  thus  declined :  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Mttxc.  and  Fern.       Neut.  Mase.  and  Fern.  Neut. 

N.V.  infans  mfans  Infantes  Infantia 

Gen.    Infantis        Infantis  infantium  (-um)  mfantium  (-um) 

Dat.    Infant!          Infant!  Infantibus  infantibus 

Ace.     infantem      infans  infantes  (-is)  Infantia 

Abl.     infante  (-1)  infante  (-1)       Infantibus  infantibus 

In  the  same  way  decline  relabente,  Pres.  Part,  from  relabens, 
Lesson  XXIII.  All  Pres.  Act.  Participles  are  declined  in  this  way. 
They  belong  to  the  i  stems  of  the  3d  Declension  (53).  The  stem 
ends  in  -nti,  but  the  i  of  the  stem  disappears  in  some  of  the  forms. 
All  of  these  have  -e  or  -I  in  the  Abl.  sing. ;  -ium  in  the  Gen.  plu. ; 
-es  or  -is  in  the  Ace.  plu.  masc.  and  fern. ;  and  -ia  in  the  Noin., 
Ace.,  and  Voc.  plu.  of  the  neuter. 

Decline  amans,    Pres.  Part,  of  amo ; 

regens,          "       "        rego; 

audiens,       "       "        audio. 

lingua :  Rule  XIX. 

lambit,  Perf.  of  lambo.  The  perfect  stem  is  the  same  as  the 
verb  stem  (74  (c)). 

uber,  -eris,  a  liquid  noun  of  the  3d  Declension.  Plu.  is  ubera, 
uberum,  etc.  Decline  in  full. 

eorum  limits  ori.    To  whom  does  eorum  refer?    Decline  it  in  full. 

ori,  a  neut.  noun  of  the  3d  Declension.  Declined  6s,  oris,  ori, 
etc.  The  Gen.  plu.  is  wanting.  It  depends  upon  the  prep,  ad  in 
admovit.  Cf .  alveS  impositos,  Lesson  XXII.  ubera  .  .  .  ad- 
movit,  moved  her  udders  to  their  mouth. 


74  LATIN  LESSONS 

Rule. — Many  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  in, 
inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  super,  and  de  are  followed 
by  the  Dative. 

admovit  =  ad  +  moved.     Give  the  synopsis  in  the  3d  sing. 

matrem:  decline  like  pater  (63).  In  apposition  with  se. 
Rule  VI. 

-que  is  an  enclitic ;  i.e.  a  word  attached  to  another  word,  as  -que 
is  here  attached  to  matrem.  An  enclitic  always  precedes  in  mean- 
ing the  word  to  which  it  is  attached,  and  draws  the  accent  forward 
to  the  syllable  immediately  before  it,  —  ma-tre'm-que. 

se  is  a  reflexive  pronoun  of  the  3d  person.  It  regularly  refers 
to  the  subject ;  here  to  lupa.  It  is  declined  as  follows,  the  forms 
being  the  same  for  both  numbers  and  all  genders :  — 

(6)  N.V. 

Gen.  siii 

Dat.  sfbi 

Ace.  Abl.  se  or  sese 

gessit :  give  the  synopsis  in  the  3d  plu. 

se  gessit,  bore  herself  as  a  mother  =  conducted  herself  as  a  mother. 

(c)  infans,  a  child  considered  as  one  unable  to  speak, 
parvulus,  literally,  a  little  one;  from  parvus,  small. 

111.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Lupa  Infantem  lingua  lambit.  2.  Lupa  ad  infantes 
accurrit.  3.  Infantes  ad  lupam  accurrerunt.  4.  Amicus 
patrem  se"  gessit.  5.  Albanl  amlcos  se  gesserunt.  6.  Par- 
vull  orl  aquam  admoverunt.  7.  Vir  aquam  eorum  orl 
admovit. 

1.   The   she-wolf   licks   the    infants   with   (her)   tongue. 

2.  The   she-wolf  had   run  to   the   crying   of  the   infants. 

3.  The  daughter  conducts  herself  as  a  mother.       4.   The 


THE   BEGINNINGS  OF  ROME  75 

brother  of  the  king  had  conducted  himself  as  a  father. 
5.  Amulius  conducted  himself  as  a  friend.  6.  They  will 
have  conducted  themselves  as  good  soldiers.  7.  The  shep- 
herd had  moved  the  water  to  their  mouth.  8.  They  ran  up 
to  the  infants.  9.  He  ran  up  to  them. 


LESSON   XXVII 

112.  Cum  lupa  saepius  ad  parvulos  veluti  ad  catulos 
reverteretur,  Faustulus,  pastor  regius,  re  animadversa  eos 
tulit  in  casam. 

cum,  conj.,  when.  regius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the  king 
saepius,  adv.,  oftener,  more  fre-          royal. 

quently.  animadversa,  having  been  ob- 
veluti,  adv.,  just  as,  as  if.  served,  noticed. 

catulus,  -I,  m.,  a  whelp.  tulit,  bore,  carried. 
reverteretur,  returned. 

NOTES 

113.    saepius,  the  comparative  of  the  adv.  saepe.     It  may  be 

translated  here,  repeatedly. 

reverteretur  is  from  revertor,  a  verb  that  has  a  passive  form 
and  an  active  meaning.  Such  verbs  are  called  Deponent,  because 
they  have  laid  aside  the  active  form  and  the  passive  meaning. 

pastor  regius,  a  shepherd  of  the  king.  An  adjective  is  sometimes 
used  with  the  meaning  of  the  Gen.  of  the  noun  from  which  it  is 
derived,  regius  is  derived  from  rex,  and  is  here  equivalent  to 
regis.  Decline  pastor  regius  together.  Cf.  Rule  VI. 

re  animadversa,  having  noticed  the  circumstance.  What  would 
be  the  literal  meaning?  Cf.  ea  re  cognita  and  pulso  fratre,  above. 


76  LATIN  LESSONS 

To  whom  does  eos  refer  ?  What  declension  has  this  ending  for 
the  Ace.  plu.  niasc.? 

tulit  is  the  Perf.  3d  sing,  of  the  irregular  verb  fero.  Inflect  the 
Perf.,  Plupf.,  and  Fut.  Perf. 

114.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Lupa  saepius  ad  parvulos  veniebat.  2.  Pastor  regius 
eos  in  Faustuli  casam  tulit.  3.  Ea  re  animadversa,  ad 
parvulos  accurrit.  4.  Exercitus  regius  in  provincia  bellum 
gerebat.  5.  Infantes  in  aquam  tulerant.  6.  Cum  lupa 
reverteretur,  pastor  eos  in  casam  tulerat.  7.  Faustulus, 
pastor  bonus,  parvulos  in  coniugis  casam  tulit. 

1.  Faustulus,  the  shepherd  of  the  king,  saw  them  in  the 
river.  2.  Having  noticed  this  circumstance,  he  bore  them 
into  the  hut.  3.  He  ran  to  them  as  if  to  (his)  children. 
4.  Faustulus  was  a  shepherd  of  the  king.  5.  He  was  on 
the  bank  of  the  Tiber.  6.  He  saw  the  twins  in  a  skiff. 

7.  The  river  receding,  the  water  had  left  them  on  dry  land. 

8.  The  she-wolf  ran  up  to  them.      9.  When  the  she-wolf 
returned  repeatedly  to  the  children,  the  shepherd  bore  them 
into  the  hut. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF  HOME  77 


LESSON   XXVIII 

115.  Faustulus,  pastor  regius,  re  animad  versa  eos  tulit 
in    casam    et    Accae    Larentiae    coniugl    dedit    educandos. 
Adult!  deinde  hi  inter  pastores   prim  6   ludicrls   certamin- 
ibus  vires  auxere. 

Acca   Larentia,   name   of  the  hi,  these,  they. 

wife  of  Faustulus.  inter,  prep.,  among,  between. 

dedit,  gave.  prinio,  adv.,  at  first,  in  the  first 
educandos,  to  be  brought  up.  place. 

adultus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  grown  up,  ludicrls,  adj.,  playful,  sportive. 

matured.     Cf.  Eng.  adult.  certaraen,  -inis,  n.,  a  contest. 

deinde,  adv.,  then,  next.  vires,  strength,  force. 

NOTES 

116.  Accae  Larentiae,  Dat.  of  Indirect  Object,  after  dedit. 
Cf.  Numitori  (90). 

Rule.  —  TJie  INDIRECT  OBJECT  of  an  action  is  in  the  Dative 
case;  as,  — 

Numitori  regnum  reliquit,  he  left  the  kingdom  to  Numitor. 
Accae  Larentiae  eos  dedit,  he  gave  them  to  Acca  Larentia. 

dedit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  of  do,  to  give.  Perf.  formed  by  redupli- 
cation. Cf.  74  (a).  The  direct  object  of  dedit  is  eos.  Inflect 
dedit  in  the  Perf.,  Plupf.,  and  Fut.  Perf. 

educandos,  a  verbal  adj.  from  educo,  denoting  purpose,  to  be 
brought  up.  Usually  called  a  Gerundive.  It  agrees  with  eos,  and 
is  declined  like  bonus. 

Adulti,  an  adj.  agreeing  with  hi,  the  subject  of  auxere.  Decline 
like  bonus. 

hi  is  a  demons,  pron.,  Nom.  plu.  masc.,  from 
declined:  — 


TJ1TI7BRSITY 


78 


LATIN  LESSONS 


(a)  SINGULAR 

Jf<t8C.  Fern.  Neut. 

Xom.  hie  haec  hoc 

Gen.  hums  huius  huius 

Dat.  huic1  huic  huic 

Ace.  hunc  hanc  hoc 

Abl.  hoc  hac  hoc 


PLURAL 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

hi  hae  haec 

hOrum  harum  hOrum 

his  his  his 

hos  has  haec 

his  his  his 


hie  is  used  of  that  which  is  thought  of  as  near  the  speaker; 
hence  it  is  called  the  demonstrative  pronoun  of  the  1st  person,  hi 
refers  here  to  the  two  children  who  are  the  subject  of  the  discourse. 
Compare  the  endings  of  is,  qul,  and  hie,  noticing  especially  those 
of  the  Gen.  sing.  Point  out  resemblances  between  the  endings  of 
these  pronouns  and  of  nouns  of  the  1st,  2d,  and  3d  Declensions. 

inter  is  a  prep,  used  only  with  the  Ace. 

ludicris  is  an  adj.  in  the  Abl.  plu.,  to  agree  with  certaminibus. 

certaminibus,  Abl.  plu.,  from  certamen ;  declined  like  flumen 
(63).  It  limits  auxere.  Rule  XIX. 

vires,  a  fern,  noun  of  the  Third  Declension,  from  vis.  It  belongs 
to  the  i  stems,  and  is  declined  irregularly ;  thus,  — 


SINGULAR 

N.  V.  via 

Gen.  vis 2 

Dat.  vl 

Ace. "  vim 

Abl.  vl 


PLURAL 

vires 

virium 

vfribus 

vires 

viribus 


It  is  the  direct  object  of  auxere. 

auxere,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  plu.,  from  augeo  (71). 

117.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Hi  inter  pastores  regies  erant.  2.  Gemini,  Konmhis 
et  Remus,  vires  auxerunt.  3.  Deinde  vires  ludicris  certa- 
minibus augebant.  4.  Parvulos  huic  dederunt  educandos. 


Pronounced  hweek. 


2  The  Gen.  and  Dat.  sing,  are  rare. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  79 

5.  Infantes  in  casam  horum  tulerant.    6.  His  regnum  relique- 
rant.     7.  Non  viribus  corporum  magnum  bellum  gesserunt. 
8.  In  hoc  templo  est  sacerdos.     9.  Eorum ;  horum  ;  quorum. 

1.  At  first  these  were  increasing  (their)  strength  by  sport- 
ive contests.  2.  He  gave  the  infants  to  the  shepherds  of 
the  king.  3.  The  friends  of  these  had  been  among  the 
Albans.  4.  The  shepherd  of  the  king  conducted  himself 
as  a  father.  5.  Faustulus  gave  the  infant  to  (his)  wife. 

6.  The  child  whom  Amulius  left  in  the  skiff  was  the  son 
of  Khea  Silvia.      7.   Great  is  the   strength   of  the   state. 
8.  The  boy  who  came  among  the  shepherds  was  Romulus, 
brother   of   Eemus.       9.    This    boy   whom    the    shepherds 
brought  up  conducted  himself  as  a  king.      10.   Of  these; 
to  or  for  these ;  of  whom  (sing,  and  plu).     11.  They  gave 
him  water. 


LESSON   XXIX 

118.  Adulti  deinde  hi  inter  pastores  primo  ludicris  cer- 
taminibus  vires  auxere,  deinde  venando  saltus  peragrare  et 
latrones  a  rapina  pecorum  arcere  coeperunt. 

venando,  in  hunting.  rapina, -a.e,f., plundering,  robbery. 

saltus,  -us,  m.,  tvoodland,  forest,  pecus,  -OTIS,  n.,  cattle,  herd. 

latro,  -nis,  m.,  a  robber.  arcere,  to  keep  away,  prevent 

a,  prep.,  from,  by.  coeperunt,  they  began. 

NOTES 

119.  deinde  introduces  a  second  thought,  following  that  intro- 
duced by  primo.     In  the  first  place  they  increased  their  strength, 
then  they  began,  etc. 


80  LATIN  LESSONS 

venando,  a  verbal  noun,  usually  called  a  Gerund,  corresponding 
to  the  English  verbal  noun  in  -ing.  The  Gerund  is  in  the  neuter 
gender,  and  is  used  only  in  the  oblique  cases  of  the  singular. 
venando  is  in  the  Abl.,  modifying  peragrare.  Inflect  it. 

saltus  is  a  noun  of  the  Fourth  Declension,  and  is  declined  like 
vagitus  (107  (a)).  It  is  in  the  Ace.  plu.,  the  direct  object  of 
peragrare. 

peragrare  is  in  the  Pres.  Inf.  Act.,  depending  on  coeperunt. 

(a)  The  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  of  regular  verbs  is  formed  by  adding  -re 
to  the  pres.  stem;   thus,  ama-,  amare ;   mone-,  monere ;   rege-, 
regere ;  audi-,  audire.     The  Pres.  Inf.  shows  to  what  conjugation 
any  verb  belongs ;  the  endings  being  as  follows  :  — 
For  the  First  Conjugation,  -are. 
"       Second          "  -ere. 

"       Third  "  -ere. 

"       Fourth          "  -ire. 

latrones,  Ace.  plu.,  declined  like  legio  (63). 

a  is  always  followed  by  the  Ablative.  It  takes  the  form  ab 
before  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  h,  and  is  written  a 
usually  before  consonants. 

pecorum  :  cf.  corpus  (63). 

arcere,  same  construction  as  peragrare.  In  what  conjugation 
does  this  form  of  the  Infinitive  show  arcere  to  be  ? 

coeperunt  is  in  the  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  plu.,  from  coepi.  It  is  a 
defective  verb,  the  forms  from  the  pres.  stem  not  being  used.  The 
forms  from  the  perf.  stem  are  regular,  —  coepi,  coeperam,  coepero. 

12O.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Pueri  venando  saltus  peragrabant  —  peragraverant. 
2.  Hi  adult!  a  rapma  latrones  arcent.  3.  Ludicris  cer- 
taminibus  vires  augere  coeperunt.  4.  Silvam  peragrare 
coeperat.  5.  Parvulos  educare  coeperamus.  G.  Pastores 
latronem  a  pecoribus  arcebant.  7.  Prmceps  a  provincia 
equites  arcgbat. 


KEVIEW  81 

1.  In  hunting,  Romulus  will  wander  through  the  wood- 
lands. 2.  They  had  begun  to  increase  (their)  strength  by 
hunting.  3.  He  began  to  keep  away  the  shepherds  from 
the  hut.  4.  At  first  they  were  wandering  through  the 
woods,  then  they  were  keeping  the  robbers  away  from 
plundering  the  herds.  5.  The  brother  who  was  the  elder 
began  to  reign.  6.  The  she-wolf  began  to  run  to  the  crying 
of  the  infants.  7.  I  saw  these  children.  8.  These  girls 
will  sing. 


LESSON   XXX 
Review 

121.  Read  and  translate:  — 

Vastae  turn  in  iis  locis  solitudines  erant.  Lupa,  ut  fama 
traditum  est,  ad  vagitum  accurrit,  infantes  lingua  lambit, 
ubera  eorum  orl  admovit  matremque  se  gessit.  Cum  lupa 
saepius  ad  parvulos  veluti  ad  catulos  reverteretur,  Faustu- 
lus,  pastor  regius,  re  animadversa  eos  tulit  in  casam  et 
Accae  Larentiae  coniugi  dedit  educandos.  Adult!  deinde 
hi  inter  pastores  prlmo  ladicris  certaminibus  vires  auxere, 
deinde  venando  saltus  peragrare  et  latrones  a  raplna  peco- 
rum  arcere  coeperunt. 

NOTES 

122.  What  three  words  have  we  had  meaning  then?     Make 
lists  of  nouns,  in  the  above  passage,  of  the  Third   Declension, 
classify  them   according  to  gender,   and   give  the  rule  for  the 
gender  of  each. 

LAT.   LES. 6 


82  LATIN  LESSONS 

What  two  nouns  of  the  Fourth  Declension  ?  Rule  for  gender  in 
the  Fourth  Declension  ? 

Give  the  Gen.  and  Dat.  sing,  and  plu.  of  is  and  hie. 

What  word  has  the  same  forms  in  the  singular  and  plural  ? 

How  can  you  tell  whether  se  in  se  gessit  is  singular  or  plural  ? 

The  endings  of  parvulos,  catulos,  eos,  educandos,  show 
\vliat  declension,  case,  number,  gender?  What  part  of  speech 
is  regius?  What  is  it  equivalent  to  in  the  expression,  pastor 
regius  ? 

Give  the  Ablative  plural  of  re  animadversa. 

Give  the  synopsis  in  the  Ind.  3d  sing,  of  erant,  admovit,  gessit, 
auxere. 

Give  the  Accusative  and  Ablative  singular  of  vires. 

To  whom  does  each  of  the  following  refer  :  eSrum,  se,  eos,  hi  ? 
Give  the  gender  and  number  of  each,  and  the  rule. 

What  case  follows  admovit,  and  why?  What  case  follows 
dedit,  and  why? 

Observe  the  English  derivatives  :  — 

impose  aquarium  tradition 

effusive  local  lingual 

aquatic  solitude  revert 

EXERCISE 

123.  Romulus  and  Kemus  were  twins.  Their  mother  was 
Khea  Silvia,  whom  Amulius  made  priestess  of  Vesta.  Amu- 
lius  cast  the  children  into  the  Tiber.  As  it  happened,  the 
river  at  that  time  had  overflowed  its  banks.  A  she-wolf  ran 
to  them,  and  acted  like  a  mother.  Faustulus,  a  shepherd 
of  the  king,  bore  the  little  ones  to  (his)  wife.  She  brought 
them  up  in  (her)  hut.  At  first  they  increased  (their)  strength 
by  playful  contests,  and  next  they  wandered  through  the 
woodlands  in  hunting.  They  began  to  drive  away  the  rob- 
bers from  the  herds. 


PASSIVE  VOICE 


83 


LESSON   XXXI 


Passive  Voice 


124.   The  Pres.  Ind.  Pass,  of  amo  is  thus  inflected:  — 


SINGULAR 

1.  iimor,1  /  am  loved. 

2.  amaris  or  -re,  you  are  loved. 

3.  amatur,  he,  she,  or  it  is  loved. 


PLURAL 

amamur,  we  are  loved. 
amamini,  you  are  loved. 
amantur,  they  are  loved. 

It  will  be  seen  that  these  forms  are  made  up  of  the  stem 
ama-,  together  with  certain  endings  joined  to  it. 

These  endings  used  in  the  inflection  of  the  verb  in  the 
Passive  voice  are  as  follows  :  — 


SINGULAR 

1.  -r  or  -or 

2.  -ris  or  -re 

3.  -tur 


PLURAL 

-mur 
-mini 
-ntur 


Compare  these  endings  with  the  personal  endings  of  the 
Active  voice  (12).  The  letter  r  is  so  commonly  found  in 
these  endings  that  it  may  properly  be  called  the  Passive 
Sign. 

By  substituting  these  endings  for  the  endings  of  the  Active 
voice  in  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Tenses,  we  have 
the  Passive  forms  for  those  tenses. 

• 
Present  Tense 


1. 

2. 
3. 

SINGULAR 

mdneor 
moneris  (-re) 
monetur 

PLURAL 

monemur 
monemini 
monentur 

1 

2 
3 

SINGULAR          PLURAL 

.  regor            regimur 
.  regeris         regimini 
.  regitur         regiintur 

1  For  amaor. 

84 


LATIN  LESSONS 


SINGULAR 

1.  aiidior 

2.  audfris  (-re) 

3.  audftur 


PLURAL 

audimur 
audimini 
audmntur 


EXERCISE 

125.  1.  Laudantur ;  laudatur ;  laudamur ;  laudamus. 
2.  Moveris ;  moveminl ;  movetur ;  moventur.  3.  Ducitur ; 
ducuntur;  mitteris ;  mittor.  4.  Fimtur;  fmiuntur;  punl- 
ris;  puminur.  5.  Eegnum  Numitori  relinquitur.  6.  Nu- 
mitor  subole  privatur.  7.  In  sicco  fratres  relinquuntur. 
8.  Periculo  belli  liberamur. 

1.  He  sees;  he  is  seen;  he  hears;  he  is  heard.  2.  We 
call;  we  are  called;  we  lead;  we  are  led.  3.  You  send; 
you  are  sent ;  you  teach ;  you  are  taught.  4.  The  twins  are 
left  in  the  skiff.  5.  The  strength  of  the  boys  is  increased. 
6.  The  army  is  led  into  the  province.  7.  Amulius  is  sent 
into  the  town.  8.  We  are  left  in  the  hut  of  the  shepherd. 


PASSIVE   VOICE  85 

LESSON  XXXII 
Passive  Voice  —  Continued 
126.   (a)  Imperfect  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amabar,  /  was  loved.  amabamur,  we  are  loved. 

2.  amabaris  (-re),  you  were  loved.  amab&mini,  you  are  loved. 

3.  amabatur,  he,  etc.,  was  loved.  amabaiitur,  they  are  loved. 

Inflect,  in  the  same  way,  the  Imperfect  of  moneo,  rego, 
and  audio,  — 


moneba 


SINGULAR  PLURAL 


moneba-  | 

regeba-    \  -r,  -ris  (-re),  -tur.        I  -mur:  -mini,  -ntur. 

audieba-  J 

The  a  in  the  tense  sign  ba  is  short  in  the  1st  sing,  and  the 
3d  plu.,  as  in  amabar  and  amabaiitur.  Observe  that  these 
forms  are  made  up  of  the  present  stem,  the  tense  sign,  and 
the  personal  endings  of  the  Passive  Voice ;  as  mone-f  ba-f-tur. 


(5)  Future  Tense 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

arnab- 
moneb- 

reg- 
audi- 


j-  -or,  -eris  (-re),'-itur.  I  -imur,  -imini,  -untur. 


-ar,  -eris  (-re),  -etur.  >  -emur,  -emini,  -entur. 


Write  out  these  forms  in  full,  and  compare  them  with  the 
corresponding  forms  of  the  Active  voice.  For  the  tense  sign 
of  the  Future,  cf .  19. 


86 


LATIN  LESSONS 


EXERCISE 

127.  1.  Subole  prlvatur  —  privabatur  —  prlvabitur. 
2.  Teiientur ;  tenebatur ;  tenebitur.  3.  Vocantur ;  ama- 
bantur;  videbantur.  4.  In  sicco  relinquentur.  5.  Llbera- 
bimur ;  movetur  ;  movebitur.  6.  Monebit ;  monebitur  ; 
monebat;  monebatur.  7.  Bellum  gerebatur.  8.  Regnum 
Numitori  relinquebatur.  9.  Puniunt ;  puniuntur  ;  punie- 
bant;  puniebantur.  10.  Mitto;  mittor;  mittebam;  mit- 
tebar;  mittam;  inittar.  11.  Laudaris;  nioveris ;  duceris; 
vinciris. 

1.  You  will  be  left  in  the  water.  2.  The  twins  were  left 
in  a  skiff.  3.  He  is  seen;  it  is  pointed  out;  they  are 
moved.  4.  They  will  be  moved ;  they  will  be  sent ;  they 
will  be  called.  5.  They  hear ;  they  are  heard ;  they  lead ; 
they  are  lead.  6.  We  were  ordering ;  we  were  ordered ;  he 
is  heard ;  it  is  finished.  7.  The  brother  will  be  banished. 
8.  He  saw ;  he  was  seen ;  he  will  send ;  he  will  be  sent. 


*^  - 


PARTICIPLES  87 

LESSON   XXXIII 
Participles 

128.  The  Latin  verb  lias  four  participles,  —  the  Present 
and  Future  of  the  Active  voice,  and  the  Perfect  and  Ge- 
rundive, or  Future,  of  the  Passive  voice.  For  example :  — 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Pres.  amans,  loving.  Perf.  amatus,   loved   or   having 

been  loved. 

Fut.    amaturus,   being  about  to      Fut.    (Gerundive)  amandus,  to 
love.  .          be  loved. 

Pres.  inonens  Perf.  monitus 

Fut.    moniturus  Fut.    (Gerundive)  monendus 

Pres.  regens  Perf.  rectus 

Fut.    recturus  Fut.    (Gerundive)  regendus 

Pres.  audiens  Perf.  auditus 

Fut.    audlturus  Fut.    (Gerundive)  audiendus 

Give  the  Participles  of  voco,  mitto,  and  punio. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  Present  Participle  is  formed 
from  the  present  stem  by  adding  -ns;  in  the  Fourth  Con- 
jugation, -ens. 

The  Gerundive  is  also  formed  from  the  present  stem  by 
adding  -ndus ;  in  the  Fourth  Conjugation,  -endus. 

The  Future  Active  and  the  Perfect  Passive  Participles 
are  formed  from  the  supine  stem.  This  stem  is  formed  by 
adding  t  (sometimes  s)  to  the  verb  stem.  It  will  be  noticed 
that,  in  the  Second  Conjugation,  the  final  e  of  the  verb  stem 
is  changed  to  i  before  t  in  the  supine  stem ;  also  that  conso- 
nant changes  sometimes  take  place  in  forming  the  supine 


88  LATIN  LESSONS 

stem  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  as  in  rect-,  where  g  becomes 
c  before  t;  and  gest-,  where  r  becomes  s  before  t.  These 
changes  may  best  be  learned  from  observation.1 

The  Present  Participle  is  declined  like  infaus  (110  (a)). 
The  Future  Active,  Perfect  Passive,  and  Gerundive  are 
declined  like  bonus. 

The  supine  stem  is  so  called  because  the  Supine  —  a  part 
of  the  verb  but  little  used  —  is  formed  from  it.  The  Supine 
corresponds  in  form  to  the  neut.  sing,  of  the  Perfect  Passive 
Participle.  Thus,  amatum,  monitum,  rectum,  auditum  are  the 
Supines  of  amo,  moneo,  rego,  and  audio  respectively. 

129.  The  Present  Indicative,  Present  Infinitive,  Perfect 
Indicative,  and  the  Supine  are  called  the  Principal  Parts  of 
the  verb,  because  they  show  the  three  stems  of  the  verb  and 
also  the  conjugation  to  which  the  verb  belongs. 

Pres.  Ind.   Pres.  Inf.  Perf.  Ind.       Supine 

The  prin.  parts  of  amo       are  amo        amare     amavi  amatum 

"        "        "         moneo    "    moneo    monere   mdnul  mdiiitum 

"        "        "         rego         "    rego        regere     rexi  rectum 

"        "        "         audio      "    audio      audire     audivi  auditum 

The  conjugation  to  which  the  verb  belongs  may  con- 
veniently be  known  by  observing  the  vowel  before  -re  of 
the  Infinitive. 

130.  Read  and  translate:  — 

Qua  re"  cum  iis  msidiati  essent  latrones,  Eemus  captus 
est,  Romulus  vl  se  defendit. 


1  The  final  t  of  the  supine  stem  is  changed  to  s  after  t,  d,  Ig,  rg-,  11,  rr, 
and  in  a  few  other  cases,  the  preceding  letter  being  then  assimilated  or 
omitted. 


PAKTICIPLES  89 

qua  rS  (sometimes  written  as  captus   est,  was  taken  captive, 

one  word,  quare),  on  account  was  captured. 

of  which  thing,  wherefore.  defendo, -ere, -I,  deiSnsum,  to 
insidiati  esseiit,  had  lain  in  am-  defend. 

hush,  had  plotted  against. 

NOTES 

131.  Qua  re,  Abl.  of  cause,  or  reason,  modifying  defendit. 
cum  :  cf .  cum  in  Lesson  XXVII. 

iis,  Dat.,  depending  upon  insidiati  esseiit.  Rule  X.  Decline 
iis  in  the  plu. 

Tiisidiati  esseiit,  Plupf.  Subj.,  from  insidior,  a  deponent  verb. 
Cf.  reverteretur,  Lesson  XXVII.  Compounded  with  the  prepo- 
sition in. 

captus  est,  Perf.  Ind.  Pass.  3d  sing.,  from  capio. 

vi :  decline.  Abl.,  modifying  defendit :  defended  himself  with 
force.  Rule  XIX. 

The  conjunction  et  may  be  supplied  before  Romulus. 

se  :  decline  (110  (6)).     To  whom  does  se  refer? 

defendit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  sing.,  from  defendo,  defendere, 
defend!,  defensum.  Write  the  participles  of  defendo.  Give  the 
synopsis  in  the  3d  sing,  of  the  Ind.  Act.  and  the  Ind.  Pass,  as  far 
as  it  has  been  learned. 

132.  Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulus  vi  Remum  defendet.  2.  Romulus  se  defen- 
dere coepit.  3.  Fratres  se  defenderunt.  4.  Cum  el  msidi- 
at!  essent  latrones,  ad  casam  Faustull  cucurrit.  5.  Fratres, 
qui  se  defendebant,  in  oppiduni  properaveruiit.  6.  Hi  se 
vi  defenderant. 

1.  Wherefore  Remus  was  taken  captive.  2.  Romulus  will 
be  defended.  3.  Remus  defended  Romulus  by  force.  4.  The 
shepherds  began  to  defend  themselves.  5.  These  will  de- 


90  LATIN  LESSONS 

fend  themselves.  6.  When  the  robbers  had  lain  in  wait 
for  Eemus,  Eomulus  defended  himself.  7.  We  began  to 
defend  the  sons  of  the  priestess.  8.  Amulius,  to  whom 
the  kingdom  was  left,  threw  Ehea  Silvia  into  prison. 
9.  Having ;  leading ;  having  been  led ;  having  been  or- 
dered; being  about  to  lead;  being  about  to  punish. 


LESSON   XXXIV 

133.  Turn   Faustulus,   necessitate   compulsus,   indicavit 
Eomulo   quis   esset   eoriini    avus,   quae   mater.       Eomulus 
statim,  armatls  pastoribus,  Albam  properavit. 

necessitas,  -tatis,  f .,  necessity.  avus,  -i,  m.,  grandfather. 

compello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsum,  statim,  adv.,  forthwith,  straighl- 

to  compel,  force.  way. 

quis,  who  ?  armo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  arm. 
esset,  was. 

NOTES 

134.  necessitate:    decline  like   aetas  (55  (6)).      For  con- 
struction, cf.  Rule  XIX. 

compulsus,  Perf.  Pass.  Part.,  from  compellS,  agreeing  with 
Faustulus.  Compounded  of  con  and  pello.  Note  that  the 
reduplication  of  the  Perfect  of  the  simple  verb  is  omitted  in  the 
compound  (74  (a)). 

Romulo :  Rule  IX. 

quis  is  an  interrogative  pronoun.  It  is  declined  like  the  rela- 
tive qui,  except  that  when  used  as  a  substantive  it  has  quis  in 
the  Norn.  masc.  sing.,  and  quid  in  the  Nom.  and  Ace.  neut.  sing. 
Write  out  the  declension  of  quis  in  full. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  91 

esset,  Impf.  Subj.  3d  sing,  of  sum. 

quae  is  the  Norn,  fern.  sing,  of  quis.  Quis  and  quae  agree  in 
number  and  gender  respectively  with  avus  and  mater.  If  the 
predicate  noun  were  neut.  plu.,  for  example,  the  interrogative 
would  be  neut.  plu.  Supply  esset  after  quae. 

avus  and  mater  are  predicate  nouns  after  esset.  Their  case 
follows  the 

Rule. — A  predicate  noun  after  a  neuter  or  passive  verb 
takes  the  same  case  as  the  subject;  for  example,— 

Rex  est  populi  amicus,  the  king  is  a  friend  of  the  people. 
Iiicolae  appellautur  Galli,  the  inhabitants  are  called  Gauls. 

armatis,  a  Perf.  Pass.  Part,  in  the  Ablative  Absolute  with  pa- 
storibus.  Literally,  the  shepherds  having  been  armed;  better,  having 
armed  the  shepherds.  This  construction  is  called  the  Ablative  Abso- 
lute. It  corresponds  to  the  independent  construction  in  English; 
as,  the  war  being  finished,  the  general  returned  home.  But  the  Abla- 
tive Absolute  construction  is  much  more  common  in  Latin  than 
the  independent  construction  in  English;  and  in  translating  the 
Ablative  Absolute  into  English,  the  independent  construction 
should  generally  be  avoided.  Cf.  pulso  fratre,  Lesson  XX. ;  ea 
re  cognita,  Lesson  XXII. ;  relabente  flumine,  Lesson  XXIII. ; 
re  animadversa,  Lesson  XXVII. 

Study  also  the  following  examples  of  the  same  construction :  — 
Cicerone  coiisule,  Catilma  coniurationem  fecit,  in  the  consul- 
ship of  Cicero,  Catiline  formed  a  conspiracy.      (Cicero  being 
consul.) 

Vivis  nobiSj  ex  urbe  egressus  est,  he  went  out  of  the  city,  and  left 
us  alive.     (We  living.) 

Rule.  —  A  noun  and  a  participle,  or  a  noun  and  an  adjec- 
tive, or  two  nouns,  may  be  put  in  the  Ablative  to  denote  the 
TIME,  CAUSE,  or  other  ATTENDANT  CIRCUMSTANCE  of  an  action. 

The  Ablative  Absolute  may  generally  be  best  translated  into 
English  by  a  clause  with  when,  while,  if,  although,  after,  etc.,  or  by 


92  LATIN  LESSONS        • 

the  Perf.  Act.  Part,  with  an  object,  or  by  a  verb  and  an  object. 
Thus,  in  the  example  in  this  lesson,  armatis  pastoribus,  having 
armed  the  shepherds,  or  he  armed  the  shepherds  and  hastened,  etc. 
Albam,  Ace.  of  place  to  which,  after  properavit. 

Rule. — After  verbs  of  motion,  PLACE  TO  WHICH  is  expressed 
by  the  Accusative,  PLACE  FROM  WHICH  by  the  Ablative;  names 
of  towns,  small  islands,  domus  (home),  and  rus  (the  country) 
without  a  preposition;  other  nouns  take  ad  or  in  with  the  Accu- 
sative, and  ab,  de,  or  ex  with  the  Ablative;  for  example, — 

Romani  properavit,  he  hastened  to  Rome. 
Roma  properavit,  he  hastened  from  Rome. 
Ad  urbem  properavit,  he  hastened  to  the  city. 
Ab  urbe  properavit,  he  hastened  from  the  city. 
Domum  properavit,  he  hastened  home. 

135.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Faustulus  necessitate  compellitur.  2.  Necessities  Fau- 
stulum  compellit.  3.  Indicabat  Komulo  quis  esset  eius 
pater.  4.  Numitor  erat  Komuli  avus.  5.  Quae  est  gemi- 
norum  mater?  6.  Quis  est  Amuli  pater?  7.  Indicat 
Komulo  quis  sit1  eius  avus.  8.  Indicabimus  Kemo  quae 
sit  eius  mater.  9.  Komulus,  arinatis  pastoribus,  domum 
properavit.  10.  Fratres  statim  Alba  properabant.  11.  Ea 
re  cognita,  ad  urbem  properavit. 

1.  Forced  by  necessity,  Komulus  and  Kemus  defended 
themselves.  2.  He  sees  who  his  father  is.  3.  He  saw  who 
his  mother  was.  4.  They  ran  home ;  they  ran  to  the  town ; 
they  ran  to  Alba.  5.  Having  armed  (his)  brother,  he  began 

1  Pres.  Subjunc.  3d  sing,  of  sum  =  is.  Notice  that  sit  and  esset  are 
used  when  the  interrogative  part  of  the  sentence  is  dependent. 


or  TH*  "<$k\ 
ftnUVBRSITr 

THE  BEGINNINGS  OF  ROME  93 

to  hasten  to  the  king.  6.  Wherefore  he  began  to  inform 
Bern  us  who  his  father  was.  7.  Having  armed  the  shep- 
herds, they  began  to  drive  the  robbers  away  from  the  plun- 
dering of  the  herds.  8.  Who  was  the  father  of  the  twins  ? 
9.  He  informed  them  who  their  father  was  (cf.  135.  3). 


LESSON   XXXV 

136.  Interea  Eemum  latrones  ad  Amulium  regem  per- 
duxerunt,  eum  accusantes,  quasi  Numitoris  agros  mfe'stare 
solitus  esset ;  itaque  Eemus  a  rege  Numitorl  ad  supplicium 
traditus  est. 

interea,  adv.,  meanwhile,  in  the  infesto,    -are,    ,    ,    to 

meantime.  trouble,  disturb. 

perduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  solitus   esset,  had  been  accus- 

to  conduct.  tomed. 

accuse,  -are,   -avi,   -atum,   to  itaque,  conj.,  and  so,  therefore. 

accuse.  supplicium,  -I,  n.,  punishment. 

quasi,1  adv.,  as  if,  on  the  pretext  trado,  -ere,  tradidi,  traditum, 

that.  to  give  up,  hand  over. 

NOTES 

137.  perduxerunt  (per,  through,  and  duco,  to  lead}.    Give  the 
synopsis  of  the  Ind.  mode,  Act.  voice,  and  the  first  three  tenses  of 
the  Pass.     What  is  the  subject  ?  what  the  object  ? 


1  Quasi  and  ubi  (57)  are  the  only  words,  thus  far  given,  having  final 
i  short. 


94  LATIN  LESSONS 

accusantes,  Pres.  Act.  Part.,  from  accuse.  Give  the  partici- 
ples, both  voices.  Decline  like  infans  (110  (a)).  With  what 
does  it  agree  ? 

a  rege,  by  the  king.  Means,  as  we  have  seen,  is  expressed  in 
Latin  by  the  Abl.  without  a  prep. ;  but  a  person  is  not  regarded 
as  a  means,  but  as  an  agent,  and  the  agent  is  expressed  in  Latin  by 
the  Abl.  with  a  or  ab.  Thus,  in  Lesson  XXV.,  "  fama  traditum 
est,"  it  has  been  handed  down  by  tradition,  fama  is  the  Abl.  of 
means ;  but  in  "  a  rege  traditus  est,"  he  was  handed  over  by  the 
king,  rege  is  the  agent,  and  the  prep,  a  is  expressed. 

Rule.  —  The  voluntary  agent  of  a  verb  in  the  Passive  voice 
is  in  the  Ablative  with  a  or  ab. 

traditus  est :  cf .  traditum  est,  Lesson  XXV.  Give  all  the  parti- 
ciples of  trade,  traditus  est  is  in  the  Perfect  Indicative  Passive 
3d  sing. 

138.  The  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Passive 
are  compound  tenses  formed  by  combining  the  Perfect  Pas- 
sive participle  with  the  first  three  tenses  of  sum. 

The  Perfect  Passive  Participle  with  the  Present  tense  of  sum 
forms  the  Perfect  Tense,  Passive  Voice ;  with  the  Imperfect  Tense 
of  sum,  the  Pluperfect  Passive ;  and  with  the  Future  Tense  of  sum, 
the  Future  Perfect  Passive. 

Inus,      amatus  sum,  /  have  been  loved  or  /  was  loved. 
amatus  eram,  I  had  been  loved. 
amatus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  loved. 

As  the  participle,  like  the  adjective,  agrees  with  its  noun 
in  gender,  number,  and  case,  it  will  take  the  masculine,  femi- 
nine, or  neuter  form,  according  as  the  subject  is  masculine, 
feminine,  or  neuter.  Thus  we  have,  — 

amatus,  -a,  -um  est,  he  ivas  loved,  she  was  loved,  it  was  loved. 
amati,  -ae,  -a  sunt,  (hey  were  loved;  they  being  either  masculine 
feminine,  or  neuter. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME 


95 


00 


SINGULAR 


amatus,  -a,  -um 
moiiitus,  -a,  -um  i 


rectus,  -a,  -um 
auditus,  -a,  -um 


Perfect  Passive 

PLURAL 

amati,  -ae,  -a    -\ 
moniti,  -ae,  -a  |  sumus,  estis, 
recti.  -ae,  -a  sunt. 

audit!,  -ae,  -a  J 


;  sum,  es,  est. 


Pluperfect  Passive 


amatus,  -a,  -um    ^ 
moiiitus,  -a,  -um  I  eram,  eras, 
rectus,  -a,  -um  erat. 

auditus,  -a,  -um  j 


amati,  -ae,  -a    •) 

moniti,  -ae,  -a  j  eramus,  eratis, 
recti,  -ae,  -a  eraiit. 

audit!,  -ae,  -a 


amatus,  -a,  -um 
monitus,  -a,  -um 
rectus,  -a,  -um 
auditus,  -a,  -um 


Future  Perfect  Passive 

amati,  -ae,  -a    i 

ero,  eris,  moniti,  -ae,  -a  ]  erimus,  eritis, 

erit.  recti,  -ae,  -a  erunt. 

audit!,  -ae,  -a  J 


139.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Interea  Kemus  ad  regem  properaverat.  2.  Kemus  a 
latronibus  ad  Amulium  perductus  erat.  3.  Latrones  eos 
accusaverunt.  4.  Fratres,  Eomulus  et  Eemus,  a  rege  Anm- 
lio  accusati  sunt.  5.  Is  regis  agros  Infestare  solitus  erat. 
6.  Eemus,  qui  ad  Amulium  perductus  est,  a  latronibus  regi 
traditus  erat.  7.  Agri  pastorum  a  fratribus  peragrat!  erant. 
8.  Pueri  agros  eorum  Infestare  soliti  sunt.  9.  Viri  ad  eos 
properabant.  10.  Fratres  domum  properaverint. 

1.  Bemus  had  been  accused  by  the  robbers.  2.  The  king 
had  handed  over  Remus  to  Numitor  for  punishment.  3.  And 
so  the  robbers  ran  to  Amulius.  4.  He  was  accustomed  to 


96  LATIN  LESSONS 

accuse  the  shepherds  who  were  troubling  (his)  fields.  5.  They 
accused  the  men  who  had  been  handed  over  to  Numitor  for 
punishment.  6.  Straightway  the  shepherds  of  the  king  has- 
tened to  them.  7.  Having  learned  this  fact/  the  robbers 
conducted  him  to  Alba.  8.  They  will  have  been  accused  by 
the  ting. 


LESSON   XXXVI 

140.  At  cum  Numitor,  adulescentis  vultum  conslderans, 
aetatem  minimeque  servllem  indolem  compararet,  haud  pro- 
cul  erat  qum  nepotem  agnosceret. 

At,  conj.,  but.     Cf.  sed  in  92  servllem,  adj.,  slavish,  servile. 

and  101.  indoles,  -Us,  f.,  character,  dispo- 

adulescens,  -entis,  adj.  used  as  sition. 

a  noun,  a  youth.  compare,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

vultus,    -us,    m.,    countenance,  compare. 

looks.  haud,  adv.,  not,  by  no  means. 

considers,  -are,    -avi,   -atum,  procul,  adv.,  far,  far  off. 

to  consider.  quin,  conj.,  but  that. 

minime,  adv.,  least  of  all,  not  at  agnoscS,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitum,  to 

all.  recognize. 

NOTES 

141.  adulescens,  used  as  a  noun,  is  declined  like  the  masc.  and 
fern,  of  infans   (110  (rt)),  —  adulescens,  adulescentis,  adule- 
scenti,  etc.    It  has  e  alone,  and  not  e  or  I,  in  the  Abl.  sin^.    Nouns 
in  -ns  and  -rs  of  the  3d  Declension  are  declined  like  adulescens. 

1  Cf.  98,  99. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  97 

vultum,  a  noun  of  the  5th  Declension,  declined  like  vagitus 
(107  (a)). 

consideraiis,  Pres.  Act.  Part.,  from  considers.     Decline  like 
infans.     (iivo  all  the  participles  of  considers. 

minime,  superlative  of  the  adv.  parum,  little,     minime  servl- 
leni,  not  at  all  slavish. 

que  :  cf.  110,  n.  on  que. 

servilem,  an  adj.  in  the  Ace.  sing.,  from  servilis,  agreeing  with 
indolem. 

indolem,  noun  in  the  Ace.  sing.,  from  indoles.     Decline  like 
suboles  (93  («)).     Not  used  in  the  plu. 

compararet,  Impf .  Subj.  Act.  3d  sing.  Cf.  privaret  in  Lesson 
XX.,  reverteretur  in  Lesson  XXV1L,  agnosceret  in  this  Lesson. 
It  will  be  observed  that  each  of  these  forms  has  the  syllable  re 
immediately  following  the  stem  vowel.  This  syllable  is  always 
found  in  the  Impf.  Subj.,  and  may  be  called  the  sign  of  that 
tense.  For  example :  — 
ama-re  -\ 

raone-re  I  are  the  bases  upon  which  the  Impf.  Subj.  is  formed 
rege-re  in  these  verbs. 


audi-re 

It  will  be  observed  also  that  these  bases  correspond  exactly  with 
the  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  of  these  verbs.  The  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  and  the  base 
of  the  Impf.  Subj.  are  always  the  same.  By  adding  the  personal 
endings  to  this  base,  we  have  the  inflection  of  the  Impf.  Subj. :  — 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

SINGULAR       PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  amarem       amaremus  1.  amarer  amaremur 

2.  amares        amaretis  2.  amareris  (-re)       amaremini 

3.  amaret         amarent  3.  amaretur  amardntur 

ACTIVE 
-rem,  -res,  -ret.  L  -remus,  -retis,  -rent. 


98  LATIN  LESSONS 

PASSIVE 
mone- 1 

rege-    I  -rer,  -rgris,  -retur.  I  -remur,  -rgmim,  -rentur. 
audi-   J 

Inflect  in  the  same  way  privaret,  compararet,  and  agnosceret. 

baud  is  a  negative  adv.  used  chiefly  with  adjectives  and  other 
adverbs. 

quin  is  a  conjunction  regularly  followed  by  the  Subjunctive,  as 
in  this  instance  by  agnosceret. 

nepotem :  cf.  57. 

baud  procul  erat  quin  nepotem  agnosceret,  literally,  he  was  by 
no  means  far  but  that  he  recognized  his  grandson.  Better  thus :  he 
was  not  far  from  recognizing,  or,  he  almost  recognized,  etc. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  erat. 

142.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cum  Numltor  adulescentis  vultum  consideraret,  nepo- 
tem agnoscebat.  2.  Ehe'ae  Silviae  filius  minime  servlleni 
indolem  habebat.  3.  Eemus  hand  procul  erat  quin  vi  se 
defenderet.  4.  Vultum  adulescentis  agnovit.  5.  Vultus 
adulescentis  haud  servilis  erat.  6.  Cum  Amulius  nepotem 
agnosceret,  Eemum  Numitor!  ad  supplicium  tradidit.  7.  A 
pastoribus  regl  traditus  est.  8.  Ad  avum  eum  perduxerunt. 

1.  When  Numitor  recognized  (his)  grandson,  he  conducted 
him  to  the  king.  2.  Having  noticed1  this  circumstance,  he 
began  to  recognize  the  countenance  of  the  youth.  3.  He 
began  to  compare  the  age  of  the  youth,  and  his  disposition 
by  no  means  slavish.  4.  He  was  on  the  point 2  of  handing 
him  over  to  the  king  for  punishment.  5.  The  youth  who 
had  been  captured  by  the  robbers  was  the  grandson  of  Numi- 

i  Lesson  XXVII.  2  Haud  procul,  etc. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  99 

tor.  6.  The  youth,  whose  countenance  he  was  considering, 
was  conducted  to  A'lba.  7.  The  king  was  on  the  point  of 
recognizing  Remus. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  trado  and  of  compare  in  the  Ind. 
Pass.  3d  sing. 


LESSON  XXXVII 

143.  Nam  Eemus  oris  lineamentis  erat  matri  simillimus 
aetasque  expositions  temporibus  congruebat.     Ea  res  dum 
Numitoris  aniinum  anxium  tenet,  repente  Romulus  super- 
venit,  fratrem  liberat,  interempto  Amulio  avum  Nuinitorem 
in  regnum  restituit. 

nam,  adv.,  for.  auxins,  -a,  -um,   adj.,   anxious, 
6s,  oris,  n.,  face,  features.  troubled. 

lineamentum,  -I,  n.,  lineament,  repente,  adv.,  suddenly. 

outline.  supervenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ven- 
simillimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  most  turn,  to  come  up,  arrive. 

Like,  very  like.  interimo,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptum, 
expositio,  -6ms,  f.,  exposure.  to  kill,  slay. 

congruo,  -ere,  -ui, (con  +  restituo,   -ere,   -ui,   -utum,    to 

gruo),  to  agree,  coincide.  replace,  restore. 

dum,  conj.,  while. 

NOTES 

144.  oris  :  cf .  Lesson  XXVI.,  ori. 

lineamentis,  Abl.  pin.,  limiting  simillimus.  Very  like  his  mother 
in  the  outlines  of  his  face.  It  denotes  in  what  respect  he  was  like  his 
mother.  Cf.  natu,  in  natu  maior,  Lesson  XIX. :  greater  in  respect 
to  birth.  These  constructions  follow  the 


100  LATIN  LESSONS 

Rule.  —  The  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION  is  used  with 
nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs  to  denote  ix  WHAT  RESPECT 
anything  is  true. 

matri,  Dat.,  limiting  simillimus.  Adjectives  of  likeness  are  fol- 
lowed by  the  Dat.  in  Latin.  Cf.  the  English,  similar  to  his  mother. 

simillimus,  an  adj.  from  similis,  like,  in  the  superlative  degree, 
declined  like  magnus. 

temporibus,  Dat.,  by  Rule  X.     Coincided  with  the  time,  etc. 

Ea  res  :  give  Gen.  and  Dat.  sing,  and  plu. 

anxium  is  predicative :  keeps  the  mind  of  Numitor  anxious,  i.e.  in 
doubt  or  in  perplexity. 

(a)  The  verbs  of  this  sentence,  —  tenet,  supervenit,  liberat, 
and  restituit,  are  called  Historical  Presents ;  so  called  because  they 
describe  past  events  as  if  they  were  taking  place  in  the  present. 
The  same  usage  is  not  uncommon  in  English,  in  vivid  description ; 
as,  "  Ulysses  ivakes,  not  knowing  where  he  is." 

supervenit  =  super  +  venio.  How  does  the  3d  sing,  of  the 
Pres.  Act.  differ  from  the  3d  sing,  of  the  Perf.  Act.  of  this  verb? 
Which  is  this? 

Give  the  principal  parts  and  the  synopsis  of  the  Ind.  Act.  of  the 
four  verbs  in  this  sentence. 

interempto  Amulio :  Rule  XXVIII.  How  may  this  be  best 
translated?  Cf.  Lesson  XXXIV.,  n.  on  armatis. 

145.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Remus  oris  llneamentis  similis  erat  matri.  2.  Films 
erat  matri  simillimus.  3.  Numitoris  animus  ea  re  anxius 
tenebatur.  4.  Amulius  a  Romulo  iriteremptus  est.  5.  Ro- 
mulus Remum  fratrem  liberaverat.  6.  Repente  Romulus 
supervenit  et  Amulium  interemit.  7.  Ea  re  audita  Remum 
liberavit  et  avum  in  regnum  restituit. 

1.  Romulus  was  not  very  like  Remus.  2.  Hearing  the 
cry  of  the  little  ones  [the  crying  of  the  little  ones  being 


REVIEW  101 

heard],  the  brother  suddenly  came  up.  3.  The  robbers  will 
slay  the  youth  whom  the  brother  has  liberated.  4.  Komulus 
having  armed  the  shepherds  straightway  restored  Numitor  to 
the  throne.  5.  Komulus  was  very  like  (his)  father  in  the 
outlines  of  his  face.  6.  This  circumstance  kept  the  mind 
of  his  grandfather  anxious.  7.  Then  he  informed  Romulus 
who  his  grandfather  was.  8.  When  Numitor  recognized  (his) 
grandson,  he  freed  Remus  and  slew  Amulius. 


LESSON   XXXVIII 
Review 

146.   Read  and  translate:  — 

Qua  re  cum  iis  insidiati  essent  latrones,  Eemus  captus  est, 
Romulus  vl  se  defendit.  Turn  Faustulus,  necessitate  com- 
pulsus,  indicavit  Romulo  quis  esset  eorum  avus,  quae  mater. 
Romulus  statim  armatis  pastoribus  Albam  properavit.  Inter- 
ea  Remum  latrones  ad  Amulium  regem  perduxerunt,  eum 
accusantes,  quasi  Numitoris  agros  mfestare  solitus  esset; 
itaque  Remus  a  rege  Numitori  ad  supplicium  traditus  est; 
at  cum  Numitor,  adulescentis  vultum  conslderans,  aetatem 
minimeque  servilem  indolem  compararet,  hand  procul  erat 
quin  nepotem  agnosceret.  Nam  Remus  oris  lineamentis  erat 
matri  sirnillimus  aetasque  expositionis  temporibus  congrue- 
bat.  Ea  res  dum  Numitoris  animum  anxium  tenet,  repente 
Romulus  supervenit,  fratrem  llberat,  interempto  Amulio 
avuni  Numitorem  in  regnum  restituit. 


102  LATIN  LESSONS 


NOTES 

147.  What  mode  and  tenses  have  we  had  in  clauses  introduced 
by  cum  ? 

How  does  the  declension  of  quis  differ  from  that  of  qui,  the 
relative  ? 

To  whom  does  eorum  refer?  What  gender  and  number  is 
eorum,  and  why?  What  words  are  declined  like  mater?  How 
are  place  to  which  and  place  from  which  expressed  in  Latin  ?  How  is 
the  agent  expressed  in  Latin?  the  indirect  object?  the  means? 

What  two  words  have  we  had  meaning  not? 

Give  the  Impf.  Subj.  of  indicavit,  properavit,  perduxerunt, 
congruebat.  Give  all  the  participles,  Act.  and  Pass.,  of  defendit, 
considerans,  tenet,  restituit.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the 
eight  verbs  just  mentioned.  Give  the  synopsis,  Act.  and  Pass.  3d 
sing.,  of  indicavit,  traditus  est,  and  tenet.  Give  the  synopsis 
of  sum  in  the  Ind.  3d  plu. 

Decline  vi  and  se.  How  may  the  Ablative  Absolute  be  best 
translated  ? 

What  is  the  rule  for  the  case  of  mater  in  quae  mater? 

Observe  the  English  derivatives :  insidious,  capture,  defense,  com- 
pel, infest,  servile,  similar,  expose,  incongruous,  restitution. 


EXERCISE 

148.  The  robbers  lay  in  wait  for  the  twins.  Faustulus  told 
Romulus  who  his  mother  was.  Romulus  immediately  armed 
the  shepherds.  He  then  hastened  to  the  town.  They  were 
led  to  Amulius  by  the  robbers  who  accused  them.  They 
gave  up  Remus  to  Numitor  for  punishment.  Remus  was 
very  like  (his)  mother  in  countenance.  The  brother  had 
been  set  free  by  Romulus.  Amulius  was  killed.  The 
grandfather  Numitor  was  restored  to  the  kingdom,  and 
immediately  hastened  to  Alba. 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  103 


LESSON   XXXIX 

149.  Delude  Komulus  et  Kemus  urbem  in  isdem  locis, 
ubi  expositi  ubique  educati  erant,  condiderunt;    sed   orta 
inter  eos  contentione,  uter  nomen  novae  urbi  daret  eamque 
irnperio  regeret,  auspicia  decreverunt  adhibere. 

deinde :  cf.  Lesson  XXIX.  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  to  give. 

isdem,  same.  daret,  should  give. 

expono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum,  imperium,  -1, 11.,  power,  authority, 

to  expose.  supreme  power,  empire. 

ubique,  and  where.  auspicium,  -I,  n.,  divination,  aus- 

condo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  pices. 

found,  build.  decerno,  -ere,  decrevi,  decre- 

orta,  having  arisen.  turn,  to  decide,  determine,  de- 

contentio,  -onis,  f .,  contest,  strife.  cree. 

uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  of  the  adhibeo,   -ere,    -ui,    -itum,    to 

two.  employ,  make  use  of,  have  re- 

nomen,  -inis,  n.,  a  name.  course  to. 
urbs,  -bis,  f.,  a  city. 

NOTES 

150.  urbem,  a  noun  of  the  3d  Declension  with  -ium  in  the  Gen. 
plu.  and  -es  or  -is  in  the  Ace.  plu.    It  belongs  to  the  i  stems.    Cf.  53. 

isdem  is  a  demons,  pron.  from  idem,  compounded  of  is  and 
the  affix  -dem.  It  is  declined  like  is  (102  (a)),  the  syllable  -dem 
remaining  unchanged  throughout.  The  only  changes  from  the 
declension  of  is  are  the  following :  isdem  in  the  Norn.  sing.  masc. 
becomes  idem ;  iddem  in  the  neut.,  idem ;  m  is  changed  to  n  in 
the  Ace.  sing,  and  the  Gen.  plu.  before  d;  and  iisdem  becomes 
isdem  in  the  Dat.  and  Abl.  plu.  Write  out  the  declension  in  full. 

locis  :  cf .  107.,  n.  on  locis. 

erant  is  to  be  taken  with  expositi  as  well  as  with  educati. 
Give  the  synopsis  of  these  verbs  in  the  Tnd.  Pass. 


104  LATIN  LESSONS 

ubique  =  ubi  +  que.     Cf.  110,  n.  on  -que. 

condiderunt :  inflect  the  tense,  and  give  all  the  participles. 

orta  is  a  Perf.  Part,  from  orior,  a  deponent  verb.  Cf.  113,  n.  on 
reverteretur. 

inter  :  cf.  inter  pastores,  Lesson  XXVIII. 

eos  refers  to  whom? 

orta  contentione,  Ablative  Absolute.  Give  rule  for  gender  of 
contentio. 

nomeii  :  cf.  flumen,  (63). 

urbi :  Rule  IX. 

daret :  observe  the  short  a  in  the  stem,  do  is  the  only  verb  of 
the  1st  Conjugation  with  the  characteristic  vowel  a  short.  Imper- 
fect Subjunctive.  Inflect  the  tense. 

earn  refers  to  urbi ;  hence  fern. 

imperio  :  Rule  XIX.     Decline  in  the  sing. 

regeret  =  should  rule.  Imperfect  Subjunctive.  Inflect  the  tense. 
Connected  to  daret  by  -que. 

auspicia  is  derived  from  two  Latin  words  meaning  to  observe 
birds.  The  early  Romans  sought  to  learn  the  will  of  their  gods  by 
observing  the  flight  of  birds.  The  meaning  of  auspicium,  in  pro- 
cess of  time,  was  widened,  and  came  to  be  applied  to  various  means 
for  learning  of  future  events.  It  is  here  used  in  its  original  mean- 
ing. Before  entering  upon  any  important  undertaking,  whether 
public  or  private,  the  Romans  were  accustomed  to  take  the  auspices. 
auspicia  is  the  object  of  adhibere. 

151.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulus  urbem  condidit.  2.  Romulus  et  Remus  in 
isdem  locls  educati  sunt  ubi  urbem  condiderunt.  3.  Cum 
urbem  conderent,  inter  eos  contentio  orta  est.  4.  Deinde 
nomen  novae  urbi  dederunt.  5.  Nomen  novae  urbi  ab  ils 
datum  est.  6.  Hanc  urbem  imperio  regebant.  7.  Novam 
urbem  condere  decreverant.  8.  Urbe  condita,  Romulus 
earn  imperio  regere  decrevit.  9.  Urbs  quam  condiderunt 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME  105 

fuit  Horn  a.      10.   Orta  inter  fratres  contentione  Renms  vi 
se  defendebat. 

1.  A  city  was  founded  by  Eomulus.  2.  Having  given  a 
name  to  the  new  city,  they  ruled  it  by  (their)  power. 
3.  They  consulted  (adhibed)  the  auspices  (as  to)  which  of 
the  two  should  found l  the  city.  4.  Romulus  gave  the  name 
to  the  new  city.  5.  They  decide  to  found  a  city  in  the  same 
places  where  they  had  been  exposed.  6.  Romulus  informed 
(his)  grandfather  who  was  ruling  the  city.  7.  They  gave  to 
this  city  which  they  founded  the  name  Rome. 


LESSON   XL 

152.  Remus   prior  sex  vultures,  Romulus   postea   duo- 
decim  vidit.      Sic  Romulus,  victor  augurio,  urbem  Romam 
vocavit.    Ad  novae  urbis  tutelam  sufficere  vallum  videbatur. 

prior,  adj.,  comparative  degree,  augurium,  -I,  n.,  augury,  sign. 

former,  first.  tutela,  -ae,  f .,  protection,  defense. 

sex,  numeral  adj.,  six.  sufficio,  -ere,  -fed,  -fectum,  to 
vultur,  -uris,  m.,  a  vulture.  be  sufficient,  suffice. 

postea,  adv.,  afterwards.  vallum,  -I,  n.,  rampart. 

duodecim,  numeral  adj.,  twelve.  videbatur,  seemed. 
sic,  adv.,  thus. 

NOTES 

153.  prior,  an  adj.  in  the  comparative;  the  positive  is  wanting. 
Used  here  instead  of  a  superlative,  because  but  two  (Romulus  and 
Remus)  are  spoken  of.     It  is  declined  as  follows  :  — 

i  Cf.  uter  daret,  above. 


106  LATIN  LESSONS 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

M.  and  F.  N.  M.  and  F.  N. 

N.  V.     prior  prius  priores  priora 

Gen.  prioris  priorum 

Dat.  priori  prioribus 

Ace.       priorem  prius  priores  priora 

Abl.  priore  or  priori  prioribus 

All  comparatives  are  declined  like  prior.  They  are  classed  with 
adjectives  of  the  3d  Declension.  Cf.  pastor  (63).  Observe  that 
they  have  -e  or  -I  in  the  Abl.  sing.,  and  -tun  in  the  Gen.  plu. 

Decline,  in  the  same  way,  maior,  greater,  and  melior,  better. 

sex,  a  numeral  adj. :  indeclinable. 

duodecim  :  indeclinable,     duo,  two,  +  decem,  ten. 

victor :  many  verbal  nouns  in  -tor  are  used  as  adjectives. 
victor  augurio  =  victorious  through  augury;  i.e.  shown  to  be  vic- 
torious by  the  omens. 

augurio  :  Rule  XIX.  Through  augury,  i.e.  through  observance  of 
omens;  in  this  instance,  by  observing  the  flight  of  birds. 

urbem  Romam  vocavit,  called  the  city  Rome.  Cf.  Lesson  XXL, 
eius  filiam,  Vestae  sacerdotem  fecit,  made  his  daughter  priestess 
of  Vesta.  These  two  accusatives  after  the  verb  are  explained  by 
the  following  rule  :  — 

.  Rule.  —  Verbs  meaning  to  MAKE,  CHOOSE,  NAME,  CALL,  and 
the  like,  take  two  Accusatives  of  the  same  person  or  thing. 

Ad  tutelam :  cf .  ad  supplicium,  Lesson  XXXV. 

videbatur  :  Impf.  Tnd.  Pass.  3d  sing,  of  video,  to  see;  but  video 
in  the  Pass,  form  is  often  used  as  a  deponent  with  the  meaning, 
to  seem.  This  is  its  use  here.  What  is  a  deponent  verb  ?  Cf .  113. 
Synopsis  of  the  Ind.  Pass. 

154.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulus  erat  victor  augurio.  2.  Kemus  duodecim 
vultures  viderat.  3.  Remus  postea  Romulum  victorem 


THE   BEGINNINGS   OF  ROME  107 

vocavit.  4.  Romulus  auspicia  adhibere  solitus  est.  5.  Val- 
lum ad  urbis  tutelam  sufficiet.  6.  Urbem  quam  condiderunt 
Romam  vocaverunt.  7.  Romulus  victor  augurio  esse1  vide- 
batur.  8.  Remus  prior  sex  vultures,  Romulus  deinde  duo- 
deciin  vldit. 

1.  A  contest  having  arisen  between  the  brothers,  they 
determined  to  consult  the  auspices.  2.  They  called  the 
shepherds  robbers.  3.  Six  vultures  were  seen  by  Remus, 
afterwards  twelve  by  Romulus.  4.  Thus  Romulus  was  called 
the  victor.2  5.  Remus  first  saw  the  vultures.  6.  The  new 
city  was  called  Rome  by  Romulus.  7.  Romulus  called  the 
new  city  Rome.  8.  They  had  determined  to  consult  the 
auspices  (as  to)  which-of-the-two  should  rule  the  new  city. 


LESSON   XLI 

155.  Quod  inridens  cum  Remus  saltu  traiecisset,  eum 
iratus  Romulus  interf  ecit,  his  increpans  verbls :  "  Sic  deinde, 
quicumque  alius  transiliet  moenia  mea."  Ita  solus  potltus 
est  imperio  Romulus. 

inrldeo,  -ere,  -risi,  -risum,   to  iratus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  angry,  en- 
laugh  at,  ridicule.  raged. 

saltu,  with  a  leap  or  bound.  interficio,  -ere,  -feel,  -fectum, 

traicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  to          to  Ml,  slay. 

pass   over,  go   over.      (trans,  increpo,  -are,  -ui,  -itum,  to  up- 
across  -f  iacio,  to  throw.}  braid,  chide. 

iTobe.  2  Cf.  Rule  HI. 


108  LATIN  LESSONS 

verbum,  -i,  n.,  a  word.  moenia,  -ium,  n.,  ramparts,  walls. 
quicumque,          quaecumque,  Only  in  the  plu. 

quodcumque,  whoever,  what-  meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  pron., 

ever.  my. 

alius,   alia,   aliud,    adj.,    other,  ita,  adv.,  so,  thus. 

another.  solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone,  only. 

transilio,  -ire,  -ui, ,  to  leap  potior,  -Iri,  -itus  sum,  to  become 

over  or  across.  master  of,  gain  possession  of. 

NOTES 

156.  quod,  neut.  sing.  Ace.  of  the  rel.  pron.,  with  vallum,  in 
the  preceding  lesson,  for  its  antecedent.  It  is  the  object  of  inridens. 
The  rel.  pron.  is  often  used  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  in  Latin 
where  in  English  a  demons,  or  a  pers.  pron.  would  be  used.  Quod 
is  here  equivalent  to  id.  Laughing  at  this  or  it. 

inrideiis,  agrees  with  Remus.  The  English  order  would  be 
cum  Remus  inridens  quod,  etc.  Give  all  of  the  participles,  both 
voices,  of  inridens. 

saltu,  a  noun  of  the  4th  Declension,  with  only  the  Ace.  and  Abl. 
sing,  and  plu.  in  use.  Rule  XIX. 

traiecisset,  Plupf.  Subj.  3d  sing.,  had  gone  over. 

eum,  object  of  interfecit. 

iiiterfecit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  sing.  Inflect  the  tense.  Give  the 
Plupf.  and  Fut.  Perf. 

With  what  do  iratus  and  increpans  agree  ? 

verbis  :  for  construction,  cf.  saltu  above. 

sic,  thus  (shall  be  killed). 

deinde,  after  this,  hereafter. 

quicumque  alius  =  whatever  other  one. 

quicumque  is  a  general  or  indefinite  rel.  pron.,  declined  like 
qui,  quae,  quod  (96  («)),  with  the  affix  -cumque  added  to  all  of 
the  forms ;  as,  — 

Noni.     quicumque,  quaecumque,  quodcumque 
Gen.      cuiuscumque 
Dat.       cuicumque,  etc. 


-THE   BEGINNINGS   OF   ROME 


109 


alius  is  declined  as  follows  :  — 
(a)  SINGULAR 


N.  V. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 


Masc. 

alius 

alius 

alii 

alium 

dlio 


Fern. 

alia 

alius 

alii 

aliam 

alia 


Neut. 

aliud 

alius 

alii 

aliud 

ali  6 


PLURAL 

Matte.  Fern.  Neut. 

alii  aliae  alia 

aliOrum  aliSrum  aliorum 

aliis  aliis  aliis 

alios  alias  alia 

aliis  aliis  aliis 


Eight  other  adjectives,  making  nine  in  all,  have  the  Gen.  sing,  in 

-lus,  and  the  Dat.  sing,  in  -I.  These  adjectives  are  — 

nullus,  -a,  -um,  no  one.  ullus,  -a,  -um,  any. 

solus,  -a,  -um,  alone.  uiius,  -a,  -um,  one. 

totus,  -a,  -um,  whole.  alter,  -tera,  -terum,  the  other 

uter,  -tra,  -trum,  which  (of  (of  two). 

two).  neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  neither. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  alius  has  -d  in  the  Nom.  and  Ace.  neut. 
sing,  nullus,  solus,  totus,  ullus,  and  unus  are  declined  like 
bonus,  except  in  the  Gen.  and  Dat.  sing.  The  declension  of 
alter,  uter,  and  neuter  will  be  given  later. 

transiliet  =  trans,  across,  -f  salio,  to'leap.  Give  the  synopsis  of 
transiliet  in  the  Ind.  Act. 

imperio  is  in  the  Abl.,  after  potitus  est,  according  to  the  — 

Rule.  —  The  deponent  verbs  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  pot/or, 

and  vescor  are  followed  by  the  Ablative. 

(utor,  to  make  use  of;  fruor,  to  enjoy;  fungor,  to  perform;  potior, 
to  gain  possession  of;  vescor,  to  feed  upon,  to  eat.) 

Observe  especially  the  perf.  stems  of  inrideo,  increpo,  and 
transilio. 

157.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Eernus  saltu  vallum  traiecit.  2.  Remus  vallum  inrl- 
sit.  3.  Romulus  cum  eum  increpuisset,  interfecit.  4.  His 
verbis  Remum  increpabat.  5.  Qulcumque  alius  hoc  vallum 


110  LATIN  LESSONS 

saltu  traiecerit,  inter ficiam.  6.  Eemus  mea  moenia  non  tran- 
siliet.  7.  Solus  Eemus  vallum  transiluit.  8.  Alius  imperio 
potitus  est.  9.  Alii  regno  potiti  sunt.  10.  Alius  moenia 
saltu  traiciet.  11.  Quicumque  moenia  transilit,  multls  verbis 
increpat. 

1.  Eemus  was  leaping  over  the  rampart.  2.  Eomulus, 
being  angry,  killed  him.  3.  Eomulus  gained  possession  of 
the  kingdom.  4.  Eemus  went  over  the  rampart  with  a  leap. 
5.  Then  another  laughed  at  the  rampart.  6.  Eomulus,  who 
had  built  the  city  in  this  place,  upbraided  him  with  these 
words.  7.  "  Thus  will  I  slay  whatever  other  one  shall  laugh 
at  my  rampart."  8.  He  alone  gained  possession  of  the  chief- 
power.  9.  They  alone  will  leap  over  my  walls. 


LESSON   XLII 
Review 

158.   Read  and  translate:  — 

Deinde  Eomulus  et  Eemus  urbem  in  isdem  locis  ubi 
expositi  ubique  educati  erant,  condiderunt;  sed  orta  inter 
eos  contentione,  uter  nomen  novae  urbi  daret  eamque  im- 
perio regeret,  auspicia  decreverunt  adhibere.  Eemus  prior 
sex  vultures,  Eomulus  duodecim  vidit.  Sic  Eomulus,  victor 
augurio,  urbem  Eomam  vocavit.  Ad  novae  urbis  tutelam 
sufficere  vallum  videbatur.  Quod  inrldens  cum  Eemus  saltu 
traiecisset,  eum  Iratus  Eomulus  interfecit  his  increpans  ver- 
bis: "Sic  deinde,  qulcumque  alius  transiliet  moenia  mea." 
Ita  solus  potitus  est  imperio  Eomulus. 


REVIEW  111 


NOTES 

159.  Make  a  list  of  the  verbs  in  the  above  passage,  arranging 
them  according  to  the  conjugations  to  which  they  belong. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  coiidideruiit,  daret,  iiirideiis,  incre- 
paiis,  and  transiliet.  What  is  the  peculiarity  of  the  verb  do? 

Remembering  that  the  Impf.  Subj.  may  be  formed  from  the 
Pres.  Inf.  Act.  by  adding  the  personal  endings,  write  the  inflection 
of  the  Imp.  Subj.  Act.  and  Pass,  of  coiididerimt,  decreveruiit, 
adhibere,  sufficere,  interfecit,  and  transiliet. 

Give  all  the  participles,  active  and  passive,  of  daret,  vidit,  de- 
creveruiit, and  transiliet. 

Decline  alius  and  solus  in  the  singular. 

How  may  the  relative  at  the  beginning  of  a  Latin  sentence  often 
be  translated  ? 

Decline  together  novae  urbis  in  both  numbers. 

What  construction  follows  verbs  of  naming,  calling,  etc.? 

What  construction  follows  potior  ?  Give  the  other  verbs  that 
take  the  same  construction. 

Give  the  Dat.  and  Ace.  sing,  and  plu.  of  prior. 

Write  the  Gen.  and  Ace.  plu.  of  urbem. 

What  case  or  cases  may  follow  in  ?  inter  ?  ad  ? 

Notice  that  saltu  traicere  and  transillre  are  equivalent  ex- 
pressions. 

Give  rule  for  gender  of  urbem,  nomen,  augurio,  verbis. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives  :  expose,  educate,  con- 
tention, nomenclature,  imperial,  priority,  duodecimals,  sufficient,  irate, 
sole. 

EXEECISE 

160.  1.  Eomulus  founded  the  city  Kome.     2.  A  strife 
arising  between  the  brothers  (as  to)  which-of-the-two  should 
rule  the  new  city,  they  straightway  consulted  the  auspices. 
3.  Romulus  gave  to  the  city  the  name  Rome.     4.  Romulus 
saw  twelve  vultures,  but  Remus  six.     5.  Thus  Romulus  was 


112  LATEST  LESSONS 

the  victor.  6.  Remus  laughed  at  the  walls  of  the  new  city, 
and  Romulus  killed  him.  7.  Romulus  alone  was  called  king. 
8.  Romulus,  who  had  determined  to  call  the  city  Rome,  up- 
braided his  brother  Remus  with  these  words. 


LESSON   XLIII 
Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  —  i-stems 

161 .    Hostis  (st.  hosti-),  ra.  Mare  (st.  mari-),  n., 

and  f .,  an  enemy.  the  sea. 

SINGULAR          PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  Y.  hdstis  hdstes  mare  maiia 

Gen.  hdstis  hdstium  mails  mdrium 

Dat.  host!  hdstibus  mail  maribus 

Ace.  hdstem  hdstes, -is  mare  maria 

Abl.  hdste  hdstibus  marl  maribus 

Urbs  (st.  urbi-),  f.,  Cliens  (st'.  clienti-),  m. 

a  city.  and  f.,  a  client. 

SINGULAR          PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.  lirbs  urbes  cliens  clientes 

Gen.  urbis  lirbium  clientis  clientium 

Dat.  urbi  urbibus  clienti  clientibus 

Ace.  urbem  urbes,  -is  clientem  clientes,  -is 

Abl.  lirbe  urbibus  cliente  clientibus 

The  four  nouns  given  above  represent  the  four  classes  of 
i  nouns.  Any  nouns  hereafter  met  with  in  these  lessons 
that  belong  to  these  classes  and  vary  in  any  of  their  forms 
from  the  ones  here  given,  will  be  specially  noticed;  and 
their  variation  from  these  forms  will  be  pointed  out. 


U5IVER3IT7] 

NHINS    OF    THE    THIHD    DKCLKNSloN  113 


(a)  Nouns  formed  from  i  stems  may  be  divided  into  the 
following  classes :  — 

1.  Nouns  in  -es  and  -is  not  increasing  in  the  Genitive 
singular,  i.e.  having  no  more  syllables  in  the  Genitive  than 
in  the  Nominative. 

2.  Neuters  in  -e,  -al,  and  -ar. 

3.  Monosyllables  in  B  and  x  preceded  by  a  consonant. 

4.  Most  nouns  in  -ns  and  -rs.1 

An  examination  of  the  forms  of  i  nouns  of  the  3d  Declen- 
sion will  show  the  following  statements  to  be  true :  — 

(b)  In  the  Singular 

1st  Class.  —  Some  nouns  of  this  class  are  declined  in  the 
sing,  like  consonant  stems,  and  some  retain  i  in  the  Accu- 
sative or  Ablative,  or  in  both.  These  will  be  noticed  as 
they  occur. 

2d  Class.  —  These  nouns  have  I  in  the  Ablative  sing. 

3d  and  4th  Classes.  —  These  are  declined  in  the  sing,  like 
consonant  stems. 

(c)  In  the  Plural 

In  nouns  of  all  the  four  classes  the  i  is  retained  in  the 
Genitive  plural,  which  has  -ium  instead  of  -urn ;  in  the  Nomi- 
native, Accusative,  and  Vocative  plural  neuter,  which  have 
-ia;  and  In  the  Accusative  plural  masculine  and  feminine, 
which  has  -is  as  well  as  -es. 

Of  the  nouns  already  given,  study  and  classify :  suboles, 
Tiberim,  infantes,  adulesceiitis,  indolem,  urbem. 

1  In  the  declension  of  these  four  classes  of  nouns,  the  i  of  the  stem  often 
disappears  or  is  changed  to  e. 

LAT.  LES. — 8 


114  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON   XLIV 

Romulus,  the  First  King  of  the  Romans 

162.  Komulus  imaginem  urbis  magis  quam  urbem  fece- 
rat ;  incolae  deerant.     Erat  in  proximo  lucus ;  hunc  asylum 
fecit.    Et  statim  eo  mlra  vis  latronum  pastorumque  confugit. 

imago,  -iiiis,  f .,  image,  likeness.      asylum,  -I,  n.,  a  place  of  refuge, 

Gf.  multitude  (63).  an  asylum. 

magis  quam,  rather  them.  eo,  thither,  to  that  place. 

facio,    -ere,    fed,    factum,  to      mirus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wonderful, 

make,  do.  extraordinary. 

deerant,  were  wanting.  confugio,  -ere,  confugi, ,  to 

in  proximo,  near  by.  flee,  take  refuge. 
lucus,  -I,  m.,  a  grove. 

NOTES 

163.  fecerat :  what  tense  ?     Cf .  rexerat. 

deerant,  Impf .  3d  plu.  of  desum  =  de  +  sum.  It  is  inflected 
like  sum  with  the  syllable  de  prefixed. 

huiic  asylum:  Rule  XVII.  hunc  refers  to  lucus.  Romulus 
made  his  new  city  a  place  of  refuge  for  criminals  and  outlaws  and 
runaway  slaves  from  the  region  round  about ;  therefore  it  came  to 
consist  chiefly  of  men  without  wives  and  families.  The  neighbors 
very  naturally  looked  upon  the  settlement  on  the  Tiber  as  a  nest 
of  thieves  and  robbers,  and  refused  to  allow  their  daughters  to 
intermarry  with  them. 

vis  latronum,  force  of  robbers  =  number  of  robbers.  Decline 
together  mlra  vis. 

confugit,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  3d  singular.  How  does  this  form 
differ  from  the  Present? 

Verbs  in  -io  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  like  fugio,  facio,  iacio, 
are  inflected  as  follows :  — 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      115 

(a)          Capio  (pres.  stems1  cape-  and  cap!-),  to  take. 

Present  Tense 

ACTIVE  VOICE  PASSIVE  VOICE 

SINGULAR      PLURAL  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1.  ciipio  capimus  1.  ciipior  capimur 

2.  capis  ciipitis  2.  ciiperis  or  -re        capi'miiii 
'•>.  capit           capiwnt                             3.  capitur  capiwntur 

The  Impf.  capiebam  and  the  Fut.  capiam  are  inflected  like 
verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation.  Cf.  audiebam  (35)  and 
audiam  (51). 

Like  capio  inflect  iacio. 

164.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulo  rege,  Roma  imago  urbis  erat  magis  quam  urbs. 
2.  Romulus  imaginem  urbis  faciet.  3.  Erat  in  proximo 
asylum.  4.  Romulus  urbem  asylum  faciebat.  5.  Statim  eo 
latrones  pastoresque  confugerunt.  6.  Frumentum  deerat. 
7.  Mira  vis  latronum  in  urbe  erat.  8.  Lucum  asylum  fecit. 
9.  Mira  vis  hostium  in  urbem  properavit.  10.  Hostes  in 
mare  confugerunt. 

1.  Romulus  made  the  likeness  of  a  city  in  this  place. 

2.  The  city  which  he  founded  on  the  Tiber2  he  called  Rome. 

3.  He  made  an  asylum,  rather  than  a  city.     4.  Straightway 
there  came  thither  a  wonderful  number  of  men.      5.  When 
Romulus  was  king,3  a  city  was  founded  on  the  Tiber.     6.  The 
robbers  and  shepherds  fled  to  the  asylum.     7.  He  called  the 
robbers  enemies. 

1  A  part  of  the  forms  are  to  be  referred  to  one  of  these  stems,  and  a  part 
to  the  other. 

2  ad  Tiberim.  8  Ablative  Absolute. 


116  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XLV 

165.  Cum  vero  iixores  ipse  populusque  non  haberent,  lega- 
tes circa  vlcinas  gentes  misit,  qul  societatem  conubiumque 
novo  populo  peterent.     Ntisquam  benlgne  audita  legatio  est. 

cum,  since.  vicinus,   -a,   -urn,    adj.,    of  the 

vero,    adv.,    in    truth,    however.  neighborhood,  neighboring. 

Never  first  in  a  sentence.  gens,  gentis,  f.,  tribe,  people. 

uxor,  -oris,  f.,  a  wife.  societas,  -tatis,  f.,  alliance. 

ipse,   -a,   -um,    he    himself,   i.e.  conubium,   -I,  n.,   the  right   of 
Romulus.  intermarriage,  marriage. 

legatus,  -I,  m.,  an  ambassador,  peto,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  seek, 

envoy.  nusquam,  adv.,  nowhere. 

circa,  prep.,  around,  round  about,  benlgne,  adv.,  in  a  friendly  man- 
Always  with  the  Ace.  ner,  kindly. 

legatio,  -onis,  f.,  embassy. 

NOTES 

166.  uxores,  object  of  haberent. 

misit :  the  subject  is  a  pronoun  understood,  referring  to  Romulus. 
The  clause,  qul  .  .  .  peterent,  expresses  purpose,  —  who  should 
seek.     Better  expressed  in  English  by  the  Infin.  to  seek,  etc. 
populo  is  the  Dat.  modifying  peterent.     For  the  new  people. 
ipse  is  thus  declined  :  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Mase.  Fern.  Neut.  Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

N.  V.   ipse  ipsa  I'psum  ipsT  ipsae  ipsa 

Gen.     ipsius  ipsius  ipsfus  ips6rum  ipsSrum  ipsorum 

Dat.     ipsl  I'psi  ipsi  ipsis  ipsis  ipsis 

Ace.     ipsum  ipsam  ipsum  ipsos  ipsas  ipsa 

Abl.     ips5  ipsa  ipso  ipsis  ipsis  ipsis 

Give  the  Participles,  both  voices,  of  misit  and  peterent. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      117 

167.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulus  ipse  uxorem  non  habuit.  2.  Populus  vero 
Roinulum  in  regnum  restituit.  3.  Legationem  circa  vicl- 
nas  gentes  miserunt.  4.  Gentes  ad  quas  legatl  missi 
sunt  societatem  petebant.  5.  Prmcipes,  qui  uxores  non 
habebant,  conubium  sibi  petierunt.  6.  Legatl,  qu!  a  Eo- 
mulo  circa  viclnas  gentes  missi  sunt,  nusquam  benlgne 
audit!  sunt.  7.  Incolae  asylum  sibi  petunt.  8.  Romulus 
legates  circa  viclnas  gentes  miserat,  qui  societatem  novo 
populo  peterent. 

1.  Romulus  sought  for  the  right-of-intermarriage  for  the 
new  people.  2.  The  envoys,  whom  he  sent  around  the 
neighboring  tribes,  were  not  heard  kindly.  3.  Romulus 
himself  and  the  people  did  not  have  wives.  4.  Wives 
are  wanting  —  were  wanting  —  will  be  wanting.  5.  The 
neighboring  tribes  did  not  send  envoys.  6.  They  sought 
intermarriage,  rather  than  an  alliance.  7.  The  embassy 
which  was  sent  by  Romulus  was  not  heard  kindly  by  the 
neighboring  tribes. 


118  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   XL VI 

168.  Nusquam  benlgne  audlta  legatio   est :    ludibrium 
etiam  additum:    "Cur  non  femims  quoque  asylum  aperu- 
istis  ?     Id  enim  compar  foret  conubium."     Romulus,  aegri- 
tudinem    animl    dissimulans,   ludos    parat ;    iiidlcl    delude 
fmitimis  spectaculum  iubet. 

ludibrium,  -I.  n.,  mockery,  de-  dissimulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

rision.  hide,  conceal. 

etiam,  adv.,  even,  and  also.  ludus,  -I,  m.,  a  play,  game.     In 

addo,  -ere,  addidi,  additum,  the  plu.,  games,  spectacles. 

to  add.  pa.ro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  pre- 

cur,  adv.,  why.  pare. 

quoque,  conj.,  also.  indico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  to 

aperio,  -ire,  -ui,  -ertum,  to  open.  proclaim,  announce. 

enim,  conj.,  for.     Never  first  in  finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neighbor- 

a  sentence.  ing.     As  a  noun  in  the  plu., 

compar,  adj.,  equal,  suitable.  neighbors. 

foret,  would  be.  spectaculum,    -I,    n.,    a    show, 

aegritudo,  -inis,  f .,  anxiety,  vexa-  spectacle. 

tion. 

NOTES 

169.  additum,  the  neuter  of  the  Perf.  Pass.  Part.,  to  agree  with 
ludibrium.     Supply  est.     Derision  even  was  added.    This  derision 
is  shown  by  the  following  speech.     They  had  opened  an  asylum 
for  worthless  men  :   why  didn't  they  open  a  similar  asylum,  or 
refuge,  for  women  also?     Then  they  would  have  women  suitable 
for  such  men. 

quoque  always  emphasizes  the  word  immediately  preceding  — 
here  feminis.  For  women  also,  as  well  as  for  men. 

compar,  -paris,  has  e  or  I  in  the  Ablative.  It  agrees  with 
conubium. 


KOMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      119 

foret  is  an  old  form  for  esset. 
aegritudiiiem  aniiiii,  vexation  of  spirit. 

iiidicl  is  the  Pres.  Pass.  Inf.  of  indlco.  The  subject  is  specta- 
culum.  He  orders  a  spectacle  to  be  announced  to  the  neighbors. 

(a)  The  Pres.  Pass.  Inf.  of  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Conju- 
gations is  formed  by  adding  -ri  to  the  verb  stem ;  of  the  Third 
Conjugation,  by  adding  -I  to  the  verb  stem.  For  example, — 

amo,       stem  ama-,     Pres.  Pass.  Inf.  amari,  to  be  loved. 

laudo,  "  lauda-,  "  "  laudari,  to  be  praised. 

moneo,     "  monS-,  "  "  moneri,  to  be  learned. 

habeo,  "  habe-,  «  "  haberi,  to  be  had. 

duco,  "  due-,  "  "  duel,  to  be  led. 

mitto,  "  mitt-,  "  "  mitti,  to  be  sent. 

facio,  "  fac-,  "  "  faci,  to  be  done. 

audio,  "  audi-,  «  "  audiri,  to  be  heard. 

vincio,  "  vine!-,  "  "  vinciri,  to  be  bound. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  only  difference  between  the  Pres.  Act. 
Inf.  and  the  Pres.  Pass.  Inf.,  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Con- 
jugations, is  that  in  the  Act.  voice  the  ending  is  e  and  in  the  Pass. 
voice  I ;  as,  amare,  amari ;  monere,  moneri ;  audire,  audiri. 
Verbs  in  -io  of  the  Third  Conjugation  form  the  Pres.  Pass.  Inf. 
in  -I ;  as,  capio,  cap! ;  iacio,  iaci ;  rapio,  rapi. 

17O.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Feminis  quoque  asylum  aperietur.  2.  Asylum  quo- 
que  feminls  aperietur.  3.  Asylum  aperiri  iubet.  4.  LudI 
a  Komulo  paratl  sunt.  5.  Cur  feminls  quoque  asylum  ape- 
rirl  iussit  ?  6.  Spectaculum  f  mitimis  indictum  est.  7.  Ro- 
mulus deinde  aegritudinem  animi  dissimulabat.  8.  Liidos 
quoque  parari  iussit.  9.  Cur  Romulus  spectaculum  indici 
iubebat  ?  10.  Quod  vero  ipse  populusque  uxores  non  habe- 
bant. 


120  LATIN  LESSONS 

1.  Wives  were  wanting.  2.  So  Romulus  sent  envoys 
round  about  the  neighboring  tribes.  3.  They  were  no- 
where heard  kindly.  4.  They  upbraided  Romulus  with 
these  words :  "  Why  do  you  not  order  an  asylum  to  be 
opened  for  women  too  ?  Why  do  you  seek  the  right-of- 
intermarriage  for  the  new  people  ?  "  5.  Romulus  concealed 
(his)  vexation  of  spirit.  6.  He  ordered  games  to  be  pre- 
pared, and  the  show  to  be  proclaimed  to  the  neighbors. 
7.  Straightway  a  wonderful  number  of  people  came  to  the 
new  city. 


LESSON   XL VII 

171.  Multi  convenere  studio  etiam  videndae  novae  urbis, 
maxime  Sablnl  cum  llberis  et  coniugibus.     Ubi  spectaculi 
tempus  venit  eoque  conversae  mentes  cum  oculis  erant,  turn 
signo  dato  iuvenes  Roman!  discurrunt,  virgines  rapiunt. 

convenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum,  signum,  -I,  n.,  sign,  signal. 

to  come  together,  assemble.  iuvenis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  youth, 

studium,  -I,  n.,  zeal,  desire.  a  young  person. 

maxime,  adv.,  especially.  Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman. 

Sabini,  -orum,  m.,  the  Sabines.  discurro,-ere,-currior-cucurri, 

cum,  prep.,  with.  -cursum,  to  run  different  ways, 

converts,  -ere,  -i,  -versum,  to  to  run  to  and  fro. 

turn,  direct.  rapio,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  carry  off" 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  the  mind.  by  force,  to  hurry  away,  seize. 

NOTES 

172.  Multi,  the  Nom.  plu.  masc.  of  the  adj.  multus,  much, 
many,  used  substautively.     Adjectives  are  often  used  as  nouns, 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      121 

especially  in  the  plural;   as,  bom,  good  men;   xnulti,  many  men; 
multa,  nuini/  things;  bona,  goods. 

convenere,  the  second  form  of  the  Perf.  Ind.  3d  plural,  — 
coiiveiierunt  or  -ere.  A  compound  of  cum,  with,  and  venio, 
to  come;  but  cum  in  compounds  takes  the  form  com  or  con, 
and  has  the  force  of  together. 

studio  :  cf.  Rule  XIX. 

etiam  may  here  be  translated  besides.  They  came  not  only  to 
see  the  spectaculum,  but  to  see,  besides  that,  the  new  city. 

videndae  is  the  Gerundive,  —  a  word  having  the  construction  of 
an  adjective  or  participle,  —  and  agrees  with  urbis.  Cf .  116,  n.  on 
educandos,  and  Lesson  XXXIII.  The  English  idiom  here  differs 
entirely  from  the  Latin  idiom.  We  should  express  the  same  thought 
in  English  by  translating  videndae  as  a  verbal  noun,  with  novae 
urbis  for  its  object,  —  thus,  of  seeing  the  new  city;  or  better  still,  in 
this  instance,  by  the  use  of  an  Infinitive,  — from  a  desire  to  see  the 
new  city. 

Sabini:  the  Sabines  were  a  people  of  central  Italy,  dwelling 
between  the  Apennines,  the  river  Anio,  and  the  Tiber,  northeast 
of  Home.  They  were  curious  to  see  what  their  new  neighbors 
were  doing. 

cum,  a  preposition  that  takes  the  Abl.  only.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  cum  meaning  when  or  since. 

eo,  thither,  i.e.  towards  the  show.     Cf.  eo,  Lesson  XLIV. 

meiites  belongs  to  the  i  stems,  Third  Declension.  Cf.  Lesson 
XLIII.  It  is  declined  in  the  sing,  like  the  consonant  stems,  and 
in  the  plu.  has  -ium  in  the  Gen.  and  -es  or  -is  in  the  Ace. 
Decline  it  in  full. 

conversae  erant :  what  tense?  Why  conversae  rather  than 
conversi?  Give  synopsis  of  the  Ind.  Pass. 

eoque  conversae  mentes  cum  oculis  erant,  their  minds  had 
been  directed  to  it  together  with  their  eyes,  i.e.  they  were  wholly 
absorbed  in  the  spectacle  before  them;  their  thoughts  and  their 
eyes  were  directed  towards  it. 

signo  dato,  at  a  given  signal.  Cf.  Lesson  XXXIV.,  note  on 
armatis.  Rule  XXVIII. 


122  LATIN  LESSONS 

discurrunt  (dis,  apart,  +  curro,  to  run') :  the  Perf .  of  the  sim- 
ple verb  curro  is  formed  by  reduplication ;  cf.  74  (a).  This 
reduplication  is  sometimes  retained  and  sometimes  omitted  in 
compounds. 

Observe  the  tense  of  discurrunt  and  rapiunt.  The  Present 
is  used  to  give  vividness  to  the  narrative.  The  Present  tense  thus 
used  is  called  the  Historical  Present. 

Inflect  the  Pres.  Tense,  Act.  and  Pass.,  of  rapio.  Cf.  capio, 
Lesson  XLIV.,  notes.  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Ind.  Act.  and 
Pass,  of  rapio. 

173.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Multi  convenere  studio  videndi  speetaculi.  2.  Ro- 
mulus hand  procul  erat  qum  imaginem  urbis  faceret. 

3.  Sabini  niaxime   convenere   studio  videndi   novi  populi. 

4.  Slgnum  a  Romanis  datum   est.      5.   Liberos   et   coniu- 
ges   Sablnorum   rapiebant.      6.   Romulus   societatem   novo 
populo  petivit.      7.   Sablni  a  Romulo  Romanis  ad  suppli- 
cium   traditi    sunt.       8.    Llberl   et   coniuges    Sablnorum   a 
iuvenibus  Romanis  rapti  sunt.      9.  Multi  ad  spectaculum 
mentes  convertebant.    10.  Vicmae  gentes  convenerunt  etiam 
studio  videndorum  Romanorum. 

1.  At  a  given  signal,  the  Roman  youth  carry-off-by-force 
the  wives  and  daughters  of  the  Sabines.  2.  When  Romulus 
was  king,1  the  Sabines  especially  came  together  from  a  desire 
to  see  the  spectacle.  3.  They  came  to  the  new  city  with 
(their)  wives  and  children.  4.  Their  minds,  together  with 
their  eyes,  were  turned  towards  the  games.  5.  He  ordered 
the  daughters  of  the  Sabines  to  be  carried-off-by-force. 
6.  The  wives  and  children  of  the  Sabines  ran-to-and- 

i  Ablative  Absolute. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      123 

fro.       7.   After    Eemus    was    killed,1    Eomulus    prepared 
games.     8.  Tims  Eomulus  and  the  new  people  had  wives. 

174. 

adulescens,  a  person  that  is  growing  up ;  a  person  from  fifteen  to 

thirty  years  of  age. 
iuvenis,  a  young  man  up  to  about  forty-five  years  of  age ;  older  than 

adulescens,  and  younger  than  senior  or  senex,  an  old  man. 
fmitimus,  near  in  the  sense  of  bordering  upon,  adjoining. 
vicliius,  near  in  the  sense  of  neighboring,  in  the  vicinity. 
mens,  the  mind  considered  as  the  seat  of  thought,  —  the  intellect. 
animus,  the  mind  considered  as  the  seat  of  feeling  or  desire. 


LESSON   XLVIII 

175.  Haec  fuit  statim  causa  belli.  Sabml  enim  ob  vir- 
gines  raptas  bellum  adversus  Eomanos  sumpserunt,  et  cum 
Eomae  appropinquarent,  Tarpeiam  virginem  nacti  sunt,  quae 
aquani  forte  extra  moenia  petitum  ierat.  Huius  pater  Eoma- 
nae  praeerat  arcl. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause.  nanciscor,    nancisci,    nactus 

ob,  prep,  with  the  Ace.,  on  ac-  sum,    to    meet    with,   fall    in 

count  of.  with. 

adversus,  prep,  with  the  Ace.,  extra,  prep,  with  the  Ace.,  out- 

against.  side  of,  beyond. 

sumo,  -ere,  -psi,  -ptum,  to  take,  petitum,  to  seek,  ask  for. 

undertake,  begin.  eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  to  go. 

appropinquo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  praeerat,  was  set  over,  had  charge 

to  come  near  to,  approach.  of,  commanded. 

Tarpeia,  -ae,  Tarpeia.  arx,  -cis,  f.,  a  citadel. 

i  Cf.  interempto  Amulio,  Lesson  XXXVII. 


124  LATIN  LESSONS 


NOTES 

176.  ob  virgines  raptas,  literally,  on  account  of  the  maidens 
carried  off;  =  on  account  of  the  seizing  and  carrying  off"  of  the  maidens. 
The  Perf .  Part,  agreeing  with  a  noun  is  often  best  translated  by  a 
verbal  noun  having  the  noun  with  which  it  agrees  depending  upon  it. 

sumpserunt:  the  letter  p  is  inserted  before  the  endings  of  the 
perfect  and  supine  stems  for  euphony.  Inflect  the  tense ;  give  the 
synopsis  of  the  Ind.,  both  voices,  and  give  the  participles. 

Romae,  Dat.  after  appropinquarent. 

nacti  sunt,  a  deponent  verb.     Cf .  113,  n.  on  reverteretur. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  Passive  Voice  consist  of  the  Pres. 
Ind.,  the  Pres.  Inf.,  and  the  Perf.  Ind. ;  for  example,  amor,  amari, 
amatus  sum  ;  moneor,  moneri,  monitus  sum  ;  regor,  regl,  rec- 
tus  sum ;  audior,  audiri,  auditus  sum. 

What  is  the  gender  and  number  of  quae,  and  why?    Decline  it. 

aquam  :  object  of  petitum. 

petitum  is  the  Supine  of  peto,  petere,  petivi,  petitum,  depend- 
ing upon  ierat,  and  denoting  the  purpose  of  her  going,  viz.  to  seek 
water. 

Rule.  —  TJie  /Supine  in  -urn  is  used  with  verbs  of  Motion  to 
express  PURPOSE. 

Besides  the  Supine  in  -um,  a  form  in  -u  is  occasionally  found. 
The  Supine  in  -um  is  called  the  former  Supine ;  that  in  -u,  the 
latter.  The  Supine  is  formed  from  the  supine  stem  of  the  verb  by 
adding  -um  and  -ii. 

ierat  is  for  iverat,  the"  Plupf .  Ind.  Act.  from  the  irregular  verb 
eo.  It  is  inflected  as  follows  :  — 

(a)  Eo  (st.  I-),  to  go. 

Present  Imperfect 

SINGULAR  PLURAL  fbam,  ibas,  ibat,  etc. 

1.  d-d,  I  go.  i-m\is,wego. 

2.  i-s,  you  go.          i-tis,  you  go.  Jfuture 

3.  i-t,  he  etc.  goes,    e-unt,  they  go.  ibo,  ibis,  ibit,  etc. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      125 

Perfect  Pluperfect 

fvi  (ii),  IvistI,  ivit,  etc.  iveram  (ierain),  iveras,  iverat,  etc. 

Future  Perfect  Imperfect  Subjunctive 

ivero,  iveris,  iverit,  etc.  irem,  ires,  fret,  etc. 

It  will  be  observed  that  these  forms  resemble  the  forms  of  the 
Fourth  Conjugation,  but  the  i  of  the  stem  becomes  e  before  a,  o, 
and  u ;  the  e  before  the  tense-sign  -ba  of  the  Impf.  is  wanting,  and 
the  Future  is  formed  after  the  analogy  of  the  First  and  Second 
Conjugations.  Moreover,  as  will  be  seen  hereafter,  the  i  of  the 
supine  stem  is  short.  In  other  respects,  the  verb  is  regular. 

huius  refers  to  Tarpeia,  and  limits  pater. 

praeerat  =  prae,  before,  +  sum,  1  am.  It  is  inflected  like  sum 
with  the  prep,  prae  prefixed. 

arcl  is  an  i  noun  of  the  Third  Declension,  declined  like  urfos. 

177.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Roman!  statim  virgines  Sabmorum  rapuerunt.  2.  Bel- 
lum  adversus  Romanes  a  Sabinis  sumptum  est.  3.  Cum 
Roman!  iuvenes  virgines  raperent,  Sabm!  bellum  sump- 
serunt.  4.  Milites  qu!  urb!  appropinquabant,  Tarpeiam 
virginem  nacti  sunt.  5.  Aquam  forte  extra  moenia  peti- 
erat.  6.  Tarpeia  cum  extra  moenia  iret,  Sabmos  nacta 
est.  7.  Romulus  urb!  praeerat.  8.  Mult!  novam  urbem 
v!sum  iverunt. 

1.  He  informed  them  what  was  the  cause  of  the  war.1 

2.  The    Sabines    will    begin    war    against    the  Romans. 

3.  Romulus  ordered  that  the  maidens  be  seized.  4.  When 
they  approached  the  city,  the  signal  was  given.  5.  They 

i  Cf .  quis  esset,  etc.,  Lesson  XXXIV. 


126  LATIN  LESSONS 

fell-in-with  the  wives  and  children  of  the  Sabines.  6.  She 
will  go  outside  the  city  to  seek  water.  7.  She  went  to 
the  new  city  with  her  father.  8.  Romulus  will-be-set-over 
the  city  which  he  founded.  9.  They  came  to  the  show  to 
seek  wives. 


LESSON   XLIX 
Review 

178.   Read  and  translate:  — 

Romulus  imaginem  urbis  magis  quam  urbem  f  gcerat ; 
incolae  deerant.  Erat  in  proximo  lucus ;  hunc  asylum 
fecit.  Et  statim  eo  mlra  vis  latronum  pastorumque  con- 
fugit.  Cum  vero  uxores  ipse  populusque  non  haberent, 
legates  circa  viclnas  gentes  misit,  qui  societatem  conubi- 
umque  novo  populo  peterent.  Nusquam  benlgne  audita 
legatio  est ;  ludibrium  etiam  additum  :  "  Cur  non  f  eminls 
quoque  asylum  aperuistis?  Id  enim  compar  foret  conu- 
bium."  Romulus,  aegritudinem  animi  dissimulans,  ludos 
parat ;  indicl  deinde  fmitimis  spectaculum  iubet.  Multi 
convenere  studio  etiam  videndae  novae  urbis,  maxime 
Sabmi  cum  llberls  et  coniugibus.  Ubi  spectaculi  tempus 
venit  eoque  conversae  mentes  cum  oculis  erant,  turn,  slgno 
dato,  iuvenes  Romam  discurrunt,  virgines  rapiunt.  Haec 
fuit  statim  causa  belli.  Sabmi  enim  ob  virgines  raptas 
belluin  adversus  Romanos  sumpserunt,  et  cum  Romae 
appropinquarent,  Tarpeiam  virginem  nactl  sunt,  quae 
aquam  forte  extra  moenia  petitum  ierat.  Huius  pater 
Romanae  praeerat  arcl. 


REVIEW 


127 


NOTES 

179.    Tell  where  each  of  the  following  verbs  is  found,  and  give 
the  principal  parts  :  — 


Ixt  Conj. 

Sd  Conj. 

Sd  Conj. 

Irregular  Vfrftn 

dissimulana 

conversae  erant 

peterent 

deerant 

parat 

discurrunt 

additum 

erat 

appropinqu§rent 

rapiunt 

indici 

fuit 

dato 

sumpserunt 

ierat 

nacti  sunt 

Utli  Conj. 

praeerat 

td  Con). 

petitum 

audlta  est 

haberent 

fecerat 

aperuistis 

iubeo 

confugit 

convenere 

videndae 

111  Is  it 

venit 

For  what  word  is  f oret  used  ? 

How  is  the  Pres.  Pass.  Inf.  formed? 

Inflect  the  Pres.  Act.  and  Pass,  of  rapio ;  the  Impf . ;  the  Future. 

Give  the  meanings  of  cum. 

What  case  or  cases  are  used  with  the  following  prepositions  ?  — 

a  or  ab  ob 


in 
ad 
inter 


circa 
cum 


adversus 
extra 


Write  the  Gen.  sing,  of  is,  Me,  ipse,  idem,  qui,  quis,  unus, 
alius,  solus.  Write  the  Dat.  sing,  of  the  same  words. 

Write  the  Gen.  plu.  of  urbs,  vis,  gentes,  mentes,  arci. 

Give  the  classes  of  i  nouns.  What  ones  are  declined  like  conso- 
nant nouns  in  the  sing.  ?  In  what  case  is  the  i  of  the  stem  always 
found? 

Give  the  synopsis  of  eo  in  the  Ind.  Act. 

The  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  being  given,  how  may  the  Impf.  Subj.  be 
formed? 

Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Indie,  of  desum  and  praesum. 

Write  the  former  and  latter  Supines  of  paro,  habed,  misit, 
audio. 


128  LATIN  LESSONS 

EXERCISE 

18O.  When  Romulus  founded1  a  city  on  the  Tiber, 
inhabitants  were  wanting.  So  he  made  a  grove,  which 
was  near  by,  an  asylum.  Many  robbers  and  shepherds 
came  thither.  Then  they  had  inhabitants,  but  wives 
were  wanting.  The  envoys,  whom  he  sent  round  about 
the  neighboring  tribes,  were  nowhere  heard  kindly.  So 
Romulus  prepared  games,  and  ordered  them  to  be  pro- 
claimed to  the  neighbors.  Many  Sabines  came  to  the 
new  city  with  (their)  wives  and  children.  At  a  given 
signal  the  Roman  youth  seized  the  maidens. 


LESSON   L 

181.  Titus  Tatius,  Sabmorum  dux,  Tarpeiae  optionem 
muneris  dedit,  si  exercitum  suum  in  Capitolium  perduxisset. 
Ilia  petiit,  quod  Sabml  in  sinistrls  manibus  gererent,  vide- 
licet et  aureos  anulos  et  armillas. 

Titus  Tatius,  a  proper  name.  perduco,  -ere,  -duxl,  -ductum, 
optio,  -onis,  f.,  a  choice.  lead,  conduct. 

munus,  muneris,  n.,  a  present,  ilia,  she. 

gift.  sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left. 

si,  conj.,  if.  manus,  -us,  f.,  a  hand. 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  an  army.  videlicet,  adv.,  to  wit,  namely. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  hers,  its,  theirs,  anulus,  -i,  m.,  a  ring. 

Here  it  means  his.  armilla,  -ae,  f.,  a  bracelet. 

Capitolium,  -I,  n.,  the  Capitol.  aureus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  golden. 

i  Impf.  Subj. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      129 

NOTES 

182.  Tarpeiae  is  the  indirect  object  of  dedit ;  optiSnem,  the 
direct  object. 

dedit :  give  the  principal  parts  and  the  synopsis. 

exercitum:  decline  like  vagitus  (107  (a)). 

suum  is  a  poss.  pron.,  from  suus,  -a,  -um,  declined  like  bonus. 
Suus  and  the  reflexive  sui  generally  refer  to  the  subject  of  the 
clause  in  which  they  stand;  sometimes,  when  in  a  subordinate 
clause,  they  refer  to  the  subject  of -the  principal  clause.  Here 
suum  refers  to  Titus  Tatius,  the  subject  of  the  principal  clause, 
exercitum  suum  may  mean  his  army  or  her  army  or  their  army, 
according  as  the  subject  referred  to  is  masculine  or  feminine, 
singular  or  plural.  Thus,  — 

Rex  exercitum  suum  perduxit,  the  king  conducted  HIS  army. 
Regma  exercitum  suum  perduxit,  the  queen  conducted  HER  army. 
Duces  exercitum  suum  perduxerunt,  the  leaders  conducted  THEIR 
army. 

Capitolium,  the  temple  of  Jupiter  on  the  Capitoline  Hill. 

perduxisset,  Plupf.  Subj.  Its  subject  is  a  pronoun  referring 
to  Tarpeia.  If  she  would  lead,  etc.  Cf.  perduxerunt,  Lesson 
XXXV. 

Ilia  is  a  demons,  pron.,  from  ille.     It  is  thus  declined :  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Jftisc.  Fern,          Neut.  Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

N.V.  ille  ilia  illud  illl  illae  ilia 

Gen.  illius  illlus  illlus  illorum  illarum  illorum 

Dat.  ill!  ill!  ill!  illis  illis  illis 

Ace.  ilium  illam  illud  illos  illas  ilia 

Abl.  illo  ilia  illo  illis  illis  illis 

As  hie  refers  to  that  which  is  nearer  the  speaker,  and  hence  is 
called  the  demonstrative  of  the  first  person,  so  ille  refers  to  that 
which  is  more  remote  from  the  speaker,  and  hence  is  called  the 
demonstrative  of  the  third  person. 

LAT.   LES.  —  9 


130  LATIN  LESSONS 

petiit,  a  shortened  form  for  petivit.  Inflect  petiit.  Id  may 
be  supplied  as  the  object  of  petiit  and  the  antecedent  of  quod. 

sinistris  is  an  adjective  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions. 
It  is  declined  in  the  masculine  like  ager  (44),  in  the  feminine  like 
a  noun  of  the  First  Declension,  and  in  the  neuter  like  bellum  (38). 

(6)  SINGULAR 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

N.  V.    sinister 

sinistra 

sinistrum 

Gen.      sinistri 

sinistrae 

sinistri 

Dat.      sinistro 

sinistrae 

sinistro 

Ace.       sinistrum 

sinistram 

sinistrum 

Abl.      sinistro  sinistra  sinistro 

PLURAL 

N.  V.  sinfstri  sinistrae  sinfstra 

Gen.  sinistrOrum  sinistrSrum  sinistrorum 

Dat.  sinistris  sinistris  sinistris 

Ace.  sinistros  sinistvas  sinistra 

Abl.  sinistris  sinistris  sinistris 

Most  adjectives  in  -er  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  are 
declined  like  sinister.  A  few  retain  the  e  throughout,  like 
puer  (44) ;  as,  miser,  misera,  miserum,  wretched. 

manibus,  Abl.  plu.,  from  manus.  Decline  like  vagitus 
(107  (a)). 

et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and. 

183.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Titus  Tatius  exercitum  suum  in  Capitolium  per- 
duxit.  2.  Optio  muneris  Tarpeiae  a  Sabmorum  duce  est 
data.  3.  Eomam  exercitum  suum  in  urbem  perduxerunt. 
4.  Tarpeia  anulos,  quos  Sabmi  in  sinistris  manibus  gere- 
rent,  petiit.  5.  Dux  Sabmorum  anulos  in  sinistra  manu 
gerebat.  6.  Armillas,  quas  in  sinistris  manibus  gerebant, 
Tarpeiae  dederunt.  7.  Dux  anulos  Tarpeiae  darl  iussit. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      131 

1.  Titus  Tatius  commanded  the  army  of  the  Sabines. 
2.  He  gave  the  choice  of  a  present  to  the  maiden  who 
was  going  outside  of  the  city  to  seek  water.  3.  He  will 
lead  his  army  into  the  Capitolium.  4.  Titus  Tatius  began 
to  conduct  his  army  to  the  city.  5.  They  gave  many  gifts 
to  the  maiden  who  had  gone  to  seek  water.  6.  The  father  of 
the  maiden  Tarpeia,  whom  the  Sabines  f  ell-in-with  when  they 
approached  the  city,  was-in-charge-of  the  Koman  citadel. 


LESSON   LI 


184.   Quibus    dolose    promissis,    Tarpeia 
Sabmos  in  arcem  perduxit,  ubi  Tatius  scu- 
tis  earn  obrul  iussit ;   nam  et  ea  in  laevls 
habuerant.     Sic  impia  proditio  celeri  poena 
vindicata  est.     Deinde   Romulus   ad  certa- 
OF  TARPEIA   men    processit,   et    in    eo    loco,    ubi    nunc 
Forum  Roinanum  est,  pugnam  conseruit. 


dolose,  adv.,  craftily,  deceitfully. 
promitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

to  promise. 

scutum,  -I,  n.,  a  shield. 
obruo,   -ere,   -rui,   -rutum,    to 

overwhelm,  bury. 
laeva,  -ae,  f.,  the  left  hand. 
impius,  -a,   -um,    adj.,   wicked, 

impious. 
proditio,    -onis,     f.,     betrayal, 

treachery. 


celeri,  swift,  speedy. 
poena,  -ae,  f .,  punishment. 
vindico,  -are,  -avi,   -atum,   to 

avenge,  punish. 
certamen,  -inis,  n.,  a  contest,  a 

combat. 
procedo,  -ere,  -cessi, ,  to 

advance,  go  forth. 
nunc,  adv.,  now. 
consero,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  join. 

With  pugnam,  to  join  battle. 


132  LATIN  LESSONS 

NOTES 

185.    Quibus  promissis,  Ablative  Absolute.     For  the  force  of 
a  rel.  pron.  beginning  a  sentence,  cf.  quod,  156. 
scutis  :  Rule  XIX. 

et  is  here  emphatic,  —  also ;  et  ea  =  these  also. 
celeri  is  an  adj.  of  the  Third  Declension,  of  three  terminations. 

(a)  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension  may  be  divided  into 
three  classes,  — 

1.  Adjectives  of  three  endings. 

2.  Adjectives  of  two  endings. 

3.  Adjectives  of  one  ending. 

Those  of  the  1st  class  have  a  different  form  for  each  gender  in 
the  Norn.  sing.  Those  of  the  2d  class  have  one  form  for  the  mas- 
culine and  feminine,  and  one  for  the  neuter.  Those  of  the  3d  class 
have  but  one  form  for  all  three  genders. 

Acer,  keen,  eager,  will  illustrate  the  more  common  form  of  adjec- 
tives of  the  1st  class,  i.e.  those  having  three  endings. 

Acer  (st.  acri-),  keen,  eager. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  Maze.  Fern.  Neut. 

N.  V.    acer  acris  acre  acres  acres  acria 

Gen.     acris  acris  acris  acrium  acrium  acrium 

Dat.      acri  acri  acri  acribus  acribus  acribus 

Ace.      acrem  acrem  acre  acres  (-Is)  acres  (-is)  acria 

Abl.      acri  acri  acri  acribus  acribus  acribus 

celer  is  the  only  adjective  of  this  class  that  keeps  the  e  of  the 
Nom.  through  all  the  forms;  thus, — 

N.V.    celer          celeris        ce*lere 
Gen.      celeris        celeris        celeris 
etc.  etc.  etc. 

Prior  (153  (a))  is  an  illustration  of  a  class  of  adjectives  of  two 
endings ;  and  Infaiis  (110  («)),  of  a  class  of  adjectives  of  one  ending. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KJNG  OF  THE  ROMANS      133 

m.  /* A  O*r 

^4lTP»nti1^ 

186.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Haec  dolose  promissa  sunt.  2.  Tarpeia  Sabmos  in 
arcem  decrevit  perducere.  3.  Tatius  Sabinos  in  arcem 
perducl  iussit.  4.  Tarpeia  scutls,  quae  milites  in  sinistiis 
manibus  gesserunt,  obruta  est.  5.  Munera  Tarpeiae  pro- 
miserunt  si  eos  in  Capitolium  perduxisset.  6.  Et  scuta  in 
laevis  habuerunt.  7.  Forum  Romannm  est  in  loco  ubi 
Koniulus  pugnam  conseruit. 

1.  Having  promised  these  things  deceitfully,  they  over- 
whelmed Tarpeia  with  their  shields.  2.  He  ordered  this 
impious  treachery  to  be  avenged  with  a  speedy  punish- 
ment. 3.  At  a  given  signal,  they  overwhelmed  her  with 
their  shields.  4.  Romulus  joined  battle  where  the  Roman 
Forum  now  is.  5.  The  Sabines  did  not  give  Tarpeia  the 
rings  and  bracelets  which  she  asked  for. 


LESSON   LIT 

187.  Primo  impetu  vir  inter  Romanes  Inslgnis,  nomine 
Hostllius,  fortissime  dlmicans  cecidit ;  cuius  iiiteritu  con- 
sternati  Roman!  fugere  coeperunt.  lam  Sablnl  clamitabant : 
"  Vicimus  perfidos  hospites,  imbelles  hostes.  Nunc  sciunt, 
longe  aliud  esse  virgines  rapere,  aliud  pugnare  cum  viiis." 

primus,  -a,  -um,  adj .,  first.  fortissime,  adv.,  very  bravely. 

impetus,    -us,    m.,    attack,    on-  dlmico,   -are,   -avi,    -atum,    to 

set.  fiyht,  contend. 

Insignis,  -e,  adj.,  distinguished,  cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casum,  to 

prominent.  Jail. 

/fo?'    Of  TOT         ^^\ 

fciriVBRSITI 


134 


LATIN  LESSONS 


interitus,    -us,    m.,    overthrow, 

downfall,  death. 
consterno,  -are,   -avi,    -atum, 

to  confound,  dismay,  terrify. 

fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  ,  to  flee, 

.  take  to  flight. 
iam,  adv.,  now,  already. 
clamito,  -are,   -avi,   -atum,    to 

cry  aloud,  bawl. 
vinco,   -ere,   vici,   victum,   to 

conquer,  subdue. 


perfidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  faithless, 

treacherous. 
hospes,    -itis,    m.,    entertainer, 

host. 

imbellis,  -e,  adj.,  unwarlike. 
sci5,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  know. 
longe,  adv.,  by  far,  greatly. 
esse,  to  be.     Pres.  Inf.  of  sum. 
pugno,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to 

fight. 


NOTES 

188.  Primus  is  the  superlative  of  the  comparative  prior  (153 
(a)  ) .  It  has  no  positive. 

insignis  is  an  adj.  of  the  Third  Declension,  belonging  to  the 
class  having  two  endings  (185  (a)).  It  is  thus  declined  :  — 

(a)  insignis  (st.  Insigni-). 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  and  Fern.        Neut.  Masc.  and  Fern.  Neut. 

N.  V.     Insignis  Insigne  Insignes  Insignia 

Gen.      Insignis  Insignis  msignium  Insignium 

Dat.       Insigni  Insigni  Insignibus  insignibus 

Ace.      Insignem  Insigne  Insignis  (-es)  Insignia 

Abl.       Insigni  Insigni  Insignibus  Insignibus 

Notice  that  the  Abl.  sing,  ends  in  -I,  the  Gen.  plu.  in  -ium,  and 
the  neut.  plu.  Nom.  and  Ace.  in  -ia. 

In  the  same  way  decline  imbellis ;  also  servilis. 

nomine:  Rule  XXIV. 

cuius  interitu,  at  his  downfall.     Rule  XIX. 

clamito  is  a  frequentative  or  intensive  verb,  derived  from  clamo, 
to  cry,  to  shout.  These  verbs  end  in  -to  or  -ito,  and  denote  repeated 
or  intensive  action.  They  are  usually  formed  from  the  supine  stem, 
with  some  vowel  changes,  as  of  a  to  i;  as,  clamo,  to  cry,  shout, 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      135 

clamito,  to  cry  aloud;  volo,  to  fly,  volito,  to  flit.  All  verbs  of 
this  class  are  of  the  First  Conjugation. 

hostes,  in  apposition  with  hospites. 

longe  aliud  esse  .  .  .  aliud  pugnare,  that  it  is  one  thing  ...  a 
far  different  thing,  etc.  Notice  that  the  Latin  places  longe  in  the 
first  clause,  while  in  English  the  emphatic  adverb  far  is  placed  m 
the  second  clause. 

esse  is  an  infinitive  depending  upon  sciunt,  with  rapere  for  a 
subject. 

pugnare  is  the  subject  of  esse  to  be  supplied. 

Decline  impetu  and  iiiteritu. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  fugere  and  rapere  in  the  Ind.  Act. 

Give  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  of  fugere,  rapere,  esse,  pugnare 
(141  (a)). 

Decline  cuius,  aliud,  and  viris. 

THE  INFINITIVE 

The  Infinitive  may  be  used  as  an  appositive,  or  as  the  subject, 
object,  or  complement  of  a  verb. 

Rule.  —  After  verbs  of  THINKING,  SATING,  KNOWING, 
BELIEVING,  PERCEIVING,  and  the  like,  the  Infinitive  is  used 
with  a  Subject  Accusative;  as, — 

Dixit  se  audire,  he  said  that  he  heard. 

Putat  hostes  esse  pugnaturos,  he  thinks  that  the  enemy  will  fight. 
Audivit  Caesarem  in  Galliam  venisse,  he  heard  that  Ccesar  had 
come  into  Gaul. 

In  Latin,  just  as  in  English,  the  Infinitive  is  used,  without  any 
subject,  after  many  verbs  to  complete  their  meaning ;  as,  — 

Romani  fugere  coeperunt,  the  Romans  began  to  flee. 
Auspicia  decreverunt  adhibere,  they  determined  to  consult   the 
auspices. 

The  tenses  of  the  Infinitive  represent  the  time  as  present,  past, 
or  future,  relatively  to  the  time  of  the  principal  verb. 


136  LATIN  LESSONS 

189.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Multi  Roman!  fortissime  dlmicantes  ceciderunt.  2.  Vir 
inter  Sabmos  Inslgnis,  nomine  Tatius,  Tarpeiam  scutls  obrul. 
iussit.  3.  Primo  impetti  imbelles  hostes  fugere  coeperunt. 

4.  Nunc  sciunt  Romanos  fortissime  pugnare.    5.  Longe  aliud 
est  ad  certamen  procedere,  aliud  hostes  vincere.     6.  Hostlli 
interitu,  in  arcem  fugerunt.    7.  Fortissime  Sabmi  cnm  Roma- 
ms  pugnabant. 

1.  Romulus  joined  battle  with  the  Sabines.  2.  Having 
armed  the  men,  he  cried  out,  "We  will  conquer  the  faithless 
Sabines."  3.  At  the  first  onset,  a  man  renowned  among  the 
Romans  defended  himself  by  force.  4.  Hostilius,  who  fell 
at  the  first  onset,  was  a  man  renowned  among  the  Romans. 

5.  The  Romans,  terrified  at  the  downfall  of  their  leader, 
began  to  flee  into  the  place  where  the  Roman  Forum  now  is. 


LESSON   LIII 

19O.  Tune  Romulus  arma  ad  caelum  tollens,  lovi  aedem 
vovit  et  exercitus  sen  forte  seu  divmitus  restitit.  Itaque 
proelium  redintegratur  j  sed  raptae  mulieres  crmibus  passis 
ausae  sunt  se  inter  tela  volantia  mferre  et  hinc  patres,  hinc 
viros  orantes  pacem  conciliarunt. 

arma,  -orum,  n.,  arms,  weapons.  luppiter,    lovis,    m.,    Jupiter, 

Sing,  wanting.  Jove. 

caelum,   -I,    n.,    heaven.      Plu.  aedis  or  aedes,  -is,  f.,  a  tem- 

AViinting.  pie. 

tollo,  -ere,  sustuli,  sublatum,  voveo,   -ere,  vovi,  votum,  to 

to  lift,  raise.  vow,  promise  solemnly. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      137 


sen  .  .  .  sen,  ichether  .  .  .  or. 

divinitus,  adv.,  %  divine  influ- 
ence, providentially. 

resists,  -ere,  restiti, ,  to 

stand  I/ark;  halt,  s'op. 

proelium,  -I,  n.,  battle. 

rediiitegro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
to  restore,  renew. 

mulier,  -eris,  f.,  a  woman. 

crinis,  -is,  in.,  the  hair. 

passus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  outspread, 
disheveled. 

audeo.  -ere,  ausus  sum,  to  ven- 
ture, dare. 

telum,  -I,  n.,  a  missile,  javelin, 
dart. 

volo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fly. 


Iiifero,  inferre,  intuli,  inla- 
tum,  to  bring  in  or  against. 
Se  inferre  =  to  betake  them- 
selves, present  themselves.  SS 
means  himself,  herself,  itself, 
or  themselves,  according  to 
the  number  and  person  of 
the  subject. 

hinc,  adv.,  from  this  place,  hence. 
nine  .  .  .  hinc,  on  this  side  .  .  . 
on  that  side;  on  one  side  ...  on 
the  other. 

oro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  plead, 
entreat. 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace. 

coiicilio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
procure,  bring  about. 


NOTES 
191 .    (a)  luppiter  is  declined  as  follows :  — 

N.  V.  luppiter 

Gen.  Idvis 

Dat.  lo'vi 

Ace.  Idvem 

Abl.  love 

aedem  is  declined  like  hostis  (161).  In  the  sing.,  temple;  in 
the  plu.,  house,  palace. 

exercitus,  subject  of  restitit.     Decline  in  full. 

raptae  :  translate  by  a  relative  clause,  —  the  women  who  had  been 
carried  off". 

crmibus  passis,  Ablative  Absolute,  crinis  is  masc.  by  excep- 
tion to  67.  2.  Used  mostly  in  the  plural. 

ausae  sunt:  cf.  solitus  esset  (136).  Such  verbs  as  these  that 
have  the  parts  from  the  pres.  stem  regular,  and  have  no  perf. 


138  LATIN  LESSONS 

stem,  but  appear  as  deponent  verbs  in  the  parts  usually  formed 
from  the  perfect  stem,  are  called  semi-deponent  verbs. 

Inferre  is  compounded  of  the  prep,  in  and  the  irregular  verb 
f ero,  to  bear.  The  principal  parts  of  fero  are,  — 

Active,     fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Passive,   feror,  ferri,  latus  sum. 

It  is  inflected  in  the  Present  as  follows  :  — 

(6)          ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

SINGULAR    PLURAL  SINGULAR     PLURAL 

1.  fer-o        fer-imus  1.  fer-or          fer-imur 

2.  fer-s         fer-tis  2.  fer-ris          fer-imini 

3.  fer-t         fer-unt  3.  fer-tur        fer-iintur 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  endings  beginning  with  t,  s,  and  r 
are  added  directly  to  the  root  fer-.  f ers  is  for  feris ;  fert  and 
fertis  are  for  ferit  and  feritis ;  ferris  and  fertur  are  for  fereris 
and  feritur.  The  Inf.  ferre  is  for  ferere,  and  ferri  for  feri.  The 
other  parts  of  the  Indicative  are  regular. 

Impf.         f  erebam,  -bas,  -bat,  etc.  f  erebar,  -baris,  -batur,  etc. 

Fut.  f  eram,  -5s,  -et,  etc.  f  erar,  -eris,  -etur,  etc. 

Perf.         tuli,  -isti,  -it,  etc.  latus,  -a,  -um,  sum,  es,  est,  etc. 

Plupf.       tuleram, -eras,-erat,  etc.  latus, -a, -um,  eram,  eras,  erat,  etc. 

Fut.  Perf.  tulero,  -eris,  -erit,  etc.  latus,  -a,  -um,  ero,  eris,  erit,  etc. 

The  Impf.  Subj.  is  ferrem,  ferres,  ferret,  etc. 

orantes  agrees  with  mulieres,  and  has  for  its  objects  patres 
and  viros.  viros  here  means  husbands. 

pax,  like  "many  other  monosyllabic  nouns  of  the  Third  Declen- 
sion, has  no  Gen.  plural. 

conciliarunt,  for  conciliaverunt.  Cf.  ierat  (175).  Perfects 
in  -avi,  -evi,  and  -ivi,  and  the  tenses  derived  from  them,  often 
omit  v,  and  contract  the  two  vowels  into  5,  e,  and  I  respectively. 

Give  all  the  participles  of  tollens.     Synopsis  of  vovit. 

Synopsis  of  restitit  in  the  Act.  voice. 

Decline  mulieres,  crinibua,  and  viros  in  full. 


REVIEW  139 

192.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Tune  Romulus,  proelio  redintegrate,  arma  ad  caelum 
sustulit.  2.  Romulus  lovi  aedeni  vovere  decrevit.  3.  Ro- 
man! proelium  redintegrate  coeperunt.  4.  Virgines  se  inter 
tela  volantia  mferebant.  5.  Exercitus,  qui  seu  forte  seu 
dlvmitus  restiterat,  proelium  redintegrabat.  6.  Se  inter 
tela  volantia  Inferentes,  hinc  patres,  hinc  viros  oraverunt. 
7.  Mulieres  crmibus  passis  ausae  sunt  patres  orare.  8.  Mu- 
lieres,  quae  a  iuvenibus  raptae  erant,  pacem  conciliarunt. 

1.  AVlien  the  Sabines  were  conquering1  the  Romans, 
Romulus  vowed  a  temple  to  Jove.  2.  The  women,  with 
dishevelled  hair,  betook  themselves  among  the  enemy. 
3.  The  women  who  had  been  carried  off  entreated  their 
fathers  and  husbands.  4.'  The  women,  whom  the  Roman 
youths  had  carried  off,  brought  about  peace.  5.  When 
Romulus  raised1  his  arms  towards  heaven,  the  army  provi- 
dentially halted. 


LESSON   LIV 
Review 

193.   Read  in  review  the  Latin  given  in  Lessons  L.- 
LIII. 

NOTES 

To  whom  do  suus  and  sui  usually  refer  ?  —  Difference  between 
hie  and  ille  ?  —  Give  the  Dat.  and  Ace.  sing,  and  plu.  of  sinister 

1  Cf.  cum  .  .  .  compararet  (14O)  and  cum  .  .  .  appropinquarent 

(175). 


140  LATIN  LESSONS 

and  ille.  —  Give  the  classes  of  adjectives  in  the  3d  Decl. —  Write 
the  Gen.  and  Ace.  sing,  and  plu.  of  insignis,  acer,  celer.  —  Decline 
crmibus  in  the  sing.  —  Give  the  synopsis  of  f ero  in  the  Ind.  Act. 
and  Pass.  Inflect  the  Pres.  Tense,  Ind.  Mode,  and  the  Impf.  Tense, 
Subj.  Mode. 

Principal  parts  of  dedit,  gererent,  obrui,  processit,  conseruit, 
cecidit,  fugere,  vicimus,  rapere,  tolleiis,  vovit,  restitit,  ausae 
sunt.  —  Give  the  Gen.  and  Voc.  sing,  of  Hostilius. —  Decline  to- 
gether impia  proditio ;  celeri  poena.  —  What  kind  of  a  verb  is 
clamito?  In  what  conjugation  are  such  verbs?  —  What  kind  of 
a  verb  is  ausae  sunt  ?  What  are  the  peculiarities  of  these  verbs  ? 
—  Write  in  Latin,  in  two  ways,  "on  the  left  hands" — Give  two 
Latin  words  for  to  fight;  two  words  for  temple;  two  words  for  army. 


LESSON   LV 

194.  Komulus  foedere  cum  Tatio  icto  et  Sabmos  in 
urbem  recepit  et  regnum  cum  Tatio  sociavit.  Verum 
non  ita  multo  post  occiso  Tatio  ad  Eomulum  potentatus 
omnis  reccidit.  Centum  deinde  ex  senioribus  elegit,  quo- 
rum consilio  omnia  ageret,  quos  senatores  nominavit 
propter  senectutem. 

foedus,  -eris,  n.,  a  league,  treaty.  occldo,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisum,  to 

ico,  -ere,  Ici,  icturn,  to  strike.  kill,  slay. 

With  foedus,  to  enter  into  a  potentatus,  -us,  m.,  power,  do- 
league  or  treaty.  minion. 

recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  omnis,  adj.,  every,  all. 

to  receive.  recid6,-ere,-reccidi,-recasum, 

socio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hold  to  fall  back,  to  return. 

in  common,  to  share.  centum,  numeral  adj.,  one  hun- 

verum,  adv.,  but.  dred. 

post,  adv.,  after,  afterwards.  5  or  ex,  prep.,  from,  out  of. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      141 

senior,  -oris,  adj.,  older,  elder.  senator,  -oris,  m.,  a  senator. 

eligo,  -ere,   -legi,   -lectum,   to  nomino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

choose,  to  elect,  to  select.  name. 

coiisilium,  -I,   n.,   counsel,   ad-  propter,   prep.,   on  account   of. 

vice.  With  the  Ace.  only, 

ago,  -ere,  egT,  actum,  to  do,  per-  senectus,    -utis,    f .,    age,    old 

form,  conduct.  age. 

NOTES 

195.  What  is  the  construction  of  foedere  icto?  —  non  ita 
multo  post  =  not  by  so  much  afterwards,  not  very  long  afterwards. 
Compare  aliquot  ante  annls,  before  by  several  years,  and  iino  die 
longior,  longer  by  one  day.  These  expressions  illustrate  the  fol- 
lowing 

Rule.  —  The  DEGREE  OF  DIFFERENCE  is  expressed  by  the 
Ablative. 

potentatus:  decline  like  vagitus  (107  (a)).  —  omnis,  an  adj. 
of  the  3d  JDecl.,  with  two  terminations.  Decline  like  insignia 

Nom.     omnis  dmne 

Gen.      omnis  omnis 

etc.  etc. 

Centum  is  indeclinable,  as  are  all  numerals  from  four  to  one 
hundred  inclusive.  It  is  here  used  as  a  noun,  the  object  of 
elegit. —  senioribus,  an  adj.  in  the  comparative  degree,  used  as 
a  noun,  the  elders.  —  The  clause,  quorum  .  .  .  ageret,  expresses 
purpose ;  in  order  that  he  might  do  everything  with  their  advice. 
quorum  =  ut  eorum. 

(a)  Examine  the  following  clauses  :  — 

Ut  eum  subole  privaret.     Lesson  XX. 

Haud  procul  erat  qum  nepotem  agnosceret.     Lesson  XXXVI. 
Timebam  lie  hostis  veniret,  I  feared  lest  the  enemy  would  come. 
Non  recusabam  quominus  diceret,  /  did  not  object  to  his  saying. 


142  LATIN  LESSONS 

Castella  communivit,  quo  facilius  eos  prohibere  posset,  he 

fortified  the  strongholds  in  order  that  he  might  the  more  easily 
be  able  to  prevent  them. 

Observe  that  the  subjunctives  in  these  sentences  are  in  clauses 
denoting  purpose  or  result.  Hence  the  following 

Rule.  —  Clauses  denoting  PURPOSE  or  EESULT  take  the  Sub- 
junctive after  ut,  ne,  quo,  qum,  quominus,  or  a  Relative.1 

quos  and  senatores  are  Accusatives,  after  nominavit.  Cf. 
Rule  XVII.  —  Give  the  Participles,  both  voices,  of  icto  and 
occiso. —  Give  the  synopsis,  in  the  Ind.  Act.  and  Pass.  Voices, 
of  recepit,  sociavit,  elegit,  ageret,  nominavit.  —  Decline  foe- 
dere  and  senectutem. 

196.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romulus  Sabmos  in  urbem  recepit  ut  regnum  cum 
Tatio  sociaret.  2.  Non  ita  multo  post  omnes  Sablnl  in 
urbem  recepti  sunt.  3.  Titus  Tatius,  rex  Sabmorum,  a 
Eomams  occisus  est.  4.  Cum  Sablnl  regnum  cum  Eo- 
manis  sociarent,  ad  Eomulum  potentatus  omnis  reccidit. 
5.  Viros,  quos  ex  senioribus  elegit,  senatores  nomina- 
vit. 6.  Eomulus  viros  elegit  quT  foedus  cum  Sabmis 
icerent.  7.  Centum,  quos  Eomulus  elegerat,  senatores 
nominatl  sunt  propter  senectutem. 

1.  Why  did  Eomulus  choose  a  hundred  from  the  elders  ? 
2.  He  did  everything  with  the  advice  of  the  men  whom  he 
had  chosen  from  the  elders.  3.  After  the  league  with  the 

1  Clauses  of  Purpose  and  Result  readily  pass  into  substantive  clauses, 
and  may  be  used  as  subject  or  object  of  the  sentences  in  which  they  are 
found,  or  may  serve  as  appositives.  These  uses  may  best  be  learned  by  a 
study  of  them  in  the  sentences  as  they  occur  in  reading. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      143 

Sabines  was  entered  into,1  all  the  power  returned  to  Romu- 
lus. 4.  He  chose  a  hundred  senators,  who  were-to-do 2  every- 
thing with  his  (suus)  advice.  5.  Then  he  named  those  whom 
he  had  chosen  senators.  6.  The  Sabines,  having  been  re- 
ceived into  the  city,  entered  into  a  league  with  the  Romans. 


LESSON   LVI 

197.  Tres  equitum  centurias  constituit,  populum  in  trl- 
ginta  curias  distribuit.  His  ita  ordinatls,  cum  ad  exercitum 
lustrandum  contionem  in  campo  ad  Caprae  paludem  haberet, 
subito  coorta  est  tempestas  cum  magno  fragore  tonitribusque 
et  Romulus  e  conspectu  ablatus  est. 


tres,  tria,  numeral  adj.,  three. 

centuria,  -ae,  f .,  a  division  of  a 
hundred,  a  century. 

constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utmn,  to 
form,  establish,  build. 

triginta,  numeral  adj.,  thirty. 

curia,  -ae,  f.,  a  curia. 

distribuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  to 
distribute,  apportion,  divide. 

ordino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  set 
in  order,  arrange. 

lustro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
review. 

coiitio,  -onis,  f.,  a  meeting,  as- 
sembly. 

campus,  -i,  m.,  a  plain,  field. 


capra,  -ae,  f .,  a  she-goat.  Caprae 
palus,  the  Goat's  Pool. 

paltis,  -udis,  f.,  a  swamp,  marsh, 
pool. 

subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 

coorior,  -iri,  -ortus  sum,  to 
come  forth,  arise,  break  forth. 

tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  a  storm, 
tempest. 

fragor,  -oris,  m.,  a  crashing,  din, 
noise. 

tonitrus,  -us,  m.,  thunder.  Some- 
times neut.  in  the  plu. 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sightt  view. 

auf ero,  -erre,  abstuli,  ablatum, 
to  take  away,  carry  off. 


1  Ablative  Absolute. 


Subjunctive. 


144  LATIN  LESSONS 

NOTES 

198.    The  following  are  the  first  twelve  cardinal  numbers :  — 

unus,  -a,  -um,  one.  septem,  seven. 

duo,  duae,  duo,  two.  octo,  eight. 

ties,  tria,  three.  novem,  nine. 

quattuor,  four.  decem,  ten. 

quinque,  jive.  undecim,  eleven. 

sex,  six.  duodecim,  twelve. 

(a)  The  first  three  are  declined.  For  the  declension  of  unus, 
cf.  156  (a).  —  duo  and  tres  are  thus  declined:  — 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  Maze,  and  Fern.    Neut. 

N.  V.     duo  duae  duo  tres  tria 

Gen.      duorum  dutrum  duorum  trium  trium 

Dat.       duObus  duabus  duObus  tribus          tribus 

Ace.       duos  (duo)  diias  diio  tres  (-is)     tria 

Abl.       duObus  duabus  duObus  tribus          tribus 

Observe  that  tres  is  declined  like  the  plu.  of  inslgnis  (188  (a)). 

centurias  :  a  century  was  a  division  of  the  Roman  people,  con- 
sisting originally  of  one  hundred  men  selected  from  the  wealthier 
class.  They  served  in  the  army  on  horseback,  and  hence  were 
called  equites.  — curias:  each  of  the  three  tribes  of  the  Roman 
people  —  Ramnes,  Tities,  and  Luceres  —  was  divided  into  ten 
ciiriae,  or  divisions,  making  thirty  in  all.  —  coiistituit  and 
distribuit  are  Perfects,  although  the  forms  would  be  the  same 
were  they  Presents.  —  ad  exercitum  lustrandum,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  reviewing  the  army.  Cf.  172,  n.  on  videndae.  lustran- 
dum is  a  Gerundive,  agreeing  with  exercitum. 

campo,  i.e.  the  Campus  Martius,  or  field  of  Mars,  a  plain 
between  the  hills  upon  which  Rome  was  built  and  the  Tiber. — 
coorta  =  con  or  cum  +  orior.  Cf.  ort5,  Lesson  XXXIX.  A 
deponent  verb.  —  ablatus  est :  Perf.  Pass,  from  aufero  =  ab  + 
fero.  Ab  becomes  au  before  f,  abs  before  t,  and  retains  the 
form  ab  before  1.  —  Decline  exercitum,  paludem,  fragore,  to- 
nitribus,  and  conspectu. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      145 

199.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Tres  equitum  centuriae  a  Romulo  constitutae  suiit. 
2.  Cur  non  in  quattuor  curias  Romulus  populum  distri- 
buit?  3.  Haec  ita  ordinata  sunt  et  delude  contionem  in 
campo  ad  Caprae  paludem  habuit.  4.  Quinque  Sablnl  a 
septem  Romams  victl  sunt.  5.  Magnus  fragor  tonitrusque 
suiit  audit!.  6.  Unus  Romanus  miles  cum  tribus  Sabinis 
pugnabat.  7.  Subito  omnes  ex  conspectu  sunt  ablati. 
8.  Novem  senatores  cum  liberis  occisi  sunt.  9.  Populus 
fragorem  tonitrumque  audivit. 

1.  Eomulus  held  an  assembly  in  the  plain  to  review  the 
horsemen.  2.  A  great  storm  having  arisen,  suddenly  Romu- 
lus was  taken  away  out  of  sight.  3.  He  reviewed  the  army 
near  the  Goat's  Pool.  4.  He  determined  to  establish  eight 
centuries  of  horsemen.  5.  We  shall  divide  the  people  into 
eleven  curiae.  6.  Four  Sabines  will  not  fight  with  eight 
Romans.  7.  The  soldiers,  whom  he  was  reviewing  in  the 
plain,  suddenly  began  to  flee.  8.  Why  did  he  not  divide 
the  horsemen  into  two  centuries  ?  9.  The  Goat's  Pool  was 
in  the  field  of  Mars. 

2OO. 

statim,  on  the  spot,  immediately,  without  first  doing  something  else. 

repente,  suddenly,  contrary  to  expectation. 

subito,  suddenly,  but  having  no  element  of  surprise,  as  repente  has. 

contentio,  a  contest  or  struggle,  involving  exertion. 

certamen,  a  contest,  with  special  reference  to  the  rivalry  between  the 

parties  engaged  in  it. 
pugna  (allied  to  pugnus,  a  fist},  a  fight,  whether  with  fists,  or  between 

two  armies  considered  as  two  great  bodies. 
proelium,  a  battle,  an  engagement  in  a  military  sense. 

LAT.  LES. — 10 


146  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   LVII 

201.  Ad  deos  translsse  vnlgo  creditus  est;  cm  rei  fidem 
fecit  lulius  Proculus,  vir  nobilis.     Orta  enim  inter  patres  et 
plebem  seditione,  in  contionem  processit  iureiurando  adfir- 
mans  visum  a  se  Romulum  augustiore  forma. 

deus,  del,  m.,  a  god.  plebes,  -ei,  or  plebs,  plebis,  f., 
traiiseo  (trans,  across,  over,  and  the  common  people,  plebeians. 

eo,  to  go),  to  pass  over,  cross  seditio,    -onis,    f .,    dissension, 

over.  strife,  quarrel. 

vulgo,    adv.,    commonly,,  gener-  iusiurandum,  iurisiurandi,  n., 

ally.  an  oath. 

credo,  -ere,  -credidi,  -itum,  to  adfirmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

believe.  assert,  declare. 

fides,  -ei,  f.,  trust,  faith,  belief.  augustior,  -oris,  adj.,  more  ma- 
nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  high-born,  noble,  jestic,  more  noble. 

famous.  forma,  -ae,  f.,  form,  figure. 

NOTES 

202.  translsse,  for  transivisse,  is  the  Perf.  Inf.  of  transeo. 
The  Perf.  Inf.  Act.  is  always  formed  by  adding  -isse  to  the  perf. 
stem  of  the  verb ;  thus,  — 

(a)  (  amav-,  J  monu-, 

I  amavisse,  to  have  loved.  (  monuisse,  to  have  warned. 
( rex-,  J  audiv-, 

[  rexisse,  to  have  ruled.      [  audlvisse,  to  have  heard. 
iv-  (perf.  stem  of  eo),     [  fu-  (perf.  stem  of  sum), 
Ivisse,  to  have  gone.         [  fuisse,  to  have  been. 
J  tul-  (perf.  stem  of  fero), 
[  ( 1 1  iisse.  to  have  borne. 

The  Plupf.  Subj.  Act.  may  be  formed  from  the  Perf.  Inf.  Act., 
just  as  the  Impf.  Subj.  is  formed  from  the  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  (cf. 


UNIVERSITY 

ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST 


141  (a)).     By  adding  the  personal  endings  of  tin-  Act.  Voice  to 
the  Perf.  Inf.  Act.,  we  shall  have  the  Plupf.  Subj. ;  thus, — 

(ft)  1.  amavissein  amuvissemus 

2.  amfivfsses  amavissetis 

3.  amiivfsset  amavissent 

monuisse- 1  j 

rexisse-      >  -m,  -s,  -t.  1-  -mus,  -tis,  -nt. 

audlvisse-  J 

Give  the  Perf.  Inf.  and  the  Plupf.  Subj.  Act.  of  duco,  transeo, 
facio,  pugno,  habeo,  and  venio,  eo,  sum,  and  fero. 

creditus  est,  he  was  believed:  the  personal  construction,  instead 
of  the  impersonal,  which  would  be  more  natural  in  English,  it  was 
believed  that  he,  etc.  —  cui  rei  fidem  fecit,  made  belief  for  this  thing 
=  caused  this  to  be  believed,  fides  has  no  plural.  —  vir  :  decline  (44). 
—  nobilis :  decline  like  insignis  (188  (a)).  —  plebem  comes  either 
from  plebs,  of  the  3d  Decl.,  or  from  plebes,  of  the  5th  Decl.  It  has 
no  plural  in  either  declension.  —  iureiurando  is  compounded  of 
ius,  iuris,  and  iurandum,  -I,  the  former  of  the  3d  Decl.,  and  the 
latter  of  the  2d  Decl.  Both  parts  are  inflected,  and  both  parts  are 
neuter,  iuraiuranda  is  the  only  form  found  in  the  plural. — visum, 
sc.  esse ;  visum  esse  is  the  Perf.  Pass.  Inf.  of  video.  Romulum 
is  here  the  subject.  For  the  use  of  the  Inf.,  cf.  Rule  XXXI. 

(c)  The  Perf.  Pass.  Inf.  of  verbs  is  regularly  formed  by  joining 
esse,  the  Pres.  Inf.  of  sum,  to  the  Perf.  Pass.  Part. ;  as,  — 

amatus  esse,  to  have  been  loved.        rSctus  esse,  to  have  been  ruled. 
monitus  esse,  to  have  been  warned,    auditus  esse,  to  have  been  heard. 

The  Participles  in  these  forms  must,  of  course,  agree  with  the 
subject  in  gender,  number,  and  case.  Cf.  Rule  IV.  Thus 
visum,  in  visum  esse,  agrees  with  the  subject  Romulum.  We 
have  seen  (202  (&))  that  the  Plupf.  Subj.  Act.  may  be  formed 
from  the  Perf.  Inf.  Act.  by  the  addition  of  the  personal  endings. 
In  a  somewhat  similar  manner,  the  Plupf.  Subj.  Pass,  may  be 
formed  from  the  Perf.  Inf.  Pass. :  — 


148  LATIN  LESSONS 

amatus.  -a,  -um  •)  amati,  -ae,  -a 

mdnitus, -a, -um  !  e"ssem,  e"sses,    mdniti, -ae, -a 


essemus,  essetis, 
Assent. 


rectus,  -a,  -um  e"sset.          recti,  -ae,  -a 

auditus,  -a,  -um  J  audit!,  -ae,  -i 

se  :  decline  (110  (&)).  To  whom  does  se  refer?  —  augustiore  : 
decline  like  prior  (153  (a))  ;  m.  and  f.,  augustior,  n.  augustius. 
—  augustiore  forma,  in  more  majestic  form. 

2O3.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.   Eomulus   ad   deos    transiit.       2.    Di1   omnia   regunt. 

3.  Seditio    enim    inter    Sabmos    et    Romanos    orta    est. 

4.  Proculus,   vir  nobilis,   qul   Romulum   vlderat,   in   con- 
tionem  processit.      5.   lureiurando  adflrmavit  a  se  Komu- 
lum  visum  esse.      6.  Roman!  Romulum  ad  deos  transisse 
credideruiit.      7.   Cum  in  contionem  processisset,  adflrma- 
vit se  vidisse  Eomulum.     8.  Eomulus  visus  esse  a  Proculo, 
viro  nobill,  creditus  est. 

1.  A  strife  arose  between  the  husbands  and  their  wives. 

2.  Eomulus,  in  more  majestic  form,  was  seen  by  the  fathers. 

3.  Proculus,  a  noble  man,  declared  that  he  had  seen  Eomu- 
lus.     4.  When  Eomulus  had  passed  to  the  gods,  a  strife 
arose  among  the  common  people.      5.  They  caused  this  to 
be  believed.2     6.  He  declared  with  an  oath  that  Eomulus 
had  been  taken  away  out  of  sight. 

i  Norn.  plu.  2  cf .  cui  rei,  etc. 


ROMULUS  AS  QUIKINUS 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      149 


LESSON   LVIII 

204.  In    contionem    processit    iureiurando    adflrmans 
visum  a  se  Romulum  augustiore  forma,  eundemque  prae- 
cipere  ut  seditionibus  abstinerent  et  rein  mllitarem  cole- 
rent  ;    futurum    nt    omnium    gentium   dominl    exsisterent. 
Aedes  in  colle  Quirmali  Romulo  eonstituta,  ipse  pro  deo 
cultus  et  Quirlnus  est  appellatus. 

praecipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  futurum,  sc.  esse,  to  be  about  to 

to  enjoin,  direct,  order.  be,   ivould  be,  would   come   to 

ut,  conj.,  that.  pass. 

abstineo,  -ere,  -uT  -tentum,  to  exsisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  -stitum,  to 

keep  from,  refrain  from.  stand  forth,  become. 

militaris,  -e,  adj.,  military,  war-  collis,  -is,  m.,  a  hill. 

like.  Quirinalis,  -e,  adj.,  Quirinal. 

cold,  -ere,  -ui,  cultum,  to  cher-  pro,  prep,  with  Abl.  only,  for, 

ish,  cultivate,  worship.  in  the  place  of. 

NOTES 

205.  eundem.,  Ace.  sing,  masc.,  from  idem.     Write  out  the 
declension  in  full  (150).    It  refers  to  Romulum^and  is  the  subject 
of  the  Inf.  praecipere.     And  that  the  same  directed,  etc. 

Rule.  —  The  subject  of  the  Infinitive  is  in  the  Accusative. 

Write  the  Pres.  and  Perf .  Inf.,  Act.  and  Pass.,  of  praecipere.  — 
seditionibus  :  Rule  XX.  —  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Ind.  Act.  and 
Pass,  of  abstinerent.  Write  the  Plupf.  Subj.  Act.,  and  the  Perf. 
Inf.  Act.  —  Rule  for  the  mode  of  abstinerent  and  colerent  ?  Rule 
XXXII. —  Decline  rem  mllitarem  =  the  art  of  war. —  Give  the  Perf. 
Inf.  Act.  and  the  Plupf.  Subj.  Act.  of  colerent.  —  futurum,  sc.  esse. 
futurum  esse  is  the  Fut.  Inf.  of  sum.  It  is  used  impersonally,  and 
depends  upon  adflrmans.  Declaring  that  it  ivould  come  to  pass  that, 
etc.  Instead  of  futurum  esse,  fore  is  often  used. 


150  LATIN  LESSONS 

(a)  The  Fut.  Inf.  Act.  is  formed  by  joining  esse  to  the  Fut. 
Act.  Part.  Cf .  128.  For  example  :  — 

amaturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  love  (would  love). 
moniturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  warn,  etc. 
recturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  rule,  etc. 
audlturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  hear,  etc. 

The  Fut.  Inf.  Pass,  is  formed  by  joining  iri,  the  Pres.  Inf.  Pass. 
of  eo,  to  the  Supine  in  -um ;  thus,  — 

amaturn  Iri,  to  be  about  to  be  loved  (would  be  loved), 
monitum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  warned,  etc. 
rectum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  ruled,  etc. 
auditum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  heard,  etc. 

domini,  predicate  Nom.  after  exsisterent,  a  neuter  verb.  Rule 
III.  —  The  clause  ut  .  .  .  exsisterent  is  the  subject  of  futurum 
esse.  —  collis  is  masc.  by  exception  to  67.  2.  It  has  rarely  I  in  the 
Abl.  sing.  —  Decline  together  colle  Quirmali.  Rome  was  built  on 
seven  hills,  —  the  Palatine,  the  Capitoline,  the  Aventine,  the  Coe- 
lian,  the  Esquiline,  the  Viminal,  and  the  Quirinal.  The  Quirinal 
was  in  the  northern  part  of  the  city.  —  Romulo  is  Dat.,  depending 
upon  constituta ;  was  built  to  Romulus.  —  constituta,  sc.  est ;  also 
sc.  et  before  ipse.  —  Decline  ipse  (166  (a)). 

pro  deo  =  as  a  god.     deus  is  declined  as  follows  :  — 

(6)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.  deus  (del)  dii  or  dl 

Gen.  del  deOrum  or  deum 

Dat.  deo  (deis)  di'is,  dis 

Ace.  deum  dcos 

Abl.  deo  (dels)  di'is,  dis 

Observe  that  the  Voc.  of  deus  is  the  same  as  the  Nom.  The 
forms  dii,  di,  and  diis,  dis,  are  preferable  to  del  and  dels. 

cultus.  sc.  est,  and  he  himself  was  worshipped,  etc.  —  Quirinus, 
predicate  Nom.  —  Write  all  the  Infinitives,  Act.  and  Pass.,  of  cold, 
appello,  and  constituo. 


ROMULUS,  THE  FIRST  KING  OF  THE  ROMANS      151 

(c)  The  regular  verb  has  three  Infinitives  in  the  Active  and 
three  in  the  Passive  Voice,  viz.  the  Present,  the  Future,  and  the 
Perfect.  We  have  now  had  all  of  these.  The  Infinitives  of 
amo,  moneo,  rego,  and  audio  are  as  follows:  — 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE  ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Pres.  amare  amari  rdgere  regi 

Perf.  amavlsse  amatus  esse  rexlsse  rectus  esse 

Fut.  amatdrus  esse  amatum  ill  recturus  esse  rectum  Irl 

Pres.  monere  moneri  audire  audiri 

Perf.  monulsse  mdnitus  esse  audivisse  auditus  esse 

Fut.  moniturus  esse  mdnitum  iri  auditurus  esse  auditum  Iii 

Of  sum  the  Infinitives  are :  Pres.  esse,  Perf.  fuisse,  Fut.  futu- 
rum esse. 

2O6.   Translate  at  sight  :- 

1.  Idem  praecepit  ut  Roman!  seditionibus  abstinerent. 
2.  Adfirmavit  futurum  ut  rem  mllitarem.  colerent.  3.  Om- 
nium gentium  domini  exsistent.  4.  Aedem  in  colle  Quiri- 
nall  Romulo  constituerunt.  5.  Adfirmavit  Romulum  pro 
deo  cultum  Irl.  6.  Incolae  urbis,  quam  Romulus  condide- 
rat,  rem  mllitarem  colent.  7.  Plebes  Romana  clamitabat 
se  Romulum  Quirlnum  appellaturam  esse. 

1.  They  built  a  temple  to  the  gods  in  the  city.  2.  By  the 
advice  of  Romulus,  the  people  will  keep  from  strife.  3.  He 
declared  with  an  oath  that  he  would  build  a  temple  to  Romu- 
lus. 4.  He  said  that  Romulus  had  been  worshipped  as  a 
god.1  5.  They  said  that  they  had  built  a  temple  to  Romulus.2 
6.  To  have  called ;  to  have  been  called ;  to  be  about  to  refrain 
from.  7.  To  be  worshipped ;  to  be  about  to  be  worshipped. 

1  Literally,  He  said  Romulus  to  have  been  worshipped,  etc. 

2  They  said  themselves  to  have  built,  etc. 


152  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   LIX 

2O7.  Bead  in  review  the  Latin  given  in  Lessons  LV.- 
LVIII. 

NOTES 

Give  two  Latin  words  meaning  not;  three  meaning  to  kill. — 
What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  pugna  and  proelium  ? 
—  Give  the  Latin  for  not  very  long  after.  —  Give  the  cardinal  num- 
bers from  one  to  twelve.  What  ones  are  declined?  What  word 
means  thirty?  what  one  hundred?  —  What  two  ways  of  expressing 
purpose  can  you  give  ?  —  What  was  the  Campus  Martins,  and  where 
was  it  situated  ?  —  Difference  between  statim  and  repente  ? 

Principal  parts  of  ablatus  est?  —  Give  all  the  Participles  and 
Infinitives,  Act.  and  Pass.,  of  ageret,  nominavit,  distribuit,  rece- 
pit.  —  Give  the  Pres.  and  Perf.  Inf.  Act.,  and  the  Impf.  and  Plupf. 
Subj.,  of  fero,  constituit,  habeo,  facio,  procedo,  and  sum. 

What  construction  follows  such  words  as  nomino  and  appello  ? 

What  two  words  (conjunctions)  have  we  had  meaning  for? 

Decline  idem. 

Give  the  Infinitives,  Act.  Voice,  of  eo  (Lesson  XL VIII.),  fero 
(Lesson  LIIL). 


LESSON  LX 
Numa  Pompilius,  the  Second  King  of  the  Romans 

2O8.  Successit  Komulo  Numa  Pompilius,  vir  inclita  iusti- 
tia  et  religione.  Is  Curibus,  ex  oppido  Sabmorum,  accitns 
est.  Qui  cum  Ilomam  venisset,  ut  populum  ferum  religione 
mitigaret,  sacra  plurima  mstituit.  Aram  Vestae  consecravit, 
et  Ignem  in  ara  perpetuo  alenduni  virginibus  dedit. 


NUMA  roMriLius  153 

succedo,  ere,  cessi,  -cessum,  sacrum,  -I,  n.,  a  sacred  rite. 

to  follow,  succeed.  plurimus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  very 
iuclitus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  celebrated,  many. 

n  n  owned.  Instituo,  ere,  -Mi,  -utum,  to 
iustitia,  -ae,  f.,  justice.  found,  establish. 

religio,  -onis,  f.,  religion.  ara,  -ae,  f.,  an  altar. 

Cures,  -ium,  m.  and  f.,  Cures,  consecro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

the  chief  town  of  the  Sabines.          consecrate. 

accio,  -ire,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  to  call,  ignis,  -is,  in.,  fire. 

summon,  incite.  perpetuo,  adv.,  constantly,  with- 
ferus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wild,  rude,  out  interruption. 

barbarous.  alo,  -ere,  -ui,  altum  or  alitum, 
mitigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  to  nourish,  maintain. 

make  mild,  soften,  tame. 

NOTES 

2O9.    Romulo  :  Rule  X.  —  iustitia  and  religione  are  Ablatives 
of  Description  or  Characteristic,  limiting  vir :  a  man  of  renowned  jus- 
tice and  piety.    Cf .  augusti5re  forma,  Lesson  L VII.  —  Examine  also 
the  following  examples  :  — 
Caesar  traditur  fuisse  excelsa  statura,  Caesar  is  said  to  have  been 

(a  man)  of  lofty  stature. 
Uri  sunt  figura  tauri,  the  uri  are  of  the  form  of  the  butt  =  have  the 

form  of  the  bull. 

It  will  be  seen  that  iustitia,  religione,  forma,  statura,  and 
figura  are  all  in  the  Abl.,  modifying  respectively  vir,  Romulum, 
Caesar,  and  uri,  and  denoting  some  quality  or  characteristic  of 
these  nouns,  figura  is  accompanied  by  a  limiting  Gen. ;  and  the 
other  Ablatives  have  adjectives  agreeing  with  them. 

Rule.  —  A  noun  with  an  adjective  or  a  limiting  Genitive  is 
in  the  Ablative  after  the  verb  sum  or  another  noun,  to  denote 
the  CHARACTER  or  QUALITY  of  a  person  or  thing. 

This  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Description  or  Characteristic. 
NOTE.  —  Instead  of  the  Ablative,  the  Genitive  is  sometimes  used. 


154  LATIN  LESSONS 

Curibus,  the  Abl.,  according  to  Rule  XXX.  —  Qui  cum  =  when 
Tie;  the  relative  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  often  being  equiva- 
lent to  a  personal  or  demonstrative.  —  Give  the  rule  for  the  case  of 
Romam. —  ut  introduces  a  purpose  clause,  hence  the  Subjunctive 
mitigaret.  Rule  XXXII.  —  ignem,  masc.  by  exception  to  67.  2. 
Cf.  collis  (205,  n.  on  collis).  ignis  is  declined  like  hostis  (161), 
except  that  the  Abl.  sing,  has  usually  I. — alendum  is  the  Gerundive. 
Gave  the  fire  to  the  virgins  to  be  maintained,  etc.  Cf.  educandos  (116). 
These  Gerundives  are  used  to  express  Purpose. 

Rule. — After  verbs  of  GIVING,  SENDING,  UNDERTAKING, 
CONTRACTING,  and  the  like,  the  Accusative  of  the  Gerundive 
in  agreement  with  the  object  is  used  to  express  Purposed 

2 1C.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1 .  Nuina  Pompilio  rege,  vir  minime  servili  indole  Romam 
venit.  2.  Vir  inter  Sabmos  insignis,  nomine  Numa,  Curi- 
bus venit.  3.  Mult!  incliti  studio  Roma,  ex  urbe  Italiae, 
venerunt.  4.  Populus  Romam  Numam  Pompilium,  virum 
inclita  religione,  accivit.  Qui  cum  Romam  venisset,  Ro- 
mulo  successit.  5.  Populus  ferus  religione  mltigabatur. 
6.  Decrevit  aedem  diis  consecrare  ut  sacra  plurima  Institu- 
eret.  7.  Cum  aram  Vestae  consecravisset,  ignem  in  ara 
perpetuo  alendum  virginibus  dedit. 

1.  Numa  Pompilius  came  from  Cures  to  Rome.  2.  When 
Romulus  had  been  taken  away,2  the  people  summoned  a  man 
of  renowned  justice  from  Cures.  3.  They  said3  that  he  had 
come  to  Rome  in  order  that  he  might  succeed  Romulus. 
4.  Now  they  know  that  Numa  has  been  summoned  from  a 

1  This  rule  must  not  be  understood  to  exclude  or  contradict  the  rule 
on  p.  142. 

2  Ablative  Absolute,  8  Rule  XXXI 


NUMA  POMPILIUS 


155 


town  of  the  Sabines.  5.  He  came  to  Rome  in  order  to 
establish  sacred  rites.  6.  The  altar  of  Vesta  having  been 
consecrated,  he  gave  the  fire  to  the  virgins  to  be  constantly 
maintained  upon  the  altar.  7.  He  said  that  he 1  had  given 
the  fire  to  the  virgins. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 

success  religion  institution 

succeed  popular  consecration 


justice 


populace 
mitigate 


ailment 


LESSON   LXI 

211.   Flaminem  lovis  sacerdotem  creavit 
eumque  mslgni  veste  et  curuli  sella  adorna- 
vit.     Dlcitur  quondam  ipsum  lovem  e  caelo 
elicuisse.     Hie  ingentibus  fulminibus  in  ur- 
bem  demissls  descendit  in  nemus  Aventmum, 
SELLA  CURTJLIS      uki  Numam   docuit   quibus   sacrls   fulmina 
essent  procuranda,  et  praeterea  imperl  certa  pignora  populo 
Romano  daturum  se  esse  promlsit. 

flamen,  -inis,  m.,  a  flamen,  —  a  vestis,  -is,  f .,  clothing,  garment, 

name  given  to  a  priest  of  one  garb. 

particular  deity.  curulis,  -e,  adj.,  curule. 

creo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  create,  sella,  -ae,  f .,  seat,  chair. 

choose,  make. 


insignis,  -e,  adj.,  distinguished. 


adorno,  -are,   -avi,   -atum,    to 
furnish,  adorn. 


Se. 


156  LATIN  LESSONS 

dico,  -ere,  -xi,  dictum,  to  say.  nemus,  -oris,  m.,  a  grove. 

quondam,  adv.,  once,  formerly.  Aventinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 

elicio,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  draw  Aventine. 

forth,  call  down.  doceo,   -ere,   -ui,    doctum,   to 

ingens,  -entis,  adj.,  great.  teach. 

fulmen,  -inis,  n.,  lightning,  thun-  procure,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

derbolt.  take  care  of,  avert. 

demitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  praeterea,  adv.,  moreover. 

to  send  down,  let  down.  certus,   -a,   -um,    adj.,    certain, 

descends,  -ere,  -I,  -scensum,  to  definite. 

come  down,  descend.  pignus,    -oris     and    -eris,    n., 

pledge,  guaranty. 

NOTES 

212.  lovis  limits  sacerdotem.—  Flaminem  and  sacerdo- 
tem :  Rule  XVII.  —  insigni  veste  =  with  a  distinguishing  dress. 
Decline  together.  The  characteristic  garb  of  the  flamen  was  a 
pointed  cap  called  the  apex,  a  woolen  cloak  called  laena,  and  a 
laurel  wreath. 

sella  curulis  =  the  curule  chair,  —  the  official  chair  of  consuls, 
praetors,  curule  aediles,  and  some  other  officers,  as  well  as  of  the 
flamen  of  Jupiter.  It  was  ornamented  with  ivory,  and  sometimes 
overlaid  with  gold.  Its  form  was  very  simple,  closely  resembling 
a  common  folding  camp-stool  with  curved  legs.  —  f ulminibus  de- 
missis  :  Ablative  Absolute.  —  quibus  sacrls,  by  what  sacred  rites. 
Abl.  of  means. 

essent  procuranda,  were  to  be  averted,  procuranda  essent  is 
in  the  Pass.  Periphrastic  Conjugation,  which  is  formed  by  joining 
the  different  parts  of  the  verb  sum  to  the  Gerundive.  It  is  used  to 
denote  necessity  or  propriety.  The  Active  Periphrastic  Conjugation 
is  formed  by  joining  the  different  parts  of  the  verb  sum  to  the 
Fut.  Act.  Participle.  It  is  used  to  denote  intention  or  simple 
futurity.  The  parts  of  sum  are  inflected  just  as  they  are  in  form- 
ing the  Passive  Voice  of  the  verb,  with  the  Perf.  Pass.  Participle, 
Cf.  138  (a). 


NUMA   POMPILIUS  157 

ACTIVE  VOICE 

(a)  Indicative 

Pres.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  sum,  I  am  about  to  love. 

Impf.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  eram,  /  was  about  to  love. 

Fut.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  ero,  /  shall  be  about  to  love. 

Perf.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  fui,  /  have  been  about  to  love. 

Plupf.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  fueram,  1  had  been  about  to  love. 

Fut.  Perf.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  fuero,  /  shall  have  been  about  to  love. 

(6)  Subjunctive 

Pres.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  sim,  sis,  sit  ;  amaturi,  -ae,  -a  simus, 

sitis,  sint. 

Impf.          amaturus,  -a,  -um  essem. 
Perf.  amaturus,  -a,  -um  fuerim,  fueris,  fuerit,  etc. 

Plupf.         amaturus,  -a,  -um  fuissem. 

Observe,  above,  the  inflection  of  sim,  the  Pres.  Subj.  of  sum. 
Observe  also  that  fuerim,  the  Perf.  Subj.  of  sum,  has  the  same 
forms  as  the  Fut.  Perf.  Tnd.,  except  in  the  1st  sing.,  where  it  has 
fuerim  instead  of  fuero.  Cf  .  86. 

214.  PASSIVE  VOICE 

(a)  Indicative 

Pres.  amandus,  -a,  -um  sum,  /  am  to  be  loved. 

Impf.  amandus,  -a,  -um  eram,  /  tuas  to  be  loved. 

Fut.  amandus,  -a,  -um  ero,  /  shall  have  to  be  loved. 

Perf.  amandus,  -a,  -urn  fui,  /  have  to  be  loved. 

Plupf.  amandus,  -a,  -um  fueram,  /  had  to  be  loved. 

(&)  Subjunctive 

Pres.  amandus,  -a,  -um  sim. 

Impf.  amandus,  -a,  -um  essem. 

Perf.  amandus,  -a,  -um  fuerim. 

Plupf.  amandus,  -a,  -um  fuissem. 

The  Fut.  Perf.  Ind.  of  the  Passive  Periphrastic  (amandus  fuero) 
is  seldom  used. 


'TJHI7BESIT7: 


158  LATIN  LESSONS 

populo  Romano,  indirect  object  of  daturum  esse.  Rule  IX. 
populus  Homanus,  like  res  publica  and  some  other  expressions, 
became  a  fixed  form,  and  is  never  found  with  the  words  in  the 
reverse  order.  Give  all  the  Infinitives  of  do. 

215.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Populus  Romanus  Numam  Pompilium  regem  creavit. 
2.  Nurna  lovis  sacerdotem  insigni  veste  adornavit.  3.  lup- 
piter  ipse  in  nemus  Aventlnum  descendit.  4.  Dlcitur  ip- 
sum  lovem  in  nemus  Aventmum  descendisse.  5.  Dlcitur 
ipsum  lovem  in  nemus  Aventmum  descenstirum  esse. 
6.  Fulmina  his  sacris  sunt  procuranda.  7.  Dlcitur  eum 
docuisse  Numam  his  sacris  fulmina  esse  procuranda. 
8.  Promisit  se  Numam  docturum  esse  quibus  sacris  ful- 
mina essent  procuranda.  9.  Dlcitur  ingentia  fulmina  in 
urbem  esse  demissa.  10.  Promisit  se  lovis  sacerdoti  curu- 
lem  sellam  esse  daturum. 

1.  He  promised  to  give1  certain  pledges  of  power  to  the 
Roman  people.  2.  He  said  that  he  would  furnish  the  flamen 
of  Jupiter  with  a  distinguishing  garb.  3.  Once  Jupiter  de- 
scended into  the  grove  of  the  Aventine  with  a  loud  noise.2 
4.  The  Roman  people  chose  Numa,  a  man  of  renowned  jus- 
tice, (as)  king.  5.  It  is  said  that  he  promised  to  teach  Numa 
certain  sacred  rites.  6.  He  said,  "  I  will  give  to  -ye«-  certain 
pledges  of  power."  7.  He  once  called  down  the  god  himself 
from  heaven.  8.  It  is  said  that  Numa  himself  had  been 
taught  by  what  sacred  rites  thunderbolts  were  to  be 
averted. 

1  Literally,  he  promised  himself  to  be  about  to  give. 

2  Compare  cum  magrno  fragore  (197). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  159 

nemus  is  the  common  name  for  a  grove  or  woodland, 
lucus,  a  sacred  grove,  a  wood  consecrated  to  a  deity, 
flamen,  a  priest  of  some  particular  deity. 
sacerdos,  the  general  name  for  a  priest. 


LESSON   LXII 
Subjunctive 

216.    Keview  the  Subjunctive  of  sum.     Appendix,  6. 

The  Subjunctive  has  four  tenses,  —  Present,  Imperfect, 
Perfect,  and  Pluperfect.  The  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect 
have  already  been  given.  Cf.  141  (a),  202  (&)  and  (c). 

(a)  In  the  Present  Subjunctive  of  the  1st  Conjugation 
the  final  a  of  the  verb  stem  disappears,  and  the  vowel  e 
takes  its  place. 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

1.  &mem   amimus        1.  amer       amemur 

2.  ames        ainetis  2.  ameris  (-re)     amemim 

3.  amet        ament  3.  ametur  am^ntur 

In  the  Present  Subjunctive  of  the  2d,  3d,  and  4th  Conju- 
gations the  vowel  a  is  added  to  the  verb  stem.  Hence  a  may 
be  called  the  sign  of  the  Present  Subjunctive  in  these  con- 
jugations. 

(5)  Present  Subjunctive 

ACTIVE 

mone- 1 

reg-      I  -am,  -as,  -at.  I  -amus,  -atis,  -ant. 

audi- 


160 


LATIN  LESSONS 


PASSIVE 

mone-  i 

reg-       Y  -ar,  -aris  (-re),  -atur.  >  -amur,  -amini,  -antur. 
audi-    J 

Of  eo  :  earn,  eas,  eat,  etc.  Of  fero  :  Act.,  feram,  feras,  ferat, 
etc. ;  Pass.,  ferar,  feraris  (-re),  feratur,  etc. 

The  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active  has  the  same  form  as  the 
Future  Perfect  Indicative,  except  that  the  1st  pers.  sing, 
ends  in  -erim  instead  of  -ero  (83  and  86). 

The  Perfect  Subjunctive  Passive  is  formed  by  joining  the 
Present  Subjunctive  of  sum  to  the  Perfect  Passive  Participle 
of  the  verb. 

(<?)  Perfect  /Subjunctive 

ACTIVE 

arnav- 
monu- 
rex- 
audiv- 

Of  eo  :  iverim,  iveris,  iverit,  etc.  Of  fero  :  tulerim,  tuleris, 
tulerit,  etc. 

d  PASSIVE 


-erim,  -eris,  -erit. 


-erinras,  -eritis,  -erint. 


amatus,  -a,  -urn 
monitus,  -a,  -um 
rectus,  -a,  -um 
audltus,  -a,  -um 


sim,  sis,  sit. 


slmus,  sitis,  sint. 


amati,  -ae,  -a 

moniti,  -ae,  -a 

recti,  -ae,  -a 

audit!,  -ae,  -a 

Of  fero :  latus,  -a,  -um  sim,  sis,  sit ;  lati,  -ae,  -a  simus,  sitis, 
sint. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive,  Active  and 
Passive,  of  succgssit,  institult,  abstinereiit,  recepit,  iussit, 
aperuisti,  pugnare,  fero,  in  the  3d  sing,  and  the  1st  plu.  Inflect 
sum  and  eo  in  the  Pres.  and  Perf.  Subj.  Inflect  each  of  the  other 
verbs  given  above  in  the  Fut.  Perf.  Ind.  and  the  Perf.  Subj.  Act. ; 
in  the  Fut.  Ind.  and  the  Pres.  Subj.  Pass. 


SEQUENCE   OF  TENSES 


161 


LESSON   LXIII 
Sequence  of  Tenses 

217.    Study  the  following  sentences :  — 


(a) 

Rogat,  he  asks 
Rogabit,  lie  will  ask 
Rogavit,  he  has  asked 
Rogaverit,  he  will  have  asked 


quid  faciant.  what  they  are  doing, 

or 

quid  fecerint,  what  they  did  or  have 
done. 


quid  facerent,  ivhat  they  were  doing, 

or 
quid  fecissent,  what  they  had  done. 


Rogabat,  he  was  asking 
Rogavit,  he  asked 
Rogaverat,  he  had  asked 

(i) 

Ad  urbem  venit,  he  comes  to  the  city  ] 

Ad  urbem  veiiiet,  he  will  come  to  the  city     \  ut  frumentum  emat, 

Ad  urbem  venit,  he  has  come  to  the  city  in  order  to  buy  corn, 

Ad  urbem  venerit,  he  will  have  come  to  the         to  buy  corn. 

city 


Ad  urbem  veniebat,  he  was  coming  to  the 

city 

Ad  urbem  venit,  he  came-  to  the  city 
Ad  urbem  venerat,  he  had  come  to  the  city 


ut  frumentum  erne- 
ret,  in  order  to  buy 
corn,  to  buy  corn. 


(e)  Notice  that  the  Present  and  Perfect  Subjunctive  in 
the  dependent  clauses  follow  one  group  of  tenses,  and  the 
Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  follow  another  group 
of  tenses.  Observe  also  that  the  Perfect  Indicative  is  used 
in  two  senses,  —  one  with  have,  called  the  Pure  Perfect  or 
the  Perfect  Definite,  and  one  without  have,  called  the  His- 
torical Perfect  or  the  Perfect  Indefinite. 

LAT.   LES.  —  11 


162  LATIN  LESSONS 

(/)  The  tenses  of  the  first  group  in  these  examples 
(those  in  (a)  and  (c))  are  called  Principal  Tenses,  and  the 
tenses  of  the  second  group  (those  in  (6)  and  (d))  are 
called  Historical  Tenses. 

PRINCIPAL   TENSES  HISTORICAL    TENSES 

Present,  Imperfect, 

Future,  Perfect  Indefinite, 

Perfect  Definite,  Pluperfect. 
Future  Perfect. 

Rule.  —  A  Principal  Tense  in  the  main  clause  of  a  complex 
sentence  is  followed  by  a  Principal  Tense  in  the  dependent 
clause;  and  a  Historical  Tense  in  the  main  clause  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  Historical  Tense  in  the  dependent  clause. 

The  Present  and  Imperfect  Tenses  in  the  dependent 
clause  are  used  for  incomplete  action ;  the  Perfect  and 
Pluperfect,  for  completed  action. 

It  should,  however,  be  noted  that  the  Perfect  Definite,  though 
classed  with  the  Principal  Tenses,  often  takes  the  sequence  of  the 
Historical  Tenses ;  i.e.  is  followed,  in  the  dependent  clause,  by  the 
Imperfect  or  Pluperfect. 

Construction  with  Cum 
218.    Study  the  following  sentences :  — 

1.  Libros.  cum  est  otium,  legere  soleo,  when  there  is  leisure,  I  am 

wont  to  read  books. 

2.  Cum  veneris,  cognosces,  when  you  come  (shall  have  come),  you 

will  find  out. 

3.  Cum   esset   Caesar  in   citeriore   Gallia,  ad   eum   rumores 

adferebantur,  when  Caesar  was  in  hither  Gaul,  reports  were 
brought  to  him. 

4.  Cum    Hannibal    in    Apuliam   pervenisset,   adversus    eum 

prefect!  sunt  duo  consules,  when  Hannibal  had  advanced 
into  Apulia,  two  consuls  set  out  against  him. 


SEQUENCE   OF  TENSES  163 

5.  Cum  ea  ita  sint,  perge,  this  being  the  case  (these  things  being 

so),  proceed. 

6.  Cum  primi  ordines  hostium  concidissent,  tamen  acerrime 

reliqui  resistebant,  although  the  Jirst  ranks  of  the  enemy  had 
fallen,  nevertheless  the  rest  resisted  most  vigorously. 

Notice  that,  in  the  above  sentences,  some  of  the  clauses 
introduced  by  cum  are  time  clauses,  —  cum  meaning  when; 
and  some  are  clauses  denoting  cause  or  concession,  —  cum 
meaning  since  or  although.  Notice  also  that,  in  some  of 
these  clauses,  the  Indicative  is  used;  and  in  others,  the 
Subjunctive. 

Rule.  —  Cum  Causal  (since)  or  Concessive  (although)  takes 
the  Subjunctive;  Cum  Temporal  (when)  generally  takes  the 
/Subjunctive  of  the  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Tenses,  and  the 
Indicative  of  the  other  tenses. 

(a)  NOTE.  —  Cum  may  be  followed  by  the  Indicative  of  any 
tense  when  it  is  used  to  "  denote  the  bare  time  when  a  thing 
occurred,  without  grammatically  implying  any  sort  of  connection 
between  the  principal  event  and  that  which  marks  the  date  of  its 
occurrence."  But  the  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Tenses  will  be 
found  much  more  frequently  in*  the  Subjunctive  after  cum  than 
in  the  Indicative. 

(6)  Give  the  rule  for  the  mode  and  tense  of  the  verb  in 
the  subordinate  clause  of  each  of  the  following  sentences :  — 

1.  Ut  eum  subole  prlvaret,  Eheam  Silviam,  eius  flliam, 
Vestae  sacerdotem  fecit.  2.  Cum  lupa  saepius  ad  parvulos 
reverteretur,  Faustulus  eos  tulit  in  casam.  3.  Cum  iis  m- 
sidiati  essent  latrones,  Eemus  captus  est.  4.  Faustulus 
indicavit  Eomulo  quis  esset  eorum  avus.  5.  Quod  inrl- 
dens  cum  Eemus  saltu  traiecisset,  eum  iratus  Eomulus 
interfecit.  6.  Cum  vero  uxores  ipse  populusque  non  habe- 


164 


LATIN  LESSONS 


-rent,  legates  circa  viclnas  gentes  mlsit.  7.  Cum  E-omae 
appropinquarent,  Tarpeiam  virginem  nacti  sunt.  8.  Ut 
populum  feram  religione  mitigaret,  sacra  plurima  msti- 
tuit.  9.  Numam  docuit,  quibus  sacrls  fulmina  essent  pro- 
curanda. 


SALII 


LESSON   LXIV 

219.  Numa  laetus  rem  populo  nimtiavit. 
Postridie  omnes  ad  aedes  regias  convenerunt 
silentesque  exspectabant,  quid  futurum  esset. 
Atque  sole  orto  delabitur  e  caelo  scisso  scu- 
tum, quod  anclle  appellavit  Numa.  Id  ne 
furto  auferri  posset,  Mamurium  fabrum  un- 


decim  scuta  eadem  forma  fabricare  iussit. 


laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  joyful, 
glad. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  an- 
nounce, report. 

postridie,  adv.,  on  the  day  after, 
the  next  day. 

aliens,  -entis,  adj.,  silent,  still. 

exspecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
wait  for,  wait  to  see. 

atque,  conj.,  and. 

sol,  soils,  Til.,  the  sun. 

delabor,  -I,  -lapsus  sum,  dep., 
to  fall,  descend,  glide  down. 

aufero,  -ferre,  abstuli,  abla- 
tum,  to  take  away,  carry  off. 

scindo,  -ere,  soldi,  scissum,  to 


split,  rend.  The  part,  scissus, 
-a,  -um,  is  used  as  an  adj.,  rent, 
cleft. 

scutum,  -I,  n.,  a  shield. 

anclle,  -is,  n.,  an  oval  shield. 

ne,  conj.,  lest,  that  not. 

furtum,  -I,  n.,  theft,  stealth,  strata- 
gem. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  to  be  able, 
can. 

Mamurius.  -I,  m.,  Mamurius,  a 
proper  name. 

faber,  -bri,  m.,  a  workman,  a 
maker. 

fabrico,  -are,  -5vi,  -atum,  to 
make,  construct. 


NUMA  POMPILIUS  165 


NOTES 

22O.  laetus,  an  adj.  used  for  an  adv.,  joyfully.  —  rem,  the 
matter,  the  news.  It  refers  to  what  is  said  in  the  preceding  sentence. 
-aedes:  191  (a). 

futurum.  esset,  what  would  happen.  Cf.  amaturus  essem 
(213  (6)).  What  is  the  rule  for  the  tense?  futurum  esset  is 
in  the  Subj.,  because  it  is  an  indirect  or  dependent  question.  In 
the  direct  form  it  would  be,  Quid  futurum  erat?  what  was  going 
to  happen?  When  this  is  made  dependent  upon  .exspectabant, 
the  mode  of  futurum  erat  is  changed  to  the  Subj.  Observe  also 
the  Subjunctives  in  indirect  question  in  the  clauses  following  the 
different  forms  of  rogo  (217).  In  direct  questions,  faciant,  fece- 
rint,  facerent,  and  fecissent  would  all  have  been  in  the  Indicative. 
Compare  quis  esset  eorum  avus,  Lesson  XXXIV. ;  uter  nomen 
novae  urbl  daret,  Lesson  XXXIX. ;  quibus  sacrls  fulmjna  es- 
sent  procuranda,  Lesson  LXI. 

Rule.  —  The  Indirect  Question  has  its  verb 
junctive. 

sole  orto,  Ablative  Absolute,  at  sunrise.  Gen.  plu.  is  wanting 
to  sol.  —  ancile,  the  name  given  to  the  small  oval  shield  said  to 
have  fallen  from  heaven  in  the  reign  of  Numa,  and  on  the  preser- 
vation of  which  the  prosperity  of  Rome  was  declared  to  depend.  — 
quod  and  ancile  :  Rule  XVII. — ne  introduces  a  negative  purpose 
limiting  iussit :  lest  this  might  be  carried  off",  etc.  Rule  XXXII.  — 
auferri:  cf.  ablatus  est,  Lesson  LVI.  Notice  that  the  Pres.  Inf. 
Pass,  of  fero  is  ferri.  Give  the  principal  parts,  and  all  of  the 
Infinitives.  Inflect  the  Pres.  Tense,  Act.  and  Pass.,  and  give 
the  synopsis  of  the  Ind.,  both  voices. 

(a)  posset  is  the  Impf.  Subj.  of  possum,  which  is  compounded 
of  pot  (for  potis  or  pote,  able)  and  sum.  The  t  becomes  s 
before  s ;  the  f  at  the  beginning  of  the  perf .  stem  fu-  is  lost ; 
the  Pres.  Inf.  posse  is  for  potesse,  and  the  Impf.  Subj.  pos- 
sem  is  for  potessem. 


166  LATIN  LESSONS 

INDICATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present  Present 

1.  pdssum      pdssumus  1.  pdssim      posslmus 

2.  pdtes          pot^stis  2.  pdssls       possitis 

3.  pdtest        pdssunt  3.  pdssit        pdssint 
Impf.            pdteram  p<5ssem 

Fat.  p6tero 

Perf.  pdtui  potiierim 

Plupf.  potiieram  potulssem 

Fut.  Perf.  potiiero 

Pres.  Inf.  p6sse  Perf.  Inf.     potuisse 

For  the  full  inflection  of  possum,  see  Appendix,  8. 
eadem  forma,  of  the  same  form.     Rule  XXIII. 

221.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Numa  dixit  se  populo  rem  esse  nuntiaturum.  2.  Numa 
populo  quid  futurum  esset  nuntiavit.  3.  Numa  populo  quid 
futurum  sit  nuntiat.  4.  Scutum,  quod  e  caelo  delapsum  est, 
ancile  appellaverunt.  5.  Anclle  furto  auferre  potuerunt. 

6.  Numa  iis   sacrls   ipsum   lovem   e  caelo   elicere  potuit. 

7.  Mamurius  faber  undecim  scuta  eadem  forma  fabricare 
poterat.      8.  Dlcit  scutum  furto  auferri  posse.      9.  Omnes 
laeti  sole  orto  exspectabaut  quid  Numa  populo  nuntiaturus 
esset.    10.  Ne  Numa  e  conspectu  auferretur,  omnes  ad  aedes 
regias  conveuire  iussit. 

1.  The  people  joyfully1  assembled  at  the  palace  of  the 
king.  2.  They  wait  in  silence  to  see  what  is  going  to 
happen.  3.  The  next  day  all  assembled  who  were  able 
to  defend  themselves.  4.  Mamurius  was  able  to  make 
eight  shields  of  the  same  form.  5.  Mamurius  makes 

i  Cf.  Numa  laetus. 


NUMA   TOMPILIUS 


1G7 


these,  lest  the  shield  which  had  fallen  from  the  rent 
sky  may  be  taken  away  by  stealth.  6.  At  sunrise  a 
shield  will  fall  from  the  rent  sky.  7.  They  called  this 
shield  ancile. 

Decline  aedes  regias  and  eadem  forma. 


LESSON   LXV 

222.  Duodecim  autem  Salios  Martis  sacerdotes  legit,  qui 
ancilia,  secreta  ilia  imperl  plgnora,  custodirent  et  Kalendis 
Martiis  per  urbem  canentes  et  rite  saltantes  f errent.  Annum 
in  duodecirn  menses  ad  cursum  lunae  descrlpsit;  nefastos 
f  astosque  dies  fecit ;  portas  lano  gemino  aedificavit,  ut  esset 
index  pacis  et  belli. 


autem,  conj.,  but,  however,  more- 
over. 

Salii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Salii,  a  col- 
lege of  priests  for  the  service 
of  Mars. 

Mars,  -tis,  m.,  Mars,  the  god  of 
war. 

lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum,  to  choose, 
select,  appoint. 

secretus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hidden, 
concealed,  secret. 

custodio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to 
ivatch,  keep,  guard. 

Kalendae,  -arum,  f .,  the  Calends, 
the  first  day  of  the  month. 

Martius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
month  of  March. 


cano,  -ere,  cecini,  cantum,  to 

sing. 

rite,  adv.,  with  proper  ceremonies, 
solemnly. 

salto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
dance. 

annus,  -I,  m.,  a  year. 

mensis,  -is,  ra.,  a  month. 

cursus,  -us,  m.,  course. 

luna,  -ae,  f.,  the  moon. 

describe,  -ere,  -scrips!,  -scrip- 
turn,  to  describe,  mark  off,  di- 
vide. 

nefastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unhal- 
lowed,  unlucky. 

fastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hallowed, 
lucky. 


168  LATIN  LESSONS 

porta,  -ae,  f .,  a  gate,  door.  aedifico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 
lanus,  -I,  m.,  Janus.  build,  construct. 

geminus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  double,  index,  -dicis,  m.  and  f.,  sign, 
twofold.  mark,  index. 

NOTES 

223.  autem  means  either  but,  however,  or  moreover.  If  the 
sentence  in  which  it  stands  is  in  contrast  with  what  has  gone 
before,  or  in  opposition  to  it,  autem  then  is  best  translated  by  but 
or  however;  but  if  the  sentence  is  a  continuation  of  the  preceding 
thought,  or  an  addition  to  it  of  another  circumstance,  then  autem 
is  best  translated  by  moreover.  Here  it  means  moreover.  It  never 
stands  first  in  the  sentence ;  one,  and  sometimes  two,  words  must 
precede  it.  So  also  enim  and  vero.  Cf.  Lessons  XLV.  and 
XLVI. 

Salios :  derived  from  salio,  to  leap,  because  they  danced  in  pro- 
cession through  the  city  every  March,  carrying  the  ancilia  in  their 
left  hands,  or  suspended  from  their  shoulders.  For  construction  of 
Salios  and  sacerdotes,  cf .  Rule  XVII.  —  qui  .  .  .  custodirent, 
a  relative  clause  of  purpose,  to  guard  the  ancilia,  or  who  were  to 
guard,  etc.  For  the  mode  of  custodirent  and  ferrent,  cf.  Rule 
XXXII.  Give  the  rule  for  the  tense  of  these  two  verbs. 

Kalendis  Martiis  :  the  name  of  the  month  is  an  adj.,  agreeing 
with  Kalendis.  Kalendis  is  in  the  Abl.,  denoting  time. 

Rule.  —  TIME  WHEN  or  WITHIN  WHICH  is  expressed  ly  the 
Ablative. 

ferrent:  principal  parts;  synopsis  of  the  Subj.,  both  voices; 
inflection  of  the  tense.  Appendix,  10. — in  duodecim  menses: 
before  the  time  of  Numa,  the  Roman  year  had  consisted  of  ten 
months,  beginning  with  March.  Numa  added  January  and 
February,  and  made  a  year  of  355  days.  He  corrected  the 
deficiency  by  inserting  a  short  month  every  second  year. —  ad 
=  according  to.  —  dies  nefasti  were  the  days  on  which  the  courts 
and  public  assemblies  could  not  meet,  digs  fasti  were  the  days 


NUMA  POMPILIUS  169 

on  which  these  bodies  could  meet  and  transact  business.  —  The 
god  Janus  was  represented  as  having  two  faces,  on  opposite  sides 
of  his  head;  hence  geminus.  His  temple  in  the  Roman  Forum 
had  t\vo  doors,  opposite  to  each  other,  which  were  shut  in  time 
of  peace,  but  open  in  time  of  war.  They  were  generally  open, 
because  Rome  was  engaged  in  almost  incessant  war.  —  Why  is 
esset  iii  the  Impf .  Subj .  ?  Decline  index. 

224.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Quattuor  fabros  legit  qui  portas  lano  gemino  aedifica- 
rent.  2.  Qulnque  fabros  legit  qui  portas  lano  gemino 
aedificent.  3.  Salii  secreta  ilia  imper!  pignora  custodire 
potemnt.  4.  Sacerdotes  ad  aedem  lanl  convenerunt  ut 
ancilia  per  urbem  canentes  ferrent.  5.  Kalendls  Martiis 
per  urbem  canunt  et  saltant.  6.  Scuta  per  urbem  rite 
saltantes  ferent.  7.  Annum  in  duodecim  menses  descrl- 
bere  potest.  8.  lanus  erat  index  pacis  et  belli.  9.  Portas 
autein  lano  gemino  aedificare  potuerat. 

1.  He  could  make  lucky  and  unlucky  days.  2.  The 
twelve  Salii,  priests  of  Mars,  were  able  to  guard  the 
shields.  3.  Singing,  they  had  borne  them  through  the  city. 
4.  On  the  Kalends  of  March  he  chose  priests  who  were  to 
divide  the  year  into  ten  months,  according  to  the  course  of 
the  moon.  5.  He  builds  doors  to  the  two-faced  Janus,  in 
order  that  he  may  be  an  index  of  peace  and  war.  6.  The 
priests  had  been  able  to  guard  these  secret  pledges  of 
empire. 


1TO 


LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   LXVI 

225.  Portas  lano  gemino  aedifi- 
cavit,  ut  esset  index  pacis  et  belli ; 
nam  apertus,  in  armis  esse  civita- 
tem,  clausus,  pacatos  circa  omnes 
populos  significabat.  Leges  quo 
que  plurimas  et  utiles  tulit  Numa. 
Ut  vero  niaiorem  mstitutis  suls 
auctoritatem  conciliaret,  simulavit 
sibi  ciun  dea  Egeria  esse  conloquia 
TEMPLE  OF  JANUS  nocturna,  eiusque  inonitu  se  omnia, 

quae  ageret,  facere.  Lucus  erat,  quern  medium  fons  perennl 
rigabat  aqua ;  eo  saepe  Nuina  sine  arbitris  se  Inf  erebat,  velut 
ad  congressum  deae. 


apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  open. 

clausus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  closed, 
shut. 

pacatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  peaceful. 

circa,  adv.,  around. 

signified,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
show,  indicate,  signify. 

iitilis,  -e,  adj.,  useful. 

rnaior,  -us,  adj.,  greater. 

institutum,  -I,  n.,  an  institution. 

auctoritas,  -tatis,  f.,  power, 
authority. 

simu!5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
pretend. 

conloquium,  -I,  n.,  a  conversa- 
tion, conference. 

nocturnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  by 
night,  nocturnal. 


monitus,  -us,  m.,  admonition, 
advice. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle, 
in  the  middle. 

fons,  fontis,  m.,  a  spring,  foun- 
tain. 

perennis,  -e,  adj.,  never-failing, 
perennial. 

rigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  wet, 
moisten,  water. 

saepe,  adv.,  often. 

sine,  prep.,  without.  Always 
with  the  Abl. 

arbiter,  -tri,  m.,  a  witness,  spec- 
tator. 

velut,  adv.,  just  as,  just  as  if. 

congressus,  -us,  m.,  a  meeting, 
interview. 


NUMA  POMPILIUS  171 


NOTES 

226.  apertus  agrees  with  lanus  understood,  which  is  used 
for  the  temple  of  Janus.  Cf.  aperuistis  (168). —  esse  depends 
upon  significabat. —  Supply  esse  with  pacatos.  populos  is  the 
subject  of*  esse  understood.  —  circa  was  a  prep,  in  Lesson  XLV. 
Here  it  is  an  adverb.  —  quoque  :  cf.  169.  —  plurimas  :  cf .  plu- 
rima,  Lesson  LX.  It  is  the  superlative  of  multus,  and  is  com- 
pared irregularly.  —  Decline  u  tiles  like  msignis  (188  (a)). 

tulit:  give  the  principal  parts,  and  the  synopsis  of  the  Ind., 
both  voices.  In  connection  with  leges  it  means  passed.  —  maiorem 
is  the  comparative  of  magnus. —  institutis  is  a  Dative.  —  suis: 
cf.  suum  (182).  To  whom  does  suis  refer? — What  does  the 
clause  Ut  .  .  .  conciliaret  denote?  Why  is  conciliaret  in  the 
Iinpf .  ?  —  sibi  is  in  the  Dative,  to  denote  possession.  He  pretended 
that  conferences  by  night  were  to  him  ivith  the  goddess  Egeria  =  that 
he  had  conferences  by  night  with  the  goddess  Egeria. 

(a)  Study  the  following  sentences  :  — 

Mini  est  pater,  a  father  is  to  me  =  I  have  a  father. 
Fuero  est  liber,  a  book  is  to  the  boy  =  the  boy  has  a  book. 

Mihi  and  puero  are  Datives,  like  sibi  above,  and  denote  pos- 
session. The  object  possessed,  in  all  of  these  instances,  is  the 
subject  of  the  verb.  The  sentences  are  best  translated  by  making 
the  Dative  the  subject  of  have,  and  making  the  noun  in  the  Nomi- 
native the  object  of  the  verb. 

Rule.  —  After  sum  and  similar  verbs,  the  POSSESSOR  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  Dative,  the  THING  POSSESSED  being  the  subject. 

eius  refers  to  Egeria.  Compare  quorum  consilio  omnia 
ageret  (195).  —  Why  is  se  used  here  rather  than  eum  or  ilium? 
—  quern  medium,  the  middle  of  which.— fons  is  masc.  by  exception 
to  67.  2.  Four  monosyllables  ending  in  B  preceded  by  a  consonant 
are  masc. ;  viz.  dens,  a  tooth,  fons,  a  fountain,  moiis,  a  mountain, 
and  pons,  a  bridge.  —  Decline  perenni  aqua.  —  se  inferebat :  cf . 
se  inferre  (190) .  —  Decline  congressum. 


172  LATIN  LESSONS 

227.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cum  apertus  esset,  in  armis  erat  civitas.  2.  Leges 
quoque  utiles  a  Numa  latae  sunt.  3.  Cum  leges  plurimas 
et  utiles  tulisset,  e  conspectu  ablatus  est.  4.  Ut  leges  uti- 
les ferret,  sibi  cum  dea  Egeria  erant  conloquia  hocturna. 
5.  Omnia,  quae  egit,  monitu  Egeriae  fecit.  6.  Numa  cre- 
ditus  est  saepe  ad  lucum  se  Inferre  ut  maiorem  mstitutis 
suis  auctoritatem  conciliaret.  7.  Fons  lucum  medium  pe- 
renni  rigabat  aqua.  8.  Omnes  popull  circa  erant  pacati. 

1.  Numa  pretended  to  betake  himself  often  to  the  grove 
without  witnesses.  2.  Numa  is  said  to  have  passed  very 
many  (and)  useful  laws.  3.  Numa  had  very  many  inter- 
views by  night  with  the  goddess  Egeria.  (In  two  ways.) 

4.  He  did  everything  by  the  advice  of  the  goddess  Egeria. 

5.  The  grove,  which  was  near  by,1  was  moistened  by  never- 
failing  water.     6.  They  will  be  able  to  gain  greater  authority 
for  their  institutions. 


LESSON   LXVII 

228.  Ita  omnium  animos  ea  pietate  imbuit,  ut  fides  ac 
iusiurandum  non  minus  quam  legum  et  poenarum  metus 
elves  contineret.  Bellum  quidem  nullurn  gessit,  sed  non 
minus  civitatli/profuit  quam  Eomulus.  Morbo  exstinctus 
in  laniculo  monte  sepultus  est.  Ita  duo  deinceps  reges,  ille 
bello,  hie  pace,  civitatem  auxerunt.  Romulus  septem  et 
trlginta  regnavit  annos,  Numa  tres  et  quadraginta. 

i  Cf.  Lesson  XLIV. 


NUMA  POMPILIUS  173 

pietas,  -atis,  f .,  piety,  loyalty.  prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  prS- 

imbuo,  -ere,  -i,  -utum,    to  Jill,  futurus,  to  help,  benefit. 

imbue.  morbus,  -I,  m.,  disease. 

ac,  conj.,  and.     Same  as  atque,  exstinguo,  -ere,  -stiiixi,  -stinc- 

but  used  only  before  conso-  turn,  to  deprive  of  life,  destroy. 

nants.  laniculum,  -I,  n.,  the  Janiculum. 

minus,  adv.,  less.  sepelio,  -ire,  -ivi,  sepultum,  to 

metus,  -us,  m.,  fear.  bury. 

civis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  citizen.  deinceps,  adv.,  one  after  another, 

contineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  to  in  succession. 

restrain,  hold  in  check.  quadraginta,  num.  ad 

NOTES 

229.  The  clause  with  ut  expresses  result.  Ita  .  .  .  ut,  he  so 
imbues  their  minds  with,  etc.,  that.  —  fides,  iusiurandum,  and  metus 
are  all  subjects  of  contineret,  but  the  verb  agrees  with  the  nearest, 
metus.  — Give  the  rule  for  the  tense  of  contineret  (XXXIX.).— 
quidem  never  stands  first  in  its  clause  (223,  n.  on  autem).  It 
immediately  follows  the  emphatic  word.  War,  it  is  true,  none  did 
he  carry  on.  —  Decline  nullum. 

profuit  is  the  Perf.  of  prosum.  It  is  inflected  like  sum  with 
pro  prefixed,  the  pro  becoming  prod  everywhere  before  e ;  as, 
prosum,  prodes,  prodest,  prosumus,  prodestis,  prosunt. 

civitati  is  in  the  Dat.,  after  profuit.  Compounds  of  sum,  except 
absum  and  possum,  take  the  Dative.  —  Morbo,  Abl.  of  means, 
after  exstinctus,  which  agrees  with  Numa  understood,  the  subject 
of  sepultus  est.  —  laniculo  monte :  Mount  Janiculum  was  across 
the  Tiber  from  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  According  to  the  legend, 
Janus  built  a  fortress  here  in  early  times,  and  hence  the  hill  was 
called  from  him  Janiculum.  —  ille  .  .  .  hie,  the  former  .  .  .  the  latter. 
ille  refers  to  the  more  remote,  Romulus ;  hie,  to  the  nearer,  Numa. 

(a)  From  twenty  to  one  hundred,  the  numerals  are  expressed 
in  Latin  just  as  they  are  in  English:  septem  et  triginta,  seven 
and  thirty,  or  triginta  septem,  thirty-seven.  The  smaller  num- 
ber precedes  with  et,  or  the  larger  number  without  et.  —  anuos 


174  LATIN  LESSONS 

is  in  the  Accusative,  to  denote  duration  of  time,  and  modifies 
regnavit. 

Rule.  —  DURATION  OF  TIME  and  EXTENT  OF  SPACE  are 
expressed  by  the  Accusative. 

23O.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Omnium  animi  ea  pietate  imbuti  sunt.  2.  Non  minus 
legum  et  poenarum  metti  quam  iureiurando  elves  contine- 
bantur.  3.  Bellum  quidem  nullum  Numa  gessit,  sed  pace 
cfvitatem  auxit.  4.  Romulus  bella  multa  gessit  ut  civitati 
prodesset.  5.  Non  minus  Romulus  bello  civitati  profuit 
quam  Numa  pace.  6.  Romulus  quinque  et  vlginti  annos 
bella  gessit.  7.  Romulus  ad  deos  translsse  vulgo  creditus 
est;  Numa  in  laniculo  monte  sepultus  est.  8.  Numa  non 
bello  civitati  profuit,  nam  bellum  nullum  gessit. 

1.  So  two  kings.reigned  in  succession,  the  former  twenty- 
seven  years,  the  latter  thirty-two.  2.  When  Romulus  had 
reigned  thirty-seven  years,  he  was  taken  away  out  of  sight ; 
when  Numa  had  reigned  forty-three  years,  he  was  cut  off  by 
disease  and  was  buried  on  Mount  Janiculum.  3.  Romulus 
so  reigned  that  he  benefited  the  state  by  war.  4.  Romulus 
kept  the  citizens  in  check  by  the  fear  of  the  laws ;  Numa,  by 
his  piety.  5.  The  citizens  were  held  in  check  without  fear 
of  punishment. 

Give  ten  English  words  derived  from  Latin  words  in  this 
lesson. 

(a)  Study  the  following  groups  of  allied  words  :  — 
rego,  to  rule;  r6x,  a  king;  rSglna,  a  queen;  regius.  -a,  -um,  belonging 
to  a  king,  royal;  rgctor,  one  ivho  rules ;  regiio,  to  reign;  regula, 
a  rule. 


[TJHIVB 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


facio,  to  do,  make:  facilis,  -e,  easy  (to  do);  difflcilis,  -e,  not  easy 
(to  do);  facultas,  ability  to  do;  fabrico,  to  construct;  factum, 
a  deed;  f acinus,  a  thing  done;  factio,  a  doing,  making;  factito, 
to  do  frequently;  faber,  one  who  makes,  a  workman. 

doceo,  to  teach;  docilis,  -e,  teachable;  indocilis,  -e,  un-teachable ; 
docilitas,  teachableness;  doctrina,  teaching ;  doctor,  one  who 
teaches;  doctus,  taught;  indoctus,  untaught;  documentum, 
that  which  teaches. 

Observe  that  the  nouns  ending  in  -tor  designate  the  agent 
or  doer,  and  that  those  in  -tas  are  abstract  nouns. 


LESSON   LXVIII 
Comparison  of  Adjectives 

231.  Adjectives  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  have  three 
degrees  of  comparison,  —  Positive,  Comparative,  and  Su- 
perlative. 


(a)  POSITIVE 
altus,  -a,  -urn,  high. 
longus,  -a,  -um,  long. 
nobilis,  -e,  noble. 
sapiens,  wise. 
felix,  fortunate. 


COMPARATIVE 

altior,  -ius. 
longior,  -ius. 
nobilior,  -ius. 
sapientior,  -ius. 
f  elicior,  -ius. 


SUPERLATIVE 

altissimus,  -a,  -um. 
longissimus,  -a,  -um. 
nobilissimus,  -a,  -um. 
sapientissimus,  -a,  -um. 
f  elicissimus,  -a,  -um. 


This  is  the  regular  form  of  comparison.  It  will  be  ob- 
served that  the  Comparative  is  formed  by  adding  to  the 
stem  of  the  positive  the  ending  -ior,  -ius,  and  the  Superlative 
by  adding  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum.  If  the  stem  ends  in  a 
vowel,  that  vowel  is  dropped  before  these  endings. 


176 


LATIN  LESSONS 


(ft)     POSITIVE 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum, 

beautiful. 
celer, -eris,  -ere, 

swift. 
miser,  -era,  -erum, 

wretched. 
acer,  acris,  acre, 

sharp. 


COMPARATIVE 

pulchrior,  -ius, 

more  beautiful. 
celerior,  -ius, 

swifter. 
miserior,  -ius, 

more  wretched. 
acrior,  -ius, 

sharper. 

Adjectives  in  -er  form  the  Comparative  regularly,  but  they 
form  the  Superlative  by  adding  -rimus,  -a,  -um  to  the  nomi- 
native singular  masculine  of  the  Positive. 


SUPERLATIVE 

pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um, 

most  beautiful. 
celerrimus,  -a,  -um, 

swiftest. 
miserrimus,  -«,  -um, 

most  wretched. 
acerrimus,  -a,  -um, 

sharpest. 


f acilis,  -e,  easy. 
difficilis,  -e,  difficult. 
similis,  -e,  like. 
dissimilis,  -e,  unlike. 
gracilis,  -e,  slender. 
humilis,  -e,  low. 


SUPERLATIVE 

f  acillimus,  -a,  -um. 
difficillimus,  -a,  -um. 
simillimus,  -a,  -um. 
dissimillimus,  -a,  -um. 
gracillimus,  -a,  -um. 
humillimus,  -a,  -um. 


(c)  Six  adjectives  in  -lis  form  the  Superlative  by  dropping 
the  final  i  of  the  stem  and  adding  -limus,  -a,  -um. 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE 

f  acilior,  -ius. 
difficilior,  -ius. 
similior,  -ius. 
dissimilior,  -ius. 
gracilior,  -ius. 
humilior,  -ius. 

All    Comparatives   except   plus   are   declined   like  prior 
(153  (a)) ;    all  Superlatives  like  bonus. 

(d)  The  Comparative  is  sometimes  best  translated  by  too 
or  somewhat,  instead  of  more,  and  the  Superlative  by  very; 
as,  senectus  est  loquacior,  old  age  is'  somewhat  talkative; 
maximus  numerus,  a  very  great  number. 

Compare  the  following  adjectives :  augustus,  vastus,  cer- 
tus,  laetus,  utilis,  iucundus. 

232.    In  expressing  a  comparison  between  two  objects 
the    adjective   in  the   Comparative   is   followed   by   quam 


COMPARISON  OF   ADJECTIVES  177 

((/inn)  ;  or  quam  may  be  omitted  and  the  following  noun  be 
put  in  the  A/>l«tff(>.  If  quam  is  used,  the  following  noun 
takes  the  same  case  as  the  noun  with  which  it  is  compared. 
Quam  can  be  omitted  only  when  it  would  be  followed  by  the 
nominative  or  accusative.  With  relative  pronouns,  quam  is 
rarely  expressed. 

Study  the  following  sentences  :  — 


1.  laniculum  est  altius  (  quam  mA5ns  A- 

[  monte  Aventmo. 

2.  Albaiii  non  erant  sapientiores  {  quam  R6mani- 

[  Romanis. 

3.  Romulus  non  fuit  nobilior  {  quam.  Remus- 

[Remo. 

4.  Numitor  erat  natu  maior  I  1uam.  Amulius- 

[  Amulio. 

Rule.  —  The  Comparative  is  followed  by  the  Ablative  when 
quam  is  not  expressed. 


LESSON    LXIX 
Comparison  of  Adjectives  —  Continued 

233.    (a)  Five  adjectives  in  common  use  are  compared 
irregularly. 

POSITIVE                                COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

bonus,  -a,  -urn,  good.              melior,  -ius.  optimus,  -a,  -um. 

malus,  -a,  -um,  bad.                peior,  -ius.  pessimus,  -a,  -um. 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  great.           maior,  -ius.  maximus,  -a,  -um. 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  small.            minor,  minus.  minimus,  -a,  -um. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  much.           plus  (n.).  plurimus,  -a,  -um. 
LAX.  LES.  — 12 


178  LATIN  LESSONS 

(b)  The  Positive  of  the  following  are  rarely  used  except 
as  nouns. 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

[exterus]  exterior,  -ius,  outer,  extremus  or  extimus,  outermost. 

[superus]  superior,  -ius,  higher,  supremus  or  summus,  highest. 

[Inferus]  inferior,  -ius,  lower.  mfimus  or  Imus,  lowest. 

[posterns]  posterior,  -ius,  later,  postremus  or  postumus,  last. 

(c)  The  following  want  the  positive :  — 

COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

citerior,  -ius,  hither.  citimus,  -a,  -um,  hithermost. 

ulterior,  -ius,  further.  ultimus,  -a,  -um,  furthest. 

interior,  -ius,  inner.  intimus,  -a,  -um,  inmost. 

prior,  -ius,  former.  primus,  -a,  -um,  first. 

propior,  -ius,  nearer.  proximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest. 

(d)  Some  adjectives  have  no  terminational  comparison. 
These  must  be  learned   by  observation.     Such   adjectives 
may  be  compared  by  prefixing  to  the  positive  magis,  more, 
to  form  the  comparative,  and  maxime,  most,  to  form  the  Su- 
perlative ;  as,  minis,  wonderful,  magis  minis,  more  wonderful, 
maxime  minis,  most  wonderful. 

EXEKCISE 

234.  1.  Aquila  est  maior  quam  vultur.  2.  Caesar  in 
Galliam  ulteriorem  properavit.  3.  Kemus  prior  sex  vultu- 
res vidit.  4.  Impia  proditio  celerrima  poena  vindicata  est. 
5.  Primo  impetu  vir  inter  Romanos  mslgnis,  nomine  Hos- 
tilius,  fortissime  dimicans  cecidit.  6.  Numa  sacra  plurima 
Instituit.  7.  Leges  quoque  utilissimas  tulit  Numa.  8.  Ma- 
iorem  Institutis  suis  auctoritatem  conciliabat.  9.  Komanl 
plure"s  viros  quam  mulieres  habuerunt.  10.  Quis  Romano- 
rum  regum  erat  optimus  ? 


THE   STORY  OF   HORATITJS   COCLES  179 

REVIEW   QUESTIONS 

Give  three  ways  of  expressing  purpose  in  Latin.  —  In  the  sen- 
tence she  came  to  the  city  to  seek  water,  express  to  seek  water  in  three 
ways  in  Latin. — How  are  the  two  Periphrastic  Conjugations  formed? 
Give  illustrations  with  doceS  and  mitto.  —  Inflect  the  Present  and 
Perfect  Subjunctive  of  sum,  Instituo,  eo,  fero,  contiiieo.  —  Give 
the  rule  for  Sequence  of  Tenses.  Which  tenses  are  called  Principal 
Tenses  and  which  Historical?  —  What  tenses  are  usually  in  the  Sub- 
junctive after  cum?  What  ones  usually  in  the  Indicative?  When 
may  any  or  all  of  these  tenses  be  in  the  Indicative  after  cum?  — 
How  is  a  negative  purpose  expressed  ?  Give  an  example.  Give  a 
synopsis  of  possum  in  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive.  How  is 
possession  expressed  in  Latin?  Write  in  Latin,  in  two  ways,  / 
have  a  shield.  —  Write  the  four  monosyllabic  nouns  of  the  Third 
Declension  that  are  masculine  by  exception.  —  Make  a  list  of  the 
words  that  have  been  used  which  never  stand  first  in  the  sentence 
or  clause.  —  What  case  follows  the  compounds  of  sum?  What  com- 
pounds of  sum  are  exceptions  to  this  rule?  —  Express  the  following 
numbers  in  Latin  in  two  ways :  24,  35,  47. — How  is  duration  of  time 
expressed  in  Latin?  How  is  time  at  or  within  which  expressed?  Give 
an  example  of  each.  —  Name  the  six  adjectives  that  have  -limus  in 
the  Superlative. 


LESSON   LXX 

Tlie  Story  of  Horatius  Codes 

235.  Porsena,  rex  Etruscorum,  ad  restituendos  in  regnum 
Tarquinios  infesto  exercitu  Komam  venit.  Primo  impetu 
laniculum  cepit.  Non  umquam  alias  ante  tantus  terror  Ko- 
manos  invasit ;  adeo  valida  res  turn  Clusma  erat  magnumque 
Porsenae  nomen.  Ex  agris  in  urbem  demigrant;  urbem 


180  LATIN  LESSONS 

ipsam   saepiunt   praesidiis.      Alia    urbis    pars    murls,   alia 
Tiber!  obiecto  tuta  videbatur. 

NOTES l 

236.  After  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  last  king  of  Rome,  with 
his  family,  had  been  expelled  from  the  city,  he  made  several  attempts 
to  regain  his  lost  sovereignty.     The  one  referred  to  in  this  story  is 
the  third  of  these  attempts,  in  which  he  was  aided  by  King  Porsena. 
The  story  of  Horatius  Codes  has  always  been  a  favorite  one  among 
the  old  Roman  legends.     It  has  been  made  familiar  to  English 
readers  by  the  poetical  version  of  it  in  Macaulay's  "  Lays  of  Ancient 
Rome." — Codes  means  one-eyed.  —  rex  Etruscorum:  the  Etrus- 
cans were  the  inhabitants  of  Etruria,  a  country  adjoining  Rome  on 
the  north.  —  ad  restituendos  Tarquinios:  cf.  198  (a),  n.  on  ad 
exercitum  lustrandum.  —  Romam  :  Rule  XXVIII.  —  Frimo  im- 
petu  :  cf.  the  same  (187).     Compare  primo. 

Non  umquam  alias  ante,  not  ever  at  any  other  time  before;  an 
emphatic  way  of  saying,  never  before.  —  adeo  modifies  valida,  and 
is  also  to  be  taken  with  magnum.  —  res  Clusina  =  the  commonwealth 
of  Clusium.  The  city  of  Clusium  was  north  of  Rome,  in  the  central 
part  of  Etruria.  To-day  it  is  Chiusi.  —  demigrant,  the  subject 
refers  to  the  Romans.  —  Alia  pars  .  .  .  alia  (pars),  the  one  part .  .  . 
the  other  part.  —  muris  and  Tiber!  are  Ablatives  of  means  with 
tuta  (esse).  — Tiber!  obiecto,  by  the  Tiber  thrown  before  =  by  the 
intervention  of  the  Tiber.  —  videbatur  is  a  passive  form  from  video, 
used  as  a  deponent,  meaning  to  seem.  —  Give  all  the  participles  of 
restituo. —  Synopsis  of  cepit  in  the  Ind.  and  Subj.,  both  voices. — 
Decline  Tiber!  in  the  singular. 

237.  Translate  at  sight :  — 

1.  Porsena,  rex  Etruscorum,  Tarquinios  in  regnum  resti- 
tuere  non  potuit.  2.  Porsenae  exercitus  maior  erat  quam2 

1  The  vocabularies  for  the  following  lessons  will  be  found  on  p.  280  foil. 

2  Than  that  of  the  Romans.    Exercitus  is  to  be  supplied  from  the  first 
part  of  the  sentence. 


THE   STORY   OF   HORATIUS  COCLES  181 

Bomanormn.  3.  Ut  in  regnum  Tarquinios  restitueret,  Bo- 
iii  a  in  venit.  4.  Noil  umquam  alias  ante  laniculum  erat  cap- 
turn.  5.  Cum  laniculum  captum  esset,  magnus  terror 
Remands  invasit.  6.  Nomen  Porsenae  maiorem  rel  Clusmae 
auctoritatem  conciliavit.  7.  Plurim!1  ex  agris  in  urbem 
demigrabant.  8.  Alia  urbis  pars  praesidiis,  alia  muiis 
saepiebatur. 

1.  Porsena  led  the  Etruscans  to  Borne.  2.  He  determined 
to  restore  the  Tarquiiis  to  the  throne  (regnum).  3.  Having 
taken  the  Janiculum,  he  hastened  to  Borne.  4.  The  Bo- 
mans,  dismayed,  began  to  protect  the  city  itself  with  garri- 
sons. 5.  So  great  terror  fell  upon  the  Bom  arts  that 2  they 
fled  into  the  city.  6.  Many  also  came  from  the  fields  into 
the  city. 


LESSON   LXXI 

238.  Pons  sublicius  iter  paene  hostibus  dedit,  nisi  unus 
vir  fuisset  Horatius  Codes,  illo  cognomine  appellatus,  quod 
in  alio  proelio  oculum  amlserat.     Is  extrema  poiitis  parte 
occupata  aciem  hostium  solus  sustinuit,  donee  pons  a  tergo 
interrumperetur.     Ipsa  audacia  obstupefecit  hostes;    ponte 
rescisso  armatus  in  Tiberim  desiluit  et  multis   superinci- 
dentibus  tells  incolumis  ad  suos  tranavit. 

NOTES 

239.  Pons  sublicius,  a  bridge  resting  on  piles.     This  is  the 
oldest  bridge  across  the  Tiber  of  which  we  have  any  account.     It 

i  Very  many.  2  ut. 


182  LATIN  LESSONS 

crossed  the  river  near  the  Palatine  Hill.     It  is  said  to  have  been 
built  by  Ancus  Marcius,  the  fourth  king  of  Rome. 

iter  is  an  irregular  neuter  noun  of  the  3d  Declension,  declined 
as  follows :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

(«)  N.Acc.V.  fter  itinera 

Gen.  itineris  itmerum 

Dat.  itmerl  itineribus 

Abl.  itinere  itineribus 

dedit  has  the  force  of  a  Plupf.  Subj.  =  would  have  given  if 
there  had  not  been,  etc.  The  Indie,  is  used  for  greater  vividness.  — 
Decline  unus  vir;  alio  proelio;  solus.  Compare  extrema.  — 
Decline  aciem.  —  interrumperetur  is  in  the  Subj.,  after  donee, 
because  it  implies  purpose  or  design.  —  ponte  rescissS  is  an  Abla- 
tive Absolute  denoting  time,  but  multls  superincidentibus  tells 
denotes  concession ;  although  the  weapons  were  falling  thick  around. 
Compare  multls. 

(6)  suds  =  his  friends.  The  plural  of  suus  is  often  used  alone 
to  mean  his,  her,  or  their  friends,  possessions,  etc.,  always  referring  to 
the  subject,  or  to  some  emphatic  word  that  is  the  real  subject  of 
thought. 

24O.    Translate  at  sight :  — 

1.  Hostes  a  Porsena  rege  ducti  ad  pontem  sublicium 
venerant.  2.  Hie  pons  iter  paene  hostibus  dedit;  sed  vir 
inter  Komanos  msignis,  nomine  Horatius,  aciem  hostium 
solus  sustinuit.  Is  enim  extremam  pontis  partem  occupavit. 
3.  Cum  pons  a  tergo  interrumperetur,  Horatius  armatus  in 
Tiberim  desiluit  et  ad  suos  tranavit.  4.  Cum  pontem  resci- 
dissent,  Horatius,  multls  superincidentibus  tells,  incolumis 
ad  suos  properavit.  5.  Etrusci  Horatium  capere  non  potue- 
runt.  6.  Komam  capere,  ponte  rescisso,  facillimum  vide- 
batur. 


THE  STORY  OF  HORATIUS  COCLES      183 

1.  There  was  a  man,  Horatius  Codes,  who  had  lost  an  eye 
in  another  battle.  2.  He,  taking  possession  of  the  furthest 
part  of  the  pile-bridge,  was  able  to  hold  in  check  the  line  of 
the  enemy.  3.  He  alone  could  not  conquer  the  enemy,  but 
his  friends  broke  down  the  bridge  from  behind.  4.  Then 
he  leaped  into  the  river  with  his  armor  on  and  swam  to  his 
(friends).  5.  The  Eomans  were  wiser  than  King  Porsena. 

exercitus,  an  army  considered  as  a  trained  body  of  men. 
agmen,  an  army  on  the  march. 
acies,  an  army  in  line  of  battle. 


LESSON   LXXII 

241.  Grata  erga  tantam  virtutem  clvitas  fuit ;  el  tantum 
agri    publice   datum   est,   quantum  uno   die    circumaravit. 
Statua  quoque  el  in  comitio  posita. 

NOTES 

242.  Grata  is  an  adjective  in  the  predicate  after  fuit.     Com- 
pare it.  —  tantum  agri,  so  much  of  land  =  so  much  land.  —  publice  : 
in  the  name  of  the  state.  —  tantum  .  .  .  quantum  are  correlatives 
=  so  much  as. —  die:    Rule  XXII.  —  What  does  quoque  render 
emphatic  ?    Cf .  169. — ei,  Dative  after  posita  (est).    Nearly  equiva- 
lent to  a  Genitive  (eius),  limiting  statua.  —  The  Comitium  was  an 
open  space  adjoining  the  Forum. 

243.  Translate  at  sight :  —  ^» 
1.  Horatius  agrum  circumaravit  quern  Roman!  ei  dederajt. 

2.  Ager  Horatio  publice  datus  est.     3.  Agrum  quoque  Ho- 


184  LATIN  LESSONS 


mam  el  dedtfe  4.  Gratus  populus  statuam  el  posuit.  5,  Uno 
die  Porsena,  rex  Etruscorum,  inf  esto  exercitu  Roniam  venit. 
6.  Horatius  Codes,  vir  inclita  audacia,  aciem  hostium  solus 
sustinuit.  7.  Porsenae  nomen  erat  maximum.  8.  Horatius 
est  appellatus  Codes,  quod  in  alio  proelio  oculum  amiserat. 
9.  Bex  Etruscorum  in  regnum  Tarquinios  restituere  de- 
crevit. 

1.  When  the  Tarquins  had  come  to  Rome  with  a  hostile 
army,  great  fear  fell  upon  the  Romans.  They  would  have 
taken  l  the  city  at  the  first  attack  if  it  had  not  been  for  one 
man,  Horatius  Codes.  He  was  called  by  this  name  because 
he  had  lost  an  eye  in  another  battle.  He  took  possession  of 
the  furthest  part  of  the  bridge  and  fought  with  the  enemy 
alone.  Although  the  javelins  fell  thick  about  him,  he  swam 
across  in  safety  to  his  friends.  The  name  of  Horatius  was 
then  greater  at  Rome  than  the  name  of  king. 

(a)  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Prepositions  used  in  the 
preceding  lessons,  arranged  according  to  the  case  or  cases 
that  are  used  with  them  :  — 

With  the  Ace.  :  ad,  circa,  erga,  extra,  inter,  ob,  per,  propter. 

With  the  AM.  :  a  or  ab,  cum,  e  or  ex,  pro,  sine. 

With  the  Ace.  or  AbL:  in,  super. 

i  Plupf.  Subj. 


FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS       185 

LESSON   LXXIII 
244.    Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs 

(«)        ADJECTIVE  STEM  ADVERB 

latus,  -a,  -um,  wide.  lato-  late,  widely. 

beuignus,  -a,  -um,  kind.  benigno-      benigne,  kindly. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  wretched,     misero-         misere,  wretchedly. 

From  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  with 
steins  in  -o,  adverbs  are  regularly  formed  by  changing  the 
final  o  of  the  stem  to  e. 

Form  adverbs  from  gratus,  laetus,  pulcher,  longus,  altus, 
iucundus. 

(6)         ADJECTIVE  STEM  ADVERB 

similis,  -e,  like.  simili-  similiter,  in  like  manner. 

fortis,  -e,  brave.  forti-  fortiter,  bravely. 

sapiens,  wise.  sapienti-      sapienter,  wisely. 

From  adjectives  with  stems  in  i  adverbs  are  formed  by 
adding  ter  to  the  stem.  Stems  in  -nti,  like  sapienti-,  drop  the 
-ti  before  the  adverbial  ending  -ter. 

Form  adverbs  from  felix,  fortunate;  utilis,  useful;  brevis, 
short;  prudens,  prudent. 

(c)  The  Accusative  singular  neuter  of  many  adjectives  is 
used  as  an  adverb :  as,  multum  (multus)  ;  facile  (facilis)  ; 
primum  (primus). 

The  Ablative  singular  of  some  adjectives  is  used  as  an 
adverb :  as,  falso  (falsus)  ;  perpetuo  (perpetuus)  ;  primo  (pri- 
mus) ;  multo  (multus). 

Adverbs  are  also  formed  in  several  other  ways,  which 
may  best  be  learned  by  observation. 


186  LATIN  LESSONS 

(e?)     POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

late  latius  latissime 

bemgne  bemgnius  benignissime 

misere  naiserius  miserrime 

similiter  similius  simillime 

fortiter  fortius  fortissimo 

sapienter  sapientius  sapientissime 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  Comparative  of  the  adverb  has  the 
same  form  as  the  Accusative  neuter  singular  of  the  Comparative 
of  the  adjective,  and  that  the  Superlative  of  the  adverb  is  the 
same  as  the  Accusative  neuter  plural  of  the  Superlative  of  the 
adjective,  except  that  it  ends  in  e  instead  of  a. 

(e)  If  the  adjective  is  irregular  in  its  Comparison,  the 
adverb  will  in  like  manner  be  irregular. 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

bene  melius  optime 

male  peius  pessime 

parum  minus  minime 

multum  or  multo          plus  plurimum 

magis  maxime 

(/)  There  are  many  adverbs  not  derived  from  adjectives, 
some  of  which  do  not  admit  of  Comparison.  Some  of  these, 
however,  are  compared ;  as,  for  example,  saepe,  often,  saepius, 
oftener,  saepissime,  oftenest;  diu,  long  (of  time),  diutius, 
longer,  diutissimer  very  long  time. 

EXERCISE 

245.  1.  Ignem  in  ara  perpetuo  alendum  virginibus  dedit. 
2.  Fides  ac  iusiurandum  non  minus  quam  legum  et  poena- 
rum  metus  elves  continebant.  3.  Numa  non  minus  clvitatl 
profuit  quam  Romulus.  4.  Nusquam  benigne  audita  legatio 
est.  5.  Maxime  Sabml  cum  llberis  et  coniugibus  convenere. 


FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS       187 


6.  Hostilius  fortissime  dimicans  oeeidit.  7.  Kuuc  sciunt 
longe  aliud  esse  virgines  rapere,  aliud  pugnare  cum  virls. 
8.  Verum  hand  ita  multo  post  occiso  Tatio  ad  Romulum 
potentatus  omnis  reccidit.  9.  Miniine  servilis  erat  adule- 
scentis  indoles. 

1.  The  soldiers  fell  fighting  bravely.  2.  The  road  was 
most  difficult.  3.  The  Romans  carried  on  many  wars  most 
successfully  (felldter).  4.  Strife  very  often  arose  between 
them  (as  to)  which  of  the  two  should  give  a  name  to  the  new 
city.  5.  The  eagle  flies  more  swiftly  than  the  vulture. 
6.  For  a  very  long  time  Romulus  defended  himself  by 
force. 

Give  English  words  suggested  by  the  following  Latin 
words  :  restitueiidos,  impetu,  invasit,  valida,  obiecto,  ex- 
trema,  sustiiiuit,  interrumperetur;  posita,  quantum. 

Study  the  following  allied  words :  — 

capio,  to  take;  capto  (-are),  to  lay  hold  of;  capesso  (-ere),  to  seize 
eagerly;  accipio  (-ere),  to  receive;  recipio  (-ere),  to  take  back; 
excipio  (-ere),  to  take  out;  praecipio  (-ere),  to  take  beforehand; 
captus  (-us),  a  taking;  captio  (-onis),  a  taking,  deceiving;  cap- 
tivus,  captive  ;  capax,  able  to  take  or  hold;  capacitas,  space  for 
taking  or  holding;  particeps,  taking  a  share,  partaking;  prin- 
ceps  (primus  -f  capio),  taking  the  first,  foremost. 


188  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON   LXXIV 

The  Story  of  Lcevinus  and  Pyrrhus,  King  of  Epirus 

246.  Tarentmis,  quod  Eomanorum  legatis  iniuriam  f  ecis- 
sent,  bellum  indicium  est.   Hi  Pyrrhum,  Epirl  regem,  contra 
Romanes  auxilium  poposcerunt,  qul  ex  genere  Achillis  origi- 
nem  trahebat.    Is  paulo  post  in  Italiam  venit  tumque  primum 
Roman!  cum  transmarine  hoste  dimicaverunt.     Missus  est 
contra   eum   consul   Publius   Valerius   Laevlnus,  qui   cum 
exploratores    Pyrrhl   cepisset,   iussit   eos   per  castra   duel, 
ostendi  omnem  exercitum  tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent 
Pyrrho  quaecumque  a  Komanls  agerentur. 

NOTES 

247.  Tarentinis,  Dat.  after  indictum  est.    RuleX.    Tarentum 
\vas  a  Greek  city  of  Southern  Italy,  now  Taranto.  —  Pyrrhum  and 
auxilium,  two   Accusatives   after  poposcerunt;   asked  Pyrrhus 
for  aid. 

Rule.  —  Verbs  of  ASKING^  TEACHING,  and  CONCEALING 
take  two  Accusatives  —  one  of  a  person,  the  other  of  a  thing. 

ex  genere  Achillis :  there  was  a  legend  that  Pyrrhus,  son  of 
Achilles,  settled  in  Epirus,  after  the  fall  of  Troy ;  and  from  him 
Pyrrhus,  king  of  Epirus,  claimed  descent.  —  primum,  for  the  frst 
time.  Cf .  prlmo,  at  first,  Lesson  XXVIII.  —  qul  cum,  etc.,  and 
when  he.  Cf.  qul  cum  (209).  —  Note  the  change  of  subject  with 
duel,  ostendi,  and  dimittl.  eos  is  the  subject  of  duel ;  exerci- 
tum, of  ostendi ;  and  eos  understood,  of  dimitti.  —  quaecum- 
que :  cf.  156,  n.  on  quicumque ;  everything  which,  etc. 

(a)  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

The  expression  of  thoughts  in  the  exact  words  of  the  writer  or 
speaker  is  called  Direct  Discourse  (Oratio  Recta). 


THE   STORY  OF  LvEVINUS   AND   PYRRHUS          189 

The  expression  of  thoughts  not  in  the  exact  words  of  the  writer 
or  speaker,  but  depending  upon  some  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  per- 
ceiving, etc.,  and  containing  the  substance  of  what  has  been  said,  is 
called  Indirect  Discourse  (Oratio  Obliqua). 

Examples 

DIRECT    DISCOURSE  INDIRECT    DISCOURSE 

II  qul  bonl   sunt  beat!   sunt,  Dlcit  eos  qui  bom  sint  beatos 

those  who  are  good  are  happy.  esse,  lie  says  that  those  who  are 

good  are  happy. 

Caesar  dlxit :    "  Publium   Con-  Caesar  dlxit  s§  Publium  Con- 

sidium,  qui  rei  militaris  pe-  sidium,  qul  rei  militaris  pe- 

ritissinuis   habebatur,  prae-  rltissimus   haberetur,   prae- 

misi,"  Caesar  said :    "  /   sent  misisse,   Ccesar  said   that  he 

forward     PuUius     Considius,  sent  forward    Publius    Consi- 

who      was      considered      most  dius,  who  was  considered  most 

skilled  in  military  science."  skilled  in  military  science. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  in  changing  the  sentence  from  Direct  to  In- 
direct Discourse,  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  (sunt,  prae- 
misi)  is  changed  to  the  Infinitive,  and  the  verb  of  the  subordi- 
nate clause  (sunt,  habebatur)  to  the  Subjunctive. 

Rule.  —  In  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  the  verb  of  the  principal 
clause  is  in  the  INFINITIVE,  and  the  verbs  of  the  subordinate 
clauses  are  in  the  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

(&)  Subordinate  clauses,  even  though  not  introduced  by  any 
word  of  saying,  thinking,  perceiving,  etc.,  have  their  verbs  in  the 
Subjunctive  if  these  clauses  express  the  thought  of  some  other 
person  than  the  writer  or  speaker.  This  is  sometimes  called 
Implied  Indirect  Discourse. 

fecissent,  in  the  above  lesson,  is  in  the  Subjunctive  for  this 
reason.  The  cause  clause  introduced  by  quod  gives  the  reason, 
not  of  the  wrriter,  but  of  those  who  declared  war,  viz.  the  Romans. 
This  may  be  expressed  in  translation  thus :  because  (as  was 
alleged,  or  as  was  claimed)  they  had  done  an  injury  to  the  envoys 


190  LATIN  LESSONS 

of  the  Romans.     If  the  writer  had  wished  to  give  this  reason  as 
his  own,  he  would  have  used  fecerant. 


248.    Translate  at 

1.  Roman!  Tarentlms,  quod  eorum  legatis  iniuriam  fecis- 
sent,  bellum  indixerunk  2.  Tarentmi  ad  Pyrrhum,  Epm 
regem,  legatos  mls*ty  qui  contra  Romanos  auxilium  peterent. 

3.  Pyrrhus  dixit  se  ex  genere  Achillis  originem  trahere. 

4.  Hand  ita  multo  post  Pyrrhus  in  Italiam  venit.    5.  Dlci- 
tur  Eomanos,  qui  non  umquam  ante  transmarmum  hostem 
vidissent,  cum  Epiri  rege  diniicare.     6.  Populus  Romanus 
Publium  Valerium  Laevmum,  quod  consul  esset,  mitti  contra 
eum  iussit.     7.  Laevlnus  iussit  Pyrrhi  exploratores,  qui  a 
Romanis  essent  capti,  per  castra  duel.     8.  Legati  renuntia- 
verunt  Pyrrho  quaecumque  a  Romanis  agebantur. 

1.  The  inhabitants  of  Tarentum  had  insulted  the  envoys 
of  the  Romans.  2.  When  the  Romans  had  declared  war 
upon  them,  they  asked  aid  of  Pyrrhus,  king  of  Epirus. 
3.  Pyrrhus  said  that  he  would  immediately  come  into 
Italy.  4.  It  is  said  that  the  Romans  then  for  the  first  time 
fought  with  an  enemy  from  across  the  sea.  5.  He  said  that 
the  scouts,  who  had  been  led  through  the  camp,  were  dis- 
missed. 6.  They  announced  that  the  consul,  who  had  been 
sent  against  the  Tarentines,  had  captured  the  scouts  of 
Pyrrhus. 


THE   STORY   OF   L^EVINUS   AND   PYRRHUS 


191 


ELEPHANT 


LESSON   LXXV 

249.  Commissa  mox  pugna  cum 
iam  Pyrrhi  exercitus  pedem  referret, 
rex  elephantos  in  Romanorum  aciem 
agi  iussit ;  tumque  mutata  est  proeli 
fortuna,  Romanos  vastorum.  corpo- 
rum  moles  terribilisque  superastan- 
tium  armatorum  species  turbavit. 
Equi  etiam,  conspectu  et  odore  belu- 
arum  exterriti  sessores  vel  excutie- 
bant  vel  secum  in  f ugam  abripiebant. 
Nox  proelio  flnem  dedit.  Pyrrhus 
captivos  Romanos  summo  honore 
habuit;  occlsos  sepelivit. 

•    NOTES 

250.  The  battle  here  described  was  fought  near  Heraclea,  on 
the  river  Siris.  —  Commissa  pugna  :  cf.  pugnam  conseruit,  Les- 
son LI.  —  pedem  referret,  began  to  give  way. — vastorum  corpo- 
rum  moles,  the  bulk  of  their  huge  bodies  —  the  huge  bulk  of  their 
bodies.  —  turbavit  has  for  subjects   moles   and   species,  but  it 
agrees  in  number  with  the  nearest  subject,  as  is  often  the  case 
in  Latin.  —  sessores,  those  seated  (on  the  horses)  =  the  riders.     It 
is  the  object  of  excutiebant,  of  which  equi  is  the   subject.  — 
fmem  dare,  to  give  an  end  =  to  put  an  end  to.  —  summo  :  compare. 

—  occlsos,  the  slain.     Observe  the  omission  of  the  connective  et. 

—  Compare  vastus.     Give  the  comparative  of  terribilis. 

251.  Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.    Pugna    mox    cum    Pyrrhi    exercitu    commissa     est. 
2.  Primo  irnpetu   Pyrrhi   exercitus   pedem   referre   coepit. 


192  LATIN  LESSONS 

3.  Dlcitur  Romanes,  qui  non  umquam  ante  elephantos  vidis- 
sent,  conspectu  beluarum  exterritos  esse.  4.  Elephantorum 
corpora  sunt  vastiora  quam  equorum.  5.  Romams  elephant! 
terribiliores  videbantur  quam  Pyrrhl  mllites.  6.  Cum 
Pyrrhus  elephantos  in  Romanorum  aeiem  ageret,  proell 
fortuna  mutata  est. 

When  presently  battle  was  joined,  the  army  of  Pyrrhus 
began  to  retreat.  Then  in  order  to  change  the  fortune  of 
the  battle,  the  king  led  the  elephants  against  the  line  of 
the  Romans.  The  Romans  were  thrown  into  confusion  by 
the  terrible  appearance  of  their  huge  bodies.  The  horses, 
also,  terrified  at  the  sight  of  the  elephants  and  of  the  armed 
men  standing  upon  (them),  hurried  away  in  flight  with  their 
riders.  They  say  that  Pyrrhus  came  into  Italy  because 
the  inhabitants  of  Tarentum  asked  him  for  aid  against  the 
Romans. 

(a)  Observe  the  following  words  and  expressions:  pug- 
nam  committere,  pugnam  conserere,  dlmicare,  pugnare,  bellum 
gerere,  bellum  sumere. 

Also  the  following:  iiiterimere,  interficere,  occidere,  ex- 
stinguere. 


LESSON   LXXVI 

252.  Quos  cum  ad  verso  vulnere  et  true!  vultu  etiam 
mortuos  iacentes  vidisset,  tulisse  ad  caelum  maims  dicitur 
cum  hac  voce:  s6  totms  orbis  dominum  esse  potuisse,  si 
tales  sibi  mllites  contigissent.  Amlcls  gratulantibus,  "  Quid 
mihi  cum  tali  victoria,"  inquit,  "  ubi  exercitus  robur  amit- 


THE   STORY  OF  L^VINUS  AND  PYRRHUS         193 

tarn?  Si  iterum  eodem  modo  vicero,  sine  ullo  mllite  in 
Epirum  revertar."  Deinde  ad  urbem  Komam  magnis  iti- 
neribus  contendit ;  omnia  ferro  ignlque  vastavit ;  ad  vlcesi- 
mum  ab  urbe  lapidem  castra  posuit. 

NOTES 

253.  Quos  refers  to  those  slain  in  the  battle,  who  are  men- 
tioned in  the  preceding  sentence.  Cf.  qui  cum,  Lesson  LXXIII. 
When  he  had  seen  them,  etc.  —  adverse  vulnere,  with  wounds  in 
front.  —  truci  is  an  adj.  of  the  3d  Decl.,  of  one  ending  (185  (a)). 
It  is  thus  declined  :  — 

(a)  Trux  (st.  truci-),  fierce. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  and  Fern.  Neut.  Jfaso.  and  fern.  Neut. 

iST.  V.  trux  truces  triicia 

Gen.  tnicis  (triicium) 

Dat.  truci  trucibus 

Ace.      tnicem  trux  truces  triicia 

Abl.  tnid  (-e)  trucibus 

The  Gen.  plu.  of  trux  is  not  found.  —  In  like  manner  decline 
simplex,  -icis,  simple;  felix,  -icis,  fortunate ;  audax,-acis,  bold.— 
etiam  mortuos,  even  in  death.  Decline  vultus  and  manus. 
Notice  the  gender  of  manus.  —  iacentes  agrees  with  quos.  —  hac 
voce,  this  exclamation,  these  words.  —  To  whom  do  se  and  sibi 
refer?  What  is  the  rule  for  the  use  of  sui  and  suus  (182)?  — 
What  is  the  Dat.  of  totius?  What  other  adjectives  form  the 
Gen.  and  Dat.  sing,  in  the  same  way  (156  (a))? — The  sentence, 
se  .  .  .  contigissent,  in  Direct  Discourse,  would  be  "Ego  totius 
orbis  dominus  esse  potui,  si  tales  mihi  milites  contigissent." 
—  orbis  is  declined  like  hostis  (161),  but  it  has  e  or  I  in  the 
Ablative.  Notice  the  gender  of  orbis.  —  tales :  decline  like  111- 
signis  (188  (a)).  —  Amicis,  Dat.  after  inquit. 

mihi  is  the  Dat.  sing,  of  the  personal  pronoun  of  the  1st  pers., 
ego.     Learn  inflection,  Appendix,  13. 
LAT.  LES.  — 13 


194  LATIN  LESSONS 

Quid  mihi  cum  tall  victoria,  etc.,  what  is  there  to  me  with  such 
a  victory  (ubi,  whereby)  that  by  it  I  lose,  etc.  =  what  do  I  gain  by  a 
victory  of  such  a  nature  that  I  lose  by  it  the  flower  of  my  army? — 
mihi  maybe  referred  to  the  Dat.  of  Possessor,  with  est  understood. 
Rule  XL  —  amittam  is  in  the  Subj.,  in  a  relative  clause  of  result 
introduced  by  the  relative  adverb  ubi.  Rule  XXXII.  —  inquit  is 
a  defective  verb,  from  inquam,  inquis,  inquit,  etc.  It  has  the 
same  form,  inquit,  for  the  Pres.  and  the  Perf.  3d  sing.  —  Si  ... 
vicero  .  .  .  revertar,  if  I  conquer,  I  shall  return,  vicero  is  a 
Fut.  Perf.,  but  in  English  we  should  say,  if  I  conquer,  rather  than 
if  I  shall  have  conquered.  —  magnis  itineribus,  by  forced  marches. 
Abl.  of  means.  —  Notice  the  inversion  of  the  usual  English  order 
in  ferro  ignique.  —  vicesimum  is  the  ordinal  number  correspond- 
ing to  the  cardinal  viginti.  Cf.  the  table  of  numerals,  Appen- 
dix, 12.  —  vicesimum  ab  urbe  lapidem,  the  twentieth  (stone)  mile- 
stone from  the  city.  Milestones  were  set  up  along  the  highways  in 
all  directions  from  the  city.  —  castra :  difference  in  meaning  of 
the  sing,  and  the  plu.V 

{A)  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES 

A  Conditional  Sentence  consists  of  two  parts,  —  a  Condition  and 
a  Conclusion.  The  Condition  is  called  the  Protasis,  and  the  Con- 
clusion is  called  the  Apodosis. 

The  conjunctions  si,  if,  and  nisi,  unless,  are  the  particles  most 
frequently  used  in  introducing  conditions. 

Conditional  Sentences  may  be  divided  into  three  general  classes, — 

1.  Conditions  relating  to  the  present  or  past,  in  which  nothing  is 
implied  as  to  the  truth  or  falsity  of  the  supposition.    These  may  be 
called  Simple  Conditions. 

2.  Conditions  relating  to  the  future,  in  which,  because  they  relate 
to  the  future,  it  is  implied  that  the  truth  or  falsity  of  the  supposition 
is  uncertain.     These  may  be  called  Future  Conditions. 

3.  Conditions  relating  to  the  present  or  past,  in  which  it  is  implied 
that  the  supposition  is  not  true.     These  may  be  called  Conditions 
Contrary  to  Fact. 


THE   STOBY   OF  L^EVINUS  AND   PYBBHUS          195 

I.  In  Simple  Conditions  a  Present  or  Past  Tense  of  the  Indicative 
is  used  in  both  Condition  and  Conclusion. 

1.  Present:   Si  epistulam  scribit,  mittit,  if  he  writes  a  letter,  he 

sends  it. 

2.  Past:        Si  epistulam  scripsit,  misit,  if  he  has  written  a  letter, 

he  has  sent  it. 

II.  Future  Conditions  are  divided  into  two  classes,  — 

(rt)  Conditions  in  which  the  reference  to  the  future  is  distinct 
and  vivid.  These  take  the  Future  Indicative  in  both  Condition  and 
Conclusion. 

(7>)  Conditions  in  which  the  reference  to  the  future  is  less  distinct 
and  vivid.     These  take  the  Present  Subjunctive  in  both  Condition 
and  Conclusion  for  incomplete  action,  and  the  Perfect  Subjunctive 
for  completed  action, 
(a)  Distinct  and  Vivid:  Si  epistulam  scribet,1  mittet,  if  he 

writes  (shall  write)  a  letter,  he  will 

send  it. 
(6)  Less  Distinct  and  Vivid:  Si  epistulam  scribat,2  mittat,  if  he 

should  write  a  letter,  he  would  send  it. 

III.  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact.     These  may  be  either  Present 
or  Past. 

Present  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact  take  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
in  both  Condition  and  Conclusion. 

Past  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact  take  the  Pluperfect  Subjunctive 
in  both  Condition  and  Conclusion. 

(a)  Present:  Si  epistulam  scriberet,  mitteret,  if  he  wrote  a  letter, 
he  would  send  it  (but  he  has  not  written  a  letter, 
and  therefore  he  will  not  send  it). 

(6)  Past:  Si  epistulam  scripsisset,  misisset,  if  he  had  written 
a  letter,  he  would  have  sent  it. 

1  If  the  action  in  the  Condition  is  completed  before  the  time  of  the 
action  in  the  Conclusion,  then  the  Future  Perfect  is  used. 

2  For  completed  action,  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  is  used. 


196  LATIN  LESSONS 

Study  with  care  the  forms  of  the  English  sentences  corresponding 
to  the  different  forms  of  the  conditional  sentences  in  Latin. 

254.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Romanorum  mortuorum  iacentium  vulnera  erant  ad- 
versa.  2.  Tulit  ad  caelum  maims  et  dixit  "Cum  talibus 
militibus  totms  orbis  dominus  esse  potul."  3.  Si  tales  mihi 
mllites  contingant,  t'otius  orbis  sirn  dominus.  4.  Si  iterum 
mihi  sit  tails  victoria,  omnem  exercitum  amittam.  5.  Si  ite- 
rum eodem  rnodo  vicisset,  sine  ullo  milite  in  Epirum  rever- 
tisset.  6.  "  Exercitus  robur  amlsi,"  inquit  Pyrrhus,  "  et 
omnia  ferro  Ignique  vastabo."  7.  Omnibus  rebus  ferro  ignl- 
que  vastatis,  ad  undecimum  ab  urbe  lapidern  castra  posuit. 

1.  Pyrrhus  saw  the  slain  lying  with  a  fierce  countenance 
even  in  death.  2.  He  raised  his  hands  to  heaven  and  cried 
out,  "  If  I  had  *  such  soldiers,  I  would  immediately  hasten 
by  forced  marches  to  Rome.  3.  Now  I  know  that  it  is  one 
thing  to  lead  my  soldiers  into  battle,  and  a  very  different 
thing  to  conquer  the  Romans." 2  4.  If  Pyrrhus  had  asked 
aid  of  the  gods,  he  would  have  conquered  the  Romans. 
5.  If  he  hastens  to  Rome  by  forced  marches,  he  will  lose 
the  flower  of  his  army. 

(a)    omnis,  all,  the  whole,  considered  as  made  up  of  parts. 

totus,  the  whole  considered  as  a  unit  without  regard  to  parts. 

vinco,  to  conquer ;  victor,  a  conqueror;  victrlx,  she  who  con- 
quers; victoria,  victory ;  invictus,  unconquerable. 

Vclsto,  to  lay  ivaste ;  vastus,  tuaste,  desert;  vastitas,  a  waste, 
desert;  vastatio,  a  laying  waste;  devasto,  to  devastate. 
vastator,  one  who  lays  waste. 

i  Use  the  Imperfect  in  both  clauses.  2  Consult  Lesson  LII. 


THE   STORY   OF  L^EVINUS   AND  PYKRHUS         197 


LESSON   LXXVII 

255.  Pyrrho  obviam  venit  Laevmus  cum  novo  exercitu. 
Quo  viso  rex  ait  sibi  eandem  adversus  Rom.an.6s  esse  for- 
tilnam  quam  Herculi  adversus  hydrain,  cm  tot  capita  rena- 
scebantur,  quot  praecisa  erant;    delude  in  Campaniam   se 
recepit ;    missos   a   senatu   de   redimendls   captlvis  legates 
lionorifice  excepit ;  captlvos  sine  pretio  reddidit,  ut  Roman!, 
cognita  iam  virtute  sua,  cognoscerent  etiam  llberalitatem. 

NOTES 

256.  PyrrhS  is  the  Dative  after  obviam  venit.      obviam 

with  a  verb  takes  the  Dative. — obviam  venit,  came  to  meet. — 
Quo  viso,  when  he  saw  this,  or  upon  seeing  this. — ait  is  from  the 
defective  verb  aio.  It  has  the  same  form  (ait)  for  the  3d  sing. 
of  the  Pres.  and  the  Perf.  It  is  here  in  the  Perfect. 

sibi:  Rule  XI.  Herculi:  in  the  same  construction  as  sibi. 
Literally,  that  the  same  fortune  was  to  him  against  the  Romans  as  was 
to  Hercules  against  the  hydra,  quam  is  the  subject  of  esse  under- 
stood. Hercules,  son  of  Jupiter  and  Alcmene,  was  compelled, 
through  the  jealousy  of  Juno,  to  perform  twelve  great  labors. 
For  the  second  of  these  labors,  he  was  required  to  slay  a  seven- 
headed  serpent,  the  Hydra,  that  infested  the  marshes  of  Lerna, 
south  of  Argos.  No  sooner  did  he  cut  off  one  head  of  this 
monster  than  two  new  ones  sprung  out  of  the  bleeding  stump. 
Finally,  by  searing  the  necks  with  a  naming  brand  as  the  heads 
were  cut  off,  he  prevented  their  growth,  and  so  succeeded  in 
destroying  the  Hydra. 

tot  .  .  .  quot,  so  many .  .  .  as.     Cf .  242,  tantum  .  .  .  quantum. 

Campania  is  a  rich  country  of  Central  Italy,  south  of  Latium. 

de  redimendls  captlvis,  about  the  ransoming  of  the  captives. 
redimendis  is  a  Gerundive,  agreeing  with  captlvis  (172,  n.  on 
videndae). — What  does  the  clause  with  ut  denote  and  what  does 


198  LATIN  LESSONS 

it  modify  ?  —  cognita  iam  virtute  sua,  as  they  already  knew,  or 
who  already  knew,  etc. 

257.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cum  Pyrrhus  ad  trlcesimum  ab  urbe  lapidem  castra 
posuisset,  el  obviam  venit  Laevmus  cum  novo  exercitu. 
Quod  cum  rex  videret,  clamitabat:  "Mini  eadem  adversus 
Romanes  est  fortuna  quae  Hercull  adversus  hydram." 
2.  Pyrrho  obviam  ivit  Laevmus  cum  tot  mllitibus  quot  in 
priore  proelio  habuerat.  3.  Senatus  ad  regem  in  Campaniam 
de  redimendls  captivis  legates  mlsit.  4.  His  legatis  honori- 
fice  exceptis,  dlxit  se  sine  pretio  captivos  esse  redditurum. 
5.  Liberalitas  Pyrrh!  non  minor  virtute  erat.  6.  Si  captivos 
sine  pretio  reddat,  Eomanl  llberalitatem  cognoscant. 

1.  Night  having  put  an  end  to  the  battle,1  the  king  has- 
tened by  forced  marches  into  Campania.  2.  Then  the  con- 
sul, when  he  learned  of  this,2  went  to  meet  him  with  a  fresh 
army.  3.  When  he  saw  the  new  army,3  he  said  that  his 
fortune  against  the  Eomans  was  more  wretched  than  (that) 
of  Hercules  against  the  hydra.  4.  He  said  that  he  had 
returned  the  captives  without  price,  in  order  that  the 
Eomans  might  come  to  know  his  liberality. 

(a)  Observe  the  following  words  and  expressions  used  in 
the  foregoing  lessons  :  — 

se  recipere ;  se  inferre ;  eo,  ire ;  procedo  ;  demigro  ;  contendo ; 
proper o  ;  appropinquo  ;  venio. 

Also  the  following :  scio  ;  agnosco  ;  cognosce. 

1  Literally,  an  end  having  been  given  to  the  battle  by  night. 

2  Cf.  98.  »  Ablative  Absolute. 


THE   STORY   OF  L7EVINUS  AND   PYKRHUS          199 


LESSON   LXXVIII 

258.  Erat  Pyrrhus  initi  ac  placabili  animo;  solet  enim 
magni   aniini   comes    esse    dementia.     Eius    humanitatein 
expert!  sunt  Tarentlni.     Qu!  cum  sero  intellexissent  se  pro 
socio  dominum  accepisse,  sortem  suam  miserabantur  idque 
aliquanto  liberius,  ubi  vino  incaluerant.     Neque  deerant,  qul 
ad   Pyrrhuin   deferrent;    arcessitlque   nonnulli,  quod  inter 
conviviuin  parum  honorifice  de  rege  locuti  esseiit ;  sed  perl- 
culum   simplex  confessio  culpae  discussit.     Nam  cum  rex 
percontatus  esset,  num  ea,  quae  pervenissent  ad  aures  suas, 
dixissent ;  "  Et  haec  diximus/'  inquiunt,  "  rex,  et  nisi  vmum 
def ecisset,  multo  plura  et  graviora  dicturi  f uimus."     Pyrrhus, 
qul  malebat  vlnl  quam  hominum  earn  culpam  videri,  sub- 
ridens  eos  dlmisit. 

NOTES 

259.  Decline  miti  and  placabili  (188  (a)).     Compare  mitis. 

—  animo:  Rule  XXIII.  —  solet:  principal  parts.     What  kind  of 
a  verb  (191,  n.  on  ausae  sunt)?     Observe  the  inverted  arrange- 
ment of  words  here.  —  Qul  cum  sero  intellexissent,  and  when 
too  late  they  had  found  out,  etc.     Compare  sero.  —  Why  are  se  and 
suam  used  here  rather  than  e5s  and  eorum,  and  why  eius,  in 
the  preceding  sentence,  rather  than  suam?  —  miserabantur,  were 
bewailing.     Notice  the  force  of  the   Imperfect   Tense  here.     The 
Imperfect  is  used  to  denote  continued,  repeated,  or  customary  action. 

—  idque,  and  that  too.  —  aliquanto  liberius,  somewhat  too  freely 
(231  (f/)) .  —incaluerant  is  from  incalesco,  an  Inceptive  verb.     All 
Inceptives  end  in  -sco,  but  the  so  is  found  only  in  the  parts  formed 
from  the  present  stem.     They  are  of  the  3d  Conjugation,  and  are 
called  Inceptive  because  they  denote  the  beginning  of  an  action. 
For  example,  caleo  means  to  be  warm  /  calesco,  to  grow  warm.  — 
vino  incaluerant,  had  become  heated  with  wine. 


200  LATIN  LESSONS 

ii  understood,  the  antecedent  of  qui,  is  the  subject  of  deerant. 

—  deferrent,  Subjunctive  in  a  relative  result  clause,  there  were  not 
lacking  persons  to  report.    Principal  parts,  and  synopsis  of  the  mode. 

—  arcessiti :  supply  sunt.     Notice  that  this  verb  forms  the  perfect 
and  supine  steins  after  the  analogy  of  the  4th  Conjugation.     Cf. 
accltus  est  (208).  —  parum    honorifice,    with    too    little    respect. 
Compare  parum  (244  (e)).  —  locuti  essent,  Subjunctive  in  im- 
plied indirect  discourse ;  they  had  spoken  (as  was  alleged)  (247  (6)). 

—  periculum:  the  danger  they  would  be  in  from  giving  offense 
to  the  king.  —  For  declension  of  simplex,  cf.  253  (a).  —  ea,  object 
of  dixissent.     How  does  ea  differ  from  the  Abl.  sing.  fern.  ?  — 
pervenissent,  Subjunctive,  because  it  is  a  part  of  the   inquiry 
of  the  king,  and  hence  it  is  not  the  expression  of  the  thought  of 
the  writer,  but  of  the  king  (247  (6)).  —  dixissent,  indirect  ques- 
tion introduced  by  num.     Rule  XXXIV.  —  To  whom  does  suas 
refer?    Why  is  it  feminine  plural? — et  (haec)  .  .  .  et  (nisi),  loth 
.  .  .  and. —  nisi  vmum  defecisset,  if  the  wine  had  not  given  out 
(253.   III).  —  Compare   multo,   plura,    and   graviora.  —  dicturi 
fuimtis,  the  Perf.  Ind.  of  the  Act.  Periphrastic  Conjugation  (213 
(a))  ;  we  should  have  said.     Used  instead  of  dixissemus. 

plura  and  graviora  are  adjectives  used  alone  in  the  plural  as 
nouns  ;  many  more  and  severer  things,  plus  is  declined  :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masc.  and  Fern.  Neut.                            Masc.  and  Fern.                       Neut. 

Nom.  plus                           plures                            plura 

Gen.  pluris                                             plurium 

Dat.  "pluribus 

Ace.  plus                            plures  (-is)                     plura 

Abl.  pluribus 

malebat,  from  maid ;  compounded  of  magis,  rather,  and  volo, 
to  wish.  —  vmi  and  homiiium  limit  culpam.  earn  is  the  subject  of 
vidgri,  and  culpam  is  the  Predicate  Accusative.  —  Compare  sero, 
liberius,  parum,  plura,  multo,  and  graviora.  —  Give  the  Com- 
parative of  simplex  and  placabili.  —  Form  adverbs  from  simplex 
and  graviora,  and  compare  them. 


THE   STORY   OF  L^EVINUS  AND   PYllllHUS         201 

26O.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Tarentml,  cum  sero  vldissent  Pyrrhum  pro  socio  do- 
iniiiuin  esse,  lion  aegritudinem  anim!  dissimulabant.  2.  Pyr- 
rlius  vir  inclita  dementia  et  humanitate  erat.  3.  NonnullI 
ad  Pyrrhum  detulerunt  quae  de  eo  Tarentml  locuti  essent. 
4.  Sortein  suam  miserabantur  quod  pro  socio  dominion  acce- 
pissent.  5.  Nonnulli  aliquanto  llberius  inter  convrvium  de 
Pyrrho  locuti  erant.  6.  "Num.  ea,  quae  pervenerunt  ad 
aures  meas,  dixisti  ?  "  "  Vino  incaluimus,"  inquiunt,  "  ubi 
haec  gravissima  dlxinius."  Cum  vlni  ea  culpa  videretur, 
subrldens  eos  dimisit. 

1.  Pyrrhus  had1  a  more  conciliatory  spirit  than  the 
Romans,  for  he  returned  the  captive  Romans  without  a 
price.  2.  They  had  spoken  with  too  little  respect  of  the 
king  when  they  were  heated  with  wine.  3.  Therefore,  he 
summoned  them  and  inquired  whether  they  had  said  these 
things.  4.  He  said  that  he  preferred  that  it  should  seem 
(to  be)  the  fault  of  the  wine  rather  than  of  the  men.  5.  If 
the  wine  should  give  out,  we  should  not  say  much  more. 


LESSON   LXXIX 

261.  Pyrrhus  igitur  cum  putaret  sibi  gloriosum  fore, 
pacem  et  foedus  cum  Romanis  post  victoriam  facere,  Ro- 
mam  misit  legatum  Clneam,  qui  pacem  aequis  condicionibus 
proponeret.  Erat  is  reg!  familiaris  multumque  apud  eum 

1  Literally,  was  of  a  more  conciliatory,  etc. 


202  LATIN  LESSONS 

gratia  valebat.  Dicere  solebat  Pyrrhus  se  plures  urbes 
Cmeae  eloquentia  quarn  vl  et  armis  expugnasse.  Cmeas 
tainen  regis  cupiditateni  non  adulabatur ;  nam  cum  in  ser- 
mone  Pyrrhus  el  consilia  sua  aperiret  dixissetque  se  velle 
Italian!  dicionl  suae  subicere,  Cmeas  "  Superatls  Romanls," 
inquit,  "  quid  agere  destinas,  6  rex  ? ?? 

NOTES 

262.  The  order  is,  igitur  cum  Pyrrhus  putaret,  etc.  igitur 
usually  stands  second  in  its  clause.  —  cum  is  causal  here ;  since.  — 
Form  an  adverb  from  gloriosus,  and  compare  both  adjective  and 
adverb.  —  fore  is  an  old  form,  equivalent  to  futurum  esse.  Cf. 
foret  (169).  The  subject  of  fore  is  the  clause  pacem  .  .  .  facere, 
and  gloriosum  agrees  with  this  subject.  A  clause  used  substantively 
always  takes  its  adjective  in  the  neuter. — Romam  :  Rule  XXX. — 
qui  .  .  .  propoiieret  a  relative  purpose  clause,  and  hence  its  verb 
is  in  the  Subjunctive ;  sent  Cineas  to  offer  peace,  etc.  What  is  the 
rule  for  the  tense  of  proponeret?  —  condicionibus  :  Rule  XIX. 
—  multumque  .  .  .  valebat,  and  had  much  influence  with  him  on 
account  of  his  esteem  (for  him),  i.e.  the  esteem  of  Pyrrhus  for 
Cineas. 

regi  is  in  the  Dative,  limiting  the  adjective  familiaris.  Cf. 
matri  simillimus  (143). 

Rule.  —  Adjectives  of  NEARNESS,  FRIENDLINESS,  FITNESS, 
LIKENESS,  or  their  opposites,  take  the  Dative  of  the  object  to 
which  the  quality  is  directed. 

vi  et  armis,  by  force  of  arms;  literally,  by  force  and  arms.  This 
illustrates  the  figure  of  speech  called  Hendiadys,  in  which  two 
nouns  connected  by  a  copulative  conjunction  are  used  instead 
of  one  noun  and  an  adjective  or  limiting  Genitive.  Decline 
vi  (116  (//)).  —  tamen:  although  Cirieas  was  an  intimate  friend 
of  the  king,  nevertheless  he  did  not  natter  him.  —  Cineas  (before 
superatls)  is  the  subject  of  inquit.  —  Learn  the  inflection  of  volo, 


THE   STORY  OF  L^EVINUS  AND  PYRRHUS         203 

/  am  willing;   nolo  (=non -f  volo),  /  am   unwilling;   and   maid 
(=  magis  +  volo),  /  wish  rather.     Appendix,  9. 

(a)  Besides  interrogative  pronouns,  adjectives,  and  adverbs, 
there  are  three  interrogative  particles  used  in  asking  questions, 
—  ne,  nonne,  and  num.  -ne  is  an  enclitic,  usually  affixed  to 
the  emphatic  word  of  the  sentence. 

-ne  asks  for  information ;  as,  venitne  ?  is  he  coming  f 
nonne  expects  the  answer  yes;  as,  nonne  venit?  is  he  not  coming? 
num  expects  the  answer  no;  as,  num  venit?  is  he  coming?  =  he  is 
not  coming,  is  he? 

263.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Pyrrhusne  Eomam  legatum  misit  qul  pacem  et  foedus 
cum  Eonianis  faceret  ?  2.  El  gloriosum  erit  pacem  aequis 
condicionibus  facere.  3.  Nonne  Clneas  regl  familiaris  fu.it  ? 
4.  Num  Pyrrhus  se  malle  Clneae  eloquentiam  audlre  dicebat 
quam  Italiam  dicioni  suae  subicere  ?  5.  Pyrrhus  dixit  se 
velle  plurimas  urbes  vi  et  armis  expugnare.  6.  Nonne  Pyr- 
rhus in  serrnone  Clneae  consilia  sua  aperuit  ? 

1.  Pyrrhus  thought  that  it  would  be  glorious  for  him  to 
offer  peace  on  equal  terms.  2.  Did  the  king  send  an  envoy 
to  Eome  to  offer  peace  and  alliance  with  the  Eomans  ? 
3.  Did  not  Cineas  inquire  what  the  king  intended  to  do  when 
the  Eomans  were  overcome?  4.  "I  wish,"  said  he,  "to 
subject  all  Italy  to  my  sway."  5.  Did  Pyrrhus  capture 
the  cities  by  force  of  arms  ? 

(a)  Observe  the  following :  — 

gloria,  glory ;  glorior,  -ari,  to  glory ;  gloriatio,  -onis,  a  glorying ; 
gloriosus,  full  of  glory;  gloriose,  gloriously;  gloriola,  a 
little  glory. 


204  LATIN  LESSONS 

gratus, pleasing ;  gratia,  favor;  grate,  with pleasure ;  gratis,  through 
favor;  gratuito,  without  pay,  as  a  favor ;  gratiosus,  full  of 
favor;  gratulor, -ari,  to  manifest  joy ;  gratulatio,  a  manifesta- 
tion of  joy ;  gratifi  cor,  -ari,  to  do  a  favor. 

Observe  that  nouns  in  -io  are  abstracts,  and  that  adjectives 
in  -osus  denote  fulness. 


LESSON  LXXX 

264.  "Italiae  vicma  est  Sicilia,"  inquit  Pyrrhus,  "nee 
difficile  erit  earn  armis  occupare."     Tune  Cmeas:   "Occu- 
pata  Sicilia,  quid  postea  acturus  es  ?  "     Rex,  qui  nondum 
Cmeae  mentem  perspiciebat,  "  In  Africam,"  inquit,  "  traicere 
mihi  in  animo  est.7'    GUI  ille :  "  Quid  deinde;  6  rex  ?  "    "  Turn 
denique,  mi  Cmeas/'  inquit  Pyrrhus,  "nos  quiet!  dabimus 
dulcique  otio  fruemur."     Turn  Cmeas:  "At  quid  impedit, 
quominus  isto  otio  iam  mine  fruaris  ?  " 

Romam  cum  venisset  Cmeas,  domos  prlncipum  cum  in- 
gentibus  donls  circumibat.  Nusquam  vero  receptus  est. 
Non  a  viris  solum,  sed  etiam  a  mulieribus  spreta  eius 
munera. 

NOTES 

265.  Italiae,  Dat.  after  viclna.     Rule  XIV.  —  nee  =  et  non. 

—  Cmeas,  ille,  and  Cmeas  following  turn,  are  subjects  of  dixit 
understood.  —  mentem,  the  purpose  (of  Cineas).  —  mihi,  Dat.  of 
possessor ;  it  is  to  me  in  mind  =  I  intend.     In  Africam  traicere  is 
the  subject  of  est.      Decline  mihi.  —  Quid  deinde,  what  next? 

—  mi,  Voc.  sing.  masc.  of  meus,  -a,  -um.      It  is  declined  like 
bonus,  except  that  it  has  mi  in  the  Voc.  sing.  masc.  —  nos  is 
the  object  of  dabimus  ;   we  will  give  ourselves,  etc.  —  dulci :   de- 
cline and  compare.  —  otio  :  Rule  XXVI. 


THE   STORY  OF  L^EVINUS  AND  PYRRHUS          205 

isto  is  a  demonstrative  pronoun,  from  iste,  ista,  istud.  As 
hie  has  been  called  the  demonstrative  of  the  1st  person  (116  (a)), 
and  ille  the  demonstrative  of  the  3d  person  (182  (a)),  so  iste 
may  be  called  the  demonstrative  of  the  2d  person,  because  it 
refers  to  that  which  is  related  to  the  person  spoken  to.  It 
means  that  of  yours,  or  that  which  you  are  speaking  of  or  are 
interested  in.  isto'  otio  =  that  ease  which  you  are  speaking  of. 
iste  is  declined  like  ille  (182  (a)). 

fruaris  :  Rule  XXXTI.  —  iam  nunc,  just  now,  at  once.  —  domos 
is  the  direct  object  of  circumlbat,  and  is  thus  declined :  — 

(a)  SINGULAR  PLURAL 

N.  V.  ddmus  ddmus 

Gen.  ddmus  (Loc.  ddmi  or  ddmui)    domorum  (ddmuum) 

Dat.  ddmui  (ddmo)  ddmibus 

Ace.  ddmum  domos  or  ddmus 

Abl.  ddmo  (ddmu)  domlbus 

A  part  of  these  forms,  as  will  be  seen,  are  from  a  stem  in  -u  of  the 
4th  Declension,  and  a  part  from  a  stem  in  -o  of  the  2d  Declension. 

circumlbat,  Impf .  of  circumeo  =  circum  (around)  +  eo  (to 
go)  (176  (a)).  —  Non  solum  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  even. 
—  spreta,  from  sperno.  sunt  is  to  be  supplied. 

266.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Pyrrhus  dicere  solebat  non  difficile  futurum  esse  Sici- 
lian! armis  occupare.  2.  Multo  difficilius  erat  RomancJs 
superare.  3.  Occupata  Sicilia,  in  Africam  traicere  Pyrrho 
in  animo  fuit.  4.  Denique  destinabat  se  quietl  dare  dulcique 
otio  frui.  5.  "  Num  in  Africam,"  inquit  Cmeas,  "  traicere 
tibi1  in  animo  est?"  6.  "At  quid  impedit,  quominus  in 
Africam  iam  nunc  traicias  ?  "  7.  Si  Pyrrhus  Eomanos  su- 
peravisset,  Siciliam  occupavisset.  8.  Si  Siciliam  occupet, 

1  Dat.  of  tu,  you. 


206  LATIN  LESSONS 

in  Africam  statim  traiciat.     9.  Dulcius  est  otio  frui  quam 
cum  Roinanls  dimicare. 

1.  Since  Sicily  is  near  Italy,  it  will  not  be  difficult  to  take 
possession  of  it  with  arms.  2.  If  Sicily  is  taken 1  possession 
of,  we  will  cross  into  Africa.  3.  If  (our)  enemies  should 
be  overcome,  we  should  enjoy  the  victory.  4.  Did  the  king 
perceive  the  purpose  of  Cineas  ?  5.  Did  Cineas  come  to 
Rome  in  order  to  visit  the  houses  of  the  chief-men  with 
great  gifts  ?  6.  Cineas,  however,  was  a  man  of  great 
eloquence. 

Observe  the  following  English  derivatives :  — 
vicinity  perspicuity  impede 

occupation  dulcet  donor 

activity  fruition  remunerate 

Form  English  derivatives  from  the  following  Latin 
words :  dementia,  expert!,  intellego,  cpnvivium,  defecisset, 
foedus,  propono,  cupiditas,  subicere,  quies. 


BEVIEW   QUESTIONS 

How  are  adverbs  formed  from  adjectives?  How  is  the  Com- 
parative of  adverbs  formed?  the  Superlative?  Explain  the  use 
of  suns.  When  is  it  used  rather  than  eius  or  eorum?  What 
three  words  are  used  to  mean  army  ?  Give  the  different  meanings. 
What  construction  follows  verbs  of  asking,  teaching,  etc.?  Give 
an  example.  How  is  a  relative  pronoun  to  be  translated  when  it 
stands  first  in  a  sentence?  What  is  the  general  rule  for  modes 
in  Indirect  Discourse?  Give  different  Latin  expressions,  meaning 
to  fight,  to  kill.  Give  ordinal  numerals  for  2,  5,  10,  20,  30.  Give 

i  253  (A)  II. 


THE   STORY   OF  L^EVINUS   AND  PYRRHUS         207 

the  three  forms  of  conditional  sentences,  and  tell  how  each  is 
expressed  in  Latin.  What  is  a  semi-deponent  verb?  Give  an 
example.  What  is  an  inceptive  verb?  How  are  inceptive  verbs 
formed  ?  In  what  conjugation  are  they  ?  What  parts  of  plus  are 
wanting?  What  is  hendiadys?  Composition  of  iiolo  and  malo? 
Give  the  principal  parts  and  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  and 
Subjunctive.  Give  the  three  interrogative  particles  and  the  use 
of  each.  What  difference  in  the  meaning  of  hie,  ille  and  iste  ? 


LESSON   LXXXI 

267.  Introductus  deinde  in  curiam  cum  regis  virtutem 
propensumque  in  Romanes  animum  verbis  extolleret  et  de 
coiidicionum   aequitate   dissereret  et  sententia   senatus  ad 
paceni  et  foedus  faciendum  inclmare  videretur,  turn  Appius 
Claudius,  ob  senectutem  et  caecitatem  abstinere  curia  olim 
solitus,  confestim  in  senatum  lectica  deferri  se  iussit  ibique 
gravissima  oratione  pacem  dissuasit,  itaque  responsum  Pyr- 
rho  a  senatu  est,  eum,  donee  Italia  excessisset,  pacem  cum 
Romanls  habere  non  posse. 

NOTES 

268.  Let  the  student  first  read  this  long  sentence  through  in 
the  Latin,  carrying  the  meaning  along  in  his  mind  as  he  proceeds. 
It  will  thus  present  itself  to  him  in  about  this  form :  — 

"  Conducted  next  into  the  senate-house,  when  the  king's  high 
character  and  kindly  towards  the  Romans  feeling  with  words  he 
praised,  and  about  the  fairness  of  terms  he  discoursed,  and  the 
sentiment  of  the  senate  towards  the  making  of  peace  and  a  treaty 
to  incline  seemed,  then  Appius  Claudius  on  account  of  age  and 
blindness  to  stay  away  from  the  senate-house  for  some  time  being 


208  LATIN  LESSONS 

accustomed,  immediately  into  the  senate  on  a  litter  to  be  carried 
himself  he  ordered,  and  there  in  a  most  earnest  speech,  peace  he 
advised  against,  and  so  it  was  replied  to  Pyrrhus  by  the  senate, 
him,  until  from  Italy  he  had  withdrawn,  peace  with  the  Romans 
to  have  not  to  be  able." 

This  does  not  give  an  idiomatic  English  sentence,  it  is  true,  but 
it  does  give  an  idea  of  the  Latin  mode  of  expression,  and,  if  the 
sentence  be  read  through  in  this  way  with  proper  emphasis,  the 
meaning  will  be  sufficiently  clear.  It  may  then  undergo  such  modi- 
fications as  may  be  necessary  to  convert  it  into  the  English  idiom. 

faciendum,  a  Gerundive  to  be  taken  with  pacem  and  foedus, 
but  agreeing  in  gender  with  the  nearest  noun,  foedus.  —  curia : 
Rule  XX.  —  confestim,  right  away.  Used  properly  of  something 
to  be  done  with  rapidity.  Cf.  200. 

The  lectica  was  a  kind  of  litter,  used  sometimes  for  carrying 
dead  bodies  to  the  grave,  sometimes  for  conveying  persons  feeble 
from  age  or  disease,  or  those  disabled  by  wounds  received  in  battle. 
In  later  times,  the  lectica  was  used  by  the  wealthy  for  traveling, 
and  was  often  fitted  up  in  expensive  style. 

responsum  est,  reply  was  made  to  Pyrrhus  by  the  senate.  —  Italia  : 
Rule  XX.  —  excessisset,  Plupf.  Subj.  (247  (a)).  The  principal 
verb  in  the  indirect  discourse  here  is  posse,  depending  upon  respon- 
sum est. 

269.   Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cmeas  deinde  in  curiam  introductus  est.  2.  Cum 
Cmeas  putaret  sententiam  senatus  ad  pacem  et  foedus 
faciendum  inclmare  videri,  turn  Appius  Claudius  pacem 
dissuasit.  3.  Pyrrhus,  vir  miti  et  placabili  animo,  Romam 
misit  Cmeam,  qui  pacem  cum  Romanis  faceret.  4.  Pyrrhus, 
donee  Italia  excesserit,  pacem  cum  Romanis  habere  non 
potest.  5.  Num.  Pyrrhus  Italia  excessit  ?  6.  Responsum  ei 
a  Romanis  est,  se  pacem  non  facturos  esse.  7.  Nonne  Ro- 
man! pacem  cum  Eplrl  rege  f  ecerunt  ? 


THE   STORY  OF  UEVINUS   AND   PYRRIIUS          209 

Iii  the  senate  Cineas  was  extolling  with  his  words  the 
high  character  of  Pyrrhus.  The  sentiment  of  the  senate 
inclined  towards  making  peace  and  a  treaty.  The  old  age 
and  blindness  of  Appius  Claudius  prevented  him  from  going 
to  the  senate.  And  so  he  ordered  himself  to  be  carried  to 
the  senate  at  once  on  a  litter.  In  a  very  earnest  speech  he 
said  that  the  Romans  would  not  make  peace  with  Pyrrhus 
until  he  had  withdrawn  from  Italy. 


LESSON   LXXXII 

270.  Praeterea  Roman!  captlvos  omnes,  quos  Pyrrhus 
reddiderat,  infames  haberl  iusserunt,  quod  armati  cap!  po- 
tuissent, neque  ante  eos  ad  veterem  statum  revertl  quam  si 
bmum   hostium  occisorum  spolia^rettulissent.     Ita  le~gatus 
ad  regem  revertit;  a  quo  cum  Pyrrhus  quaereret,  qualem 
Roinam  comperisset,  Cineas  respondit  urbem  sibi  templum, 
senatum  vero  consessum  reguni  esse  visum. 

NOTES 

271.  captTvos,  subject  of  haberl.  —  infames,  predicate  adj., 
after  haberl.     Decline  iiif amis.  —  armati,  an  adj.  agreeing  with 
the  subject  of  potuissent ;  because  they  had  allowed  themselves  to  be 
captured  with  arms  in  their  hands. — potuissent  is  in  the  Subj.  in 
implied   Indirect    Discourse.      The   reason   given   in   quod  .    .    . 
potuissent  is  not  the  reason  of  the  writer,  but  of  the  Romans 
(247  (&)).  —  neque  =  and  not.     Same  as  nee.  —  revertl  depends 
upon  iusserunt,  like  haberl.     And  that  they  should  not  return  to  their 
former  condition  before  they  had  brought  back,  etc.  —  ante  +  quam 
=  before  that.  —  si  is  redundant  here,  and  may  be  omitted  without 

LAX.  LES.  — 14 


IIVBESITT 


210  LATIN  LESSONS 

changing  the  sense.  —  binum,  contracted  form  for  binorum.  It 
is  a  Distributive  Numeral,  meaning  two  each,  i.e.  the  spoils  of  two 
enemies  slain  by  each.  —  Synopsis  of  rettulissent  in  the  Subj.  Act. 
—  a  quo  cum:  Cf.  qui  cum  and  quos  cum  in  former  passages. 
When  Pyrrhus  inquired  of  him,  etc.  —  qualem  Romam  comperis- 
set,  what  kind  of  a  Rome  he  had  found.  The  verb  is  in  the  Subj.,  by 
Rule  XXXIV.  —  sibi  depends  upon  visum  esse.  —  urbem  and 
seiiatum  are  the  subjects  of  visum  esse,  and  templum  and  con- 
sessum  are  predicate  Accusatives. 

272.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Roman!  dixerunt  captivos  omnes,  quos  Pyrrhus  red- 
didisset,  Infames  haberi.  2.  Roman!  se  defendere  non  po- 
terant.  3.  Ita  senatus  eos  ad  regem  revert!  iussit.  4.  Non 
ad  veterem  statum  reverterunt  quod  armat!  cap!  potuerant. 
5.  Cum  a  legato  rex  quaereret  quid  Roman!  fieri1  iussissent, 
Cmeas  respondit,  senatum  captivos  bmum  hostium  occisorum 
spolia  referre  iussisse.  6.  Urbs  legato  templum,  senatus  vero 
consessus  regum  videbatur. 

1.  They  considered  those  whom  Pyrrhus  had  taken  with 
arms  in  their  hands,  as  infamous.  2.  And  so  the  reply  was 
made  to  the  envoy  by  the  senate,  that  the  captives  could 
not  return  to  their  former  condition.  3.  They  said  that  they 
would  bring  back  the  spoils  of  the  enemies  (who  had  been) 
slain.  4.  Pyrrhus  asked  his  envoy  what  kind  of  a  senate 
he  had  found  at  Rome.2 

Observe  the  following :  — 

OB,  oris,  the  mouth;  oro,  -are,  to  speak;  orator,  one  who  speaks; 
oratio,  a  speech;  osculum,  a  little  mouth,  a  kiss;  adoro,  -are, 
to  call  upon,  to  reverence ;  ostium,  a  door,  an  entrance. 

1  To  be  done.  2  Romae. 


PAULUS  ^EMILIUS  AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       211 

LESSON   LXXXIII 

Paulus  ^Emilius  and  Terentius  Varro 

273.  Hannibal  in  Apuliam.  pervenerat.     Adversus  eum 
Koma  profectl  sunt  duo  consules,  Paulus  Aemilius  et  Ter- 
entius Varro.     Paulo  FabI  cunctatio  magis  placebat ;  Varro 
autem  ferox  et  temerarius,  acriora  sequebatur  consilia.      216 
Ambo  consules  ad  vlcum,  qul   Cannae   appellabatur,     B,C, 
castra  comniunrverunt.     Ibi   deinde   Varro   invlto   conlega 
aciem  mstruxit  et  signum  pugnae  dedit,  Hannibal  autem 
ita  constituerat  aciem,  ut  Eomanis  et  solis  radii  et  ventus 
ab  oriente  pulverem  adflans  adversi  essent.     Victus  caesus- 
que   est  Komanus    exercitus  ;    nusquain    graviore   vulnere 
adflicta  est  res  publica. 

NOTES 

274.  Hannibal  came  into  Italy  from  the  north  over  the  Alps. 
After  defeating  the  Romans  in  several  engagements,  he  led  his 
army  down  into  Apulia  in   southeastern   Italy.     Here,  near  the 
little  hamlet  of  Cannae,  on  the  banks  of  the  Aufidus,  he  again  met 
the  Roman  forces  and  inflicted  upon   them   the  most  crushing 
defeat  that  Rome  had  ever  experienced. 

Roma :  Rule  XXX. 
PaulS,  Dat.  after  placebat. 

Rule.  —  Many  verbs  signifying  to  FAVOR,  PLEASE,  TRUST, 
OBEY,  and  their  contraries,  to  COMMAND,  RESIST,  PERSUADE, 
THREATEN,  and  BE  ANGRY,  and  the  like,  are  followed  by  the 
Dative. 

Fabi,  Gen.  of  Fabius.  Fabius  Maximus  was  made  commander 
of  the  Roman  forces  after  the  defeat  at  Trasumenus  and  before 
the  battle  of  Cannae.  His  policy  was  to  watch  the  movements  of 


212  LATIN  LESSONS 

the  enemy,  hang  upon  his  flanks  and  rear,  cut  off  his  supplies,  and 
harass  him  in  all  possible  ways  without  permitting  himself  to  be 
drawn  into  any  general  action.  Hence  he  was  called  cunctator, 
or  the  Lingerer.  —  acriora  consilia,  more  vigorous  counsels.  — 
Ambo,  decline  like  duo  (198  («)).  — invlto  conlega,  his  colleague 
being  unwilling  =  against  the  wish  of  his  colleague.  Paulus  favored 
the  policy  of  Fabius  and  wished  to  avoid  a  battle  with  Hannibal 
until  he  could  choose  his  time  and  place.  Varro,  on  the  contrary, 
was  eager  for  a  battle.  —  ita  .  .  .  ut,  so  stationed  his  army  that,  etc. 
ut  introduces  a  result  clause. 

Romanis,  Dat.  after  adversi :  opposed  to  the  Romans  =  in  the 
face  of  the  Romans.  Rule  XIV.  —  et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and.  —  res 
publica,  sometimes  written  as  one  word,  respublica,  both  parts 
being  declined ;  Gen.  and  Dat.  reipublicae;  Ace.  rempublicam, 
etc.  —  temerarius  has  no  terminational  comparison.  How  may 
it  be  compared?  —  Decline  ferox  and  acriora.  Compare  ferox, 
acriora,  and  graviore.  Form  adverbs  from  the  positive  of  these 
adjectives  and  compare  them.  244. —  What  is  the  Superlative  of 
magis  ? 

275.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cum  Hannibal  in  Apuliam  pervenisset,  adversus  eum 
Roman!  duo  consules  mlserunt.  2.  Dlcunt  FabI  cunctatio- 
nem  Paulo  placere.  3.  liter  acriora  consilia  sequebatur? 
Nonne  erat  Varro  ferox  et  temerarius  ?  4.  Ab  ambobus 
consulibus  communita  sunt  castra.  5.  Vlcus,  ad  quern  castra 
posuerant,  Cannae  appellabatur.  6.  Ibi  deinde  Varro,  invlto 
Paulo,  pugnam  conseruit.  7.  Turn  slgno  dato  Hannibal  ad 
certamen  processit.  8.  Cum  Komams  solis  radii  adversi 
essent,  Hannibal  consulum  exercitum  facile  vicit.  9.  Nus- 
quam  res  publica  graviora  vulnera  accepit. 

Hannibal  came  into  Italy  and  joined  battle  with  the 
Komans  at  Cannae,  a  hamlet  in  Apulia.  The  Eomans  were 


PAULUS  ^EMILIUS  AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       213 

led  by  the  two  consuls,  Paulus  and  Varro.  Paulus  was  very 
similar  to  Fabius,  and  delay  was  pleasing  to  him.  But 
Varro  was  rash  and  wished  to  fight  with  the  enemy  im- 
mediately. Hannibal  drew  up  his  line  in  such-a-way 1  that 
the  wind  blowing  the  dust  from  the  east  was  in  the  face  of 
the  Eomans.  Varro  was  more  imprudent  than  Paulus. 


LESSON   LXXXIV 

276.  Paulus  Aemilius  tells  obrutus  cecidit;  quern  cum 
media  in  pugna  sedentem  in  saxo  oppletum  cruore  conspexis- 
set  qnidam  tribunus  militum,  "  Cape,"  inquit,  "  hunc  equum 
et  fuge,  Aemili.     Etiam   sine  tua  morte  lacrimarum  satis 
luctusque  est."     Ad  ea  consul ;  "  Tu  quidem  macte  virtute 
esto !     Sed  cave,  exiguum  tempus  e  nianibus  hostium  eva- 
deiidi  perdas !     Abi,  nuntia  patribus,  ut  urbem  muniant  ac 
priusquam  hostis  victor  adveiiiat,  praesidiis  flrment.     Me 
in  hac  strage   meorum   militum   patere   exsplrare."     Alter 
consul  cum  paucis  equitibus  Venusiam  perfugit.     Consulares 
aut  praetorii  occiderunt  viginti,  senatores   capti  aut  occisi 
triginta,  nobiles  viri   trecenti,  militum  quadraginta   mllia, 
equituni  tria  niilia  et  qumgentl. 

NOTES 

277.  obrutus :  cf.  Tatius  scutis  earn  obrui  iussit,  Lesson  LI. 
—  Principal  parts  of  cado  and  caedo.  —  media  in  pugiia,  in  the 
midst   of  the   battle.     Monosyllabic   prepositions   are   often   placed 
between  the  noun  and  the  adjective.  —  sedentem  and  oppletum 

i  Ita. 


214  LATIN  LESSONS 

agree  with  quern,  which  is  the  object  of  conspexisset.  —  quidam 
is  declined  like  qui,  quae,  quod,  except  that  in  is  changed  to  n 
before  d ;  as,  quendam  for  quemdam.  The  neuter  sometimes 
has  quiddam  for  quoddam.  Write  the  declension.  —  tribunus 
militum :  the  Roman  legion  had  six  of  these  tribunes  of  the 
soldiers,  or  military  tribunes,  each  of  whom  commanded  it  for  two 
months  of  the  year.  —  Cape  and  fjige  are  in  the  Pres.  Imperative 
Act.  2d  sing.  This  form  of  the  verb  is  the  same  as  the  pres.  stem. 
For  example,  ama,  mone,  rege,  audi,  are  the  Imperatives  of  amo, 
moiieo,  rego,  and  audio.  The  Pres.  Imperative  Act.  may  be 
found  by  dropping  -re  of  the  Pres.  Inf.  Act.  The  Imperative  has 
two  tenses,  —  the  Pres.  and  Fut.  Learn  the  inflection  of  the  Im- 
perative Act.  and  Pass,  as  given  in  the  Appendix,  1-4. 

Notice  that  the  Pres.  Imperative  Pass,  has  the  same  form  as  the 
Pres.  Inf.  Act. 

(a)  The  Imperatives  of  dico,  duco,  facio,  and  fero  drop  the  final 
e  of  the  stem  in  the  2d  sing. ;  thus,  die,  due,  f  ac,  and  fer.  —  tua  : 
decline  like  bonus.  —  lacrimarum  and  luctus  are  Genitives 
limiting  satis ;  there  is  enough  of  tears  and  grief.  —  Supply  dixit 
with  consul. 

(6)  tu  is  the  personal  pronoun  of  the  2d  person.  Learn  its 
inflection ;  Appendix,  13. 

macte  virtute  esto,  is  an  idiomatic  expression,  equivalent  to 
the  English  Heaven  speed  thee  I  Good  luck  attend  thee  !  or  Well  done  ! 
esto  is  the  Fut.  Imperative  of  sum. 

(c)  Learn  the  inflection  of  the  Imperative  of  sum;  Appendix,  6. 
cave,   inflect  the   Imper.  —  evadendi,  the   Gen.  sing,  of  the 

Gerund  limiting  tempus  ;  time  for  escaping.  In  what  cases  is  the 
Gerund  used?  Has  it  any  plural?  See  119  n.  on  venando.— 
perdas,  Pres.  Subj.  after  ne,  lest,  omitted  after  cave.  Ne  is 
often  omitted  before  an  object  clause  after  cave ;  beware  of  los- 
ing, etc.  —  Abl,  Imper.  of  abeo  =  ab  +  eo  ;  depart. 

(d)  Learn  the  inflection  of  the  Imperative  of  eo ;  Appendix,  11. 
nuntia,  Imper.  of  nuntio.     Inflect  the  Pres.  and  Fut.  of  the 

Imper.,  both  voices.     Notice  the  omission  of  the  connective  be- 


PAULUS   JEMILIUS   AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       215 

tween  ab!  and  nuntia.  —  ut  muniant,  literally,  that  they  should 
fortify ;  better  rendered,  to  fortify.  —  victor,  a  noun  with  the  force 
of  an  adj.  Cf.  (153  (a)),  n.  on  victor  augurio.  Translate, 
before  the  enemy  shall  arrive  victorious.  —  adveniat  is  in  the  Subj. 
in  a  subordinate  clause  in  Indirect  Discourse.  Rule  XXXV.  nun- 
tia is  the  verb  of  saying  that  introduces  the  Indirect  Discourse. 

—  firment,  Pres.  Subj.,  connected  to  muiiiant  by  et  understood. 
Give  the  synopsis  of  muniant,  adveiiiat,  and  flrmeiit,  in  the  Subj. 

—  Me,  subject  of  exspirare.     Decline  it  (App.  13).  —  patere,  the 
Imper.  of  the  deponent  verb  patior ;  Passive  in  form,  but  Active 
in  meaning;  alloiv  me,  etc.     Inflect  it  like  the  Passive  of  capio, 
Appendix,  5.  —  Alter  =  the  other,  when  two  are  spoken  of ;  alius, 
another,  when  more  than  two  are  spoken  of. 

Venusiam :  Rule,  XXX.  —  Ex-consuls  or  ex-praetors  there  perished 
twenty,  senators  captured  or  slain  thirty,  noblemen  three  hundred,  of 
soldiers  forty  thousand,  of  knights  three  thousand  and  Jive  hundred. — 
The  equites  were  those  who  served  on  horseback,  the  knights.  — 
mille,  a  thousand,  is  indeclinable  in  the  sing.  In  the  plu.  it  has 
milia,  milium,  milibus,  etc.  —  Prin.  parts  of  occiderunt  and 
occisi. 

(e)  The  first  three  cardinal  numbers  are  declined,  as  we  have 
seen  (198  (a)).  From  four  to  one  hundred  inclusive,  they  are 
indeclinable.  From  two  hundred  to  nine  hundred  inclusive,  they 
are  declined  in  the  plu.,  like  the  plu.  of  bonus.  —  mflitum  and 
equitum  are  Partitive  Genitives  after  milia ;  the  sing,  mille  does 
not  usually  take  the  Genitive. 

Alter  is  declined  as  follows  :  — 

SINGULAR 

Maso.  Fern.  Neut. 

Norn,     dlter  altera  alterum 

Gen.      alterius  alterius  alterius 

Dat.       alter!  alter!  alter! 

Ace.       alterum  alterum  dlterum 

Abl.       altero  altera  altero 

The  plural  is  declined  like  the  plural  of  bonus. 


216 


LATIN  LESSONS 


278.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Hand  grata  Varron!  erat  Fab!  cunctatio.  2.  Mult!  Ro- 
man! tel!s  obrut!  ceciderunt.  3.  Quidam  tribunus  militum 
Paulum  media  in  pugna  sedentem  in  saxo  conspexit.  4.  Qui- 
dam Paulo  d!xit,  sine  eius  morte  lacrimarum  satis  luctus- 
que  esse.  5.  Cavete,  hostes  e  manibus  consulum  evadant. 

6.  Priusquam  hostis   advenerit,  firmate   urbem   praesidiis. 

7.  Paulus  fortissime  dimicans  cecidit,  sed  Varro  Venusiam 
perfugit.     8.  Abite,  urbem  munite,  praesidiis  firmate. 

1.  "Take  this  horse,  Aemilius,"-  said  a  certain  tribune 
of  the  soldiers,  "  and  escape  from  the  hands  of  the  enemy." 

2.  Beware  of  taking  refuge  in  the  city,  with  a  few  soldiers. 

3.  Announce  to  the  ex-consuls   that  they  should  flee   im- 
mediately from  the  city.     4.  Allow  me  to  depart   and  to 
return  to  Eome.     5.  The  soldiers  of  Hannibal  were  fiercer 
than  (those) l  of  the   Romans.      6.   Behold  the   victorious 
enemy  :  flee-f  or-ref  uge  to  Rome ;  draw  up  the  line  of  battle. 


ANULTTS 


LESSON   LXXXV 

279.  Hannibal  in  testimonium  victoriae 
suae  tres  modios  aureorum  anulorum  Cartha- 
ginem  mlsit,  quos  de  manibus  equitum  Ro- 
maiiorum  et  senatorum  detraxerat. 

Hannibal!  victor!  cum  ceter!  gratularentur 
suaderentque  ut  quietem  iam  ipse  sumeret 
et  fess!s  m!litibus  daret,  unus  ex  6ius  prae- 


Omit. 


UNIVERSITY 


PAULUS  -ZEMILIUS   AND 


fectis,  Maharbal,  minime  cessandmn  ratus,  Hannibalem  hor- 
tabatur,  ut  statini  llomam  pergeret,  die  quinto  victor  in  Capi- 
tolio  epulaturus.  Cumque  Hannibal  illud  non  probasset, 
Maharbal  "Non  omnia  nimirum,"  inquit,  "eidem  dil  dedere. 
Vincere  scis,  Hannibal;  victoria  utl  nescls."  Mora  hums 
die!  satis  creditor  salutl  fuisse  urbl  et  iinperio. 

NOTES 

28O.  in  testimoiiium  victoriae  suae,ybr  a  proof  of  his  victory, 
i.e.  to  show  how  great  the  victory  was.  —  aureorum  anulorum :  cf. 
aureos  anulos,  Lesson  L.  Only  Romans  of  high  rank  were 
allowed  by  law  to  wear  gold  rings.  —  A  modius  was  equal  to 
nearly  one  peck.  —  Carthagiiiem :  Rule  XXX.  Carthage  was  a 
city  in  northern  Africa,  near  modern  Tunis.  It  was  the  bitter 
enemy  of  Rome.  —  Hannibal!  is  the  Dat.  after  gratularentur  and 
suaderent,  by  Rule  XII.  —  victorl,  victorious.  —  ut  .  .  .  daret : 
read  in  the  order  of  the  Latin  words  and  the  meaning  will  be 
apparent.  That  rest  now  he  himself  should  take  and  to  the  weary 
soldiers  should  give.  —  ex  eius  praefect!s,  equivalent  to  a  Gen. 
limiting  unus ;  thus,  unus  eius  praefectorum  =  one  of  his  com- 
manders. The  Ablative  with  e  (ex)  or  de  is  often  used  instead  of 
the  Partitive  Genitive,1  especially  after  cardinal  numbers. 

minime  cessandum:  Cf.  minimeque  serv!lem,  140.  Supply 
esse  with  cessandum,  making  the  Infinitive  of  the  Pass.  Peri- 
phrastic Conj.  depending  upon  ratus ;  thinking  that  it  must  by  no 
means  be  delayed,  =  thinking  that  he  must  by  no  means  delay.  Cf.  214. 
—  Romam:  Cf.  Carthaginem,  above.  —  Supply  et  before  die 
quinto. —  die:  Rule  XXII. — victor  agrees  with  a  pronoun 
understood  referring  to  Hannibal  and  the  subject  of  epulaturus 
(esset)  ;  that  he  victorious,  etc.  —  epulaturus  (esset)  is  in  the  same 
construction  as  pergeret ;  the  Impf .  Subj.  of  the  Act.  Periphrastic 

1  That  is,  the  Gen.  denoting  the  whole,  limiting  a  word  denoting  a  part, 
as  in  unus  praefectorum,  unus  being  a  word  denoting  a  part,  aiid 
praefectorum  a  word  denoting  the  whole  of  which  a  part  is  taken. 


218  LATIN  LESSONS 

Conj.  Cf.  213.  —  eidem,  is  the  Dat.  sing,  after  dedere  ;  truly  the 
gods  have  not  given  to  the  same  one,  etc.  —  dedere,  the  Perf.  Ind. 
Act.,  3d  plu.  of  do ;  dederunt  or  dedere.  —  Decline  dii  (205  (6)). 
—  scis,  you  know  how,  etc.  —  victoria:  Rule  XXVI.  —  saluti  is 
the  Dat.  of  the  end  for  which,  and  urbi  and  imperio  are  Datives 
of  the  object  to  which,  after  satis  fuisse  ;  is  believed  to  have  been 
enough  for  safety  to  the  city  and  empire;  i.e.  enough  to  make  the  city 
and  empire  safe. 

Rule.  — A  few  verbs  admit  two  Datives,  —  one  denoting  the 
OBJECT  TO  WHICH,  the  other  the  END  FOR  WHICH  anything  is, 
or  is  done. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  cessaiidum  esse  in  the  Ind.  Mode,  and  of 
epulaturus  esset  in  the  Subj. 

281.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Aureos  anulos  de  manibus  equitum  Eomanorum  et  sena- 
torum  Hannibal  detraxit  et  Carthaginem  misit.  2.  Unus 
ex  ems  militibus  suasit  ne  quietem  fessls  hostibus  daret. 

3.  Maharbal  dixit  Hannibalem  statim  Romam  pergere  posse. 

4.  Hannibal  illud  minime  probavit,  sed  quietem  iam  ipse 
sumere  voluit.     5.  Quid  die  qumto  victor  in  Capitolio  non 
epulabatur  ?     6.  Cave,  Hannibal,  quietem  sumas  ne  deinde 
te  Roman!  vincant.     7.  Unus  e  tribunis  mllitum  dixit  Hanni- 
balem vincere  sclre,  victoria  uti  nesclre. 

1.  The  gold  rings,  which  had  been  taken  from  the  hands 
of  the  Roman  knights,  were  sent  to  Carthage  as  a  proof  of 
the  victory.  2.  One  of  his  commanders  urged  Hannibal  not 
to  delay  at  all,  but  to  hasten  to  Rome  at  once.  3.  Use  your 
victory,  Hannibal ;  send  your  army  to  Rome.  4.  Hasten  to 
Rome.  5.  He  said  that  on  the  fifth  day  he  would  banquet 
at  Rome.  6.  His  friends  were  congratulating  him  because 


PAULUS   jEMILIUS  AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       219 

he  had  conquered l  the  Roman  army.     7.  If  you  knew  how 
to  conquer,  you  would  know  how  to  use  (your)  victory. 

Observe  the  following :  — 

probo,  to  approve;  probus,  worthy  of  approval,  honest;  improbus, 
unworthy  of  approval,  base;  improbitas,  dishonesty;  comprobo, 
to  approve ;  comprobatio,  approbation;  probitas,  that  which  is 
approved,  honesty ;  probatio,  approval;  improbo,  to  disapprove; 
approbo,  to  approve;  approbatio,  approbation. 


LESSON   LXXXVI 

282.  Hannibal  cum  victoria  posset  uti,  frui  maluit,  relic- 
taque   Roma   in   Campaniam   devertit,  cuius   deliciis   mox 
exercitus  ardor  elanguit;  adeo  ut  vere  dictum  sit  Capuam 
Hannibal!  Cannas  fuisse.    Numquam  tantum  pavoris  Romae 
fuit,  quantum  ubi  acceptae  cladis  nuntius  advenit.     Neque 
tamen  ulla  pacis  mentio  facta  est ;  qum  etiam  animo  cl vitas 
adeo  magno  fuit,  ut  Varroni  ex  tanta  clade  redeuntl  obviam 
Trent  et  gratias  agerent,  quod  de  re  publica  non  desperasset ; 
qui,  si  Poenorum  dux  fuisset,  temeritatis  poenas  omni  sup- 
plicio   dedisset.     Dum  igitur   Hannibal   segniter   et  otiose 
agebat,  Romanl  interim  resplrare  coeperunt. 

NOTES 

283.  victoria  :  Rule  XXVI.  —  posset :  give  the  synopsis  of 
the  Subj.  and  inflect  this  tense.  —  To  what  class  of  verbs  do  uti 
and  frui  belong?  —  maluit,  prin.  parts.     Inflect  the  Pres.  Ind.,  and 
give  the  synopsis  of  the  Ind.     See  Appendix,  9.     What  is  its  com- 

i  Subjunctive  (247  (6)). 


220  LATIN  LESSONS 

position?  —  What  is  the  antecedent  of  cuius?  What  is  the 
gender  of  cuius,  and  why  ?  —  deliciis  :  Rule  XIX.  —  adeo  ut,  to 
such  a  degree  that,  etc. —  Capuam  the  subject,  and  Cannas  the 
predicate  of  fuisse.  —  Romae,  at  Rome. 

Rule.  —  PLACE  WHERE  is  expressed  by  the  ABLATIVE  WITH 
in  ;  but  names  of  TOWNS  and  SMALL  ISLANDS  are  put  in  the 
LOCATIVE  CASE,  without  a  preposition. 

(a)  The  Locative  in  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  singular, 
has  the  same  form  as  the  Genitive ;  as,  Romae,  at  Rome  ;  Corinthi, 
at  Corinth.  In  the  Third  Declension  and  in  the  plural  number, 
the  Locative  has  the  form  of  the  Dative  or  Ablative;  as,  Athems, 
at  Athens  (from  Atheiiae)  ;  Curibus,  at  Cures  (from  Cures,  -ium). 

—  tantum  .  .  .  quantum,  so  much  .  .  .  as.  —  ubi  acceptae  cladis 
nuiitius,  when  the  messenger  of  the  disaster  received,  =  when  the  tidings 
of  the  disaster  that  had  befallen  them,  etc.  —  Give  the  Gen.  and  Dat. 
sing,  of  ullus.     What  other  words  form  the  Gen.  and  Dat.  in  the 
same  way?  —  animo  :  Rule  XXIII.     Translate:  the  state  possessed 
such   greatness  of  soul,  etc.  —  obviam  Trent :  Cf.  obviam  venit, 
256;  also  176  (a).  —  Observe  the  construction  of  Fyrrho  in  256, 
and  apply  the  same  rule  to  Varroni.  —  Why  is  Trent  Subjunctive? 

—  redeuiiti,  Pres.  Part.,  from  redeo,  agreeing  with  Varroni.     It 

is  inflected :  — 

.Nom.     re'diens 

Gen.      redeiintis 
Dat.       redeiinti,  etc. 

(6)  gratias  agere  =  to  express  gratitude,  return  thanks;  gratiam 
habere  =  to  feel  gratitude;  gratiam  referre  =  to  show 
gratitude. 

desperasset,  Subj.,  because  it  is  the  reason,  not  of  the  writer, 
but  of  the  citizens.  Shortened  form  for  despei  avisset.  —  Observe 
the  number  of  Trent  and  agerent.  They  are  plural,  because  of 
the  plural  idea  of  croitas ;  the  citizens  of  the  state.  Give  the 
synopsis  of  the  two  verbs  in  the  Ind.  and  Subj.  active.  —  Poem, 
the  Carthaginians,  so  called  frojn  their  supposed  Phoenician  origin. 


PAULUS  ^EMILIUS  AND  TERENTIUS   VARRO       221 

—  omni  supplicio,  with  every  kind  of  punishment. — fuisset  and 
dedisset  are  in  the  Plupf.  Subj.  in   a  conditional  sentence,  in 
which  the  condition  is  contrary  to  fact  in  past  time  (253  (A)  III). 

—  Dum  .  .  .  agebat,  while   therefore   Hannibal   ivas   moving  slug- 
gishly and  leisurely. 

284.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Hannibal  cum  victoria  posset  frui,  in  Campaniam  de- 
vertere  maluit.  2.  Campaniae  deliciis  exercitus  ardor  elan- 
guescebat.  3.  Capua  Hannibal!  Cannae  fuit.  4.  Vere  dlxit 
Capuam  Hannibal!  Cannas  f  uisse.  5.  D!xit  numquam  tantum 
pavoris  Romae  fuisse.  6.  Roman!  nullam  pacis  mentionem 
f ecerunt ;  qu!n  etiam  Varron!  ex  tanta  clade  redeunt!  obviam 
ierunt.  7.  Si  Hannibal  in  Campaniam  devertisset,  mox 
exercitus  ardor  elanguisset.  8.  Ei  gratias  egerunt  quod 
fortissime  d!micavisset.  9.  Si  Hannibal  segniter  et  otiose 
egisset,  Roman!  interim  respirare  coepissent. 

1.  If  lie  had  preferred  to  leave  Rome,  there  would  not  have 
been  so  much  terror  in  the  city.  2.  Although l  great  disaster 
had  befallen  them,  nevertheless  they  made  no  mention  of 
peace.  3.  They  went  to  meet  Varro  (as  he  was)  returning 
from  the  battle,  and  thanked  him.  4.  They  said  that  they 
thanked  him  because  he  had  made  no  mention  of  peace. 
5.  If  Hannibal  had  been  the  leader  of  the  Romans,  they 
would  have  thanked  him  because  he  had  conquered. 

1  Cum. 


222  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON   LXXXVII 

285.  Arma  non  erant ;  detracta  sunt  templis  vetera  hos- 
tium  spolia.     Deerat  iuventus ;  servl  manfonissl  et  armati 
sunt.    Egebat  aerarium ;  opes  suas  libens  senatus  in  medium 
protulit,  nee  praeter  quod  in  bullls  singulisque  anulis  erat, 
quicquam  sibi  aurl  reliqueruiit.     Patrum  exemplum  secuti 
sunt   equites   imitataeque   equites  omnes  tribus.     Denique 
vix   suffecere   tabulae,  vix   scribarum   nianus,   cum   omnes 
prlvatae  opes  in  publicum  deferrentur. 

Cum  Hannibal  redimendl  sui  copiam  captivis  Eomanis 
f ecisset,  decem  ex  ipsis  E,6manl  ea  de  re  missi  sunt ;  nee 
pignus  aliud  fidei  ab  iis  postulatum  est,  quam  ut  iurarent 
se,  si  non  impetrassent,  in  castra  esse  redituros. 

NOTES 

286.  templis :    Rule   XX.  —  vetera ;    the    Comparative    of 
vetus  is  wanted,  and  is  supplied  by  the  Comparative  of  vetustus, 
old;  vetustior.     The  Superlative  is  veterrimus.  —  manumissi: 
observe  the  composition  and  literal  meaning ;  maims,  the  hand,  and 
mitto,  to  let  go,  send;  hence,  to  let  go  from  the  hand.  —  libens  is 
an  adjective  used  with  the  force  of  an  adverb ;  the  senate  willingly. 

—  opes  has  no  Nom.  nor  Dat.  sing.  —  Why  not  eorum  instead  of 
suas?  —  protulit:   give   synopsis    of    the    Ind.  —  praeter    quod 
=  praeter  id  (i.e.  aurum)  quod,  etc.,  except  the  gold  that  was  in 
the  amulets  and  rings  of  each.  —  quicquam  is   the   neut.  sing,  of 
quisquam,  which  has  no  fern,  and  no  plu.     The  first  part  only  is 
declined,  and  it  has  the  same  forms  as  simple  quis,  except  in  the 
neut.  where  quic  is  usually  found  instead  of  quid.     Decline  it.  — 
quicquam  aurl,  anything  of  gold,  =  any  gold.  —  Patrum  =  seiia- 
torum.     For  senatores  and  equites,  cf.  Lessons  LV  and  LVI. — 
imitatse,  sc.  sunt.     The  subject  is  tribus,  the   object  equites. 

—  tribus  was  a  division  of  the  Roman  people  for  political  pur- 


PAULUS   7EMILIUS  AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       223 

poses.  Decline  it.  —  suffecere,  Perf.  Ind.  Act.,  3d  plu.,  suffece- 
runt  or  -ere.  The  records  hardly  gave  room  for  entering  an 
account  of  the  contributions  to  the  public  treasury,  and  the  force 
of  clerks  was  hardly  sufficient  to  do  the  work  of  recording.  — 
maims,  bands,  or  force  of  clerks.  —  in  publicam  deferreiitur,  were 
turned  over  to  public  use.  —  Cf .  in  medium,  above.  —  sui  is  the 
Genitive  plural  of  se,  but  the  Genitives  sui,  vestri,  and  nostri 
take  the  Genitive  singular  form  of  the  Gerundive  in  -i  without 
regard  to  the  gender  or  number  of  the  pronoun.  — redimendi  sui 
copiam,  =  a  chance  to  ransom  themselves.  —  decem  ex  ipsis,  =  decem 
ipsorum,  ten  of  their  number.  Cf.  n.  on  unus  ex  eius  praefectis, 
280.  —  ea  de  re,  i.e.  about  ransoming  themselves.  —  Decline  pignus  ; 
aliud  in  the  sing.;  fidei. —  fidei,  of  good  faith.  —  ut  iurarent,  a 
purpose  clause  in  apposition  with  the  subject  of  postulatum  est. 
—  Why  is  se  used  rather  than  eos? —  impetrassent,  syncopated 
form  for  impetravissent. — se  .  .  .  redituros,  is  Indirect  Dis- 
course depending  on  iurarent.  In  the  direct  form  it  would  read  : 
SI  noil  impetraverimus  in  castra  redibimus. 

287.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Cum  Romanis  arma  non  essent,  deorum  templls  veter- 
riina  hostium  spolia  detraxerunt.  2.  Si  Romams  arma 
fuissent,  non  detraxissent  templls  hostium  spolia.  3.  Cum 
deesset  iuventus,  servos  manumiserunt  et  armaverunt. 
4.  Dicunt  opes  suas  libentem  senatum  in  medium  pro- 
ferre,  nee  quicquam  sibi  aurl  relinquere.  5.  Dlxerunt  se 
equitum  exemplum  sequi.  6.  Dlxerunt  eos  equitum  exem- 
plum  sequi.  7.  Quid  omnes  privatae  opes  in  publicum 
deferebantur  ?  8.  Nonne  Hannibal  redimendi  sui  copiam 
captivis  Romanls  fecit  ?  9.  luraverunt  autem  se  in  castra 
esse  redituros. 

Why  were  the  slaves  freed  and  armed  by  the  Romans  ? 
Because  their  youth  had  been  slain  in  battle  and  soldiers 


224  LATIN  LESSONS 

were  wanting.  They  had  no  treasury,  and 1  so  the  senators 
willingly  brought  forth  their  wealth  for  the  public  use.  But 
the  Eomans  said  that  they  would  not  ransom  those  who 
had  been  captured  with-arms-in-their-hands.2  If  Hannibal 
had  not  exacted  any  other  pledge  of  good  faith  from  them, 
they  would  have  returned  to  the  camp. 


LESSON    LXXXVIII 

288.  Eos  senatus  non  ^redimendos  censuit  responditque 
eos  elves  non  esse  necessaries,  qui,  cum  armati  essent,  cap! 
potuissent.     Unus  ex  els  legatis  e  castris  Poenorum  egres- 
sus,  velutl  aliquid  oblitus,  paulo  post  in  castra  erat  regressus, 
deinde  comites  ante  noctem  adsecutus  erat. 

Is  ergo,  re  non  impetrata,  domum  abiit.  Eeditu  enim  in 
castra  se  liberatum  esse  iureiurando  interpretabatur.  Quod 
ubi  innotuit,  iussit  senatus  ilium  comprehend!  et  vinctum 
duel  ad  Hannibalem.  Ea  res  Hannibalis  audaciam  maxime 
fregit,  quod  senatus  populusque  Komanus  rebus  adfllctls  tarn 
excelso  esset  animo. 

NOTES 

289.  redimendos,  sc.  esse;  the  Inf.  of  the  2d  Periphrastic 
Conj.  with  eos  for  the  subject  depending  upon  censuit  (214). — 
esse  and  potuissent :  Rule  XXXV.  —  cap!  potuissent,  could  be 
captured.     Cf.  quod  armati  cap!  potuissent  (270).— Unus  ex 
els  legatis :  Cf.  decem  ex  ipsis  (286),  and  unus  ex  eius  prae- 
fectis  (280).  —  velutl,  as  if,  i.e.  pretending  that  he  had  forgotten 
something.  —  aliquid  is  an  indef.  pron.  and  is  thus  declined:  — 

i  Itaque.  2  Armati. 


PAULUS  ^EMILIUS  AND   TERENTIUS   VARRO       225 

SINGULAR 

Masc.  /•'<///.  Neut. 

Norn,     aliquis  (aliqui)  aliqua  aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen.      alicnius  alicaius  alicaius 

Dat.      alicul  alicul  alicul 

Ace.      aliquem  aliquam  aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl.      aliquo  aliqua  aliquo 

PLURAL 

Nom.  aliqui  aliquae  aliqua 

Gen.  aliquorum  aliquarum  aliqu6rum 

Dat.  allquibus  aliquibua  aliquibus 

Ace.  aliquos  aliquas  aliqua 

Abl.  aliquibus  alfquibus  aliquibus 

aliquis  and  aliquid  are  adjective  forms ;  aliqui  and  aliquod, 
substantive.  Observe  the  resemblance  in  the  forms  of  aliquis 
and  quis  (134).  aliquis  has  aliqua  instead  of  aliquae  in  the 
fern.  sing,  and  neut.  plu.  —  re  non  impetrata,  the  thing  not  being 
gained,  i.e.  the  plan  of  having  the  prisoners  ransomed  not  succeed- 
ing.—  domum:  Rule  XXX.  —  Reditu,  Abl.  of  means,  modifying 
llberatum  esse.  Decline  reditu.  —  iureiurando  :  Rule  XX. — 
Decline  it  (202  (6)).  —  Quod  ubi  innotuit,  when  this  became  known. 

—  Ea  res,  this  circumstance,  i.e.  the  return  of  the  soldier  by  the 
Roman  senate.  —  maxime  fregit,  especially  overcame  or  broke  down. 

—  rebus  adflictis,  when  their  affairs  were  in  a  wretched  condition. 
An  Ablative  Absolute,  denoting   time.  —  excelso    ammo:    Rule 
XXIII;  were  of  so  noble  a  spirit  =  showed  so  noble  a  spirit.  —  Why 
is  esset  in  the  Subjunctive? 

29O.    Translate  at  sight:  — 

1.  Ii  elves  non  erant  necessarii,  qui  armati  cap!  potuerunt. 

2.  Eos,   qui   armati   capti   sunt   Roman!   non   redemerunt. 

3.  Unus  ex  captivis,  cum  e  castris  Poenorum  egressus  esset, 
dixit  se  aliquid  oblltum  esse.     4.  Si  aliquid  oblltus  esset,  in 
castra  non  esset  regressus.     5.  Dixit  se  domum  abire  velle. 

LAT.  LES.  —  15 


226  LATIN  LESSONS 

6.  Domum  abiit,  veluti  reditu  in  castra  liberatus  est  iureiu- 
rando,  sed  senatus  populusque  Romanus  tarn  excelso  erat 
animo,  ut  ilium  duel  ad  Hannibalem  iuberet. 

When  one  of  the  soldiers  had  been  captured  with  arms  in 
his  hands,  the  senate  decided  that  he  ought  not  to  be  ran- 
somed. Therefore  when  he  said  that  he  was  freed  from  his 
oath,  the  senate  commanded  that  he  be  conducted  to  Hanni- 
bal. When  this  became  known,  Hannibal  said  that  the 
Roman  people  showed  a  noble  spirit.  If  the  senate  had  not 
ordered  him  to  be  arrested,  he  would  not  have  returned  to 
the  camp  of  the  Carthaginians. 

(a)  Give  English  words  suggested  by  the  following :  — 
adversus,  ferox,  constituo,  oriens,  pulvis,    detraho,    despero, 
supplicium,  redimo,  egredior,  frango,  advenio,  decem. 

Study  the  following  group  of  allied  words :  — 
sto(are),  to  stand;  asto  =  ad  +  sto,  to  stand  near;  consto,  to 
stand  together,  agree ;  absto,  to  stand  against,  oppose ;  statuo, 
to  cause  to  stand ;  statua,  a  statue ;  static  (onis),  a  standing ; 
stabulum,  a  standing  place;  stabilis,  steadfast;  stagnum, 
standing  water;  stabilitas,  steadfastness;  status,  a  station. 


REVIEW   QUESTIONS 

Give  the  Dative  and  Ablative  of  ambo;  the  Genitive  plural  of 
quidam.  What  cardinal  numbers  are  declined  ?  How  is  place  to 
which  expressed  in  Latin?  place  where?  What  cases  have  the  same 
endings  as  the  Locative  ?  What  case  follows  obviam  ire  and  ob- 
viam  venire  ?  Give  the  Comparative  of  vetus ;  the  Superlative. 
Give  the  Accusative  singular,  all  genders,  of  quisquam.  What 
peculiarity  in  the  use  of  the  Gerundive  with  the  Genitive  of  the 
personal  pronouns?  What  construction  often  takes  the  place  of 
the  limiting  Genitive  with  cardinal  numbers?  Give  an  example. 


0?  TOT 


THE   LIFE   OF   TIMOLEON 

CORNELIUS  NEPOS 

INTRODUCTORY   NOTE 

291.  Timoleon  was  a  native  of  Corinth,  but  he  spent  the  greater 
part  of  his  active  life  in  Syracuse,  which  became  his  adopted  city.    He  is 
generally  recognized  as  one  of  the  truly  great  characters  of  his  age  and 
race.    He  has  sometimes  been  compared  to  Washington,  and  his  political 
unselfishness,  the  purity  of  his  public  life,  and  his  devotion  to  the  interests 
of  his  country,  make  such  a  comparison  most  natural.   He  freed  the  Syracu- 
sans  from  the  yoke  of  a  cruel  tyrant,  reorganized  the  government  and  es- 
tablished it  upon  a  firm  foundation,  and  then  laid  down  his  power  and 
lived  for  the  rest  of  his  life  as  a  private  citizen  of  the  city  he  had  served 
so  well.    At  his  death,  in  336  B.C.,  the  Syracusans  mourned  him  with 
unaffected  grief,  and  erected  in  their  market-place  a  noble  monument  to 
his  memory. 

LESSON   LXXXIX 

292.  Timoleon  Corinthius.     Sine  dubio  magnus  omnium 
iudicio  hie  vir  exstitit.     Namque  huic  un!  contigit,  quod 
nescio  an  ulli,  ut  et  patriam,  in  qua  erat  natus,  oppressam 
a  tyranno  llberaret,  et  a  Syracusams,  quibus   auxilio  erat 
missus,  iam   inveteratam   servitutem   depelleret,  totamque 
Siciliam,  multos  annos  bello  vexatam  a  barbarisque  oppres- 
sam, suo  adventu  in  prlstinum  restitueret.    Sed  in  his  rebus 
non  simplici  fortuna  connictatus  est  et,  id  quod  difficilius 
putatur,  multo   sapientius   tulit  secundam  quam  adversam 
fortunam.     Nam  cum  frater  eius  Tlmophanes  dux  a  Corin- 
thiis  delectus,  tyrannidem  per  mllites  inercennarios  occupas- 

227 


228  LATIN  LESSONS 

set  particepsque  regni  posset  esse,  tantum  afuit  a  societate 
sceleris,  ut  antetnlerit  civium  suorum  libertatem  fratris 
saluti,  et  parere  legibus  quam  imperare  patriae  satins  duxerit. 

NOTES 

In  the  following  lessons  the  student  is  referred  for  the  meaning  of  words  to 
the  general  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 

293.  Timoleon  Corinthius  is  a  sort  of  superscription,  or 
announcement  of  the  subject  of  the  sketch.  Timoleon  the  Corin- 
thian. Timoleon  is  declined  Nom.  Timoleon,  Gen.  Timoleon- 
tis,  etc.  —  exstitit,  nearly  equivalent  to  fuit ;  stood  forth,  was.  — 
Namque,  an  emphatic  nam ;  for  in  fact.  —  The  antecedent  of  quod 
is  id  understood,  the  subject  of  contigit.  —  quod  nescio  an  ulli, 
sc.  contigerit;  /  know  not  whether  it  has  happened  to  any  one. 
Decline  unl  and  ulli  in  the  sing.  —  ut,  namely  that,  etc.  The 
clause  with  ut  extends  to  the  end  of  the  sentence,  and  is  the  real 
subject  of  contigit,  or  is  in  apposition  with  id  understood,  the 
subject  of  contigit.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Result  are  used  with 
verbs  signifying  IT  HAPPENS,  IT  REMAINS,  IT  FOLLOWS,  etc.  —  et 
.  .  .  et  (a  Syracusanis),  both  .  .  .  and.  —  a  shows  the  relation 
between  Syracusanis  and  depelleret.  —  quibus  auxilio :  Rule 
XIII.  —  iam  inveteratam,  already  of  long  standing.  —  annos : 
Rule  XVI.  —  in  pristinum,  to  its  former  condition.  Read  this 
sentence  through  from  beginning  to  end,  following  the  order  of  the 
Latin,  and  then  change  it  into  good  English.  The  tyrant  men- 
tioned in  this  sentence  was  Timophanes,  a  brother  of  Timoleon, 
who  had  established  himself  as  ruler  of  Corinth,  his  native  city. 

non  simplici  fortuna,  not  with  simple  fortune  =  with  varying 
fortune.  —  secundam  f  ortunam,  prosperity ;  adversam  f  ortunam, 
adversity.  —  tyrannidem  occupasset,  he  had  seized  upon  the  tyranny, 
=  he  had  made  himself  despotic  ruler.  —  Timoleon  understood  is  the 
subject  of  posset ;  and  he  might  have  been  a  partner  in  the  government. 
—  a  societate  sceleris,/rom  a  share  in  the  crime.  So  far  was  he 
from  sharing  in  the  crime,  etc.  —  legibus  and  patriae,  Rule  XII. — 
satius  duxerit,  he  considered  it  better. 


THE   LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  229 

294.  Timoleon,  the  Corinthian,  was  undoubtedly  a  great 
man  by  the  judgment  of  all.  When  he  had  freed  his 
native  country  from  the  tyrant,  he  was  sent  to  aid  the  Syra- 
cusans  (for  aid  to  the  Syracusans).  It  fell  to  his  lot  to  con- 
tend with  varying  fortune.  But  he  always  considered  it 
better  to  bear  adversity  than  to  rule  over  his  country.  The 
Syracusans  returned  thanks  to  him  because  he  had  restored1 
their  country  to  its  former  condition. 


LESSON   XC 

295.  Hac  mente  per  haruspicem  communemque  adf  inem, 
cm   soror   ex   isdem   parentibus   nata   nupta   erat,  fratrem 
tyrannum  interficiendum  curavit.     Ipse  non  modo  manus 
non  attulit,  sed  ne  aspicere  quidem  fraternum  sanguinem 
voluit.     Nam,  dum  res  conficeretur,  procul  in  praesidio  fuit, 
ne  quis  satelles   posset   succurrere.     Hoc   praeclarissimum 
eius  f actum  non  par!  modo  probatum  est  ab  omnibus ;  non- 
nulli  enim  laesam  ab  eo  pietatem  putabant  et  invidia  laudem 
virtutis  obterebant.   Mater  vero  .post  id  f  actum  neque  domum 
ad  se  filium  admisit  neque  aspexit,  qum  eum  fratricldam 
impiumque  detestans  compellaret.     Quibus  rebus  ille  adeo 
est  commotus,  ut  nonnumquam  vitae  fmem  facere  voluerit 
atque  ex  ingratorum  hominum  conspectu  morte  decedere. 

NOTES 

296.  Hac  mente,  with  this  mind  or  feeling ;  referring  to  ante- 
tulerit  .  .  .  duxerit,  in  the  last  sentence  of  the  preceding  lesson. 

1  Why  should  this  verb  be  in  the  Subjunctive? 


230  LATIN  LESSONS 

—  haruspicem,  a  haruspex  was  a  priest  who  examined  the  entrails 
of  the  sacrifices  and  thus  foretold  future  events.  —  cui,  Dat.  after 
nupta  erat. — Nubo,  meaning  literally  to  veil  one's  self,  is  used 
only  of  the  marriage  of  the  woman,  and  regularly  takes  the  Dat.  — 
interficiendum  is  the  Gerundive  agreeing  with  fratrem.  Cf. 
eos  educandos,  115.  Translate:  he  had  his  brother,  the  tyrant, 
killed.  Rule  XXXVIII. — manus  non  attulit,  did  not  apply  his 
hands  (to  the  deed)  =  did  not  take  part  in  killing  his  brother.  Plu- 
tarch says  that  Timoleon  stepped  aside  and  stood  weeping  while 
the  two  assassins  drew  their  swords  and  slew  his  brother.  Other 
authorities  say  that  Timoleon  slew  him  with  his  own  hand.  —  dum, 
until.  Observe  the  Subj.,  conficeretur.  Dum,  meaning  until, 
regularly  takes  the  Subj.  —  in  praesidio,  on  guard.  —  ne  introduces 
a  negative  purpose ;  lest  any  follower  or  that  no  follower  might,  etc. 
Observe  that  quis  following  ne  is  an  indefinite  pronoun ;  so  is  it 
also  after  si,  nisi,  num.  —  Decline  satelles.  —  non  par!  mod5,  not 
in  like  manner,  not  equally.  —  pietatem  laesam  (esse),  that  brotherly 
love  had  been  violated.  —  invidia,  with  hatred.  —  qum  detestans 
compellaret,  but  that  execrating  him  she  addressed  him,  etc.1  =  without 
addressing  him  with  execrations  as,  etc.  —  morte,  means  of  decedere. 

297.  When  his  brother  had  seized  upon  absolute  power  at 
Corinth,  Timoleon  had  him  put  to  death.  He  did  not  take 
part  in  the  deed,  but  he  was  on  guard  so  that  no  one  could 
render  aid.  This  deed  of  his  was  not  approved  by  many. 
After  this  his  mother  never  admitted  Timoleon  to  her 
home,  and  never  saw  him  without  thinking  that  he  had  vio- 
lated brotherly  love. 


THE   LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  231 


LESSON   XCI 

298.  Interim  Dione  Syracusis  interfecto  Dionysius  rur- 
sus   Syracusarum   potitus   est.      Cuius   adversarii   opem   a 
Corinthiis  petierunt  ducemque,  quo  in  bello  uterentur,  postu- 
larunt.     Hue  Timoleon  missus  incredibili  felicitate  Diony- 
sium  tota  Sicilia  depulit.     Cum  interficere  posset,  noluit, 
tutoque  ut  Corinthum  pervenlret  effecit,  quod  utrorumque 
Dionysiorum  opibus  Corinthil  saepe  adiuti  fuerant,  cuius 
benignitatis  memoriam.  volebat  exstare,  eamque  praeclaram 
victoriam  ducebat,  in  qua  plus  esset  clementiae  quam  cru- 
delitatis,  postremo  ut  non  solum  auribus  acciperetur,  sed 
etiam  oculis  cerneretur,  quern,  ex  quanto  regno,  ad  quam 
fortunam  detrusisset. 

NOTES 

299.  Syracusis  :  Rule  XXIX.  —  Syracusarum  potitus  est : 
potior,  which  regularly  takes  the  Ablative  (Rule  XXVI),  is  some- 
times followed  by  the  Genitive,  as  in  the  present  instance.  —  What 
is  the  antecedent  of  cuius?— quo:    Rule   XXVI.— incredibili 
felicitate,  with  incredible  good  fortune;  ablative  of  manner  modify- 
ing depulit:  Rule  XIX.— Why  is   Sicilia   in   the   Ablative?— 
Cum,  although.  —  tuto   modifies   pervenlret,  and  ut  .  .  .  perve- 
nlret is  an  object  clause  of  purpose  after  effecit. 

There  were  two  kings  of  Syracuse  bearing  the  name  Dionysius, 
known  in  history  as  Dionysius  the  Elder  and  Dionysius  the 
Younger.  The  latter  was  the  son  of  the  former.  Dion  was  the 
friend  and  adviser  of  the  Elder,  and  after  the  death  of  that  prince, 
he  was  assassinated.  Then  the  Younger  Dionysius,  who  had  been 
driven  out  of  the  city,  returned  and  established  a  most  cruel  and 
tyrannical  government.  It  was  to  free  the  Syracusans  from  this 
tyrant  that  the  aid  of  Timoleon  was  sought. 

cuius  benignitatis  memoriam,  the  memory  of  which  kind- 
ness, etc.  —  eamque  praeclarum,  etc.,  and  he  considered  that  a 


232  LATIN  LESSONS 

famous  victory.  —  Supply  volebat  with  postremS.  Observe  the 
two  constructions  following  volebat,  viz. :  exstare  an  Inf.,  and  ut 
with  a  Subj. — non  solum  auribus,  etc.,  not  only  should  be  heard 
with  the  ears,  but  even  seen  with  the  eyes.  —  quern  is  interrogative; 
whom,  from  how  great  a  kingdom,  and  to  what  a  condition,  he  had  thrust 
down  =  whom  he  had  thrust  down,  from  how  great  a  kingdom,  and  to 
what  a  condition. 

(a)  uterque  is  compounded  of  uter  and  -que.  See  unus, 
alius,  etc.  uter  is  thus  declined :  — 

SINGULAR 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.     liter  utra  litrum 

Gen.      utrlus  utrfus  utrfus 

Dat.       litri  utri  utri 

The  other  forms  are  like  those  of  bonus. 

neuter,  neither,  is  declined  like  uter.  —  uterque,  each,  both,  is 
declined  like  uter,  with  -que  added  to  it,  except  that  the  Genitive 
singular  has  -ius  instead  of  -lus. 

3OO.  When  Dion  was  killed  at  Syracuse,  the  opponents  of 
Dionysius  asked  aid  from  the  Corinthians.  They  sent  Ti- 
moleon,  who  with  great  good  fortune  quickly  freed  all  Sicily. 
He  did  not  wish  to  drive  the  tyrant  into  exile,  because  both 
of  the  Dionysii  had  often  aided  the  Corinthians.  He  said 
that  he  wished  the  memory  of  this  kindness  to  be  manifest. 
But  he  brought  it  to  pass  that  they  should  see  with  their 
eyes  from  how  great  a  kingdom  he  had  thrust  him  down. 


LECTIOA 


THE   LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  233 


LESSON   XCII 

301.  Post  Dionysi  decessum.  cum  Hiceta  bellavit,  qul 
adversatus  erat  Dionysio ;  quern  non  odio  tyrannidis  dissen- 
sisse,  sed  cupiditate,  indicio  fuit,  quod  ipse,  expulso  Dionysio, 
imperium  dimittere  noluit.     Hoc  superato,  Timoleon  maxi- 
mas  copias  Carthaginiensium  apud  Ciimissum  flumen  fuga- 
vit,  ac  satis  habere  coegit,  si  liceret  Africam  obtinere,  qul 
iam  complures  annos  possessionem  Siciliae  tenebant.     Cepit 
etiam  Mamercum,  Italicum  ducem,  hominem  bellicosum  et 
potentem,  qul  tyrannos  adiutum  in  Siciliam  venerat.    Quibus 
rebus  confectis,  cum  propter  diuturnitatem  belli  non  solum 
regiones,  sed  etiam  urbes  desertas  videret,  conquisivit  quos 
potuit,  primum  Siculos,  deinde  Corintho  arcessivit  colonos, 
quod  ab  iis  initio  Syracusae  erant  conditae. 

NOTES 

302.  decessum,  departure  from  Syracuse.     Hicetas  was  the 
tyrant  of  Leontini,  a  town  of  Sicily,  northwest  of  Syracuse.  —  The 
subject  of  bellavit  is  Timoleon.  —  quern  is  the  subject  of  dis- 
sensisse,  depending  upon  indicio  fuit ;  literally,  it  ivas  for  a  proof, 
=  it  was  a  proof  that  he  disagreed  with  him  not  from  hatred  of  the 
(ymnny,  but  from  desire  for  it,  etc.  —  Hoc,  i.e.  Hicetas.  —  ac  satis 
habere  coegit,  and  compelled  them  to  be  satisfied.  —  qul  refers  to  the 
Carthaginians.  —  complures     annos  :     Rule     XVI.  —  adiutum, 
Supine  of  adiuvo,  depending  upon  venerat.     Rule  XXXVII. — 
regiones,  the  country  districts,  in  distinction  from  the  urbes.  —  con- 
quisivit quos  potuit,  he  collected  (those)  whom  he  could.  —  Compare 
the  adjectives  maximas,  potentem,  and  bellicosum.     Synopsis 
of  noluit.     Give  all  the  Infinitives  of  dissensisse;  all  the  Par- 
ticiples of  expulso.     Synopsis  of  liceret  in  the  Ind.  and  Subj., 
3d  sing.     Princ.  parts   of   coegit,  conquisivit,  and   arcessivit. 
—  Compare  with  bellare  the  words  and  expressions  in  251  (a). 


234  LATIN  LESSONS 

3O3.  For  several  years  Timoleon  made  war  upon  the 
tyrants.  He  conquered  Hicetas  and  put  to  flight  the  Cartha- 
ginians who  had  come  into  Sicily  to  drive  out  Dionysius.  If 
Dionysius  had  been  expelled,  Hicetas  would  not  have  been 
willing  to  lay  down  the  government.  Having  overcome 
the  Carthaginians,  he  wished  to  capture  their  leader.  On 
account  of  the  long  continuance  of  the  war,  not  only  the 
country  districts,  but  even  the  cities,  were  deserted. 


LESSON   XCIII 

304.  Clvibus  veteribus  sua  restituit ;  novis  bello  vacue- 
f actas  possessiones  dlvlsit ;  urbium  moenia  disiecta  f anaque 
detecta   refecit;    clvitatibus   leges   llbertatemque  reddidit; 
ex  maximo  bello  tantum  otium  totae  Insulae  conciliavit,  ut 
hie  conditor  urbium  earum,  non  ill!  qui  initio  deduxerant, 
videretur.     Arcera  Syracusis,  quam  munierat  Dionysius  ad 
urbem  obsidendam,  a  fundamentis  disiecit;    cetera  tyran- 
nidis  propugnacula  demolitus  est  deditque  operam,  ut  quam 
minime   multa  vestigia   servitutis   manerent.     Cum   tantls 
esset  opibus,  ut  etiam  invltis  imperare  posset,  tantum  autem 
amorem  haberet  omnium  Siculorum,  ut  nullo  recusante  re- 
gnum  obtineret,  maluit  se  diligl  quam  metui.     Itaque,  cum 
primum   potuit,  imperium   deposuit  ac  privatus  Syracusis, 
quod  reliquum  vitae  fuit,  vlxit. 

NOTES 

305.  sua,  their  possessions,     suns,  -a,  -urn,  refers  regularly  to 
the  subject,  but  it  may  refer  to  the  leading  object  of  thought,  as  in 


THE   LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  235 

the  present  instance.  —  no  vis,  sc.  civibus. — totae  is  the  Dat. 
formed  regularly,  instead  of  the  more  common  toll.  —  illi,  subject 
of  viderentur  understood.  —  deduxei  ant,  had  led  out  (the 
colonists). 

ad  urbem  obsidendam :  another  instance  of  ad  with  the 
Gerundive  denoting  purpose.  —  dedit  operam,  took  care.  —  quam 
miiiime  multa  vestigia,  as  few  traces  as  possible.  Quam,  loiige, 
and  multo  are  used  to  strengthen  the  Superlative. 

Cum,  although.  —  tantis  esset  opibus,  was  of  so  great  re- 
sources, =  possessed  so  great  resources  or  power.  For  the  con- 
struction of  opibus,  cf.  Rule  XXIII.  —  invitis,  against  their  will. 
It  agrees  with  iis  understood,  which  is  in  the  Dat.  after  impe- 
rare.  That  he  might  have  ruled  over  them  even  against  their 
will.  —  Repeat  cum  before  tantum  autem :  although,  moreover, 
etc.  —  nullo  recusante,  no  one  objecting  =  without  objection  from 
any  one. 

cum  primum  potuit,  as  soon  as  he  could.  —  quod  reliquum 
vitae  fuit,  what  of  life  was  left  =  the  remainder  of  his  life,  vltae 
is  in  Gen.  limiting  quod. 

(a)  Observe  the  expressions :  — 

operam  dare,  to  bestow  care,  take  pains  ;  quam  minime,  as  little  as 
possible ;  cum  primum,  as  soon  as. 

3O6.  For  the  purpose  of  liberating  the  city,  he  ordered  the 
bulwarks  of  the  tyranny  to  be  destroyed.  He  said  that  he 
would  restore  to  the  old  citizens  their  possessions.  He  took 
care  that  the  citadel  at  Syracuse  should  be  destroyed.  If 
he  should  restore  laws  and  liberty  to  the  states,  he  would 
seem  to  be  the  founder  of  these  cities.  But  he  preferred 
to  live  as  a  private  citizen  at  Syracuse  rather  than  to  be 
feared  by  the  citizens.  Therefore,  as  soon  as  he  could,  lie 
set  out  from  the  city. 


236  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XCIV 

307.  Neque  vero   id   imperite   fecit;   nam  quod   ceteri 
reges  imperio  potuerunt,  hie  benevolentia  tenuit.     Nullus 
hoiios  huic  defuit,  neque  postea  res  ulla  Syracusis  gesta  est 
publice,  de  qua  prius  sit  decretum  quam  Tlmoleontis  sen- 
tentia  cognita.     Nullius  umquam  consilium  non  modo  ante- 
la  turn,  sed'  ne  comparatum   quidem   est.     Neque  id  magis 
benevolentia  factum  est  quam  prudentia. 

Hie  cum  aetate  iam  provectus  esset,  sine  ullo  morbo 
liimina  oculorum  amisit.  Quam  calamitatem  ita  moderate 
tulit,  ut  neque  eum  querentem  quisquam  audierit  iieque  eo 
minus  prlvatls  publiclsque  rebus  interf  uerit.  Veniebat  autem 
in  theatrum,  cum  ibi  concilium  populi  haberetur,  propter 
valetudinem  vectus  iumentis  iunctis,  atque  ita  de  vehiculo 
quae  videbantur  dicebat.  Neque  hoc  ill!  quisquam  tribue- 
bat  superbiae ;  nihil  enim  umquam  neque  insolens  neque  glo- 
riosum  ex  ore  eius  exiit. 

NOTES 

308.  Id,  this,  i.e.  the  laying  down  of  the  government  and  living 
as  a  private  citizen.  —  The  antecedent  of  quod  is  id  understood, 
the  object  of  tenuit.  —  potuerunt,  sc.  teiiere.  —  imperio,  by  their 
power.  —  huic  :  cf.  229,  n.  on   civitati.  —  publice,  by  public  au- 
thority.—  prius  is  separated  from  quam  by  tmesis.     Friusquam, 
before.  —  cognita,  sc.  esset ;  before  learning  the  opinion  of  Timoleon. 
—  Nullius  umquam,  etc.,  not  only  was  no  one's  counsel  ever  pre- 
ferred^ etc. —  Supply  est  with  antelatum.  —  factum  est,  Perf .  Pass. 
of  facio.     The  Pass,  of  facio  is  fio.     Learn  fio,  Appendix,  11. 

aetate  provectus  esset,  lie  was  advanced  in  age. — lumina,  the 
lights  =  the  sight.  —  ita  moderate,  so  calmly.  —  querentem,  Pres. 
Part,  of  the  deponent  verb  queror,  to  complain.  Deponent  verbs 
have,  besides  the  Passive  forms  with  Active  meaning,  the  Fut.  Inf., 


THE   LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  237 

the  Participles,  Gerund,  and  Supine  of  the  Active  Voice.  —  neque  eo 
minus  .  .  .  interfuit,  nor  any  the  less  on  this  account  did  he  take 
part,  etc. —  Veniebat  autem,  moreover,  he  was  accustomed  to  come, 
etc.  —  propter  valetudinem,  drawn,  on  account  of  his  infirmity,  by 
beasts  yoked;  i.e.  in  a  chariot.  —  de  vehiculo,  from  the  vehicle. — 
quae  videbantur,  what  seemed  best  (to  him).  —  Neque  hoc  illi 
quisquam  tribuebat  superbiae,  nor  did  any  one  ascribe  this  to  him 
as  haughtiness,  ill!  and  superbiae,  Rule  XIII.  —  ex  ore  exiit, 
came  from  his  mouth  =  fell  from  his  lips.  —  Observe  consilium, 
counsel,  advice,  and  concilium,  an  assembly. 

3O9.  No  honor  was  wanting  to  Timoleon  at  Syracuse. 
When  he  had  lost  the  sight  of  his  eyes,  he  bore  the  calamity 
so  calmly  that  he  was  (held)  in  great  honor.  He  neverthe- 
less took  part  in  public  and  private  affairs.  No  one  ever 
heard  him  complaining.  When  he  came  into  the  theatre, 
borne  in  a  chariot,  no  one  said  that  he  did  this  on  account 
of  his  haughtiness.  He  had  so  much  love  from  all  (of  all) 
that  he  seemed  (to  be)  the  founder  of  Syracuse. 


LESSON   XCV 

3 1C.  Qui  quidem,  cum  suas  laudes  audiret  praedicarl, 
numquaro.  aliud  dixit  quam  se  in  ea  re  maxime  dils  agere 
gratias  atque  habere,  quod,  cum  Siciliam  recreare  constitu- 
issent,  turn  se  potissimum  ducem  esse  voluissent.  Nihil 
enim  rerum  humanarum  sine  deorum  numine  gerl  putabat ; 
itaque  suae  dorni  sacellum  Automatias  constituerat  idque 
sanctissime  colebat. 

Ad  hanc  hominis  excellentem  bonitatem  mirabiles  acces- 
serant  casus.  Nam  proelia  maxima  natall  suo  die  fecit 


238  LATIN  LESSONS 

omnia,  quo  factum  est  ut  eius  diem  natalem  festum  haberet 
universa  Sicilia.  Hulc  quidam  Laphystius,  homo  petulans 
et  ingratus,  vadimonium  cum  vellet  imponere,  quod  cum 
illo  se  lege  agere  diceret,  et  complures  concurrissent  qui 
procacitatem  hominis  manibus  coercere  conarentur,  Tlmo- 
leon  oravit  homines  ne  id  facerent. 

NOTES 

311.  aliud,  anything  else.  —  agere  gratias  atque  habere,  that 
he  in  this  matter  especially  thanked  the  gods  and  felt  grateful  to  them. 
Cf.  283  (&).  —  cum  .  .  .  turn,  when  .  .  .  then. — se  potissimum, 
himself  in  preference  to  anybody  else.  —  domi :  Rule  XXIX.  —  Auto- 
matias,  a  Greek  Genitive.  —  colebat,  was  wont  to  worship.     Imper- 
fect of  customary  action.  —  mirabiles  accesserant  casus,  wonderful 
incidents  were   added.  —  die:   Rule   XXII.  —  omnia   agrees   with 
proelia.     It  is  made  emphatic  by  its  position.  —  quo  factum  est, 
from  which  it  came  to  pass. — fSstum  (diem),  as  a  holiday. — vadi- 
monium cum  vellet  imponere,  when  a  certain  Laphystius  wished 
to  impose  upon  him  bail  for  appearance  =  wished  to  compel  him  to  give 
bail  for  appearance  (in  court).  —  cum  illo  se  lege  agere,  that  he 
was  acting  with  him  according  to  law.  —  ne  id  facerent,  not  to  do 
this.  —  Observe  constituissent,  had  determined,  and  constituerat, 
had  built.  —  Also    observe    neque    eum    querentem    quisquam 
audierit    in    the    last   lesson,   and    cum    suas    laudes    audiret 
praedicari  in  the  present  lesson. 

312.  1.  Timoleon  fought  a  very  great  battle  on  his  birth- 
day.    2.  A  certain  man  wished  to  compel  him  to  give  bail 
for  his  appearance.     3.  He  said  nothing  else  than  that  he 
did  not  wish  to  hear  his  own  praises   proclaimed.     4.  He 
returned  thanks  to  the  gods  because  he  had  been  able  to 
restore  Sicily.     5.  He  felt  grateful  to  the  gods  because  he 
was  able  to  hold  the  love  of  the  people. 


THE  LIFE   OF  TIMOLEON  239 


LESSON   XCVI 

313.  Namque,  id  ut  Laphystio  et  cuivis  licSret,  s6  maxi- 
mos  labores  summaque  adilsse  pericula.   Hanc  enim  speciem 
libertatis   esse,  si   omnibus,   quod   quisque   vellet,   legibus 
expeiiii    liceret.      Idem,   cum    quidam    LaphystI    similis, 
nomine  Deinaenetus,  in  contione  populi  de  rebus  gestls  eius 
detrahere  coepisset  ac  nonnulla  inveheretur  in  Timoleonta, 
dixit  nunc  demum  se  voti  esse  damnatum ;  namque  hoc  a 
diis   immortalibus   semper   precatum,  ut   talem   llbertatem 
restitueret  Syracusams,  in  qua  cuivis  liceret  de  quo  vellet 
impune  dlcere. 

Hie  cum  diem  supremum  obisset,  publice  a  SyracusanTs 
in  gymnasio,  quod  Tlmoleonteum  appellatur,  tota  celebrante 
Sicilia  sepultus  est. 

NOTES 

314.  A  verb  of  saying,  implied  in  what  has  gone  before,  is  to 
be  supplied  at  the  beginning  of  this  passage.     For  (he  said)  that  he 
had  encountered  dangers,  etc.,  in  order  that  this  (very  thing)  might  be 
permitted  to  L.  and  to  anybody  (else). — id  is  the  subject  of  liceret. 
It.  precedes  ut  for  the  sake  of  emphasis.  —  cuivis  is  an  Indef .  Pron. 
from  quivis,  compounded  of  qui  and  the  2d  person  sing,  of  volo, 
to  wish.     It  is  declined  like,  qui,  except  that  it  has   quidvis  or 
quod  vis  in  the  neuter. 

(a)       Jfnsc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.    quivis  qua^vis  quid  vis  or  qu<5dvis 

Gen.     cuiusvia  cuiiisvis  cuiusvis 

Dat.     cuivis  cuivis  cuivis,  etc. 

Give  the  prin.  parts  of  adilsse,  and  all  of  the  Infinitives. — 
speciem,  the  appearance  =  the  idea.  —  The  antecedent  of  quod  is 
id  understood,  the  object  of  experiri.  —  Laphysti  is  in  the  Gen. 
after  similis.  —  Similis  may  be  regarded  as  a  Substantive  limited 


240  LATIN  LESSONS 

by  a  Genitive.  Compare  the  English,  "We  ne'er  shall  look  upon 
his  like  again."  So  here,  the  like  of  Laphystius.  Similis  usually 
takes  the  Genitive  of  likeness  of  character,  and  the  Dative  of  external 
likeness.  —  nomine:  Rule  XXIV.  —  de  rebus  eius  detrahere 
coepisset,  had  begun  to  detract  from  his  exploits.  —  nonnulla  inve- 
heretur,  made  some  attack,  etc.  —  Timoleonta,  a  Greek  Accusative. 
—  voti  esse  damnatum,  was  condemned  for  his  vow  =  was  bound  to 
fulfil  his  vow.  Voti  is  the  Genitive  of  the  charge  after  a  verb  of 
condemning.  —  precatum  (esse),  that  he  had  always  prayed  for  this 
from  the  immortal  gods.  —  in  qua  =  ut  in  ea,  that  in  it,  i.e.  in  the 
exercise  of  it.  —  de  quo  vellet,  to  speak  about  whatever  he  wished  (to 
speak  about}.  —  Hie  .  .  .  obisset,  when  he  had  come  to  his  last  day  = 
when  he  died.  —  tota  celebrante  Sicilia,  all  Sicily  thronging  there. 

315.  1.  He  encountered  very  great  labors  and  extreme 
perils  in  order  that  this  might  be  allowed  to  anybody.  2.  It 
is  permitted  to  each  one  to  try  by  the  laws  what  he  may  wish. 
3.  He  made  some  attack  upon  Timoleon  in  the  assembly  of 
the  people.  4.  He  restored  such  liberty  to  the  Syracusans 
that  each  one  was  able  to  say  what  he  wished.  5.  They 
buried  him  in  the  gymnasium  at  the  public  expense. 
6.  When  he  had  freed  all  Sicily  from  the  tyrant,  he  died. 

(a)  Give  English  words  derived  from  the  following  : 

contingo,  natus,  pristinus,  succurro,  commotus,  dissen- 
tio,  conquiro,  potens,  deduce,  querentem,  im- 
ponere,  experiri. 

Study  the  following  group  of  allied  words  :  — 
sedeo,  to  sit;  sessor,  one  who  sits;  sessio,  a  sitting ;  sedes,  a 
seat ;  sella,  a  chair ;  sedile,  a  seat ;  Insideo,  to  sit  upon ;  Insidiae, 
an  ambuscade;  praesidium.  a  sitting  before,  a  guard;  obsidio, 
onis,  a  siege ;  subsidium  (a  sitting  near),  reserve  force ;  conses- 
BUB  (a  sitting  together),  an  assembly. 


THE  LAST   STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC 
FREEDOM 

FROM  OESAR'S  GALLIC  WAR  (BOOK  VII.) 

INTRODUCTORY  NOTE 

The  events  narrated  in  the  following  pages  belong  to  the  seventh  year 
of  Caesar's  campaigns  in  Gaul,  52  B.C.  In  the  former  years  he  had  met 
and  defeated  the  separate  forces  of  the  different  Gallic  tribes,  until  now 
all  opposition  seemed  to  be  crushed  and  the  subjugation  of  the  country 
complete.  But  in  the  midst  of  this  apparent  tranquility,  Vercingetorix,  a 
young  prince  of  the  Arverni,  set  on  foot  a  combined  and  determined  move- 
ment to  throw  off  the  Roman  yoke  and  restore  to  the  Gallic  peoples  their 
former  freedom.  Caesar  had  succeeded  in  shutting  up  the  forces  of  the 
Gauls  in  Alesia,  whither  they  had  fled  for  refuge  after  their  cavalry  had 
been  defeated  in  a  skirmish  with  the  Romans.  This  town  was  a  well-nigh 
impregnable  fortress  situated  in  the  country  of  the  Mandubii,  near  the 
sources  of  the  Seine  river.  Vercingetorix  sent  out  emissaries  who  suc- 
ceeded in  arousing  all  Gaul,  and  in  bringing  a  vast  army  to  the  assistance 
of  their  beleaguered  chief.  The  capture  of  this  place  and  the  surrender  of 
Vercingetorix  form  the  subject  of  the  following  selection. 


The  Re-inforcements  arrive.     Those  in  the  Town  prepare  to 
make  a  Sally 

79.  Interea  Commius  reliquique  duces,  quibus  summa 
imperi  permissa  erat,  cum  omnibus  copiis  ad  Alesiam  per- 
veniunt  et  colle  exteriore  occupato  non  longius  mille  pas- 


79.  summa  imperi,  the  chief 
command.  — colle  exteriore,  this 
hill  was  outside  of  the  investing  line 
of  the  Romans,  to  the  southwest  of 
the  town.  —  mille  passibus,  one 


thousand  paces  =  one  mile.  The 
Roman  pace  was  measured  from  the 
point  where  the  foot  was  raised  from 
the  ground  to  the  point  where  the 
same  foot  was  placed  upon  the 


LAT.   LES.  —  16 


241 


242 


LATIN   LESSONS 


sibus  ab  nostris  mumtionibus  considunt. 
Postero  die  equitatu  ex  castrls  educto 
omnem  earn  planitiem,  quam  in  longitu- 
dinem  tria  milia  passuum  patere  demon- 
stravinms,  complent  pedestresque  copias 
paulum  ab  eo  loco  abditas  in  locis  supe- 
rioribus  constituunt.  Erat  ex  oppido  Ale- 
sia  despectus  in  campum.  Concurrunt 
his  auxiliis  visis ;  fit  gratulatio  inter  eos 
atque  omnium  animl  ad  laetitiam  exci- 
tantur.  Itaque  productis  copiis  ante  op- 
piduin  considunt  et  proximam  fossam  cratibus  integunt 
atque  aggere  explent  seque  ad  eruptioneni  atque  omnes 
casus  comparant. 


C.vs.u: 

(From  a  bust  in  the 
British  Museum) 


MAP  OF  ALESIA 


ground  again.  Hence  a  passus 
was  a  little  less  than  five  feet. 
The  Roman  mile  of  one  thousand 
such  paces  contained  therefore  only 
about  4800  feet,  or  a  little  more  than 
400  feet  less  than  the  English  mile. 
—  die,  Rule  XXII.  —  planitiem,  ob- 
ject of  complent.  —  milia,  Rule 
XVI.  — paulum  ab  eo  Ioc5,  a  lit- 
tle way  from  this  place.  —  abditas, 
withdrawn.—  cSnstituunt,  station. 


despectus,  a  view  down  =  a  down- 
ward slope.—  Concurrunt,  the  sub- 
ject refers  to  those  in  the  town. — 
Iris  auxiliis  visis,  when  these  auxil- 
iaries are  seen;  Ablative  Absolute. 

—  fit  gratulatio,  there  is  rejoicing. 

—  productis  copiis,  what  does  this 
Ablative  Absolute  modify  ?— proxi- 
mam fossam,  the  ditch  nearest  the 
town.  —  aggere,  with  earth.  —  To 
whom  does  se  in  seque  refer  ? 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM   248 


The  Romans  attacked.     The  Gauls  driven  back 

80.  Caesar  oinni  exercitu  ad  utramque  partem  munitionum 
disposito,  ut,  si  iisus  veniat,  suum  quisque  locum  teneat  et 
noverit,  equitatum  ex  castris  educl  et  proe- 
lium  committi  iubet.  Erat  ex  omnibus  ca- 
strls,  quae  sumnium  undique  iugum  tenebant, 
despectus,  atque  omnes  mllites  intent!  pugnae 
proventum  exspectabant.  Galli  inter  equites 
raros  sagittarios  expeditosque  levis  armatu- 
rae  interiecerant,  qui  suis  cedentibus  auxilio 
succurrerent  et  nostrorum  equitum  impetus 
sustinerent.  Ab  his  complures  de  impro- 
vlso  vulneratl  proelio  excedebant.  Cum 
suos  pugna  superiores  esse  Galll  conflde- 
rent  et  nostros  multitudine  premi  viderent, 
ex  omnibus  partibus  et  ii,  qui  munltionibus 
continebantur,  et  hi,  qui  ad  auxilium  conve- 
nerant,  clamore  et  ululatu  suorum  animos  confirmabant. 
Quod  in  conspectu  omnium  res  gerebatur  neque  recte  ac 
turpiter  factum  celar!  poterat,  utrosque  et  laudis  cupiditas 
et  tirnor  ignominiae  ad  virtutem  excitabat.  Cum  a  meridie 


80.  si  usus  veniat,  if  it  should 
become  necessary .  —  proelium 
committi,  cf.  251  (a).  — in  colle 
summo,  on  the  top  of  a  hill.  Some 
adjectives,  such  as  medius,  reli- 
quus,  summus,  inflmus,  extre- 
mus,  are  used  to  denote  the  middle 
part,  remaining  part,  highest  part, 
etc.,  of  an  object:  as  collis  sum- 
mus, the  highest  part  of  the  hill; 
hostes  reliqui,  the  rest  of  the 
enemy.  —  raros,  an  adj.  agreeing 
with  sagittarios  and  expedites; 
archers  and  light-armed  infantry 


here  and  there.  —  qui  introduces  a 
purpose  clause;  best  translated  by 
an  Infinitive ;  to  run  up  to  the  assis- 
tance of  their  men  when  they  were 
giving  way.  —  suis  and  auxili5, 
Rule  XIII.  —  his,  i.e.  the  archers  and 
light-armed  infantry.  —  pugna,  Ahl. 
of  specification.  Rule  XXI V.  —  et  ii 
.  .  .  et  hi,  both  those  in  the  town  and 
those  who  had  come  to  their  assis- 
tance. —  ululatu,  with  the  tear- 
whoop.  —  neque  recte  ac  turpiter, 
neither  the  thing  done  rightly  nor  the 
thing  done  basely  ?=  neither  a  brave 


244 


LATIN  LESSONS 


prope  ad  soils  occasum  dubia  victoria  pugnaretur,  German! 
una  in  parte  confertis  turmis  in  hostes  impetum  fecerunt 
eosque  propulerunt;  quibus  in  fugam  coniectls,  sagittarii 
circumvent!  interfectique  sunt.  Item  ex  reliquis  partibus 
nostr!  cedentes  usque  ad  castra  insecut!  su!  conligend!  facul- 
tatem  non  dederunt.  At  i!,  qu!  ab  Alesia  processerant, 
maest!  prope  victoria  desperata  se  in  oppidum  recepemnt. 

A  Night  Attack  on  the  Romans 

81.  Uno  die  intermisso  Gall!  atque  hoc  spatio  magno 
cratium,  scalarum,  harpagonum  numero  effecto  media  nocte 
silentio  ex  castris  egress!  ad  campestres  mun!tiones  accedunt. 
Subito  clamore  sublato,  qua  significatione  qu!  in  oppido  ob- 
sidebantur  de  suo  adventu  cognoscere  possent,  crates  pro- 
icere,  fundis,  sagittls,  lapidibus  nostros  de  vallo  proturbare 
reliquaque,  quae  ad  oppugnationem  pertinent,  parant  ad- 
ministrare.  Eodem  tempore  clamore  exaudito,  dat  tuba  s!- 
gnum  suls  Vercingetor!x  atque  ex  oppido  educit.  Nostr!,  ut 
superioribus  diebus,  ut  cu!que  erat  locus  attributus,  ad  mu- 


nor  a  cowardly  act.  —  dubia  victS- 
ria  pugnaretur,  the  fighting  con- 
tinued with  the  victory  undecided. 
Victoria,  Abl.  of  manner.  —  Ger- 
mam,  on  the  side  of  the  Romans. — 
confertis  turmis,  Abl.  Abs.,  with 
squadrons  of  horse  in  close  array. — 
quibus,  these,  i.e.  the  Gauls.  — ce- 
dentes agrees  with  e5s  understood, 
object  of  Insecuti.  — sui  conligen- 
di  facultatem,  an  opportunity  to  re- 
cover themselves.  Cf.  286,  n.  on  sui. 
81.  hoc  spatio,  in  this  interval; 
Abl.  of  time.  —  magno  goes  with 
numero.—  effecto,  being  procured. 
— harpag-onum,  of  grappling  irons, 
to  be  used  in  pulling  down  the  Roman 


defenses.  This  movement  was  made 
by  the  Gauls  outside,  who  had  come 
to  the  relief  of  the  besieged.  —  cam- 
pestres munitiones,  the  fortifica- 
tions in  the  plain,  viz.  those  of  the 
Romans.  —  qua  introduces  a  purpose 
clause  and  is  equivalent  to  ut  ea,  in 
order  that  by  this  signal.  —  proicere 
and  proturbare  depend  upon  pa- 
rant.  —Supply  et  before  fundis.  — 
de  vallo  proturbare,  to  drive  in 
disorder  from  the  rampart.  —  suis, 
Dat.,  to  his  men.— ut  after  nostri 
and  ut  before  cuique  are  adverbs 
=  as,  just  as.  —  ut  superioribus 
diebus,  just  as  on  former  days. 
—  cuique,  Dat.  of  quisque.  — 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM      245 

mtiones  accedunt;  fundis  librilibus,  sudibusque  qu£s  in 
opere  disposuerant  ac  glandibus  Gallos  proterrent.  Pro- 
spectu  tenebris  adempto,  multa  utrimque  vulnera  accipiun- 
tur ;  complura  tormentis  tela  coniciuntur.  At  Marcus 
Antonius  et  Gaius  Trebonius  legati,  quibus  hae  partes 
ad  defendendum  obvenerant,  qua  ex  parte  nostros  premi 
intellexerant,  his  auxilio  ex  ulterioribus  castellis  deduc- 
tos  subniittebant. 


The  Gauls  retreat  at  Daybreak 

82.  Dum  longius  ab  munltione  aberant  Gall!  plus  inulti- 
tudine  telorum  proficiebant;  posteaquam  propius  successe- 
runt,  aut  se  stimulis  inopmantes  induebant,  aut  in  scrobes 
delati  transfodiebantur,  aut  ex  vallo  ac  turribus  traiectl 
pills  muralibus  interibant.  Multis  undique  vulneribus  accep- 
tlSj  nulla  munltione  perrupta,  cum  lux  appeteret,  veritl  ne  ab 
latere  aperto  ex  superioribus  castrls  eruptione  circumvenl- 


fundls  librilibus,  with  slings  carry- 
ing stones  of  a  pound  weight.  —  su- 
des  were  wooden  stakes  sharpened  at 
the  end  and  sometimes  charred  in  the 
fire  to  make  them  hard.  —  glandes 
means  in  the  first  place  acorns,  and 
then  leaden  bullets  for  the  sling 
made  in  the  form  of  acorns.  —  Pro- 
spectu  tenebris  adempto,  the 
view  being  cut  off  by  the  darkness. 
—  The  tormentum  was  an  engine 
for  throwing  missiles  by  means  of 
twisted  cords.  —  ad  defendendum 
obvenerant,  had  fallen  by  lot  to 
defend.  —  deductos  agrees  with 
eos  understood,  the  object  of  sub- 
mittebant,  sent  for  aid  to  these 
those  led  out  from  the  farther 
forts  =  led  out  men  from  the  far- 


ther forts  and  sent  them  to  assist 


82.  Dum,  as  long  as.  —  plus  pro- 
ficiebant, they  accomplished  more 
(than  the  enemy)  =  they  had  the 
advantage.  —  stimuli  were  sharp- 
ened stakes  set  in  pits  and  covered 
with  brush  to  impede  the  enemy. 
The  pits  in  which  these  stakes  were 
set  were  called  scrobes.— se  stimu- 
lis inopinantes  induebant,  were 
impaled  unawares  on  the  sharpened 
stakes,  or  falling  into  the  pits  were 
pierced  through,  or  transfixed  by  the 
mural  pikes  from  the  rampart  and 
towers  they  perished.  —  ab  latere 
aperto,  on  the  open  side  =  on  the 
right  side ;  the  shield  being  carried 
on  the  left  arm,  the  right  side  was 


246 


LATIN  LESSONS 


rentur,  se  ad  suos  receperunt.  At  interiores,  dum  ea  quae 
a  Yercingetorlge  ad  eruptionem  praeparata  erant  proferunt, 
priores  fossas  explent;  diutius  in  his  rebus  administrandis 
morati,  prius  suos  discessisse  cognoverunt  quam  mumtioni- 
bus  appropinquarent.  It  a  re  infecta  in  oppidum  reverterunt. 


The  Gauls  plan  a  Surprise  for  the  Romans 

83.  Bis  magno  cum  detrimento  repulsi,  Galll  quid  agant 
consulunt.  Locorum  perltos  adhibent;  ex  his  superiorum 
castrorum  situs  munitionesque  cognoscunt.  Erat  a  septen- 
trionibus  collis,  quern,  propter  magnitudinem  circuitus,  opere 
circumplectl  non  potuerant  nostrl;  necessario  paene  iniquo 
loco  et  leniter  declivi  castra  fecerant.  Haec  Gaius  Antistius 
Eegmus  et  Gaius  Canmius  E,ebilus,  legati,  cum  duabus  legio- 
nibus  obtinebant.  Cognitis  per  exploratores  regionibus,  duces 
hostium  LX  milia  ex  omni  numero  deligunt,  earum  civitatum 
quae  maximam  virtutis  opmionem  habebant;  quid  quoque 
pacto  agl  placeat,  occulte  inter  se  constituunt;  adeundi 
tempus  defmiunt,  cum  merldies  esse  videatur.  His  copiis 
Vercassivellaunum  Arvernum,  unum  ex  quattuor  ducibus, 
propinquum  Vercingetorlgis,  praeficiunt.  Ille,  ex  castrls 


unprotected.  — interiores  .  .  .  pri- 
ores, those  from  within  the  town 
who  were  in  the  advance.  —  diutius, 
too  long.  —  suos,  their  friends,  i.e. 
those  who  had  come  to  their  relief. 
—  re  infecta,  their  purpose  un- 
accomplished. 

83.  Locorum  peritos,  familiar 
with  the  places. 

Rule.  — Adjectives  of  DESIRE, 
KNOWLEDGE,  FULNESS,  I'OWKH, 
SHAKING.  GUILT,  and  their  oppo- 


sites,  and  Verbals  in  -ax  take  the 
Genitive. 

opere,  by  their  works.  —  ne- 
cessario paene  inlqu5,  almost 
of  necessity  unfavorable.  —  earum 
civitatum  . . .  opiniSnem,  the  high- 
est reputation  for  courage  of  these 
states.  —  quid  quoque  pacto  agl 
placeat,  what  it  seems  best  should 
b",done  and  in  what  way.  — placeat, 
Subj.  in  an  indirect  question.  Of 
what  is  it  the  object  ?—  copiis,  Dat. 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM      247 


prima  vigilia  egressus,  prope  confecto  sub  lucem  itinere,  post 
montem  se  occultavit,  militesque  ex  nocturno  labore  s6s6 
reficere  iussit.  Cum  iam  merldies  appropinquare  videretur, 
ad  ea  castra  quae  supra  demonstravimus  contendit  ;  eodem- 
que  tempore  equitatus  ad  campestres  munltiones  accedere, 
et  reliquae  copiae  pro  castrls  sese  ostendere  coeperunt. 


TJie  Final  Struggle 

84.  Vercingetorix  ex  arce  Alesiae  suos  conspicatus  ex 
oppido  egreditur :  cratis,  longurios,  musculos,  f alces  reliqua- 
que,  quae  eruptionis  causa  paraverat,  profert.  Pugnatur 
uno  tempore  omnibus  locis,  atque  omnia  temptantur ;  quae 
rninime  visa  pars  firma  est,  hue  concurritur.  Romanorum 
manus  tantis  munitionibus  distinetur  nee  facile  pluribus 
locis  occurrit.  Multum  ad  terrendos  nostros  valet  clamor, 
qul  post  tergum  pugnantibus  exstitit,  quod  suum  perlculum 
in  aliena  vident  salute  constare;  omnia  enim  plerumque, 
quae  absunt,  vehementius  hominum  mentes  perturbant. 


after  praeficiunt.  RuleX.  —  prima 
vigilia,  at  the  first  watch ;  Abl.  of 
time  when.  The  Romans  divided 
the  night  from  sunset  to  sunrise  into 
four  equal  watches,  the  length  of 
course  varying  with  the  season  of 
the  year.  —  sub  lucem,  at  day- 
break. 

84.  Pugnatur,  the  fighting  con- 
tinues. —  quae  minime  visa  .  .  . 
hue  concurritur,  what  part  seemed 
least  firm,  hither  it  is  hastened  = 
they  rush  to  that  part  which  seemed 
the  weakest.  —  manus,  the  forces. — 
nee  facile  pluribus  locis  occur- 
rit, nor  do  they  easily  present  them- 
selves in  several  places.  —  pugnan- 


tibus is  a  Dat.  depending  upon  post 
tergum  exstitit,  nearly  equal  to  a 
Gen.  limiting  tergum  ;  which  arose 
behind  the  back  to  (of)  them  fighting 
=  behind  their  backs  as  they  fought. 
—  quod  suum  perlculum  . .  .  con- 
stare,  because  they  see  that  their 
own  danger  depends  upon  the  safety 
of  others.  The  Roman  soldiers  in 
one  of  the  lines  of  fortification  could 
hear  the  shouts  of  the  Gauls  behind 
them  attacking  those  in  the  other 
line  of  fortification,  and  they  knew 
that  they  were  out  of  danger  as  long 
as  their  friends  were  successful  in 
resisting  the  attack  made  upon  them 
by  the  relieving  force  of  Gauls. 


248 


LATIN  LESSONS 


85.  Caesar  idoneum  locum  nactus,  quid  quaque  ex  parte 
geratur   cognoscit;    laborantibus    submittit.      Utrisque   ad 
animum  occurrit  unum  esse  illud  tempus,  quo  maxime  con- 
tend! conveniat :  Gall!,  nisi  perf  regerint  mumtiones,  de  omnl 
salute  desperant ;  Roman!,  si  rein  obtinuerint,  finem  labo- 
rum  omnium  exspectant.    Maxime  ad  superiores  mumtiones 
laboratur,  quo  Vercassivellaunum  missum  de"m6"nstravimus. 
Inlquum  loci  ad  decllvitatem  fastigium  magnum  habet  mo- 
mentum.    Alii  tela  coniciunt,  alii  testudine  facta  subeunt ; 
defatlgatis  in  vicem  integri  succedunt.     Agger  ab  universls 
in  munitionem  coniectus  et  ascensum  dat  Gallls  et  ea,  quae 
in  terra  occultaverant  Roman!,  contegit  j  nee  iam  arma  no- 
str!s  nee  vires  suppetunt. 

86.  H!s  rebus  cognit!s  Caesar  Labienum  cum  cohortibus 
sex  subsidio  laborantibus  mittit ;  imperat,  si  sustinere  non 
posset,   deductls   cohortibus    eruptione    pugnaret ;    id    nisi 


85.  quaque,  Abl.  sing,  of  quis- 
que.  —  quaque  ex  parte,  on  each 
side.  —  geratur,  Rule  XXXIV.  — 
Utrisque  ad  animum  occurrit,  it 
occurs  to  the  mind  of  both,  i.e. 
Romans  and  Gauls.  —Utrisque,  cf. 
pugnantibus,  §  84.  —  quo  maxi- 
me contend!  conveniat,  in  which 
it  is  necessary  to  put  forth  the  utmost 
effort.  —  conveniat,  subjunctive  in 
a  relative  result  clause. — de  omni 
salute  desperant,  wholly  despair 
of  safety. — perf  regerint,  obtinue- 
rint,  Fut.  Perf.  Ind.  —  Maxime 
. . .  laboratur,  they  exert  themselves 
especially.  —  Supply  esse  with  mis- 
sum. —  Inlquum  loci  ad  decli- 
vitatem .  .  .  momentum,  the 
unfavorable  downward  slope  of  the 
ground  is  of  great  importance.  —  ad 
declivitatem,  downward.  —  testu- 


dine facta,  having  formed  a  tes- 
tudo.  Testudo  means  a  tortoise. 
The  soldiers  formed  the  testudo  by 
joining  their  shields  over  their  heads 
so  as  to  make  a  protection  against 
missiles  hurled  upon  them  from 
above.  —  defatigatis  in  vicem  in- 
tegrl succedunt,  fresh  soldiers 
succeed  in  turn  to  those  exhausted 
=  as  they  become  exhausted  fresh 
soldiers  in  turn  take  their  places. 
The  agger  was  a  sloping  mound  of 
earth  leading  up  to  the  wall  or  the 
fortification  that  was  to  be"  scaled ; 
also  used  for  the  regular  earthworks 
of  the  entrenched  camp. —  et  .  .  .  et, 
both  .  .  .  and. 

8(5.  subsidio  laborantibus,  Rule 
XIII.  Cf.  suis  cedentibus  auxilio, 
§  80.  —  deductls  cohortibus  erup- 
tione pugnaret,  to  withdraw  their 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM      249 


necessario  ne  faciat.  Ipse  adit  reliquos,  cohortatur  n6  la- 
bor! succumbaut ;  omnium  superiorum  dlmicationuin  fruc- 
tum  in  eo  die  atque 
hora  docet  consi- 
stere.  Interiores  de- 
speratls  campestri- 
bus  locis  propter 
magnitudinein  mu- 
nitionum  loca  prae- 
rupta  ex  ascensu 
temptant;  hue  ea, 
quae  paraverant, 
conferunt.  Multi- 
tudine  telorum  ex  turribus  propugnantes  deturbant,  aggere  et 
cratibus  fossas  explent,  f alcibus  vallum  ac  lorlcam  rescindunt. 
87.  Mittit  piimo  Bruturn  adulescentem  cum  cohortibus 
Caesar,  post  cum  aliis  Gaius  Fabium  legatum ;  postremo  ipse, 
cum  veliementius  pugnaretur,  integros  subsidio  adducit. 
Eestituto  proelio  ac  repulsls  hostibus,  eo  quo  Labienum 
miserat  contendit;  cohortes  quattuor  ex  proximo  castello 
deducit,  equitum  partem  sequl,  partem  circumire  exteriores 
munitiones  et  ab  tergo  hostes  adorlri  iubet.  Labienus,  post- 
quani  neque  aggeres  neque  fossae  vim  liostium  sustinere 


TESTUDO 


cohorts  and  make  a  sally.  —  ne 
faciat,  takes  the  place  of  an  Im- 
perative in  Direct  Discourse.  —  in 
e5  die  atque  hora  consistere, 
depends  upon  this  day  and  hour. — 
Interiores,  those  within  the  town. 
—  ex  ascensu,  by  climbing  up. — 
ea  quae  paraverant;  these  are 
given  in  the  first  part  of  §  84.  —  ex 
turribus  . .  .  deturbant,  they  drive 
out  in  disorder  from  the  towers  those 


who  were  defending  them.  Cf.  de 
vallo  proturbare,  §  81.  — f  alcibus 
.  .  .  rescindunt,  with  their  wall- 
hooks  they  tear  down  the  palisades 
and  breastworks. 

87.  cum  vehementius  pugna- 
retur, since  they  ic ere  Jiah  tiny  more 
fiercely.  —  integros,  fresh  troops.  — 
eo  quo,  to  the  place  where.  Sup- 
ply et  before  equitum  and  par- 
tem. —  aggeres,  the  earthworks. 


250 


LATIN  LESSONS 


poterant,  coactis  una  quadraginta  cohortibus,  quas,  ex 
proximis  praesidiis  deductas,  fors  obtulit,  Caesarem  per 
nuntios  facit  certiorem  quid  faciendum ;  exlstiniet.  Acce- 
lerat  Caesar,  ut  proelio  intersit. 


Defeat  of  the  Gauls 

88.  Eius  adventu  ex  colore  vestitus  cognito,  quo  insigni 
in  proelils  uti  consuerat,  turmisque  equitum  et  cohortibus 
vlsis  quas  se  sequl  iusserat,  ut  de  locis  superioribus  haec 
decllvia  et  devexa  cernebantur,  hostes 
proelium  committunt.  Utrimque  clamore 
sublato,  excipit  rursus  ex  vallo  atque 
omnibus  munitionibus  clamor.  Nostri, 
omissis  pills,  gladiis  rem  gerunt.  E/e- 
pente  post  tergum  equitatus  cernitur ; 
cohortes  aliae  appropinquant :  hostes 
terga  vertunt;  fugientibus  equites  occur- 
runt;  fit  magna  caedes.  Sedulius,  dux  et 
prmceps  Lemovlcum,  occiditur ;  Vercassivellaunus  Arvernus 
vivus  in  fuga  comprehenditur ;  signa  militaria  LXXIV  ad 
Caesarem  referuntur ;  pauci  ex  tanto  numero  se  incolumes 
in  castra  recipiunt.  Conspicati  ex  oppido  caedem  et  fugam 
suorum,  desperata  salute,  copias  a  munitionibus  reducunt. 


HEAD  OF  GAUL 
(Rome) 


—  una,  adv.,  together.  — fora  obtu- 
lit, chance  threw  them  in  his  way. — 
Caesarem  facit  certiorem,  makes 
CsBsar  more  certain  =  informs  Cse- 
sar.—  quid  faciendum  existimet, 
what  he  thinks  must  be  done.  Sup- 
ply ease  with  faciendum.  —  existi- 
met, Rule  XXXIV.  — intersit,  take 
part  in. 

8H.  ex  colore  cog-nito,  i.e.  pur- 


ple.—quo,  Rule  XXVI.  —  insigni, 
as  a  clislinf/uishing  mark.  —  uti, 
Inf.  of  utor.  —  haec  decllvia  et 
devexa,  these  steep  hillsides.  De- 
clivis  means  inclined  doionwards, 
and  devexus  means  sloping.  The 
two  together  may  be  rendered  steep 
hillsides.  — excipit,  is  caught  up. 
—  rem  gerunt,  continue  the  fight.— 
vivus  comprehenditur,  is  taken 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM      251 

Fit  protinus,  hac  re"  audita,  ex  castris  Gallorum  fuga.  Quod 
nisi  crebrls  subsidils  ac  totlus  die!  labore  milite"s  esseut 
defessl,  omnes  liostiimi  copiae  deleri  potuissent.  De"  media 


DYING  GAUL 


nocte  missus  equitatus  novissimum  agmen  consequitur : 
magnus  numerus  capitur  atque  interficitur ;  reliqul  ex  fuga 
in  clvitates  discedunt. 


Vercingetorix  surrenders 

89.  Postero  die  Vercingetorix,  concilio  convocato,  id  bel- 
lum  se  suscepisse  non  suarum  necessitatium  sed  communis 
libertatis  causa  demonstrat ;  et,  quoniam  sit  fortunae  ceden- 
dum,  ad  utramque  rem  se  illls  offerre,  seu  morte  sua  Roma- 
nis  satisfacere,  seu  vivum  tradere  velint.  Mittuntur  de  his 


alive.  —  Quod    nisi,    but 


the 


soldiers  had  not  been  exhausted  by 
the  frequent  reinforcements  (of  one 


mam  sit  fortunae  cedendum, 
since  he  must  yield  to  fate.  —  ad 
utramque  rem,  for  either  event. 


another).  —  Romams;   compounds  of  satis, 

89.  suarum      necessitatium  bene,  and  male  are  followed  by 

causa,/or  his  own  interests.  —  quo-  j  the  Dat.  —  vivum  agrees  with  se 


252 


LATIN  LESSONS 


rebus  ad  Caesarem  legati.  lubet  arma  tradi,  prmcipes  pro- 
duci.  Ipse  in  munltione  pro  castrls  consedit:  eo  duces 
producuntur.  Vercingetorlx  deditur ;  arma  proiciuntur. 
Keservatls  Haeduis  atque  Arverms,  si  per  eos  civitates 
recuperare  posset,  ex  reliquis  captivls  toto  exercitul  capita 
singula  praedae  nomine  distribuit. 


understood,  the  object  of  tradere. 

—  Ipse,  Caesar.  —  si  (to  see)  whether. 

—  posset,    Rule    XXXIV. —toto, 


Dat.  for  toti. — capita  sing-ula,  cap- 
tives one  by  one  —  a  captive  to  each 
soldier  under  the  name  of  booty. 


NOTE.  — Every  generous  spirit  will  be  touched  by  the  sad  fate  of  the 
noble  Gallic  chief  who  fought  so  gallantly,  though  unsuccessfully,  for 
the  deliverance  of  his  country.  We  are  told  that  he  armed  himself, 
and  equipped  his  horse,  in  the  most  magnificent  manner,  and  then  sal- 
lied out  at  the  gate.  After  he  had  ridden  several  times  around  the  Roman 
proconsul  as  he  sat  upon  his  tribunal,  he  dismounted,  put  off  his  armor, 
and  placed  himself  at  Caesar's  feet.  Here  he  remained  in  silence  until 
Caesar  ordered  a  guard  to  take  him  away  and  keep  him  for  his  triumph. 
Vercingetorix  had  relied  upon  the  former  friendship  of  Caesar  for  for- 
giveness, or  at  least  for  honorable  treatment.  But  Caesar  knew  no  mercy 
for  those  who  had  ventured  to  take  the  field  against  the  legions  of 
Rome.  The  noble  Gaul  was  sent  to  Rome,  to  be  confined  in  a  dungeon 
until  the  day  of  his  execution.  Mommsen,  who  has  only  praise  for 
Caesar,  gives  in  a  few  words  the  closing  scene  of  this  tragedy:  "Five 
years  afterwards,  he  (Vercingetorix)  was  led  in  triumph  through  the 
streets  of  the  Italian  capital ;  and  while  his  conqueror  was  offering  thanks 
to  the  gods  on  the  summit  of  the  Capitol,  Vercingetorix  was  beheaded  at 
its  foot  as  guilty  of  treason  against  the  Roman  nation." 


TRANSLATION  INTO  LATIN 

79-82.  1.  Having  seized  the  outer  hill,  they  encamped  three 
miles  from  our  fortifications.  2.  On  the  next  day,  leading  out 
the  cavalry  from  the  camp,  they  stationed  the  infantry  in  the 
higher  places.  3.  If  the  cavalry  had  been  led  out  from  the  camp, 
battle  would  have  been  joined.  4.  The  camp  occupied  the  top 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  FOR  GALLIC  FREEDOM      253 

of  the  ridge.  5.  The  Gauls  thought  that  their  men  had-the-1 
advantage  in  the  fight.  G.  If  they  should  despair  of  victory,  they 
would  retreat  into  the  town.  7.  They  fear  lest  they  may  be  sur- 
rounded on  the  right  flank. 

83-86.  1.  The  Gauls,  being  twice  repulsed,  took  counsel  as  to 
what  they  should  do.  2.  Going  out  of  the  camp  at  the  second 
watch,  they  well  nigh  completed  the  march  at  daylight.  3.  They 
brought  forth  the  hooks  which  had  been  prepared  in  case  of  a 
sally.  4.  They  fought  everywhere  at  once.  5.  If  the  Gauls  should 
not  break  through  the  fortifications,  they  would  entirely  despair 
of  safety.  6.  Having  learned  this,  Caesar  sends  ten  cohorts  as  a 
reinforcement  for  those  who  were  struggling.  7.  Do  not  give  up 
to  the  labor. 

87-89.  1.  Since  the  fight  was  raging  more  fiercely,  Cfesar  sends 
Brutus  with  four  cohorts  as  an  aid  to  his  men.  2.  Labienus  in- 
formed Caesar,  through  a  messenger,  what  he  thought  should  be 
done.  3.  The  enemy  turn  and  flee  :  a  great  slaughter  takes  place. 
4.  Many  are  taken  alive  in  their  flight.  5.  Suddenly,  a  shout  being 
raised  from  both  sides,  they  join  battle.  6.  Many  are  slain,  but 
a  few  withdraw  unharmed  into  the  town.  7.  If  the  soldiers  are 
not  worn  out  with  the  labor  of  the  day,  all  the  forces  of  the  enemy 
will  be  destroyed.  8.  The  next  day,  Vercingetorix  called  together 
a  council,  in  order  to  show  why  he  had  undertaken  this  war.  9.  We 
must  yield  to  fortune. 

1  Superiores. 


APPENDIX 


1. 


KEGULAB,  VEEBS 
First  Conjugation 

Amo  (st.  ama-),  to  love 


Principal  Parts:  Active  Voice,    dmo,  amare,  amavi,  amatum 
Passive  Voice,  amor,  amari,  amatus  sum 


Active  Voice 

/  love,  am  loving,  do  love 
&mo  amamus 

dmas  amatis 

dmat  dmant 


/  loved,  was  loving,  did  love 
amabam      amabamus 
amabas        amabatis 
amabat        amabant 


/  shall  love  or  be  loving 
amabo         amabimus 
amabis         amabitis 
amabit         amabunt 


INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 


Passive  Voice 


/  am  loved,  etc. 
dmor  amamur 

amaris  (-re)         amamini 
amatur  amdntur 

IMPERFECT 

/  was  loving,  etc. 
amabar  amabamur 

amabaris  (-re)     amabaminl 
amabatur  amabantur 


FUTURE 


/  shall  be  loved 
amabor  amabimur 

amaberis  (-re)     amabimini 
amabitur  amabiintur 


254 


APPENDIX 


255 


Active  Voice 

/  loved  or  have  loved 
ainavi  amavimus 

amavistl       amfivistis 
amavit          amaveruiit  (-re) 


Passive  Voice 
PERFECT 

/  was  loved  or  have  been  loved 

siim  us 
estis 


amatus, 
-a,  -um 


est 


amati, 
-ae, -a 


sunt 


PLUPERFECT 

/  had  loved  or  had  been  loving 

amaveram    amaveramus 
amaveras      amaveratis 
amaverat      amaverant 


/  had  been  loved 


*,        feram         AL     f  eram  us 

amatus,     ,  amati,        £l. 
1  eras  4  eratis 

-a, -um  -ae, -a 

erat  erant 


FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  have  loved  or  been  loving  I  shall  have  been  loved 

amavero       amaverimus  <-         f  ero             ^      f  erimus 

A                    .    ,  .,-  amatus,     ,  .        amati, 

aniavens       amaveritis  -I  eris                   ^  eritis 


amaverit      amaverint 


amatus, 
-a,  -um 


erit 


-ae,  -a 


e'runt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRESENT 

dmera  amemus  amer  amemur 

dmes  ametis  ameris  (-re)          ameminl 

dmet  dment  ametur  amentur 


amarem        amaremus 
am  ares          amaretis 
amaret         amarent 


IMPERFECT 

amarer 
amareris  (-re) 
amaretur 


amaremur 
amareminl 
amarentur 


amaverim    amaverimus 
amaveris       amaveritis 
amaverit       amaverint 


PERFECT 


*._   fsimus 
amati,      £l . 
'  \  sitis 


-ae,  -a 


sint 


256 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Active  Voice 

amavissern     amavissemus 
amavisses       amavissetis 
amavisset       amavissent 


PLUPERFECT 
amatus, 


Passive  Voice 


essem 

-!  esses 


A.     \  essemus 
amati,          A.. 
\  essetis 


-a. -urn      ,  -ae, -a 

esset  essent 


IMPERATIVE 

PRESENT 

love  ihou 

love  ye 

be  ihou  loved 

be  ye  loved 

ama 

amate 

amare 

amamini 

FUTURE 

ihou  shall 
love 

you  shall 
love 

ihou  shall  be 
loved 

they  shall  be 
loved 

amato 

amatote 

amator 



amato 

amanto 

amator 

amantor 

INFINITIVE 

PRES.  amare,  to  love  amari,  to  be  loved 

PERF.  amavisse,  to  have  loved  amatus  esse,  to  have  been  loved 

FUT.    amaturus  esse,  to  be  about  amatum  in,  to  be  about  to  be  loved 
to  love 

PARTICIPLES 

PRES.  dmans,  -antis,  loving  PERF.  amatus,  -a,  -urn,   loved  or 

having  been  loved 

FUT.    amaturus,  -a,  -um,  being    GERUNDIVE,  amandus,  -a,  -um,  to 
about  to  love  be  loved 


GERUND 

GEN.  amandi,  of  loving 

DAT.  amando,  to  or  for  loving 

Ace.  amandum,  loving 

ABL.  amando,  by  love 


SUPINE 


amatum,  to  love 

amatu,  to  love  or  to  be  loved 


APPENDIX  257 


Second  Conjugation 

2.  M6neo  (st.  mone-),  to  warn 

Principal  Parts :  Active  Voice,    mdneo,  mon&re,  mdnui,  mdnitum 
Passive  Voice,  mdneor,  monerl,  mdnitus  sum 

INDICATIVE 
Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 
/  warn,  am  warning,  do  warn  I  am  warned,  etc. 

mdneo          monemus  mdneor  monemur 

indnes  monetis  moneris  (-re)         moneminl 

mdnet  mdnent  monetur  monentur 

IMPERFECT 
I  warned,  was  warning,  did  warn  I  was  warned,  etc. 

monebam     monebamus  monebar  monebamur 

monebas      monebatis  monebaris  (-re)     monebaminl 

monebat      monebant  monebatur  monebdntur 

FUTURE 
I  shall  warn  or  be  warning  I  shall  be  warned 

monebo        monebimus  monebor  monebimur 

monebis       monebitis  moneberis  (-re)     monebimini 

monebit       monebunt  monebitur  monebuntur 

PERFECT 
/  warned  or  have  warned  I  was  warned  or  have  been  warned 

mdnui          moniiimus  ,  ..       f  sum  .    f  siimus 

monitus  moniti 

monuisti      monuistis  \  es  \  estis 

,,  -a, -um  -ae, -a 

monuit         monuerunt  (-re)  [  est  [  sunt 

LAT.  LES.  — 17 


258  LATIN  LESSONS 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PLUPERFECT 

I  had  warned  or  had  been  warning  I  had  been  warned 

momieram     monueramus  feram  ,_  feramus 

Al.  monitus     ,  moniti        A,. 

monueras       monueratis  \  eras  \  eratis 

-a. -um  -ae.-a. 
monuerat       monuerant                              [erat  [erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT 
I  shall  have  warned  I  shall  have  been  warned 

momiero         monuerimus                ,  . .       \  er5  ,  ..    { erimus 

monitus     .  .  moniti  I  ,  ... 

monuens        monueritis                              \  eris  -!  eritis 

-a. -um  -ae.-a 

monuerit        monuermt                              [erit  [erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRESENT 

mdneam 

moneamus 

mdnear 

moneamur 

mdneas 
mdneat 

moneatis 
mdneant 

monearis  (-re) 
moneatur 

moneamini 
moneantur 

IMPERFECT 

monerem       moner^mus  monerer  moneremur 

moneres         moneretis  monereris  (-re)  monereminl 

moneret         monerent  moneretur  monerentur        ; 

PERFECT 

momierim      monudrimus  f  sim  ._  f  simus 

mdnitus  mdniti      «,. 

monueris        monueritis  \  sis  \  sitis 

-a. -um       .,  -ae.-a       .   . 

monuerit        monuermt  [  sit  [  smt 

PLUPERFECT 

monufssem    monuiss^mus  f  dssem  ,_  f  essemus 

.    ^.  mdnitus  moniti         AL. 

monufsses      monuissetis  4  esses  j  essetis 

mpnuisset      monui'ssent  [  esset  [  essent 


APPENDIX 


IMPERATIVE 


Active  Voice 


259 
V  .          f"5V        4  Vw*>y 

Passive  Voice 


PRESENT 

icarn  thou  warn  ye         be  thou  warned     be  ye  warned 

mdne  monete  monere  monemini 

FUTURE 


thou  shall 
warn 

you  shall 
warn 

thou  shalt  be 
warned 

they  shall  be 
warned 

moneto 
moneto 

monetote 
monento 

monetor 
monetor 

mon^ntor 

INFINITIVE 

PRES.  monere,  to  warn  moneri,  to  be  warned 

PERF.  monuisse,  to  have  warned  mdnitus  ^sse,  to  have  been  warned 

FUT.     moniturus  esse,  to  be  about  mdnitura  m,  to  be  about  to  be 

to  warn  warned 


PARTICIPLES 

PRES.  mdnens,  -entis,  warning         PERF.  mdnitus,  -a,  -um,  warned 

or  having  been  warned 
FUT.     moniturus,  -a,  -um,  being      GERUNDIVE,  monendus,-a,-um, 


about  to  warn 


to  be  warned 


GERUND 

GEN.    monendi,  of  warning 
DAT.    monendo,  to  or  for  learn- 
ing 

Ace.     monendum,  warning 
ABL.     monendo,  by  warning 


SUPINE 


mdnitum,  to  warn 

mdnitu,  to  warn  or  to  be  warned 


260 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Third  Conjugation 

3.        Re*go  (verb  stem  reg- ;  pres.  stem  rege-),  to  rule 

Principal  Parts :  Active  Voice,    rego,  regere,  rexl,  rectum 
Passive  Voice,  regor,  regi,  rectus  sum 

INDICATIVE 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 

/  rule,  am  ruling,  do  rule  I  am  ruled,  etc. 

rego  regimus  regor  regimur 

regis  regitis  regeris  regimini 

regit  rdgunt  regitur  regiintur 

IMPERFECT 
/  ruled,  was  ruling,  did  rule  I  was  ruled,  etc. 

regebam      regebamus  regebar  regebamur 

regebas        regebatis  regebaris  (-re)    regebamini 

regebat        regebant  regebatur  regebdntur 


I  shall  rule  or  be  ruling 

regam          regemus 
reges  regetis 

reget  regent 


FUTURE 

1  shall  be  ruled,  etc. 

regar  regemur 

regeris  (-re)        regemini 
regetur  regentur 


/  ruled  or  have  ruled 

rexl  reximus 

rexisti          rexistis 

rexerunt  (-re) 


PERFECT 


/  was  ruled  or  have  been  ruled 


rectus 
-a,  -um 


sum 


est 


,.  ,_   fsumus 
recti 

\  estis 
-ae, -a 

sunt 


APPENDIX 


261 


Active  Voice 

PLUPERFECT 
1  had  ruled  or  had  been  ruling 


Passive  Voice 


/  had  been  ruled 


rexeram       rexeramus 
rexeras         rexeratis 
rexerat         rexerant 


rectus 
-a,  -urn 


f  eram 
j  eras 
erat 


^        feramus 
reCtl     erStis 
-ae'"a  Uaut 


FUTURE  PERFECT 
I  shall  have  ruled  or  been  ruling  I  shall  have  been  ruled 


rexero 
rexeris 
rexerit 


rexerimus 

rexeritis 

rexerint 


recti 
-ae, -a 


.   ferimus 


j  eritis 
erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
PRESENT 

regam  regamus  regar 

regas  regatis  regaris  (-re) 

regat  regant  regatur 

IMPERFECT 


regamur 
regaminl 
regantur 


regerem 
regeres 
regeret 

regeremus 
regeretis 
regerent 

regerer 
regereris  (-re) 
regeretur 

regeremur 
regeremini 
regerentur 

PERFECT 

rexerim 
rexeris 
rexerit 

rexerimus 
rexeritis 
rexerint 

f.  .       \  sim 
rectus 

\  SIS 

-a.-um      ., 

[sit 

..  .„   f  simus 
recti       e.. 

\  SltlS 

-ae.  -a      .   , 
[smt 

rexissem      rexissemus 
rexisses        rexissetis 
rexisset        rexissent 


PLUPERFECT 
rectus 


dssem 


recti  f 

\  essetis 
-ae,  -a     . 

[  essent 


262 


LATIN  LESSONS 


IMPERATIVE 


Active  Voice 


Passive  Voice 


rule  ihou 
rege 


rule  ye 
regite 


PRESENT 

be  tlwu  ruled 
regere 

FUTURE 


be  ye  ruled 
regimini 


ihou  shall 
rule 

you  shall 
rule 

ihou  shall  be 
ruled 

they  shall  be 
ruled 

regito 
regito 

regitote 
regunto 

regitor 
regitor 

regiintor 

INFINITIVE 


PRES.  regere,  to  rule 
PERF.  rexisse,  to  have  ruled 
FUT.     recturus  esse,  to  be  about 
to  rule 


regi,  to  be  ruled 
rectus  esse,  to  have  been  ruled 
rectum    m,    to    be   about   to   be 
ruled 


PARTICIPLES 


PRES.  regens,  -entis,  ruling 

FUT.     recturus,   -a,   -urn,    being 
about  to  rule 


PERF.  rectus,  -a,  -um,  ruled  or 
having  been  ruled 

GERUNDIVE,  regendus,  -a,  -um, 
to  be  ruled 


GERUND 

GEN.  rege'ndi,  of  ruling 

DAT.  regendo,  to  or  for  ruling 

Ace.  regdndum,  ruling 

ABL.  regendo,  by  ruling 


SUPINE 


rectum,  to  rule 

rectu,  to  rule  or  to  be  ruled 


APPENDIX  263 

Fourth  Conjugation 

4.  Addio  (st.  audi-),  to  hear 

Principal  Parts :  Active  Voice,    audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditum 
Passive  Voice,  aiidior,  audm,  auditus  sum 

INDICATIVE 
Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 
/  hear,  am  hearing,  do  hear  I  am  heard,  etc. 

audio  audimus  audior  audimur 

audis  auditis  audiris  (-re)          audiminl 

audit  aiidiunt  auditur  audiiintur 

IMPERFECT 

/  heard,  was  hearing,  did  hear  I  was  heard,  etc. 

audiebam    audiebamus  audiebar  audiebamur 

audiebas      audiebatis  audiebaris  (-re)     audiebaminl 

audiebat      audiebant  audiebatur  audiebdntur 

FUTURE 

/  shall  hear  I  shall  be  heard 

audiam        audiemus  aiidiar  audi^mur 

aiidies          audietis  audieris  (-re)         audieminl 

audiet          audient  audietur  audientur 

PERFECT 

/  heard  or  have  heard  I  was  heard  or  have  been  heard 

audivi          audivimus  ,«,      fsum  ,f     fsiimus 

,_  ,  , .  auditus  audit! 

audivisti      audivistis  j  es  4  estis 

audivit         audlverunt  (-re)  [est  '      [sunt 


264 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Active  Voice 

PLUPERFECT 

/  had  heard  or  had  been  hearing 

audfveram     audlveramus 
audiveras       audiveratis 
audiverat       audfverant 


Passive  Voice 


I  had  been  heard 


auditus 
-a,  -um 


f  eram 
4  eras 
erat 


auditi 
-ae,  -a 


eramus 

eratis 

erant 


FUTURE  PERFECT 
1  shall  have  heard  or  been  hearing  I  shall  have  been  heard 

audrvero         audiverimus  ,«,       fero  ,fl    ferimus 

auditus     ,  .          auditl 
audiveris        audiveritis  4  ens  4  eritis 

audfverit       audfverint  "a'"Um     erit         "ae'  "a    erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

. 

PRESENT 

aiidiam 

audiamus 

aiidiar 

audiamur 

aiidias 
audiat 

audiatis 
aiidiant 

audiaris  (-re) 
audiatur 

audiamim 
audidntur 

IMPERFECT 

audirem 

audireinus 

audirer 

audlremur 

audires 

audlretis 

audireris  (-re) 

audireminl 

audiret 

audirent 

audiretur 

audirentur 

PERFECT 

audiverim 
audiveris 

audivdrimus 
audiveritis 

,e.      fsim 
auditus 
4  sis 

.,.,_  fsfmus 
auditi      f.. 
4  sitis 

audiverit 

audiverint 

-a,-um 

[sit 

-ae,  -a      .   . 
[smt 

PLUPERFECT 

audivi'ssem 
audivisses 

audivissemus 
audivissetis 

,e^      f  dssem 
auditus 
4.  esses 

,e._  fessemus 
auditi         «... 
4  essetis 

audlvfsset 

audivfssent 

-a,-um      . 
[  dsset 

'  [Assent 

APPENDIX 


265 


IMPERATIVE 


Active  Voice 


hear  thou 
aiidi 


hear  ye 
audite 


Passive  Voice 


PRESENT 

be  thou  heard    be  ye  heard 
audire  audiminl 


FUTURE 


thou  shalt 
hear 

ye  shall 
hear 

thou  shalt  be 
heard 

they  shall  be 
heard 

audito 

audltote 

auditor 



audito 

audiunto 

auditor 

audiuntor 

INFINITIVE 


PRES.  audire,  to  hear 
PERF.  audivisse,  to  have  heard 
FUT.     audlturus  esse,  to  be  about 
to  hear 


audm,  to  be  heard 
auditus  esse,  to  have  been  heard 
auditum  iri,  to   be  about  to  be 
heard 


PARTICIPLES 


PRES.  aiidiens,  -entis,  hearing 

FUT.     audlturus,  -a,  -urn,  being 
about  to  hear 


PERF.  auditus,  -a,  -um,  heard  or 
having  been  heard 

GERUNDIVE,  audiendus,  -a,  -um, 
to  be  heard 


GERUND 

GEN.  audiendi,  of  hearing 

DAT.  audiendo,  to  or  for  hearing 

Ace.  audiendum,  hearing 

ABL.  audiendo,  by  hearing 


SUPINE 


auditum,  to  hear 

auditu,  to  hear  or  to  be  heard 


266  LATIN  LESSONS 

Third  Conjugation  —  Verbs  in  -id 

5.    Capio  (verb  stem  cap-;  pres.  stems  cape-  and  capi-),  to  take 

Principal  Parts :  A  ctive  Voice,    capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum 
Passive  Voice,  capior,  capi,  captus  sum 

INDICATIVE 
Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 
/  take,  am  taking,  do  take  I  am  taken,  etc. 

capio  capimus  c&pior  capimur 

capis  capitis  caperis  (-re)          capimini 

capit  capiunt  capitur  capiuntur 

.     IMPERFECT 

/  took,  was  taking,  did  take  I  was  taken,  etc. 

capiebam,  capiebas,  etc.  capiebar,  capiebaris  (-re),  etc. 

FUTURE 

/  shall  take  or  be  taking  I  shall  be  taken,  etc. 

capiam,  capies,  etc.  capiar,  capieris  (-re),  etc. 

PERFECT 

7  took  or  have  taken  I  was  taken  or  have  been  taken 

cepi,  cepisti,  etc.  captus,  -a,  -urn,  sum,  es,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT 

/  had  taken  or  had  been  taking  I  had  been  taken 

ceperam,  ceperas,  etc.  cdptus,  -a,  -um,  eram,  eras,  etc. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

/  shall  have  taken  or  been  taking  I  shall  have  been  taken 

cepero,  ceperis,  etc.  captus,  -a,  -um,  dro,  dris,  etc. 


APPENDIX 


267 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 

capiam,  capias,  etc.  capiar,  capiaris  (-re),  etc. 

IMPERFECT 


caperem,  cdperes,  etc. 


caterer,  capereris  (-re),  etc. 


PERFECT 
ceperim,  ceperis,  etc.  captus,  -a,  -um,  sim,  sis,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT 
cepfssem,  cepisses,  etc.  cdptus,  -a,  -um,  e^sem,  dsses,  etc. 


take  ihou      take  ye 
cape  capite 


ihou  shalt     you  shall 
take  take 


cdpito 
cdpito 


capitote 
capiiinto 


IMPEEATIVE 
PRESENT 

be  ihou  taken     be  ye  taken 
capere  capiininl 

FUTURE 

ihou  shalt  be     they  shall  be 
taken  taken 


cdpitor 
c£pitor 


capiuntor 


INFINITIVE 

PRES.  cdpere,  to  take  c&pi,  to  be  taken 

PERF.  cepisse,  to  have  taken  cdptus  esse,  to  have  been  taken 

FUT.     capturus  esse,  to  be  about  captum    iri,   to   be   about   to   be 
to  take  taken 

'   OT  TBM     *>• 


UHI7BRSIT: 


268  LATIN  LESSONS 


PAKTICIPLES 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRES.  capiens,  -entis,  talcing  PERF.  captus,  -a,  -um,  taken  or 

having  been  taken 

FUT.     capturus,  -a,  -um,   being      GERUNDIVE,  capiendus, -a, -um, 
about  to  take  to  be  taken 


GEEUND  SUPINE 

GEN.    capiendl,  of  taking,  etc.          Ace.    cdptum,  to  take 

ABL  .    captu,  to  take  or  to  be  taken 


IEEEGULAR  VEEBS 

6.  Sum  (pres.  stem  es- ;  perf .  stem  fu-) 

Principal  Parts :  sum,  esse,  fui,  f uturus 

INDICATIVE 
PRESENT  IMPERFECT 

/  am  I  was 

sum          siimus  eram          eramus 

es  estis  eras  erati's 

est  sunt  ^rat  erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

/  shall  be  I  have  been 

e*ro  erimus  fui  fiiimus 

^ris  iritis  fufsti          fuistis 

^rit  ^runt  fiiit  fuerunt  (-ere) 


APPENDIX  269 

PLUPERFECT  FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  had  been  I  shall  have  been 

fiieram         fueramus  fiiero  fudrimus 

fiieras  fueratis  fiieris  fue"ritis 

fuerat  fiierant  fiierit  fiierint 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
PRESENT  IMPERFECT 

sim  simus  e'ssem  essemus 

sis  sitis  e'sses  ess^tis 

sit  sint  esset  essent 

PERFECT  PLUPERFECT 

fiierim          fudrimus  fuissem         fuissemus 

fueris  fueritis  fuisses  fuissetis 

fuerit  fiierint  fuisset  fuissent 


IMPEKATIVE 
PRESENT  FUTURE 

bethou  be  ye  thou  shall  be      ye  shall  be 

es  este  esto  estote 

he  shall  be      they  shall  be 
esto  siinto 


INFINITIVE  PARTICIPLE 

PRES.  esse,  to  be 

PERF.  fui'sse,  to  have  been  futurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be 

FUT.     futurus  esse,  to  be  about  to  be 


270 


LATIN  LESSONS 


7.            Pdssum  (potis,  able  4-  sum),  to  be  able,  can 
Principal  Parts :  possum,  pdsse,  po'tui, 


INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

/  can,  am  able 
possum        pdssumus 
pdtes  potestis 

pdtest          pdssunt 

IMPERFECT 
/  could,  was  able 
pdteram,  -as,  etc. 

FUTURE 

/  can,  shall  be  able 
pdtero,  -is,  etc. 

PERFECT 

/  could,  have  been  able 
pdtui,  -istl,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT 

/  could  have,  had  been  able 
potueram,  -as,  etc. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

/  could  have,  shall  have  been  able 

potuero,  -is,  etc. 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
PRESENT 

pdssim        possimus 
pdssis          possitis 
pdssit          pdssint 

IMPERFECT 
pdssem,  -es,  etc. 


PERFECT 

potiierim,  -is,  etc. 
PLUPERFECT 

potuissem,  -fsses,  etc. 


INFINITIVE 


PRESENT 

to  be  able 


PERFECT 

to  have  been  able 
potuisse 


APPENDIX 


271 


8.  Prfisum  (pro  +  sum),  to  profit 

Principal  Parts :  prosum,  prode'sse,  profuturus 


INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

prosum  prosumus 
prodes  prodestis 
prodest  prosunt 


IMPF  proderam 

FUT.  prodero 

PERF.  profui 

PLUPF.          profiieram 
FUT.  PERF.  profuero 


PRES. 
FUT. 


prodes 
prodesto 

PRESENT 
prodesse 


IMPEEATIVE 


INFINITIVE 
PERFECT 

profuisse 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRESENT 

prdsim      prosiinus 
prdsis        prositis 
prosit        prdsint 

prodessem 

profuerim 
profuissem 


prodestote 

FUTURE 

profuturus  esse 


PARTICIPLE 

FUTURE 
profuturus,  -a,  -um 


9.        V616,  to  be  willing,  to  wish 

N615  (non  +  volo),  to  be  unwilling 

Malo  (magis  +  volo),  to  be  more  willing,  to  prefer 

Principal  Parts :  volo,   velle,   vdlul,   

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  

maid,  malle,  malm, 


272 


LATIN  LESSONS 


INDICATIVE 

PRESENT 

vdlo 

nolo 

malo 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

vdlumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

vdlunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

IMPF. 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

FUT. 

vdlam,  -es 

nolam,  -es 

malam,  -es 

PERF. 

vdlui 

nolul 

malm 

PLUPF. 

volueram 

noliieram 

maliieram 

FUT.  PERF. 

voluero 

noliiero 

maluero 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRESENT 

velim 

nolim 

malim 

veils 

noils 

malls 

velit 

nolit 

malit 

velimus 

nolimus 

malimus 

velitis 

nolitis 

malitis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

IMPF. 

vellem,  -es 

nollem,  -es 

mallem,  -es 

PERF. 

voliierim 

noliierim 

maluerim 

PLUPF. 

voluissem 

noluissem 

maluissem 

IMPERATIVE 

PRES. 

_____ 

noli 

^____ 



nolite 



FUT. 



nolito 





nolitote,  nolunto 



APPENDIX 


273 


PRES. 
PERF. 


velle 
voluisse 


INFINITIVE 

nSlle 
noluisse 


ma1  lie 
maluisse 


PRES. 


vdlens 


PARTICIPLES 

nolens 


1C.  F^ro,  to  bear,  carry 

Principal  Parts :  f dro,  ferre,  tiill,  latum 

INDICATIVE 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRESENT 

/  bear,  do  bear,  am  bearing  I  am  borne,  etc. 

fero      ferimus  fe'ror  ferimur 

fers       fertis  fdrrisor-re    fenmini 

fert       ferunt  fertur  feriintur 


IMPF. 
FUT. 
PERF. 
PLUPF. 


ferebam 
feram,  -es,  etc. 
tiill 
tiileram 


FUT.  PERF.  tiilero 


fer^bar 

ferar,  -eris,  etc. 
iStus  sum 
iStus  dram 
latus  ^ro 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


PRES. 
IMPF. 
PERF. 
PLUPF. 


feram,  -as,  etc. 
f^rrem 
tiilerim 
tiileram 
LAT.  LES.  — 18 


f e'rar,  -aris,  etc. 
fe>rer 
latus  sim 
l^tus  e'ssem 


274  LATIN  LESSONS 

IMPERATIVE 
Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

PRES.  fer  ferte  ferre        ferimini 

FUT.  ferto        fertote  fertor 

ferto       feninto  fertor       feruntor 

INFINITIVE 

PRES.  ferre  ferrl 

PERF.  tulisse  latus  esse 

FUT.  laturus  esse  latum  irl 

PARTICIPLES 

PRES.  fe'rens  PERF.  latus 

FUT.  laturus  GERUNDIVE,  ferendus 

GERUND  SUPINE 

GEN.  ferendl,  etc.  Ace.  latum 

ABL.  latu 


11.  Eo,  to  go  (used  only  in  the  Active) 

Pfo  (pass,  of  facio),  to  be  made,  become 

Principal  Parts :  e'o,  ire,  ivi  (li),  itum 
fio,  fieri,  fdctus  sum 

INDICATIVE 

PRESENT 

do  imus  fio  fimus 

is  itis  fis  fitis 

it  ^unt  fit  ffunt 


APPENDIX 


275 


IMPF. 
FUT. 
PERF. 
PLUPF 


ibam 
ibo 

ivi  (il) 
iveram  (leram) 


FUT.  PERF.  ivero  (lero) 


flgbam 
f fain,  -cs,  etc. 
f ictus  sum 
fdctus  eram 
fdctus  dro 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRES.  earn  fiam,  -as,  etc. 

IMPF.  irem  fferem 

PERF.  iverim  (lerim)  fdctus  sim 

PLUPF.          rvissem  fdctus  essem 


IMPERATIVE 

PRES.  I  ite  fl 

FUT.  ito  Itote 

ito  eiinto  — 


ffte 


INFINITIVE 

PRES.  ire  fieri 

PERF.  Ivisse  (iisse)  factus  dsse 

FUT.  iturus  esse  fdctum  irl 


PARTICIPLES 


PRES.  fens,  GEN.  eiintis 

FUT.  iturus,  -a,  -um 


PERF.  fdctus 

GERUNDIVE,  faciendus 


GEN.  eundi,  etc. 


GERUND 


SUPINE 


Ace.  itum 

ABL.  ftu 


fdctum 
fdctii 


276 


LATIN  LESSONS 


12. 


NUMEKALS 


CARDINALS 


ORDINALS 


1.     unus,  -a,  um 

primus,  -a,  um 

2.     duo,  duae,  duo 

secundus  (alter) 

3.     tres,  tria 

tertius 

4.     quattuor 

quartus 

5.     quinque 

qulntus 

6.     sex 

sextus 

7.     septem 

Septimus 

8.     octo 

octavus 

9.     novem 

nonus 

10.     decem 

decimus 

11.     undecim 

undecimus 

12.     duodecim 

duodecimus 

13.    tredecim 

tertius  decimus 

14.     quattuor  decim 

quartus  decimus 

15.     qumdecim 

qulntus  decimus 

16.     sedecim  (sexdecim) 

sextus  decimus 

17.     septendecim 

Septimus  decimus 

18.     duodevigintl 

duode~vlcesimus 

19.     undevlginti 

undevlcesimus 

20.     viginti 

vicesimus 

J  vlgintl  unus  or  } 
'  \  unus  et  viginti  J 

f  vicesimus  primus  or  1 
\   unus  et  vicesimus    J 

f  viginti  duo  or  } 
'  [  duo  et  viginti  J 

f  vicesimus  secundus  or 
\     alter  et  vicesimus 

30.     triginta 

trlcesimus 

40.     quadraginta 

quadragesimus 

50.     qumquaginta 

qulnquagesimus 

100.     centum 

centesimus 

200.     ducentl,  -ae,  -a 

ducentesimus 

1000.     mllle 

millesimus 

APPENDIX 


277 


13. 


PERSONAL  PKONOUNS 


FIRST   PERSON 

Sing.  riu. 

Norn,    ego       nos 
Gen. 


f  nostrum 
mei   t(ndstrl) 
Dat.      mini    nobls 


Ace. 
Abl. 


me 
me 


nos 
nobls 


SECOND   PERSON 
Sing.        Plu. 

tu      vos 
.    f  ve'strum  1 

""  {(vestri)  } 

tfbi    vobls 

te       vos 

te       vobls 


THIRD   PERSON 

(HEKLKXIVE) 
Sing,  and  Plu. 


SUl 

sfbi 

se  (sese) 

se  (sese) 


14. 


KULES   OF   SYNTAX 


I.  The  Subject  of  a  Finite  Verb  is  in  the  Nominative  Case. 

II.  The  Object  of  a  Transitive  Verb  is  in  the  Accusative  Case. 

III.  A  Predicate  Noun  after  a  neuter  or  passive  verb  takes  the 
same  case  as  the  subject. 

IV.  Adjectives,  Adjective  Pronouns,  and  Participles  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  Gender,  Number,  and  Case. 

V.  A  Pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  Gender  and  Num- 
ber, but  its  Case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  clause  in 
which  it  stands. 

VI.  A  Noun  joined  to  another  noun  denoting  the  same  person 
or  thing  is  in  the  same  case  by  Apposition. 

VII.  A  Noun  limiting  another  noun  denoting  a  different  person 
or  thing  is  in  the  Genitive. 

VIII.  Adjectives  of  Desire,  Knowledge,  Fulness,  Power,  Shurhiff, 
Guilt,  and  their  opposites,  and  Verbals  in  -ax,  take  the  Genitive. 

IX.  The  Indirect  Object  of  an  action  is  in  the  Dative. 

X.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  in,  inter,  ob, 
post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super  are  followed  by  the  Dative. 


278  LATIN  LESSONS 

XI.  After  sum  and  similar  verbs,  the  Possessor  is  expressed  by 
the  Dative,  the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

XII.  Many  verbs  signifying  to  Favor,  Please,  Trust,  Obey,  and 
their  contraries,  to  Command,  Resist,  Persuade,  Threaten,  be  Angry, 
and  the  like,  are  followed  by  the  Dative. 

XIII.  A  few  verbs  admit  two  Datives,  —  one  denoting  the  Object 
to  which,  the  other  the  End  for  which,  anything  is,  or  is  done. 

XIV.  Adjectives  of  Nearness,  Friendliness,  Fitness,  Likeness,  or 
their  opposites,  take  a  Dative  of  the  object  to  which  the  quality 
is  directed. 

XV.  The  Subject  of  the  Infinitive  is  in  the  Accusative. 

XVI.  Duration  of  Time  and  Extent  of  Space  are  expressed  by 
the  Accusative. 

XVII.  Verbs  meaning  to  Make,  Choose,  Name,  Call,  and  the  like, 
take  two  Accusatives  of  the  same  person  or  thing. 

XVIII.  Verbs  of  Asking,   Teaching,  and  Concealing  take  two 
Accusatives,  —  one  of  a  person,  the  other  of  a  thing. 

XIX.  Cause,  Means,  and  Instrument  are  expressed  by  the  Abla- 
tive.    Manner  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative,  either  alone  or  joined 
with  the  preposition  cum. 

XX.  That  of  which  anything  is  deprived,  or  from  which  it  is 
removed  or  separated,  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative. 

XXI.  The  Degree  of  Difference  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative. 

XXII.  Time  at  or  within  which  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative. 

XXIII.  A  noun  with  an  adjective  or  limiting  Genitive  is  in  the 
Ablative  after  the  verb  sum,  or  another  noun,  to  denote  the  Char- 
acter or  Quality  of  a  person  or  thing. 

NOTE.  —  Instead  of  the  Ablative,  the  Genitive  is  sometimes  used. 

XXIV.  The  Ablative  of  Specification  is  used  with  Nouns,  Adjec- 
tives, and  Verbs,  to  denote  in  what  respect  anything  is  true. 

XXV.  The  Comparative  is  followed  by  the  Ablative  when  quam 
(than)  is  not  expressed. 

XXVI.  The  Deponent  Verbs  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  and 
vescor  are  followed  by  the  Ablative. 

XXVII.  The  Voluntary  Agent  of  a  verb  in  the  Passive  Voice  is 
in  the  Ablative  with  a  or  ab. 


APPENDIX  279 

XXVIII.  A  noun  and  a  participle,  or  a  noun  and  an  adjective, 
or  two  nouns,  may  be  put  in  the  Ablative  to  denote  the  time,  cause, 
or  other  attendant  circumstance  of  an  action. 

This  is  called  the  Ablative  Absolute. 

XXIX.  Place  Where  is  expressed  by  the  A  Native  with  in ;  but 
names  of  Towns  and  Small  Islands,  Domus,  and  RUB  are  put  in 
the  Locative  Case  without  a  preposition. 

XXX.  After  verbs  of  Motion,  Place  to  which  is  expressed  by  the 
Accusative,  Place  from  which  by  the  Ablative;  names  of  Towns,  Small 
Islands,  Domus,  and  Rusj  without  a  preposition  ;  other  nouns  take 
ad  or  in  with  the  Accusative,  and  ab,  de,  or  ex  with  the  Ablative. 

XXXI.  Verbs  of  Declaring,  Thinking,  Believing,  Knowing,  take 
after  them  an  Infinitive  with  a  Subject  Accusative. 

XXXII.  Clauses  denoting  Purpose  or  Result  take  the  Subjunc- 
tive after  ut,  ne,  quo,  quin,  quominus,  or  a  Relative. 

XXXIII.  Cum  Causal  (since}  or  Concessive  (although}  takes  the 
Subjunctive ;  Cum  Temporal  (when}  generally  takes  the  Subjunc- 
tive of  the  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Tenses,  and  the  Indicative  of 
the  Present  and  Perfect  Tenses. 

XXXIV.  The  Indirect  Question  has  its  verb  in  the  Subjunctive. 

XXXV.  In  Indirect  Discourse  (Oratid  Obllqua)  the  verb  of  the 
Principal  clause  is  in  the  Infinitive,  and  the  verbs  of  the  Subordinate 
clauses  are  in  the  Subjunctive. 

XXXVI.  The  Subjunctive  is  used  to  express  a  command  or  an 
exhortation.     In  this  sense  it  is  used  chiefly  in  the  first  and  second 
persons  singular  and  theirs*  and  third  persons  plural  of  the  Present 
Tense. 

XXXVII.  The  Supine  in  -um  is  used  with  verbs  of  Motion  to 
express  Purpose. 

XXXVIII.  After  verbs  of  Giving,  Sending,   Undertaking,  Con- 
tracting for,  and  the  like,  the  Accusative  of  the  Gerundive   in 
agreement  with  the  object  of  the  verb  is  used  to  express  Purpose. 

XXXIX.  A  Principal  Tense  in  the  main  clause  of  a  complex 
sentence  is  followed  by  a  Principal  Tense  in  the  dependent  clause ; 
and  a  Historical  Tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  a  His- 
torical Tense  in  the  dependent  clause. 


280 


LATIN  LESSONS 


15. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


235 


Porsena,   -ae,   m.,  Porsena,    a 

proper  name, 
mfestus,  -a,   -um,  adj.,  hostile, 

dangerous. 

umquam,  adv.,  at  any  time,  ever. 
alias,  adv.,  at  another  time. 
ante,  adv.,  before. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  50  great, 

so  much,  such. 

terror,  -oris,  m.,  alarm,  terror. 
invado,  -ere,  -vasi,  -vasum,  to 

enter,  fall  upon,  attack. 
aded,  adv.,  so,  to  such  a  degree. 
validus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,   strong, 

powerful,  stanch. 


Clusmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Clu- 

sium,  Clusian. 
demigro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

migrate,  remove. 
saepio,  -ire,  -si,  -turn,  to  hedge 

in,  fortify,  guard. 
praesidium,  -I,  n.,  a  protection, 

guard,  garrison. 
pars,  partis,  f.,  apart. 
murus,  -I,  m.,  a  wall. 
obicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  to 

throw  before,  set  against,  use  as 

a  defense. 
tueor,-eri, -tutus  sum,  to  guard, 

defend. 


238 


pons,  pontis,  m.,  a  bridge. 

sublicius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  resting 
upon  piles,  sublician. 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  a  way,  march, 
journey. 

paene,  adv.,  almost,  nearly. 

nisi,  conj.,  if  not,  unless,  except. 

cognomen,  -minis,  n.,  a  sur- 
name, name. 

amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 
to  lose,  send  away. 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  outer- 
most, farthest,  farthest  part  of. 

occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
take  possession  of,  seize,  occupy. 


acies,  -SI,  f.,  a  sharp  point,  edge, 
line  of  battle. 

sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  to 
sustain,  hold  in  check,  with- 
stand. 

donee,  conj.,  as  long  as,  until. 

tergum,  I.  n.,  the  back,  rear. 

interrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -rup- 
tum,  to  break  apart,  to  break 
in  pieces. 

audacia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness,  rash- 
ness, audacity. 

obstupefacio,  -ere,  -fee!,  -fac- 
tum,  to  astonish,  amaze,  stu- 


APPENDIX 


281 


rescindo,  -ere,  -scidi,  -scis- 
sum,  to  cut  off,  cut  down,  break 
down. 

desilio  -ire,  -ui,  -sultum,  to 
leap  down. 

telum,  -I,  n.,  a  missile,  weapon. 


superincido,  -ere, , , 

to  fall  from  above,  fall  upon. 
incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  unimpaired, 

unharmed,  safe. 
trano,    -nare,   -nSvI, ,    to 

swim  over,  swim  across. 


241 


gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  accept- 
able, pleasing,  thankful,  grate- 
ful. 

erga,  prep.,  towards. 

virtus,  -utis,  f .,  manliness,  cour- 
age, virtue. 

civitas,  -tatis,  f.,  the  state. 

publice,  adv.,  publicly,  in  behalf 
of  the  state. 


quantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  how 
much,  as. 

circumaro,  -are,  -avi, ,  to 

plow  around. 

statua,  -ae,  f .,  an  image,  statue. 

Comitium,  -I,  n.,  a  place  of  meet- 
ing, the  Comitium. 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positum,  to 
put,  place. 


246 


quod,  conj.,  because. 

iniuria,  -ae,  f .,  injustice,  wrong, 

_  injury. 

Epirus,  -I,  f .,  Epirus,  a  country 
in  the  northwest  of  Greece. 

contra,  prep.,  against. 

auxilium,  -I,  n.,  help,  assistance, 
succor. 

posco,  -ere,  poposci, ,  to 

ask,  demand,  request. 

genus,  -eris,  n.,  race,  stock,  fam- 
ily, kind,  class. 

origo,  -inis,  m.,  a  beginning,  de- 
scent, lineage,  origin. 

traho,  -ere,  traxi,  tractum,  to 
draw,  drag,  drive. 

paulo,  adv.,  a  little. 


primum,  in  the  first  place,  first, 

for  the  first  time. 
transmarinus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

beyond  sea,  from  over  the  sea. 
consul,  -is,  m.,  a  consul.     The 

highest    magistrate    of    the 

Roman  republic, 
explorator,    -oris,    m.,    a    spy, 

scout. 
castra,  -orum,  n.,  a  camp.    Used 

only  in  the  plu.  in  this  sense, 
ostendo.  -ere,  -I,  ostentum,  to 

shore,  exhibit. 
dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

to  send  out,  dismiss. 
renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

carry  tidings  back,  report. 


282 


LATIN  LESSONS 


249 

committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

to  bring  together,  join,  begin. 

mox,  adv.,  soon,  directly,  pres- 
ently. 

pes,  pedis,  m.,  a  foot ;  pedem 
referre,  to  retreat,  go  back. 

refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatum, 
to  bear  back,  bring  back. 

elephantus,  -I,  m.,  an  elephant. 

mutd,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
change. 

fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  fortune,  chance, 
good  fortune. 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  a  body. 

moles,  -is,  f .,  bulk,  mass,  diffi- 
culty. 

terribilis,  -e,  adj.,  frightful, 
dreadful,  terrible. 

superastd,  -are,  -stiti,  ,  to 

stand  upon. 

species, ,  f.,  sight,  look,  ap- 
pearance. 

turbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dis- 
turb, confound,  throw  into  dis- 
order. 

equus,  -I,  m.,  a  horse. 


odor,  -oris,  m.,  smell,  scent,  odor. 
belua,  -ae,  f.,  a  beast,  monster. 
exterreo,   -ere,   -ui,   -itum,   to 

strike  with  terror,  frighten,  ter- 
rify. 
sessor,  -oris,  m.,  one  who  sits, 

a  sitter,  a  rider. 
vel,  conj.,  or  if  you  choose,  or 

either;  vel  .  .  .  vel,  either  .  .  . 

or. 
excutio,  -ere,  -cussi,  -cussum, 

to  shake  off,  remove. 
fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight. 
abripio,  -ere,  -ripui,  -reptum, 

to  take  away  by  force,  to  carry 

off- 

nox,  noctis,  f .,  night. 

finis,  -is,  f.,  an  end,  boundary, 
limit.  In  the  plural,  territory. 

captivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  taken 
prisoner,  captive.  As  a  sub- 
stantive, a  prisoner. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  sup., 
highest,  greatest,  the  top  of. 

honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  distinc- 
tion. 


252 

adversus, -a, -um,  adj.,  turned      iaceo, -ere, -ui, 


towards,  facing,  in  front. 
vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  a  wound. 
trux,  trucis,  adj.,  wild,  fierce, 

stern. 
mortuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dead. 


-,  to   lie,   be 

prostrate,  lie  dead. 
vox,  vocis,  f .,  the  voice,  word, 

exclamation. 
totus,   -a,    -um,    adj.,    all,   the 

whole,  entire. 


APPENDIX 


283 


orbis,  -is,  m.,  a  circle,  the  world. 
tails,  -e,  adj.,  such,  of  such  a  kind. 
miles,  -itis,  in.  and  f.,  a  soldier, 

soldiery. 
contingo,  -ere,  -tigi,  -tactum, 

to  touch,  to  happen,  to  fall  to 

one's  lot. 

amicus,  -I,  m.,  a  friend. 
gratulor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 

to  be  glad,  to  congratulate. 
victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 
inquam,   inquis,   in  quit,   etc., 

def .  verb,  to  say. 
robur,  -oris,  n.,  hardwood,  oak, 

strength,  flower. 


iterum,  adv.,    again,   a  second 

time. 
modus,  -I,  in.,  measure,  manner, 

way. 
ullus,  -a,  -um,   adj.,  any,  any 

one. 
contends,  -ere,  -I,  -tentum,  to 

strive  for,  to  pursue,  to  hasten, 

to  fight. 

ferrum,  -I,  n.,  iron,  sword,  tool. 
vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  lay 

waste,  ravage,  desolate. 
vicesimus,    -a,    -um,    ordinal 

adj.,  twentieth. 
lapis,  -idis,  m.,  a  stone. 


255 

obviam,  adv.,  in  the  way,  against, 

to  meet. 
aio,  ais,  ait,  etc.,  def.  verb,  to 

say,  affirm. 

hydra,  -ae,  f.,  a  hydra. 
tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  many. 
caput,  -itis,  n.,  the  head,  the  life. 
renascor,  -I,  -natus  sum,  dep. 

verb,  to  be  born  again,  to  grow 

again. 

quot,  indecl.  adj.,  how  many,  as. 
praecido,  -ere,  -I,   -cisum,   to 

cut  off  in  front,  cut  off. 


de,  prep,  with  abl.,  about,  con- 
cerning, from. 

redimd,  -ere,  -§mi,  -emptum,  to 
buy  back,  to  ransom,  to  redeem. 

honorifice,  adv.,  honorably,  with 
respect. 

pretium,  -I,  n.,  price,  ransom. 

reddo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to 
give  back,  return. 

liberalitas,  -tatis,  f .,  generosity, 
liberality. 

excipio.  -ere,  -ce*pi,  -ceptum, 
to  take  out,  to  receive. 


258 

mitis,  -e,  adj.,  mild,  gentle,  kind.       comes,    -itis,    m.    and    f.,    a 
placabilis,  -e,  &d]., placable,  con-  companion,    associate,    attend- 

ciliatory.  ant. 


284 


LATIN  LESSONS 


dementia,   -ae,   f.,  moderation, 

forbearance,  mercy. 
humanitas,  -tatis,  f .,  humanity, 

kindliness,  refinement. 
experior,    -Iri,    -pertus    sum, 

dep.,  to  try,  to  test,  experience. 

In  the  perf.,  to  know  by   ex- 
perience. 

s§ro,  adv.,  late,  too  late. 
intellego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 

to  come  to  know,  to  understand. 
socius,  -I,  m.,  a  companion,  an 

ally. 
accipio,  ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to 

receive,  accept,  to  learn. 
sors,  sortis,  f.,  a  lot,  fate,  fortune. 
miseror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 

to  lament,  deplore,  pity. 
aliquanto,  adv.,  somewhat,  rather. 
libere,  adv.,  freely,  openly. 
vinum,  -I,  n.,  wine. 
incalesco,  -ere,  -calui,  inc.,  to 

grow  warm,  to  become  heated. 
defero,    -ferre,    -tuli,    -latum, 

to  carry  away,  to  report. 
arcesso,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  call, 

summon. 
nonnullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  some, 

several.      As  a  substantive  in 

the  plural. 


convivium,  -I,  n.,  a  social  feast, 

a  banquet. 

parum,  adv.,  too  little,  not  enough. 
loquor,  loqui,    locutus    sum, 

dep.,  to  speak,  talk,  say. 
periculum,  -I,  n.,  a  trial,  danger, 

risk. 
simplex,     -icis,    adj.,     simple, 

frank,  open. 
coiifessio,  -onis,  f .,  a  confession, 

an  acknowledgment. 
culpa,  -ae,  f.,  a  fault,  guilt,  blame. 
discutid,  -ere,  -cussi,  -cussum, 

to  shatter,  to  remove,  dispel. 
percontor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 

to  ask  particularly,  inquire. 
num,  adv.,  whether  (in  indirect 

questions). 
perveniS,  -ire  -veni,  ventum, 

to  come  up,  arrive,  reach. 
auris,  -is,  f.,  the  ear. 
deficio,  -ere,  -feel,  -fectum,  to 

revolt,  to  be  wanting,  to  fail,  to 

give  out. 

plus,  pluris,  adj.,  more. 
gravis,  -e,  adj.,  weighty,  serious, 

severe,  earnest. 
maid,  malle,  malm,   to   choose 

rather,  to  prefer. 
subrideo,   -ere,  -rial,  to   smile. 


261 


igitur,  conj.,  then,  therefore,  ac- 
cordingly. 

puto,  -are,  -avi,  -SLtum,  to  reckon, 
consider,  think. 


gloriosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,/u#  of 
glory,  famous,  glorious. 

foedus,  -eris,  n.,  treaty,  league, 
alliance. 


APPENDIX 


285 


aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  even,  just, 

fair,  equal. 
condicio,  -onis,   f.,    condition, 

terms,  agreement. 
propono,  -ere,  -posui,   -posi- 

tum,  to  place  before,  put  forth, 

propose. 

familiaris,  -e,  adj.,  of  a  house- 
hold, intimate,  friendly. 
multum,  adv.,  much,  greatly. 
apud,  prep,  with  ace.,  with,  in 

the  presence  of. 
gratia,  -ae,  f .,  favor,  friendship, 

esteem,  thanks. 
valeo,    -ere,    -ui,    ,   to   be 

strong,  to  have  power,  to  have 

influence. 

eloquentia,  -ae,  f .,  eloquence. 
expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 


take  by  assault,  to  storm,  to 
capture. 

cupiditas,  -atis,  f .,  desire,  pas- 
sion, ambition. 

adulor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  flatter,  fawn  upon. 

sermo.  -onis,  m.,  talk,  conversa- 
tion, discourse. 

aperio,  -ire,  -ui,  -ertum,  to 
open,  to  disclose,  to  reveal. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  to  wish. 

dicio,  -onis,  f .,  dominion,  sway, 
rule. 

subicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  to 
place  under,  to  make  subject. 

superd,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  go 
over,  to  surpass,  to  overcome. 

destinS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
design,  intend. 


264 


nee,  adv.,  nor  and  not. 

difficilis, -e,  adj.,  difficult,  hard. 

nondum,  adv.,  not  yet. 

perspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spec- 
turn,  to  look  through,  to  per- 
ceive, see  through. 

ego,  mei,  mihi,  etc.,  /. 

nos,  ace.  plu.  of  ego. 

quies,  -etis,  f.,  rest,  repose, 
quiet. 

dulcis,  -e,  adj.,  sweet,  agreeable, 
pleasant. 

otium,  -I,  n.,  ease,  leisure, peace. 

fruor,  -I,  fruqtus  sum,  dep.,  to 
enjoy,  delight  in. 


impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  en- 
tangle, hinder,  obstruct. 

quominus,  conj.,  by  which  the 
less,  that  not,  to  prevent. 

iste,  ista,  istud,  pron.,  this,  that, 
that  of  yours. 

domus,  -us,  f.,  a  house,  home. 

donum,  -I,  n.,  a  gift,  present. 

circumeo,  -Ire,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
-itum,  to  go  around,  to  visit, 
to  canvass. 

sSlum,  adv.,  alone,  only,  non 
.  .  .  solum,  not  only. 

sperno,  -ere,  sprevi,  spretum, 
to  spurn,  reject,  scorn. 


286 


LATIN   LESSONS 


267 


introduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -due- 
turn,  to  lead  in,  introduce,  admit. 

curia,  -ae,  f.,  the  senate  house. 

propensus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  inclin- 
ing towards,  willing,  friendly. 

extollo.  -ere,  ,  ,  to 

raise,  praise,  extol. 

aequitas,-atis,  f.,  evenness,  fair- 
ness, equity. 

dissero,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  ex- 
amine, discuss,  discourse  about. 

sententia,  -ae,  f.,  opinion,  senti- 
ment. 

senatus,  -us,  m.,  the  senate. 

incline,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
turn,  incline,  yield,  give  way. 


caecitas,  -atis,  f.,  blindness. 

olim,  adv.,  at  that  time,  for  some 
time,  formerly . 

confestim,  adv.,  immediately, 
forthwith. 

lectlca,  -ae,  f .,  a  litter,  sedan. 

ibi,  adv.,  there,  in  that  place. 

oratio,  -onis,  f.,  a  speech,  ora- 
tion. 

dissuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -sua- 
sum,  to  advise  against,  dis- 
suade. 

responde6,-ere,-spondi,-spon- 
sum,  to  answer,  reply. 

excedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
to  go  out,  to  withdraw. 


270 


Infamis,  -e,  adj.,  of  ill  repute, 
disreputable,  infamous. 

vetus,  -eris,  adj.,  old,  advanced 
in  years. 

status,  -us,  m.,  station,  position, 
condition,  rank. 

antequam,  adv.,  before,  sooner 
than. 

bini,  -ae,  -a,  distributive  nu- 
meral, two  by  two,  two  each. 

spolium,  -i,  n.,  spoils,  booty. 


quaero,  -ere,  quaesivT,  quae- 
situm,  to  seek,  ask,  inquire. 

qualis,  -e,  adj.,  ef  what  sort  or 
kind,  such  as,  as. 

comperio,  -ire,  -peri,  -pertum, 
to  gain  knowledge  of,  to  find 
out. 

templum,  -I,  n.,  a  temple,  a  con- 
secrated place. 

consessus,  -us,  m.,  a  collection, 
an  assembly. 


273 

proficiscor,    -I,    -fectus    sum,      placeo,     -ere,     -ui,    -itum,    to 

dep.,  to  set  out,  depart,  march.  please,  to  be  pleasing. 

cunctatio,  -onis,  f .,  a  lingering,      ferox,    -ocis,   adj.,   bold,  head- 
delay,  strong,  fierce. 


APPEND 


temerarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  rash, 

imprudent,  indiscreet. 
Seer,   acris,    acre,   adj.,  sharp, 

spirited,  keen,  actire. 
sequor,  -I,  secutus  sum,  dep.,  to 

follow,  adopt. 

ainbo.  ambae,  ambo,  num.,  both. 
vicus,  -I,  m.,  a  village,  hamlet. 
communio,  -Ire,  -ivi,  -Itum,  to 

fortify  on  all  sides,  to  intrench. 
invitus,  -a,  -um,    adj.,   against 

the  will,  unwilling. 
conlega,  -ae,  m.,  a  colleague. 
instruo,  -ere,  -struxi,  -struc- 

tum,  to  form,  draw  up,  furnish. 
radius,  -I,  m.,  a  beam,  ray. 


ventus,  -I,  m., 

oriens,  -entis,  m.,  the  rising  sun, 

the  East. 
pulvis,  -eris,  m.  (rarely  f.),  the 

dust 
adflo,  -are,  -avl, ,  to  blow 

towards. 
caedo,  -ere,    cecidi,   caesura, 

to  cut,  to  cut  to  pieces,  to  slay, 

slaughter. 
adfligo,  -ere,   -Ixi,   -ictum,   to 

strike    (to    the    ground),    to 

damage,  injure,  afflict. 
res  publica,   rei  publicae,  f., 

the  commonwealth,  the  state,  the 

republic. 


276 

sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessum,  to  sit.      luctus,   -us,   m.,   sorrow,   grief, 

saxum,  -I,  n.,  a  stone,  rock.  lamentation. 

oppleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  to  Jill,      tu,  tul,  pres.  pron.,  thou,  you. 

mactus,    -a,    -um,     adj.,    wor- 
shiped, honored;   macte  vir- 


cover. 

cruor,  -oris,  m.,  Hood,  gore. 
conspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spec- 


tute,  good  luck  I  well  done  ! 


turn,  to   look   at,   gaze   upon,      esto,    fut.   imper.  of  sum,  2d 


observe. 


sing.  :  thou  shall  be,  be  thou. 


quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam       caveo,  -ere,  cavi,  cautum,  to 


or  quiddam,  indef.  pron.,  a 

certain,  some. 

tribunus,  -i,  m.,  a  tribune. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.,  thine, 

your. 

mors,  -tis,  f .,  death. 
lacrima,  -ae,  f .,  a  tear. 
satis,  enough.     Used  as  an  adv., 

or  as  an  indecl.  adj.  or  noun. 


be  on  one's  guard,  take  heed, 

beware. 
exiguus,  -a,   -um,   adj.,   small, 

scanty,  short. 
evado,  -ere,  -vasi,  -vasum,  to  go 

out,  escape. 
perdo,  -ere,   -didi,   -ditum,  to 

make    way    with,    waste,    lose, 

ruin. 


288 


LATIN  LESSONS 


abeo,  -ire,  -ii, ,  to  go  away, 

depart. 

munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  for- 
tify, guard,  defend. 
priusquam,   adv.,    sooner   than, 

before  that. 
adveniS,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum, 

to  come  to,  to  reach,  arrive  at. 
flrmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  make 

firm,  strengthen. 
stragSs,    -is,   f.,    an   overthrow, 

ruin,  slaughter,  carnage. 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  dep., 

to  suffer,  permit,  allow. 
exspiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

breathe  out,  perish,  expire. 
alter,    altera,    alterum,     gen. 

alterius,  adj.  pron.,  the  other 

(of  two),  one  (of  two), 
paucus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  a  few,  little. 
perf  ugio,  -ere,  -f  ugl, ,  to  flee 

for  refuge,  take  refuge. 


consularis,  -e,  adj.,  of  a  consul, 
consular.  As  a  substantive, 
an  ex-consul. 

aut,  conj.,  or.  aut  .  .  .  aut, 
either  ...  or. 

praetorius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  a 
prcetor,  prcetorian.  As  a  sub- 
stantive, an  ex-prcetor. 

occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -casum,  to 
fall,  perish,  be  slain. 

viginti,  num.  adj.,  twenty. 

nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  well  known, 
famous,  high  born. 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj., 
three  hundred. 

mille,  num.  adj.,  indeclinable 
in  the  sing.,  a  thousand.  In 
the  plu.,  a  substantive,  de- 
clined, milia,  milium,  mlli- 
bus,  etc. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj., 
five  hundred. 


279 


testimonium,   -I,   n.,  testimony, 

evidence,  proof. 

modius,  -I,  m.,  a  measure,  a  peck. 
detraho,  -ere,  -traxi,  -tractum, 

to  draw  off,  take  away,  remove. 
(ceterus),    -a,    -um,    adj.,   the 

rest.     Nom.  sing.  masc.   not 

used, 
suadeo.  -ere,  suasi,  suasum,  to 

advise,  urge,  persuade. 
feds  us,  -a,  -um,   adj.,   wearied, 

tired. 


praefectus,  -I,  m.,  an  overseer, 
commander. 

cesso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  delay, 
cease,  stop. 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
urge,  exhort. 

pergo,  -ere,  perrexi,  perrec- 
tum,  to  go  on,  proceed,  has- 
ten. 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  ordinal  num., 
fifth. 

Capitolium,  -I,  n.,  the  Capitol. 


APPENDIX 


289 


epnlor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,   dep.,  utor,  uti,   usua  sum,   dcp.,    to 

to  feast,  banquet.  use,  employ,  enjoy. 

probo,  -are  -avi,  -atum,  to  ap-      nescio,  -ire,  -Ivi, ,   not  to 

prove,  commend,  test.  know,  to  be  ignorant. 

nimirum,  adv.,  doubtless,  surely,  mora,  -ae,  f .,  a  delay. 

truly.  aalus,  -utis,  f.,  safety,  welfare. 

282 

d  everto,  -ere,  -I, ,  to  turn  mentio,  -orris,  f.,  a  mention. 

aside,  qum  etiarn,  nay  moreover. 

deliciae,  -arum,  f .  plu.,  a  delight,  redeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itum,  to  go  back, 

charm,  allurement.  return. 

ardor,  -5ris,  m.,  eagerness,  zeal.  despero,   -are,   -avi,  -atum,  to 

Slanguesco,  -ere,  -langui, ,  have  no  hope,  to  despair  of,  give 

incep.,    to    grow  faint,   fail,  up. 

relax.  temeritas,    -atis,    f.,   rashness, 

vere,  adv.,  truly,  truthfully.  foolhardiness,  temerity. 

numquam,    adv.,    at    no    time,  segniter,  adv.,  slowly,  sluggishly, 

never.  lazily. 

pavor,    -oris,   m.,    a   trembling,  otiose,    adv.,    leisurely,   without 

terror,  dread.  haste. 

clades,  -is,  f.,  destruction,  disas-  interim,  adv.,  meanwhile,  in  the 

ter,  calamity.  meantime. 

nuntius,    -I,    m.,    a   messenger,  respiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  take 

courier,  tidings.  breath,  to  recover,  revive. 

285 

iuventus,  -utis,  f.,  youth,  young  (ops),  opis,  f.,  aid,  wealth,  trees- 
people,  ure. 

manumitto,  -ere,  -misl,  -mis-  libens,  -entis,  adj.,  willing,  with 

sum,  to  release,  set  at  liberty,  readiness,  with  pleasure. 

m<ikefree.  medium,  -I,  n.,  the  middle,     in 

egeo,  -ere.  -ui,  ,  to  need,  to  medium,  for  public  use. 

ivant,  to  be  lacking.  profero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  to 

aerarium.  -I,  n.,  a  treasury,  pub-  produce,  bring  forth, 

lie  funds.  praeter,  prep.,  besides. 

LAT.   LES. 19 


290 


LATIN  LESSONS 


bulla,  -ae,  f.,  the  bulla,  an  amulet. 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  one  by  one, 

apiece. 
quisquam,         — ,     quicquam 

(quidquam),     indef.    pron., 

any  one,  any. 
aurum,  -I,  u.,gold. 
exemplum,  -I,  n.,  an  example. 
imitor,  -ari,   -atus   sum,    dep. 

verb,  to  imitate. 
tribus,  -us,  f .,  a  tribe. 
vix,  adv.,  scarcely,  with  difficulty. 
tabula,   -ae,    f.,    writing    tablet, 

record. 


scriba,  -ae,  m.,  a  scribe,  a  clerk. 
privatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  private, 

personal. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public. 
copia,  -ae,  f.,  abundance,  plenty, 

opportunity.       In     the     plu., 

forces. 
postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

ask,  demand. 
iuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  swear, 

make  oath. 
impetro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

obtain  a  request,  to  gain  one's 

end,  to  obtain. 


288 


censeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -um,  to  judge, 
think,  believe. 

necessarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  un- 
avoidable, necessary. 

egredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum, 
dep.,  to  go  out,  leave. 

aliquis  (-qui),  aliqua,  aliquid 
(-quod),  indef.  pron.,  some 
one,  any  one,  something,  any- 
thing. 

obliviscor,  -i,  oblitus  sum, 
dep.,  to  forget. 

regredior,  -I,  -gressus  sum, 
dep.,  to  go  back,  return. 

ante,  prep,  with  ace.,  before. 

adsequor,  -I,  -secutus  sum, 
dep.,  to  follow  up,  overtake. 


ergo,    adv.,    accordingly,    there- 
fore. 
reditus,  -us,   m.,   a  going  back, 

return. 
interpreter,    -ari,   -atus   sum, 

dep.,    to   explain,    understand, 

interpret. 
innotesco,  -ere,  -notui,  , 

incep.,  to  become  known. 
compreheiid6,-ere,-i.-hensum, 

to  seize,  arrest,  apprehend. 
vincio,  -ire,   vinxT,   vinctum, 

to  bind,  fetter,  fasten. 
frango,  -ere,  fregi,  fractum,  to 

break,  subdue,  overcome. 
excelsus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  elevated, 

high,  noble. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


5  or  ab,  prep,  with  abl.,/rom,  away 

from,  by ;  ab  latere  aperto,  on 

the  right  flank. 
abdo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum  [ab  + 

do],  to  put  away,  remove,  con- 
ceal. 
abeo,  -Ire,  -ii, [ab  +  eo],  to 

go  away,  depart. 
abicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum  [ab  + 

iacio],  to  throw  away,  cast  off, 

throw  aside. 
abripio,  -ere,  -ui,  -reptum  [ab  -f 

rapio],  to  take  away  forcibly, 

snatch  away,  carry  off. 
abstineo,     -ere,     -ui,     -tentum 

[abs  +  teneo],    to   keep   back, 

keep  from,  abstain. 
absum,  -esse,  -fill  [ab -f  sum], 

to  be  away,  be  absent,    be  far 

from. 
5c  (see  atque),  conj.,  and,  and 

also. 

Acca, -ae,  f.,  Acca,  a  proper  name. 
acced6,-ere,-cessi,-cessum  [ad 

+  cedo],  to  go  to,   approach, 

happen,  befall. 
accelerS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ad 

-f   celero],    to    hasten,    make 

haste. 


accio,   -ire,   -ivi,   -Itum   [ad  + 

cio],  to  summon,  send  for,  invite. 
accipio,    -ere,    -cepl,    -ceptum 

[ad  -f  capio],  to  receive,  accept, 

take. 
accuse,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ad  + 

causa],  to  call  to  account,  blame, 

accuse. 
acer.acris,  acre,  adj.,  sharp, keen, 

hasty,  impetuous.  Comp.  acrior, 

Sup.  acerrimus. 
Achilles,    -is,    in.,    Achilles,    a 

Grecian  hero. 
acies,  -el,  f .,  a  sharp  edge,  point, 

line  of  battle,  battle  array. 
acriter    [acer],     adv.,     sharply, 

keenly,  fiercely.     Comp.  acrius, 

Sup.  acerrime. 
ad,  prep,  with  ace.,  to,  towards, 

near,    at,    according    to;   with 

numerals,  about. 
addo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum  [ad  -f 

do],  to  put  to,  join,  add. 
adduce,   -ere,   -duxl,    -ductum 

[ad  +  duco],  to  lead  to,  bring 

to,  lead  up. 
adeo  [ad  -f  eo],  adv.,  to  this,  so 

far,  so,  to  such  a  degree. 
adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [ad  4-  eo], 

to  go  to,  come  to,  approach,  draw 

near. 


291 


292 


LATIN  LESSONS 


adfero.  adferre,  attulT,  adlatum 
[ad  -f  fero],  to  bring  to,  carry, 
appty,  maims  adferre,  to  use 
force. 

adfinis,  -e  [ad  +  finis],  adj.,  ad- 
joining, near  to.  Hence,  subst. 
adfinis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  connec- 
tion by  marriage,  a  relative. 

adfirmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ad  + 
firmo],  to  strengthen,  maintain, 
assert. 

adfligo,  -ere,  -flixi,  -nictum  [ad 
+  fligo],  to  overthrow,  harass, 
distress,  adflictus,  -a,  -um, 
part.,  used  as  an  adj.,  miser- 
able, wretched. 

adflo,  -are,  -avi, [ad  -f  flo], 

to  blow  toivards. 

adhibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  [ad  + 
habeo],  to  turn  to,  apply,  em- 
ploy, have  recourse  to. 

adimo,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptum  [ad 
-}-  emo],  to  take  away. 

adiuvo,  -are,  -iuvi,  -iutum  [ad 
+  iuvo],  to  help,  assist. 

administro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ad 
+  ministro],  to  manage,  direct. 

admitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum 
[ad  4-  mitto],  to  send  to,  give 
access,  admit. 

admoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motum 
[ad  -f  moveo],  to  move  to,  bring 
near,  apply. 

adorior,  -Iri,  -ortus  sum  [ad  + 
orior],  dep.,  to  fall  upon,  to 
attack. 

adorno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ad  + 
orno] ,  to  provide,  furnish,  equip. 

adsequor,  -I,  -secutus  sum  [ad 
+  sequor],  dep.,  to  follow  up, 
overtake,  come  up  with. 


adulescens,  -entis  [adolesco  . 
adj.,  young.  As  subst.,  a  youth. 

adulor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
flatter. 

adultus,  -a,  -um  [adolesco], 
adj.,  mature,  adult. 

advenio,  -ire,  -vem,  -veutum  [ad 
-f  venio],  to  come  to,  arrive  at. 

adventus,  -us  [advenio],  a  com- 
ing, approach,  arrival. 

adversarius,  -a,  -um  [adversus], 
adj.,  opposite,  hostile.  As  subst., 
an  opponent,  enemy,  adversary. 

adversor,  -arl,  -atus  sum  [ad- 
versus], dep.,  to  oppose,  resist. 

adversus,  -a,  -um  [adverto], 
adj.,  turned  towards,  facing,  in 
front,  adverse. 

adversus,  prep.  with,  ace.,  against. 

aedin'co,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [aedes 
+  faciS],  to  build,  construct. 

aegritudo,  -inis  [aeger],  f.,  sick- 
ness, grief,  vexation. 

aequitas,  -atis  [aequus],  f.T 
evenness,  fairness,  equity. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  even,  fair, 
favorable.  Comp.  aequior,  Sup. 
aequissimus. 

aerarium,  -I  [aes],  n.,  the  treas- 
ury, the  public  treasure. 

aetas,  -atis,  f.,  time  of  life,  age. 

Africa,  -ae,  f.,  Africa. 

ager,  agri,  m.,  ajield,  land. 

agger,  -eris,  m.,  a  mound,  ram- 
part, heap  of  earth. 

agmen,  -minis  [ago],  n.,  an  army 
on  the  march,  a  moving  column, 
troops. 

agnosco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitus  [ad 
-f  gnosco],  to  recognize,  under- 
stand. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


ago,  -ere,  Sgi,  actum,  to  lead, 

drive,   act,  do,   move,'    gratias 

agere,  to  thank,  girt-  than/en. 
agricola,  -ae,  in.,  a  farmer. 
aio.  <U'f.  verb,  to  say,  assent,  affirm. 
Alba,  -ae,  f.,  Alba. 
Albani,  -orum,  in.,    inhabitants 

of  Alba. 

Alesia,  -ae,  f.,  Alesia. 
alias    [alius],    adv.,    at    another 

time;   non  alias,  at  no  other 

time. 
alienus,  -a,  -um  [alius],  adj.,  of 

another,    of   others,    another's, 

otitert*. 

aliquanto,  adv.,  somewhat, rather. 
aliquis,    aliqua,    aliquid,    indef. 

pron.,  some  one,  any  one;  neut., 

something. 
alius,  alia,  aliud,  adj.,  another, 

other. 

alo,  -ere,  -ui,  altum  or  alitum, 
.   to  feed,  nourish,  maintain. 
alter,  -tera,  -terum,  adj.,  the  other 

of  two,  one,  another. 
altus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  high,  deep. 
alveus,   -I,  m.,  a  small  ship,   a 

skiff. 

ambo,  ambae,  ambo,  both. 
amlcus,  -I  [amo],  m.,  a  friend. 
aniitto,    -ere,    -misi.     -missum 

[ab  -f  mitto],  to  send  away,  let 

go,  lose. 

amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  love. 
amor,    -oris    [amo],    m.,    love, 

affection. 
Amulius,    -I,   m.,    Amulius,   the 

younger  brother  of  Numitor. 
an,   couj.,   whether,    or;    nescio 

an,  /  know  not  whether  =  prob- 
ably, perhaps. 


ancile,  -is,  n.,  a  small  oval  shi>  I>1. 
augustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  u<irr<>n-, 

contracted.      Comp.  angustior, 

Sup.  augus tissimus. 
animadverto,  -ere,  -I,   -versum 

[animum  -f-  adverto],  to  turn 

the  mind,  give  attention  to,  con- 
sider, regard,  punish. 
animus,  -I,  in.,  the  mind. 
annus,  -I,  m.,  a  year. 
ante,  prep,  with  ace.,  before.    As 

adverb,  before,  in  time  or  space. 
antefero,    -ferre,    -tuli,    -latum 

[ante  -f  fero],  to  bear  before,  or 

in  front. 
antequam,    adv.,    sooner    than, 

before. 
Antistius,  -I,  m.,  Antistius  Itegi- 

nus,  one  of  Caesar's  lieutenants. 
Antonius,  -I,  m.,  Marcus  Anto- 

nius,  one  of  Caesar's  lieutenants. 
anulus,  -I,  m.,  a  ring. 
anxius,  -a,   -um,   adj.,   anxious, 

solicitous. 

aper,  apri,  m.,  a  wild  boar. 
aperio,  -ire,   -ui,  -turn,    to   un- 
cover, open. 
apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  uncovered, 

open  ;  latus  apertum,  the  right 

side,  as  that  side  was  not  covered 

by  the  shield. 
appello,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to 

address,    call,    call    by    name, 

name. 
appeto,  -ere,  -Ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  to 

strive  for,    seek    after,    attack, 

draw  nigh,  be  at  hand. 
Appius,  -I,  m.,  Appius  Claudius, 

a  famous  Roman, 
appropinquo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 

to  come  near,  approach. 


294 


LATIN  LESSONS 


apud,  prep,  with  ace.,  with,  near, 
before,  among,  at,  in  the  presence 

_of. 

Apulia,  -ae,  f.,  Apulia,  a  country 
in  southeastern  Italy. 

aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water. 

aquila,  -ae,  f . ,  an  eagle. 

ara,  -ae,  f .,  an  altar. 

arbiter,  -tri,  in.,  a  spectator,  wit- 
ness. 

arceo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  shut  up, 

keep  away,  prevent. 

arcesso,  -ere,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  to  call, 
summon,  send  for. 

ardor,  -oris,  m.,  heat,  eagerness, 
zeal. 

anna,  -orum,  n. ,  only  in  the  plu. , 
implements,  arms,  weapons. 

armatura,  -ae  [armo],  f.,  armor, 
armed  men,  troops  ;  levis  arma- 
tura, light  infantry. 

armilla,  -ae,  f.,  a  bracelet,  arm- 
let. 

armo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  arm, 
equip. 

Arvernus,  -I,  m.,  an  Arvernian. 
The  Arverni  were  a  powerful 
Celtic  tribe. 

arx,  arcis,  f.,  a  citadel,  fortress. 

ascensus,  -us,  m.,  an  ascent,  a 
way  up,  an  approach. 

aspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum 
[ad  +  specie],  to  look  at,  be- 
hold, observe. 

asylum,  -I,  n.,  a  place  of  refuge, 
sanctuary,  asylum. 

at,  conj.,  but,  but  on  the  other 
hand. 

atque  (before  consonants  ac), 
conj.,  [ad  +  que],  and,  and 
also,  and  in  fact. 


attribuo,  -ere,  -I,  -utum  [ad  -f 

tribuo],  to  assign,  allot,  ascribe, 

give. 
auctoritas,    -atis    [augeo],    f,, 

authority,  power,  responsibility, 

influence. 

audacia,  -ae  [audax],  1,  bold- 
ness, daring,  bravery,  audacity. 
audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum,  semi- 

dep.,  to  venture,  dare. 
audio,  -Ire,  -Ivi  or  -ii,  -Itum,  to 

hear,  listen  to,  regard. 
aufero,  -ferre,  abstuli,  ablatum 

[ab  +  fero],  to  take  away,  carry 

off,  remove. 
augeo,   -ere,   auxi,   auctum,  to 

increase,  enlarge. 
augurium,    -I    [augur],    n.,    the 

observance   of  omens,   augury, 

divination. 
augustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  reverend, 

venerable,  majestic. 
aureus,  -a,  -um  [aurum],  adj.., 

of  gold,  golden. 

auris,  -is,  f.,  the  ear,  attention. 
aurum,  -i,  n.,  gold. 
auspicium,  -I,  n.,  divination  by  the 

flight  of  birds,  auspices;  auspicia 

adhibere,  to  consult  the  auspices. 
aut,  conj.,  or,  or  at  least. 
autem,  conj.,  but,  however,  more- 
over. 
Automatia,   -ae,  f.,  Automatia, 

the  goddess  of  fortune, 
auxilium,  -I,  n.,  help,  aid,  succor. 

In   the  plu.,   auxiliary  troops, 

auxiliaries. 
Aventmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  relating 

to  the  Aventine,  of  the  Aventine, 

one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome, 
avus,  -I,  m.,  a  grandfather. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


barbarus,  -a,  -nm,  adj.,  foreign, 
strange,  barbarous.  As  noun,  a 
barbarian. 

bellicosus,  -a,  -um  [bellum], 
adj..  H-iti'liki-.  fond  of  fighting. 

bello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [bellum], 
to  war,  wage  war,  carry  on  war. 

bellum,  -I,  n.,  c-'ir. 

belua,  -ae,  f . ,  a  beast,  wild  beast. 

benevolentia,  -ae  [bene  -f  volo], 
f.,  good  will,  favor,  friendship. 

benigne,  adv.,  in  a  friendly  man- 
ner, kindly,  courteously. 

benignitas,  -atis  [benignus],  f., 
kindness,  courtesy,  friendliness. 

bmi,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  two  by 
two,  two  each.  Gen.  plu.  bmum. 

bis,  num.  adv.,  twice. 

bonitas,  -atis  [bonus],  f.,  good- 
ness, integrity,  virtue. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good.  Comp. 
melior,  Sup.  optimus. 

Brutus,  -I,  m.,  Brutus,  one  of 
Caesar's  lieutenants. 

bulla,  -ae,  f .,  an  amulet,  generally 
of  gold,  worn  by  free-born  boys. 


C  is  an  abbreviation  for  the  proper 
name  Gdius. 

cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casum,  to 
fall,  happen,  decline. 

caecitas,  -atis  [caecus],  f.,  blind- 
ness. 

caedes,  -is,  f.,  a  cutting  down, 
killing,  slaughter. 

caedo,  -ere,  cecidi,  caesum,  to 
cut,  cut  down,  slay,  kill. 


caelum,  -I,  n.,  the  sky,  heaven, 
heavens.  1'lu.  wanting. 

Caesar,  -axis,  in.,  Ccesar. 

calamitas,  -atis,  f.,  loss,  damage, 
misfortune,  disaster,  calamity. 

Campania,  -ae,  f.,  Campania,  a 
country  of  Italy,  south  of  Rome. 

campester,  -tris,  -tre  [campus], 
adj.,  of  a  lert  /  ji<  Id,  flat,  level, 
in  the  plain. 

campus,  -i,  m.,  a  plain,  field; 
campus  Martins,  the  field  of 
Mars,  an  open  field  in  Rome 
along  the  Tiber. 

Caninius,  -I, m.,  Caninius Rebilus, 
one  of  Caesar's  lieutenants. 

Cannae,  -arum,  f.,  Cannce,  a 
hamlet  in  Apulia. 

cano,  -ere,  cecim,  cantum,  to 
sing,  chant. 

caper,  -pri,  m.,  a  he-goat. 

capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captum,  to 
take,  seize,  take  captive,  cap- 
ture. 

Capitolium,  -I  [caput],  n.,  the 
Capitol  at  Rome ;  sometimes 
used  for  the  Capitoline  Hill  on 
which  the  Capitol  stood. 

capra,  -ae,  f .,  a  she-goat ;  caprae 
palus,  the  Goafs  Pool. 

captivus,  -I  [capio],  m.,  a  cap- 
tive, prisoner. 

Capua,  -ae,  f.,  Capua,  a  city  of 
Campania. 

caput,  -itis,  n.,  the  head;  capitis 
poenam.  the  punishment  of 
death,  capital  punishment. 

carmen,  -inis,  n.,  a  song,  poem. 

Carthago,  -inis,  f.,  Carthage,  a 
city  in  northern  Africa. 

Cartbaginiensis,-e,  adj.,  Cartha- 


296 


LATIN  LESSONS 


ginian,  of  Carthage.    As  noun, 

a  Carthaginian. 

casa,  -ae,  f.,  a  cottage,  hut,  cabin. 
castellum,  -I,  n.,  a  fort,  citadel, 

fortress. 
castra,  -orum,   n.,    a   camp,  an 

encampment. 

casus,    -us    [cado],    m.,   occur- 
rence,   event,    chance,   fortune, 

calamity. 
catulus,  -I,  m.,  a  young  animal,  a 

whelp. 
causa,  -ae,  f .,  a  cause,  reason.    In 

the  abl.  with  limiting  gen.,  on 

account  of,  for  the  sake  of. 
caveo,  -ere,  cavi,  cautum,  to  be 

on  one's  guard,  take  care,  beware. 
cedo.   -ere,   cessi,    cessum,    to 

give  way,  withdraw,  retreat. 
celebro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fre- 
quent, celebrate,  honor. 
celer,  -eris,  -ere,  adj.,  swift,  quick, 

hasty.      Comp.   celerior,    Sup. 

celerrimus. 
celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hide 

from,  hide,  conceal. 
censeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -um,  to  estimate, 

judge,  think,  be  of  the  opinion. 
centum,  num.  adj.,  one  hundred. 
centuria,  -ae  [centum],  f.,  a 

division  of  a  hundred,  a  century. 
cerno,  -ere,   crevi,   cretum,   to 

distinguish,  perceive,  determine. 
certamen,   -inis   [certS],    n. ,   a 

struggle,  contest,  combat,  battle. 
certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  determined, 

certain,  sure.     Comp.  certior, 

Sup.  certissimus. 
cesso.  -are,  -avi.  -atum  [cedo], 

to  delay,  pause,  be  idle. 
(cSterus),  -a,  -um,   adj.,   (noin. 


masc.  sing,  not  used),  the  other, 

remainder,  rest.     As  noun,   the 

others,  the  other  things. 
Cmeas,  -ae,  m.,  Cineas,  a  coun- 
sellor of  Fyrrhus. 
circa,    prep,    with  ace.,    around, 

about,  among.    As  adv.,  round 

about,  around. 
circuitus,  -us,  m. ,  a  circuit,  way 

around. 
circumaro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

plow  around. 
circumdo,  -dare,  -dedi,  -datum, 

to  place  around,  surround,  in- 
vest, besiege. 
circumeo,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum, 

to  go  around,  visit. 
circumplector,  -I, ,  to  clasp, 

surround,  encompass. 
circumvenio,  -Ire,  -veni,  -ven- 

tum,  to  come  around,  surround, 

encompass. 

civis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  citizen. 
civitas,  -atis,  f.,  citizenship,  body- 
politic,  state. 
clades,  -is,  f.,  destruction,  disaster, 

slaughter,  calamity. 
clamito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [cla- 

mo],  to  cry  aloud,  shout. 
clamor,  -oris,  m.,  a  shout,  cry, 

clamor. 
Claudius,    -I,    m.,    Claudius,   a 

Roman  name  of  one  of  the  gentes. 
claudo,  -ere,  clausi,  clausum,  to 

shut,  close,  shut  in,  blockade. 
dementia,  -ae,  f .,  mildness,  mercy, 

clemency. 

cliens,  -entis,  m.,  a  client. 
Clusinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Clu- 

sium  ;  res  Cluslna,  the  Clusian 

state. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


297 


coacervo,  -are,  -Svi,  -atum,  to 

In •«)>  to'jt-thcr,  collect  in  a  mass. 

Codes,  -itis,  in.,  Codes,  meaning 
one-eyed,  a  surname  of  Horatius. 

coepi,  coeptus,  dcf .  verb,  to  begin. 

coerceS,  -ere,  -ui,  -ituro,  to  re- 
*(r«iit,  hold  hi  check,  curb. 

cognomen,  -inis,  n.,  a  surname, 
f<iinili/  naiiu'.  name. 

cognosce,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitum 
[cum  -f  gnoscoj,  to  become  ac- 
i 'Jin I luted  with,  recognize,  know. 

cogS,  -ere,  coegl,  coactum 
[cum  +  ago],  to  drive  together, 
collect,  compel,  assemble. 

cohors,  -tis,  f.,  a  company,  cohort, 
the  tenth  part  of  a  legion. 

cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  encourage,  incite,  exhort. 

collis,  -is,  in.,  a  hill. 

colo,  -ere,  -ui,  cultum,  to  till,  cul- 
tivate, cherish,  honor,  worship. 

colonus,  -i  [colo],  m.,  a  hus- 
bandman, settler,  colonist. 

color,  -oris,  in.,  the  color,  hue. 

comes,  -itis  [cum+eo],  m.  and  f., 
a  companion,  comrade,  associate. 

comitium,  -I  [cum  +  eo],  n.,  a 
place  of  meeting,  the  comitium, 
adjoining  the  Roman  Forum. 

committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum 
[cum  +  mitto],  to  bring  to- 
gether, join,  engage  in ;  pugnam 
committere,  to  join  battle. 

Commius,  -I,  m.,  Commius,  a 
chief  of  the  Atrebates. 

commoveo,  -ere,  -m6vi,-m6tum 
[cum  +  moveo],  to  move,  dis- 
turb, agitate. 

conimunis,  -e,  adj.,  common,  gen- 
eral, public. 


compar,  -parts,  adj.,  like,  equal 

to. 
compare,  -are,   -avi,    -atum,  to 

bring  together,  compare. 
compello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   to 

accost,  address,  upbraid. 
compello,    -ere,    -pull,    -pulsus 

[cum  +  pello],  to  drive  together, 

force,  compel. 

comperio,  -ire,  -I,  -tus,  to  ascer- 
tain, find  out,  discover. 
compleo,  -ere,  -6vi,  -etum,  to  fill 

up,  fill,  complete. 
complures,  -a  or  -ia,  adj.,  plu. 

only,  several,  many,  very  many. 
comprehends,  -ere,  -I,  -hensum 

[cum  +  prehendo],    to    seize, 

arrest,  capture,  comprehend. 
concilio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [con- 
cilium], to  win  over,  bring  about, 

procure,  conciliate. 
concilium,  -I,  n.,  a  meeting,  an 

assembly,  a  council. 
concurro,  -ere,  -curri  or-cucurri, 

-cursum  [cum  +  curro],  to  run 

together,  assemble,  rush  up,  join 

battle. 
condicio,    -onis,    f.,    condition, 

terms. 
conditor,  -oris  [condo],  m.,  a 

founder,  builder. 
condo,    -ere,    -didi,   -ditum,    to 

found,  establish,  build ^conceal. 
confers,  -f erre,  -tuli,  -latum  [cum 

+  fero] ,  to  bring  together,  gather, 

carry. 
confertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  crowded, 

thick,  in  close  array. 
confessio,  -Snis,  f.,  a  confession, 

an  acknowledgment. 
coniestim,  adv.,  immediately. 


298 


LATIN  LESSONS 


conficio,  -ere,  -fed,  -fectum 
[cum  -f  facio],  to  accomplish, 
complete,  finish,  execute,  per- 
form. 

confidS,  -ere,  -fisus  sum  [cum 
-f  fidS],  semi-dep.,  to  trust,  be 
confident,  have  confidence  in,  rely 
upon. 

confirmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
make  firm,  strengthen,  establish, 
encourage,  confirm,  reassure. 

conflictor,  -are,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  contend,  struggle. 

confugiS,  -ere,  -fugi, [cum 

-f  fugio],  to  flee,  take  refuge, 
have  recourse  to. 

congressus,  -us  [cum  +  gradior] , 
ni.,  a  meeting,  conference,  en- 
gagement. 

congruo,  -ere,  -I,  ,  to  coin- 
cide, correspond,  agree  with. 

conicio,  -ere,  conieci,  coniec- 
tum  [cum  +  iacio],  to  throw  to- 
gether, throw,  cast;  in  fugam 
coniecti,  put  to  flight. 

coniunx,  -iugis,  in.  and  f.,  a  con- 
sort, spouse,  husband  or  wife. 

conlega,  -ae,  m.,  a  colleague, 
associate. 

conligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectum 
[cum  -f  lego],  to  collect,  recover, 
compose. 

conloqujum,  -I  [cum  +  loquor], 
n.,  a  conference,  interview,  con- 
versation. 

conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
undertake,  try,  attempt. 

conquiro,  -ere,  -quisivi,  -quisi- 
tum  [cum  +  quaero],  to  seek 
after,  search  for,  collect. 

cdnsecrS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [cum 


-f  sacro],  to  dedicate,  devote, 
consecrate. 

consequor,  -I,  -secutus  sum, 
dep.,  to  follow  up,  overtake, 
pursue,  obtain. 

consero,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn  [cum  + 
sero],  to  connect,  join  ;  pugnam 
conserere,  to  join  battle. 

consessus,  -us,  m.,  an  assembly. 

considers,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
look  at  closely,  consider,  examine. 

consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessum,  to 
sit  down,  settle,  encamp. 

consilium,  -I,  n.,  deliberation, 
advice,  counsel,  plan,  wisdom. 
Cf.  concilium. 

cSnsisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  -stitum,  to 
stand  still,  to  halt,  depend  upon. 

cSnspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight,  view, 
look. 

conspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spec- 
turn  [cum  +  speciS],  to  catch 
sight  of,  see,  perceive,  behold. 

conspicor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  see,  descry,  discern. 

consternS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
terrify,  alarm,  dismay,  over- 
whelm. 

constituS,  -ere,  -I,  -utum,  to  set 
up,  place,  station,  determine. 

consto,  -are,  -stiti, ,  to  stand 

together,  exist,  appear,  be  evident, 
depend  upon. 

consuescS,  -ere,  -suevT,  -sue- 
tum,  to  become  accustomed, 
accustom  one's  self.  In  perf. 
tense,  to  be  accustomed,  be  wont. 

cSnsul,  -is,  m.,  a  consul. 

consularis,  -e,  adj.,  of  a  consul, 
consular.  As  noun,  an  ex- 
consul. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


299 


consulo,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  delib- 

t  rate,  consult,  provide  for. 

contego,  -ere,  -texi,  -tectum 
[cum  +  tego],  to  cover,  bury, 
conceal,  hide. 

contends,  -ere,  -I,  -tentum,  to 
stretch,  struggle,  confmd,  hasten. 

contentiS,  -Snis,  f.,  a  stretching, 
struggle,  cnnti'ft.  xtrij'c. 

contineS,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum  [cum 
+  teneo],  to  hold  together,  re- 
strain, hold  in  check. 

contingo,  -ere,  -tigi,  -tactum 
[cum  -f  tango],  to  touch,  hap- 
pen, fall  to  one's  lot. 

contio,  -onis,  f.,  a  meeting,  as- 
sembly. 

contra,  adv.,  in  opposition,  on  the 
other  hand.  Prep,  with  ace., 
against,  contrary  to. 

conubium,  -I,  n.,  marriage,  the 
right  of  intermarriage. 

convents,  -ire,  -vem,  -ventum 
[cum  +  veniS],  to  come  to- 
gether, meet,  come,  assemble ; 
convenit,  it  is  Jit. 

converts,  -ere,  -I,  -versum  [cum 
-f  verto],  to  turn  round,  turn, 
change. 

convivium,  -I  [cum  +  vivo],  n., 
a  feasting  together,  banquet. 

convoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [cum 
+  voc5],  to  call  together,  as- 
semble, summon. 

coorior,  -In,  -ortus  sum  [cum 
+  orior],  dep.,  to  rise,  rise 
in  opposition,  break  forth, 
arise. 

cSpia,  -ae,  f.,  abundance,  plenty. 
In  the  phi.,  forces,  troops,  re- 
sources. 


Corinthius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Cor- 
inth, Corinthian. 

Corinthus,  -I,  f.,  Corinth,  a  city 
of  Greece. 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  a  body,  person. 

cratis,  -is,  f.,  a  hurdle,  fascine, 
wicker-work. 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  adj.,  thick, 
frequent,  crowded,  numerous, 
tilinndant.  Comp.,  crebrior ; 
Sup.,  creberrimus. 

credS,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  be- 
lieve, trust,  think. 

creS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  create, 
produce,  make,  choose. 

Crimissus,  -I,  in.,  the  Crimisus,  a 
river  of  Sicily. 

ciiiiis.  is,  in.,  the  hair. 

crudelitas,  -atis  [crudelis],  f., 
cruelty. 

cruor,  -oris,  m.,  blood,  gore. 

culpa,  -ae,  f.,  a  fault,  blame, 
guilt,  offense. 

culter,  -tri,  m.,  a  knife. 

cum,  prep,  with  abl.,  with,  to- 
gether with,  along  with. 

cum,  conj.,  when,  while,  since, 
although. 

cunctatio,  -onis,  f.,  a  delaying, 
lingering,  hesitation. 

cupiditas,  -atis,  f.,  desire,  eager- 
ness, passion. 

cur,  adv.,  why  ? 

Cures,  -ium,  f .  plu.,  Cures,  a  Sabine 
town,  the  home  of  Numa. 

curia,  -ae,  f.,  a  curia,  one  of  the 
divisions  of  the  Roman  people  ; 
the  senate-house,  place  of  meet- 
ing of  the  senate. 

euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  care 
for.  take  care,  attend  to,  see  to. 


300 


LATIN  LESSONS 


curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursum,  to 
run. 

cursus,  -us,  m.,  a  running,  course, 
journey,  race. 

curulis,  -e  [curms],  adj.,  relat- 
ing to  a  chariot,  curule ;  sella 
curulis,  a  curule  chair,  the 
chair  occupied  by  the  higher 
officials  at  Home.  Cf.  §  211. 

custodio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -Itum,  to 
watch,  guard. 

custos,  -odis,  m.  and  f.,  a  guard, 


damno.  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  find 
guilty,  condemn,  sentence. 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  of,  out 
of,  about,  concerning. 

dea,  -ae,  f.,  a  goddess. 

decedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum  [de 
•f  cedo],  to  depart,  withdraw, 
retire. 

decem,  num.  adj.,  ten. 

decerno,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cretum, 
to  decide,  decree,  contend. 

decessus,  -us  [decedoj,  m., 
a  going  away,  departure,  with- 
drawal. 

declivis,  -e,  adj.,  sloping  down, 
descending. 

declivitas,  -atis  [declivis],  f.,  a 
slope,  declivity,  descent. 

dedo,  -ere,  -did!,  -ditum,  to  give 
up,  surrender. 

deduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum 
[de  -f  duco],  to  lead  away, 
withdraw,  lead  forth,  con- 
duct. 

defatigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
weary,  fatigue,  exhaust. 


defendo,  -ere,  -i,  defensum,  to 

ward  off,  defend. 
defero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum  [de 

+  fero],   to  bear  away,  bring, 

carry,  report. 
defessus,  -a,  -um  [defetiscor], 

wearied,  exhausted,  worn  out. 
defetiscor,  -I,  -fessus  sum,  dep., 

to  become  tired,  grow  weary. 
deficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  to 

be  wanting,  fail,  give  out. 
definio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  set 

bounds  to,  limit,  fix,  appoint. 
dein,  see  deinde. 
deinceps,  adv.,  successively,  one 

after  another. 
deinde,  adv.,    then,   next,   after- 

wards. 
delabor,  -I,  -lapsus  sum,  dep.,  to 

fall,  glide  down,  descend. 
deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  to  blot 

out,  destroy,  overthrow. 
deliciae,      -arum,     f.,      delight, 

charm. 
deligo,  -ere,  -legi,   -lectum,   to 

choose  out,  select,  pick  out. 
Demaeiietus,  -I,  m.  ,  Demaenetus, 

a  Syracusan  enemy  of  Timoleon. 
demigro,   -are,    -avi,    -atum,   to 

emigrate,  depart,  go  away,  re- 

move. 
demitto,   -ere,    -misi,    -missum 

[de  +  mitto],  to  send  down,  let 

fall. 
demolior,  -m,  -Itus  sum,  dep., 

to    throw    down,   demolish,   de- 


demonstro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
to  point  out,  show,  mention. 

demum,  adv.,  at  length,  at  last, 
finally. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


301 


dgnique,  adv.,  at  last. , tin <rU>/. 

depello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsum 
[de  -f  pello],  to  (//•/><  out,  ilrirr 
a /'•<///,  e.i-/)cl,  <//.s7m/j/r,  <n-<  rt . 

depono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum 
[de  +  ponoj,  to  lay  aside,  de- 
posit, give  t/j>,  hi'/  down. 

descendo,  -ere,  -I,  -scensum,  to 
climb  do  ion,  descend. 

describe,  -ere,  -scrips!,  -scrip- 
turn,  to  vrite  down,  describe, 
1-1  ^resent,  mark  off. 

desertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  deserted, 
solitary,  waste. 

desilio,  -Ire,  -ui,  -sultum  [de  + 
salio],  to  leap  down,  leap. 

despectus,  -us,  m.,  a  view  down- 
ward, prospect. 

despero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [de 
4-  spero],  to  be  without  hope, 
despair  of. 

destine,  -are,  -avi,  atum,  to  fas- 
ten, determine,  design,  intend. 

desum,  -esse,  -fui  [de  +  sum], 
to  be  away,  fail,  be  wanting,  be 
lacking. 

detego,  -ere,  -texi,  -tectum,  to 
uncover,  unroof. 

detestor,  -Sri,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  curse,  avert,  ward  off;  -de- 
testans,  uttering  curses  atj<nnxt . 

detraho,  -ere,  -traxi,  -tractum, 
to  draw  off,  take  off,  withdraw. 

de  trim  en  turn, -I,  n.,  loss,  damage, 
injury. 

detrudo,  -ere,  -trusi,  -trusum, 
to  thrust  down,  push  off. 

deturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
drive  out  in  disorder,  expel,  dis- 
lodge. 

deus,  -i,  m.,  a  god.    Voc.,  deus. 


deverto,    -ere,    -I, [dS  f 

verto],  to  turn  away,  turn  aside, 

betake  one's  self. 
devexus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  inclining, 

sloping  downward. 
dicio, -6nis[dico],  f.,  dominion, 

sway,  sovereignty.     Nora.  sing. 

not  used, 
dico.  -ere,  dixi,  dictum,  to  say, 

speak,  tell. 
dies,  -SI,  m.  or  f.  in  sing.,  a  day, 

time  ;  in  dies,  from  day  to  day. 
difficilis,  -e,  adj.,  hard,  difficult. 

Comp.  difficilior ;  Sup.  difticili- 

mus. 
dfligo,    -ere,    -lexi,    -lectus,    to 

xi)i</l<'  out,  love,  esteem. 
dimicatio,  -onis,  f. ,  a  fight,  con- 

text,  combat. 
dimico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fight, 

contend. 
dimitto,    -ere,    -rnisi,    -missum 

[di-f  mitto],  to  let  go  away, 

send  in  different  directions,  dis- 
miss, send  away. 
Dion,  -onis,  m.,   Dion,  a  Syra- 

cusan. 
Dionysius,  -I,  m.,  Dionysius,  the 

name  of  two  Syracusari  tyrants. 
discedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

to  withdraw,  depart,  go  away. 
discurro,    -ere,    -curri  and   cu- 

curri,  -cursum  [dis  +  curro], 

to  run  in  different  directions,  run 

to  and  fro,  run  about. 
discutio,  -ere,  -cussi,  -cussum. 

to   shatter,    break    up,    scatter, 

disperse,  remove,  dispel. 
disicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum  [dis 

+  iacio],  to  throw  apart,  scatter, 

disperse,  break  up,  destroy. 


302 


LATIN  LESSONS 


dispono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum 
[dis  +  pono],  to  place  here  and 
there,  station,  arrange,  dispose. 

dissentio,  -ire,  -sensi,  -sensum 
[dis  +  sentio],  to  differ  in  opin- 
ion, dissent,  be  at  variance. 

dissero,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  dis- 
cuss, harangue,  discourse. 

dissuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasum 
[dis  +  suadeo],  to  advise 
against,  oppose  by  argument, 
dissuade. 

distineS,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  to 
hold  apart,  hinder,  detain,  keep 
apart. 

distribuo,  -ere,  -I,  -utum,  to  di- 
vide, distribute,  apportion. 

diu,  adv.,  a  long  time,  long.  Comp. 
diutius ;  Sup.  diutissime. 

diuturnitas,  -atis,  f.,  length  of 
time,  long  duration. 

divide,  -ere,  -visi,  -visum,  to 
divide,  separate,  distribute. 

divmitus,  adv.,  by  divine  influence, 
miraculously. 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  to  give, 
grant,  afford,  permit ;  in  fugam 
dare,  to  put  to  flight ;  operarn 
dare,  to  bestow  care;  poenas 
dare,  to  suffer  punishment. 

doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  teach, 
show,  inform. 

dolose,  adv.,  craftily,  deceitfully. 

clonrinus,  -i,  m.,  a  master,  lord. 

domus,  -us  or  -I,  f . ,  a  house,  home, 
dwelling ;  doml.  at  home. 

donee,  conj.,  as  long  as,  until. 

donum,  -i,  n. ,  a  gift,  present. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  doubtful, 
uncertain. 

duco,    -ere,    duxi,    ductum,    to 


lead,   conduct,   make,   prolong, 

consider,  reckon,  think. 
dulcis,  -e,  adj.,  sweet,  pleasant. 

Comp.  dulcior ;  Sup.  dulcissi- 

mus. 
dum,   conj.,    while,    as   long   as, 

until. 

duo,  -ae,  -o,  num.  adj.,  two. 
duodecim,  num.  adj.,  twelve. 
dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f.,  a  leader, 

general,  guide. 


edo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  give 

out,  bring  forth,  give  birth  to. 
educo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum  [e 

+  duco],  to  lead  out,  bring  out. 
educo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  bring 

up,  rear. 
efficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum  [ex 

+  facio],  to  make,  accomplish, 

complete,  bring  about,  cause. 
effundS,  -ere,  -fudi,  -fusum  [ex 

-f  fundo],  to  pour  out,  spread 

abroad. 
egeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  be  in  need, 

to  icant,  lack. 
Egeria,  -ae,  f.,  Egeria,  the  nymph 

who  gave  counsel  to  Numa. 
ego,  mei,  pcrs.  pron.,  /. 
egredior,  -i,  -gressus  sum,  dep., 

to  go  out,  go  away,  march  out. 
elanguesco,  -ere,  -langui, , 

iricep.,  to  grow  faint,  fail,  relax. 
elephantus,  -I,  in.,  an  elephant. 
elicio,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  draw  out, 

lure  forth,  call  down. 
eligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectum  [ex  -f 

lego],  to  pick  out,  choose,  select. 
eloquentia,  -ae,  f.,  eloquence. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


303 


emitto,    -ere.     -misT,     -missum 

[g  +  mitto],  to  send  out,  send 

forth,  let  go,  cast  aside. 
enim,  conj..  for,  indeed. 
eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,    ituni.  to  go, 

march,  proceed. 

eo.    adv.,    there,    in    that  place, 
_  thither,  to  wh  a  degree. 
Epirus,  -I,  m.,  Epirus,  a  country 

north-west  of  Greece  proper. 
epulor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  to  feast, 


eques,  -itis,   m.,  a  horseman,  a 
knight. 

equitatus,  us,  ra.,  cavalry. 
equus,  -i,  m.,  a  horse. 
erga,  prep,  \vith  ace.,  towards. 
ergo,  adv.,  accordingly,  therefore  ; 

quid  ergo  ?  what  then  ?  what 

follows  ? 
eruptio,  -onis  [ex  4-  rumpo],  f., 

a  bursting  forth,  a  sally. 
et,  conj.,  and,'  adv.,  also,  even. 
etiam,  adv.,  also,  even. 
Etrusci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Etruscans, 

a  people  north  of  Rome. 
evado,  -ere,  evasi,  evasum,  to 

go  out,  escape. 
ex,  or  before  consonants  e,  prep. 

with  abl.,  out  of,  from;  ex  iti- 

nere,  on  the  march. 
exaudio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  hear 

clearly,  hear,  listen  to. 
excedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

to  go  out,  depart,  retire. 
excellens,  -entis,  adj.,  superior, 

excellent. 
excelsus,   -a,   -urn,    lofty,   high, 

noble,  elevated. 
excipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to 

take  out,  receive,  follow. 


excito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call 

out,  summon,  arouse,  excite. 
excutio,  -ere,   -cussi,   -cussum 

[ex  +  quatio],    to    shake    off, 

cast  off,  remove. 
exemplum,  -I,  n.,  an  example. 
exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [ex  +  eo], 

to    go    out,  depart,     withdraw, 

march  out,  escape. 
exercitus,  -us  [exerceo],  m.,  an 

army,  a  disciplined  body  of  men. 
exiguus,   -a,    -um,  adj.,   scanty, 

small,  narrow,  short. 
existimo,  -are,   -avi,  -atum,   to 

value,  judge,  think,  consider. 
expedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  itum,  to  set 

free,  make  ready. 
expeditus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unim- 
peded, unencumbered,  free,  light- 
armed. 
expello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsum,  to 

drive    out,    drive    away,    expel, 

banish. 
experior,  -iri,  -tus  sum,  dep.,  to 

try,  prove,  experience. 
expleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  to  Jill 

up,  fill. 

explorator,  -oris,  m.,  a  spy,  scout. 
expono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum, 

to  set  forth,  expose,  land. 
expositio,  -onis,  i.,  a  setting  forth, 

exposure,  exposition. 
expugno,  -are,  -avi,   -atum,   to 

take  by  storm,  capture,  conquer. 
exsisto,  -ere,  -stiti, ,  to  stand 

forth,  be  manifest,  be,  become. 
exspecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

wait  for,  expect,  wait  to  see. 
exspiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ex  + 

spiro],  to  breathe  out,  expire, 

perish,  die. 


304 


LATIN  LESSONS 


exspolio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,    to 

despoil,  pillage,  plunder. 

exstinguo,  -ere,  -stinxi,  -stinc- 
tum,  to  put  out,  extinguish,  de- 
stroy, deprive  of  life,  kill. 

exsto,  -are,  , [ex  + 

sto],  to  stand  out,  stand  forth, 
appear,  exist,  be. 

exterior,  -us,  adj.  comp.,  outer, 
exterior;  Sup.  extremus,  outer- 
most, last. 

exterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  [ex  + 
terreo],  to  frighten,  terrify. 

extollo,  -ere,  ,  -  -  [ex  + 

tollo],  to  lift  up,  extol,  praise. 

extra,  adv.  and  prep.,  on  the  out- 
side, without,  beyond. 

extremus,  see  exterior. 


faber,  -bri,  m.,  a  workman,  maker, 
smith. 

Fabius,  -I,  m.,  Fabius,  a  name  of 
a  Roman  gens. 

fabrico, -are, -avi, -atum  [faber], 
to  make,  construct. 

facile,  adv.,  easily,  readily. 

facilis,  -e  [facio],  adj.,  easy  to 
do,  easy.  Comp.  facilior,  Sup. 
facillimus. 

facio,  -ere,  fed,  factum,  to  make, 
do,  perform,  form,  cause;  cer- 
tiorem  facere,  to  make  more 
certain,  inform. 

factum,  -I,  n.,  a  deed,  act. 

facultas,  -atis  [facilis],  f,  abil- 
ity, skill,  power,  means,  oppor- 
tunity, abundance. 

falx.  falcis,  f.,  a  sickle,  wall 
hook. 


fama,  -ae,  f.,  a  report,  rumor, 
reputation. 

familiaris,  -e,  adj.,  familiar,  inti- 
mate, friendly,  of  a  family. 

fan  urn,  -I,  n.,  a  shrine,  sanctuary, 
temple. 

fasti  gium,  -I,  n.,  a  summit,  slope, 
descent. 

fastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  not  for- 
bidden. Hence  fastus  dies,  a 
day  on  which  court  may  be 
held  ;  a  judicial  day. 

Faustulus,  -I,  in.,  Faustulus,  the 
shepherd  who  cared  for  Komu- 
lus  and  Remus. 

felicitas,  -atis,  f.,  good  fortune, 
good  luck. 

felix,  -icis,  adj.,  fortunate,  favor- 
able, successful,  prosperous. 

femina,  -ae,  f.,  a  woman,  female. 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  to  bear, 
carry,  endure,  report;  leges 
ferre,  to  propose  laws. 

ferox,  -ocis,  adj.,  bold,  fierce, 
spirited.  Comp.  ferocior,  Sup. 
ferocissimus. 

ferrum,  -I,  n.,  iron,  implement  of 
iron,  sword. 

ferns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wild,  un- 
tamed, rude,  barbarous. 

fessus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wearied, 
tired,  worn  out. 

festum,  -I,  n.,  a  holiday,  festival. 

fides,  -el,  f.,  trust,  faith,  confi- 
dence, good  faith,  pledge,  belief. 

fiducia,  -ae  [fides],  f.,  trust,  con- 
fidence, assurance. 

fllia,  -ae,  f.,  a  daughter. 

filius,  -I,  m.,  a  son. 

flnio,  -Ire,  -ivi,  -Itum  [finis],  to 
limit,  finish,  put  an  end  to. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


finis,  -is,  in.  and  f.,  cud,  l>ou>i<!<(,->t. 
riu.,  f>  rritonj.  country. 

flnitimus,  -a,  -um  [finis],  adj., 
border  in  a  HJ><»>.  neighboring. 
As  noun,  neighbor. 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  used  as  the 
pass,  of  facio.  to  be  done,  be 
made,  become,  Ixi^pen,  come  to 
pass;  certior  fieri,  to  be  in- 
formed; fit  proelium,  a  battle 
takes  pi (« •• . 

firmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [firmus], 
to  xt  rent/then,  secure. 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  strong,  firm, 
steadfast. 

flamen,  -mis,  in.,  a  priest  of  one 
deity,  a  flamen. 

fleo.  -ere,  -evl,  -etum,  to  weep, 
lament. 

flos,  -oris,  m.,  a  flower. 

flumen,  -inis,  n.,  a  stream,  river. 

foedus,  -eris,  n.,  a  treaty,  league, 
alliance. 

fore,  forem,  see  sum. 

foris,  adv.,  out  of  doors,  from 
without. 

forma,  -ae,  f.,  a  form,  figure,  ap- 
pearance, beauty. 

fors,  fortis,  f.,  chance,  accident. 

forte  [fors],  adv.,  by  chance,  by 
accident,  as  it  happened. 

fortis,  -e,  adj.,  strong,  brave, 
steadfast. 

fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  chance,  lot,  for- 
tune, luck. 

forum,  -I,  n.,  an  open  space, 
market-place,  forum. 

fossa,  -ae,  f.,  a  ditch,  trench, 
fosse. 

fragor,  -oris  [frango],  m.,  a 
crashing,  din,  thunder  peal. 

LAT.  LES.—  20 


frango,  -ere,  fregi,  frSctum,  to 

hri'K/,-,  cntsfi.  <Hxhf,irti-ii. 
frater,  -tris?  in.,  n  lr«th<  /•. 
fratricida,  -ae,  in.,  a  murderer  of 

it  )>rnther,  a  fratricide. 
fructus,  -us,   in.,  fruit,  pro<inrt, 

enjoyment,  result. 
frumentum,  -I,  n.,  corn,  grain. 
fruor,  -I,  fructus  sum,  dep.,  to 

(>)tJ0lli  have  the  use  of. 
fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight. 
fugio,  -ere,  fugi, ,  to  flee,  fly, 

take  to  flight,  escape  by  flight, 

avoid. 
fugo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  put  to 

flight,  rout. 
fulmen,   -inis,    n.,    lightning,    a 

thunderbolt. 
funda,  -ae,  f.,  a  sling. 
fundamentum,  -I,  n.,  usually  in 

the  plu.,  a  foundation,  support. 
furtum,  -I,  n.,  a  theft,  robbery. 


Gams,  -I,  m.,   Gaius,  a  Roman 

praenomen. 

Galli,  -orum,  m.,  Gauls. 
Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul,  the  country 

of     the     Gauls,     corresponding 

nearly  to  modern  France, 
gemini,  -orum,  m.,  twins. 
gens,  gentis,  f.,  a  race,  tribe,  clan, 

gens,  people. 
genus,   -eris,   n.,   a   race,   stock, 

family. 

Germanus,  -I,  m.,  a  German. 
gero,    -ere,    gessi,    gestum,    to 

bear,    carry,    wear,    carry    on, 

wage. 
gladius,  -I,  m. ,  a  sword. 


306 


LATIN  LESSONS 


glans,  glandis,  f .,  an  acorn,  acorn- 
shaped  ball. 

gloriosus,  -a,  -um  [gloria],  adj., 
full  of  glory,  glorious. 

gratia,  -ae,  f.,  favor,  gratitude, 
esteem;  gratias  agere,  to  ex- 
press gratitude;  gratias  habere, 
to  feel  gratitude;  gratiam  re- 
ferre,  to  return  a  favor. 

gratulatio,  -onis  [gratulor],  f., 
congratulation,  rejoicing,  joy. 

gratulor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 
to  congratulate,  rejoice,  show 
one's  joy. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  acceptable, 
pleasing,  grateful. 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  serious, 
severe,  weighty,  influential. 
Comp.  gravior,  Sup.  gravis- 
simus. 

grex,  gregis,  m.,  a  flock,  herd. 

gymnasium,  -I,  n.,  a  gymnasium. 


habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  have, 
hold,  possess. 

Haedui,  -orum,  m.,  the  Hcedui, 
a  Gallic  tribe. 

Hannibal,  -alis,  m.,  Hannibal, 
the  great  Carthaginian  leader. 

harpago,  -onis,  m.,  a  hook,  grap- 
pling hook. 

haruspex,  -icis,  m.,  a  soothsayer. 

baud,  adv.,  not,  by  no  means. 

Hercules,  -is,  m.,  Hercules,  a 
Greek  hero. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  demons,  pron., 
this,  used  of  something  near 
the  speaker;  this  one,  he,  she,  it. 

hie,  adv.,  here,  in  this  place. 


Hicetas,  -ae,  m.,  Hicetas,  a  Syra- 
cusan. 

hinc,  adv.,  from  this  place,  hence. 

homo,  -inis,  in.,  a  man,  human 
being. 

honorifice  [honor],  adv.,  honor- 
ably, ivith  respect. 

honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  respect, 
esteem. 

hora,  -ae,  f.,  an  hour. 

Horatius,  -I,  m.,  Horatius,  a 
Roman  name. 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
urge,  encourage,  exhort. 

hospes,  -itis,  m.,  a  stranger,  host, 
entertainer. 

Hostilius,  -I,  m.,  Hostilius,  a 
Roman  name. 

hostis,  -is,  m.  and  f . ,  an  enemy. 

hue,  adv.,  hither,  to  this  place, 
thus  far. 

humanitas,  -atis,  f.,  humanity, 
kindliness,  refinement. 

humanus,  -a,  -um  [homo],  adj., 
human,  kind. 

hydra,  -ae,  f.,  the  hydra,  a  mon- 
ster with  many  heads. 


iaceo,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  to  lie,  be 

prostrate,  lie  dead,  lie  in  ruins. 

iam,  adv.,  now,  already,  presently. 

laniculum,  -I,  n.,  the  Janiculum, 
one  of  the  hills  of  Rome. 

lanus,  -I,  m.,  Janus,  an  old  Ital- 
ian god. 

ibi,  adv.,  there,  in  that  place. 

Ico,  -ere,  ici,  Ictum,  to  strike; 
foedus  Tcere,  to  make  a  treaty, 
enter  into  a  covenant. 


LATIN    KM.l.ISII    VOCA1U-I.AKY 


J-507 


Idem,    eadem,    idem,    demons. 

pron.,  tJn'  .«nn<',  ///.-»•/'•/>••. 
idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  jit,  #uit- 

<tl>l<  ,  jH'opi  r. 
igitur,  conj.,  therefore,  then,  ac- 

cordingly. 
ignis,  -is,  in.,  fire. 
Ignorninia,  -ae,  f.,  disgrace,  dis- 

honor, hjnntniun. 
Ignore,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  not  to 

know,  to  be  ignorant  of. 
ille,   ilia,   illud,   demons,    pron., 

that,  that  one,  he,  she,  it. 
imago,  -inis,  f.,  a  likeness,  copy, 


imbecillitas,  -atis,  f.,  iceakness, 

feebleness. 
imbelh's,  -e,  adj.,  unwarlike,  cow- 

ardly. 
imbuo,  -ere,  -I,  -utum,  to  moisten, 

Jill,  imbue. 
imitor,  -arl,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 

imitate,  copy,  represent. 
immortalis,  -e  [in  neg.  -f  mors], 

adj.,  immortal,  undying. 
impedlmentum,    -I,    n.,    a    hin- 

drance, baggage. 
impedio,    -ire,    -IvI,    -Itum,    to 

entangle,  hinder,  be  in  the  way 

of,  impede. 
imperlte,    adv.,    ignorantly,    un- 

skilfully, unadvisedly. 
imperium,  -I.  n.,  a  command,  su- 

nri'ini-  power,  supremacy,  sway. 
impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  com- 

mand, order,  demand,  govern. 
impetro,    -are,    -avl,    -atum,    to 

accomplish,  gain  one's  end,  ob- 

tain a  request. 
impetus,  -us,  m.,  an  attack,  on- 

set, charge,  rush. 


impiiiB,    -a,   -um,    adj., 
//•/•<  r,  rent,  HH</»<HI/.  n-i<-/,-< ,/. 

impono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum 
[in  +  pono],  to  plan-  //,/«//.  < >•- 
tablish,  impose. 

improvise,     adv., 

siiilil  ill;/. 

impune,    adv.,    without 
ment,  with  impunity,  .sv//l  ///. 

in,  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl.  With 
ace.  after  words  of  motion,  into, 
within,  against,  to.  With  abl., 
in,  within,  on,  among,  <inrin</. 

incline,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  to 
bend,  incline,  be  disposed. 

inclitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  celebrated, 
renowned,  famous. 

incola,  -ae,  m.  and  f.,  an  inhabi- 
tant. 

incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  unharmed,  un- 
injured, safe. 

incredibilis,  -e  [in  neg.  -f  credo], 
adj.,  not  to  be  believed,  incredible, 
wonderful. 

increpo,  -are,  -ul,  -itum,  to  sound, 
rustle,  upbraid,  chide. 

incumbo,  -ere,  -cubul,  -cubitum, 
to  lean  upon,  apply  one's  self, 
exert  one's  self. 

index,  -icis,  m.  and  f.,' a  sign, 
indication. 

indicium.  -I,  n.,  information,  in- 
dication, proof,  evidence. 

indico,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  to  point 
out,  show,  declnri'.  inform. 

indico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  to 
proclaim,  announce,  declare. 

indHigens,  -entis,  adj.,  careless, 
negligent. 

indoles,  -is,  f.,  nature,  character, 
disposition. 


308 


LATIN  LESSONS 


induo,  -ere,  -I,  -utum,  to  put  on, 
clothe,  entangle,  pierce;  se  sti- 
mulis  induere,  to  be  pierced 
with  the  pointed  stakes. 

ineo,  -ire,  -ivi  and  -ii,  -itum,  to 
go  into,  enter ;  rationem  inire, 
to  make  an  estimate. 

infamis,  -e  [in  neg.  -f  fania],  adj., 
disreputable,  infamous. 

infans,  -fantis,  m.  and  f.,  a  little 
child,  infant. 

infectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unfinished, 
not  done ;  re  infecta,  their  ob- 
ject being  unaccomplished. 

infero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum  [in  + 
fero],  to  bring  in,  bring  against, 
cause;  se  inferre,  to  betake 
one's  self;  bellum  inferre,  to 
wage  war. 

infesto,  -are, ,  ,  to  dis- 
turb, annoy,  infest. 

infestus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  disturbed, 
troublesome,  hostile. 

ingens,  -entis,  adj.,  great,  huge, 
large. 

ingratus,  -a,  -um  [in  neg.  -f-  gra- 
tus],  adj.,  unpleasing,  disagree- 
able, ungrateful,  thankless. 

iniquus,  -a,  -um  [in  neg.  +  ae- 
quus],  adj.,  unjust,  unequal, 
uneven,  unfavorable. 

initium,  -i,  n.,  a  beginning. 

iniungo,  -ere,  -iunxi,  -iunctum 
[in  +  iungo],  to  join,  attach 
to,  inflict;  servitutem  iniun- 
gere,  to  impose  slavery  upon 
any  one. 

iniuria,  -ae,  f.,  injustice,  wrong, 
outrage,  insult. 

innotesco,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  to  be- 
come known. 


inopia,  -ae,  f.,  want,  scarcity, 
poverty. 

inopinans,  -antis,  adj.,  not  expect- 
ing, unawares. 

inquam,  def.  verb,  to  say;  after 
one  or  more  words  of  a  quotation. 

inrideo,  -ere,  -risi,  -risum,  to 
laugh  at,  mock,  ridicule. 

inrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptum 
[in  +  rumpo],  to  break  in,  fall 
upon. 

inruptio,  -onis,  f.,  a  breaking  in, 
an  attack. 

inscius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  not  know- 
ing, unaware. 

insequor,  -i,  seciitus  sum,  dep., 
to  follow,  pursue. 

insidior,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
lie  in  wait,  lie  in  ambush. 

insignis,  -e,  adj.,  distinguished, 
eminent,  marked. 

insolens,  -entis,  adj.,  unaccus- 
tomed, insolent,  haughty,  arro- 
gant. 

instituo,  -ere,  -i,  -utum,  to  put 
in  place,  found,  establish,  re- 
solve, determine,  construct. 

institutum,  -i,  n.,  a  purpose,  de- 
sign, institution,  custom. 

instruo,  -ere,  -struxi,  -structum, 
to  build,  draw  up,  furnish. 

insula,  -ae,  f.,  an  island. 

integer,  -gra,  -grum,  adj.,  whole, 
untouched,  entire,  fresh. 

intego,  -ere,  -texi,  -tectum,  to 
cover  over. 

intellego,  -ere,  -exi,  -ectum,  to 
understand,  know,  perceive, 
learn,  find  out. 

intentus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  attentive, 
eager,  alert. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   V%CA*UL A  1 J  Y 


30!) 


inter,  prep,  with  ace.,  between, 
iinioiKj.  n->(/i.  tlitring. 

interdiu,  adv.,  by  day,  in  the  day- 
time. 

interea,  adv.,  meantime,  mean- 
while. 

intereo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itum  [inter  -f 
eo],  to  be  lost,  perish,  <//«•. 

interficio,  -ere,  -fed,  -fectum 
[inter  +  facio],  to  destroy,  kill, 
slay. 

intericio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum 
[inter  +  iacio],  to  throw  be- 
tween, intervene,  lie  between. 

interim,  adv.,  meanwhile,  in  the 
meantime. 

interimo,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptum, 
to  take  away,  destroy,  kill. 

interior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.,  inner, 
interior.  Sup.  intimus. 

interitus,  -us,  in.,  overthrow,  de- 
struction, death. 

intermitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  to  leave  off,  cease,  inter- 
rupt, come  between,  intervene. 

interpreter,  -ari,  -atus  sum, 
dep.,  to  interpret,  explain,  un- 
derstand. 

interrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -rup- 
tum,  to  break  off,  break,  down, 
interrupt. 

intersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -hiturus, 
to  be  between,  be  present,  take 
part  in.  The  third  pers.  sing,  is 
impersonal ;  it  concerns,  is  of 
interest. 

intra,  adv.,  on  the  inside,  within  ; 
prep,  with  ace.,  within,  in. 

introduce,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -due- 
turn,  to  lead  in,  admit,  intro- 
duce. 


inutilis,  -e,  a.lj.,  useless. 
invade,  -ere,  -vasl,  -vasum  [in 

-f  v5do],   (n  (jo  iitf<>,  <  ut<  i\  ///- 

null  .  <i/fin'k,  full  ttjion. 
inveho,  -ere,  -vgxi,  -vectum  [in 

-f  veho],   to   carry  in,  attack, 

«*x<til,  inveigh  again*/. 
inveteratus,   -a,  -um,  adj.,  old, 

of  long  standing. 
invidia,  -ae,  f.,  envy,  hatred,  ill- 

will. 
invitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  against  the 


ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  demonstrative 

pron.,  self,  very,  himself,  herself, 

etc. 
Iratus,    -a,    -um,   adj.,   angered, 

enraged,  angry,  in  anger. 
is,    ea,   id,   demons,   pron.,  this, 

that,  he,  she,  it,  etc. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  demons,  pron. 

referring     to     what     is     near 

the  person  addressed,   this  of 

yours,  that  of  yours,  he,   she, 

it,  etc. 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus,  in  this  man- 

ner, accordingly. 
Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy. 
Italicus,  -a,  -um,   adj.,  Italian, 

of  Italy. 
itaque,  conj.,  and  so,  accordingly. 

therefore. 
item,  adv.,  likewise,  in  like  man- 

ner, moreover. 
iter,  itineris,  n.,  a  journey,  march, 

way,  route,  road. 

iterum,  adv.,  again,  a  second  time. 
iubeo,   -ere,    iussi,    iussum,    to 

order,  bid,  command. 
iudicium,    -I,    n.,    a   judgment, 

opinion,  decision. 


310 


LATIN  LESSONS 


iugum,  -I,  n.,  a  yoke,  ridge,  crest 
of  a  hill,  summit. 

lulius,  -I,  m.,  Julius,  a  Roman 
name. 

iumentum,  -I,  n.,  a  beast  of  bur- 
den, a  draught  animal,  ox, 
horse. 

iungo,  -ere,  iunxi,  iunctum,  to 
join  together,  unite,  yoke,  har- 
ness. 

luppiter,  lovis,  m.,  Jupiter,  the 
chief  of  the  gods. 

iuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  swear, 
make  oath. 

ius,  iuris,  n.,  right,  justice. 

iusiurandum,  iurisiurandi,  n.,  an 
oath. 

iustitia,  -ae,  f.,  justice,  upright- 
ness. 

iuvenis,  -is,  adj.,  young.  Comp. 
iunior,  Sup.  minimus  natu. 
As  noun,  a  youth,  young  per- 
son. 

iuventus,  -utis,  f.,  youth,  young 
persons. 

iuvo,  -are,  iuvl,  iutum,  to  help, 
aid,  assist. 


Kalendae,  -arum,  f.,  the  first  day 
of  the  month,  the  Calends. 


Labienus,  -I,  m.,  Labienus,  a  Ro- 
man name. 

labor,  -oris,  m.,  labor,  toil,  work. 

laboro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
labor,  toil,  strive,  be  in  distress, 
be  hard  pressed. 

lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  a  tear. 


laedo,    -ere,    laesi,   laesum,   to 

wound,  injure,  offend. 

laetitia,  -ae  [laetus],  f.,  joy,  re- 
joicing, gladness. 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  joyful, 
glad. 

laeva,  -ae,  f.,  the  left  hand. 

lambo,  -ere,  , ,  to  lick, 

lap. 

Laphystius,  -I,  m.,  Laphystius, 
a  Syracusan. 

lapis,  -idis,  m.,  a  stone. 

Larentia,  -ae,  f.,  Acca  Larentia, 
wife  of  Faustulus. 

latro,  -onis,  m.,  a  robber,  free- 
booter. 

latus,  -eris,  n.,  the  side,  flank.  Cf. 
apertus. 

laus,  laudis,  f.,  praise,  glory, 
fame,  merit. 

lectica,  -ae,  f.,  a  litter,  sedan- 
chair,  palanquin. 

legatio,  -onis,  f.,  an  embassy, 
legation. 

legatus,  -I,  m.,  an  ambassador, 
legate,  lieutenant. 

legio,  -onis,  f.,  a  legion,  consist- 
ing of  about  6000  men  in  Cse- 
sar's  time. 

lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectus,  to  collect, 
choose,  select,  read. 

Lemovices,  -um,  m.,  the  Lemo- 
vices,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

leniter  [lenis],  adv.,  mildly, 
gently.  Comp.  lenius,  Sup.  le- 
nissime. 

levis,  -e,  adj.,  light,  nimble;  levis 
armaturae,  light  armed. 

lex,  legis,  f.,  a  law,  enactment. 

libeiis.  -entis,  adj.,  willing,  glad, 
with  pleasure. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULA  U  Y 


liberalitas,  -atis  [liberalis],  f., 
<(fJ'a/>ilit>/<  iii'iii-rnftitti,  litx  ft/if//. 

libere,  adv.,  fwly.  liberally,  with- 
out hin<1r«t«-i  . 

liberi,  -orum,  in.,  children. 

libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  set 
free,  to  free,  liberate. 

libertas,  -atis,  f.,  liberty,  free- 
<!«ni. 

librflis,  -e,  adj.,  of  the  weight  of  a 
pound;  fundae  librfles,  slinga 
thnm-itiij  missiles  weighing  " 
pound. 

licet,  impers.  verb,  it  is  allowed, 
permitted,  lawful. 

Uneamentum,  -I,  n.,  feature, 
lineaiit'  //(. 

lingua,  -ae,  f.,  a  tongue,  lan- 
guage. 

locus,  -I,  m.,  a  place,  region. 

longe,  adv.,  far,  far  away. 

longinquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  distant, 
remote,  long. 

longitude,  -inis  [longus],  f., 
length. 

longurius,  -I  [longus],  m.,  a  long 
pole. 

loquor,  -I,  locutus  sum,  dep.,  to 
speak,  say,  tell,  talk  of. 

lorica,  -ae,  f.,  a  corselet,  coat  of 
mail 

Lucius,  -I,  m.,  Lucius,  a  Koman 
name. 

luctus,  -us,  m.,  sorrow,  lamenta- 
tion, grief,  distress. 

lucus,  -I,  m.,  a  sacred  grove, 
wood. 

ludibrium,  -I,  n.,  a  mockery,  deris- 
ion, laughing  stock,  jest. 

ludicer,  -era,  -crum,  adj.,  play- 
ful, sportive,  done  fur  sport. 


ludus,  -I,  m.,  a  play,  game,  show, 


lumen,  -inis,  n.,  light,  sight  (of 

the  eye). 

lima,  ae,  f.,  the  moon. 
lupa,  -ae,  f.,  a  she-icnlf. 
lustro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ex- 

i/inine,  go  around,  pnrif;/. 
lux,  lucis,  f.,  light,  daylight. 


maceria,  -ae,  f .,  a  wall,  enclosure. 

mactus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  honored; 
macte  virtute  esto,  be  hon- 
ored in  your  virtue,  hail  to  you  I 
good  luck  attend  you  .' 

maestus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sad,  sor- 
rou'fi/l. 

magis,  adv.  coinp.,  more,  rather. 
Sup.  maxime. 

magnitude,  -inis  [magnusj,  f., 
greatness,  magnitude,  size. 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  great,  large, 
extensive.  Comp.  maior,  Sup. 
maximus. 

maior,  cf.  magnus. 

malo,  malle,  malui  [magis  + 
volo],  to  choose  rather,  prefer. 

Mamercus,  -I,  m.,  Mamercus,  a 
tyrant  of  Catana. 

Mamurius,  -I,  m.,  Mamurius,  the 
maker  of  the  ancilia. 

mandatum,  -I,  n.,  an  order,  in- 
junction, command,  charge. 

mando,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
enjoin,  order,  command,  com- 
mission. 

Mandubii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Mandu- 
bii,  a  Gallic  tribe  whose  chief 
city  was  Alesia. 


312 


LATIN  LESSONS 


mane  5,   -ere,   mansi,    mansum, 

to  stay,  remain,  continue,  wait 
for. 

manumitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum 
[manus  +  mitto],  to  set  at  lib- 
erty, make  free. 

manus,  -iis,  in.,  a  hand,  band, 
company,  force. 

Marcus,  -i,  in.,  Marcus,  a  Roman 
name. 

Mars,  Martis,  m.,  Mars,  the  god 
of  war  and  father  of  Romulus 
and  Remus. 

Martius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  relating 
to  Mars,  of  the  month  of  March. 

mater,  -tris,  f . ,  a  mother. 

maxime,  adv.,  sup.,  in  the  great- 
est degree,  exceedingly,  very, 
most.  Cf.  magis. 

maximus,  see  magnus. 

mediocris,  -e  [medius],  adj., 
middling,  medium,  ordinary, 
moderate. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  in  the  mid- 
dle, mid,  halfway  between,  the 
middle  of. 

memoria,  -ae,  f.,  memory,  recol- 
lection. 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  the  mind,  intel- 
lect, thought,  purpose,  disposi- 
tion. 

mensis,  -is,  m.,  a  month. 

mentio,  -onis,  f.,  a  calling  to 
mind,  mention. 

mercennariuB,  -a,  -um  [mercgs], 
adj.,  serving  for  hire,  paid,  mer- 
cenary. 

meridies,  -el  [medius  +  digs], 
m.,  midday,  noon. 

meritum,  -I,  n.,  a  merit,  desert, 
service,  favor. 


metior,  -iri,  mensus  sum,  dep.,  to 
measure,  measure  out,  deal  out. 

metuo,  -ere,  -I, [metus],  to 

fear,  be  afraid. 

metus,  -us,  m.,  fear,  anxiety. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.,  mine, 
of  me,  my. 

miles,  -itis,  m.  and  f.,  a  soldier. 

mflia,  plu.  of  mille. 

mflitaris,  -e  [miles],  adj.,  of  a 
soldier,  military,  warlike ;  res 
mflitaris,  the  art  of  war. 

minime,  adv.,  sup.  of  parum, 
171  the  smallest  degree,  least  of 
all,  not  at  all,  very  little. 

minus,  adv.,  comp.  of  parum,  less. 

mirabilis,  -e  [minis],  adj.,  won- 
derful, extraordinary,  strange. 

minis,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wonderful, 
marvelous,  surprising. 

miseror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 
bewail,  lament,  pity. 

mitigo,  -are,  -avi,  -aturn  [mitis], 
to  soften,  make  gentle,  soothe. 

mitis,  -e,  adj.,  mild,  gentle,  kind. 

mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missum,  to  let 
go,  send. 

moderate,  adv. ,  moderately,  with 
moderation,  with  self-control. 

modius,  -i,  in.,  a  measure,  nearly 
equal  to  a  peck. 

modo  [modus],  adv.,  measur- 
ably, only,  merely,  simply,  just. 

moenia,  -ium,  n.,  walls,  ramparts, 
a  city ,'  fortifications. 

moles,  -is,  f.,  a  pile,  mass,  bulk. 

mollitia,  -ae,  f.,  softness,  weak- 
ness, effeminacy.  Sometimes 
written  mollities. 

momentum,  -i,  n.,  movement, 
weight,  influence. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    YoCAIH  LAKY 


313 


monitus,    -us    [moneo],    in.,    n 

\i-aniiinj.  admonition,  ad 
inoiis.  montis,  in.,  a  mountain. 
mora,  -ae,  f.,  </</">/.  hindrance. 
morbus,    -I,  in.,  a  disease,  sick- 


moror,  -arl,  -atus  [mora],  drp., 

to  dela;/.  dii'i'i/.  xt<iy,  hinder. 
mors.  -tis,  f.,  death. 
mortuus,  -a,  -um  [mors],  adj., 

dead, 
inoveo,  -ere,  movT,  motum,  to 

more,  set  in  motion,  influence. 
mox.  adv.,  soon,  anon,  presently. 
mulier,  -eris,  f.,  a  woman. 
multitude,    -dims,    f.,    a    large 

nnmorr,  thronij,  multitude. 
multo,    adv.,    by   much,   by  far, 

much. 

multum,  adv.,  much,  far,  greatly. 
multus.  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much,  many. 

Comp.  plus,  Sup.  plurimus. 
munio,  -Ire,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  to  fortify, 

defend,  protect. 
munltio,   -onis,  f.,  a  defending, 

fortifying,  defense,  fortification. 
munus,  -eris,  n.,  a  present,  gift, 

office,  service. 
muralis,  -e  [munis],  adj.,  per- 

taining to  a  wall,  mural,  wall. 
munis,  -I,  in.,  a  wall. 
musculus,  -I  [mus],  in.,  a  little 

mouse,  a  war  engine. 
muto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  change, 

modify. 

N 

nam,  conj.,  for. 

namque,   conj.,  for    in  fact.     A 

strengthened  nam. 
nanclscor,  -I,  nactus  sum,  dep., 


to  incct  with,  fall  in  with,  ob- 
tain, Jin, I. 

natalis,  -e  [natus],  adj.,  ofi'irth, 
natal ;  digs  natalis,  birthday. 

uatio,  -onis,  f.,  <i  nation,  race, 
j><  ople. 

(natus,  -us),  m.,  abl.  natu,  ihc 
only  form  in  use,  by  birth ; 
maior  natu,  elder. 

ne,  conj.,  lest,  that  not;  ne  .  .  . 
quidem,  not  even. 

-ne,  enclitic,  used  in  asking  a 
question. 

nee  or  neque,  adv.  and  conj., 
neither,  nor,  and  not. 

necessario,  adv.,  of  necessity, 
inevitably,  necessarily. 

necessarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neces- 
*' //•//,  needful.  As  subst.,  kins- 
men, friends,  relatives. 

necessitas,  -atis,  f.,  necessity. 

nefarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wicked,  in- 
famous, impious. 

nefastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unhal- 
lowed, unlucky;  dies  nefastus, 
a  day  on  which  court  may  not 
be  held.  Cf.  fastus. 

neglego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum,  to 
disregard,  neglect,  not  to  care 
for. 

nemus,  -oris,  n.,  a  grove,  wood, 
forest. 

nepos,  -otis,  m.,  a  grandson,  a 
descendant. 

nequaquam,  adv.,  by  no  means, 
in  no  way. 

nescio,  -Ire,  -Ivi, ,  not  to 

know,  to  be  ignorant. 

neu  or  neve,  adv.,  nor,  and  not. 

nihil,  n.,  indecl.,  nothing,  in  no 
respect,  not  at  all. 


314 


LATIN  LESSONS 


nimirum,  adv.,  without  doubt,  cer- 
tainly, surely. 

nisi,  conj.,  unless,  if  not. 

nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  well-known, 
famous,  noble,  renowned. 

noctu,  adv.,  by  night,  at  night. 

nocturnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  noc- 
turnal, of  the  night,  by  night. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui  [non  +  volo], 
to  be  unwilling,  not  to  wish. 

nomen,  -inis,  n.,  a  name,  account. 

nomino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call 
by  name,  to  name. 

non,  adv.,  not. 

noiidum,  adv.,  not  yet. 

nonne,  interrog.  adv.,  not?  whether 
not? 

nonnullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  some,  sev- 
eral. 

nonnumquam,  adv. ,  sometimes. 

nosco,  -ere,  novl,  notum,  to  learn, 
come  to  know,  know. 

noster,  -stra,  -strum,  poss.  pron., 
our,  ours.  In  the  plu.,  our 
men. 

novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new,  recent, 
fresh. 

nox,  noctis,  f.,  night. 

nubo,  -ere,  nupsi,  nuptum,  to  veil 
one's  self,  to  marry  (of  the 
woman). 

nudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  un- 
cover, lay  bare,  expose. 

iiullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  none,  no,  not 
any. 

num,  interrog.  particle,  used  to  ask 
a  question,  and  need  not  be  trans- 
lated. In  indirect  questions, 
whether. 

Numa,  -ae,  m.,  Numa  Pompilius, 
second  king  of  Rome. 


numen,  -inis,  n.,  divine  will,  a 
divinity,  a  god,  divine  power. 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  a  number. 

Numitor,  -oris,  m.,  Numitor, 
grandfather  of  Romulus. 

numquam,  adv.,  never,  at  no  time. 

mine,  adv.,  now,  at  the  present 
time. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  an- 
nounce, report,  inform. 

nuntius,  -I,  m.,  a  messenger,  cou- 
rier, message,  tidings. 

nusquam,  adv.,  nowhere,  in  no 
case. 


O,  interj.,  0  !  oh  ! 

ob,  prep,  with  ace.,  against,  on 

account  of,  for,  for  the  sake  of. 
obeo,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum  [ob  +  eo], 

to  go  to  meet,  go  against,  per- 
form, perish  ;  diem  supremum 

obire,  to  die. 
obicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum  [ob  + 

iacio],  to  throw  before,   offer, 

oppose,  be  in  the  way. 
obliviscor,  -i,  oblitus  sum,  dep., 

to  forget,  omit. 
obruo,  -ere,  -i,  -turn  [ob  +  ruo], 

to  overwhelm,  overthrow,  bury. 
obsideo,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessum  [ob 

+  sedeo],  to  sit  down  against, 

besiege,  blockade. 
obsidio,  -onis,  f .,  a  siege,  blockade. 
obstupefacio,  -ere,  -f  eci,  -factum, 

to  astonish,  astound,  stupefy. 
obtero,  -ere,  -trivi,  -tritum,  to 

bruise,  crush,  undervalue. 
obtestor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 

to   call   to   witness,   appeal   to, 

protest. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


:nr, 


obtineo,  -§re,  -ux,  -tentum  [ob  + 

teiieo],   to   occupy,   hold,  pos- 

sess, accomplish. 
obveiiio,    -ire,    -v€ni,    -ventum 

[ob  -f  venio],  to  go  to  meet, 

h<i  ]>/>!•  >t.  be  allotted. 
obviam  [ob  +  via],  adv.,  ///  tin- 


way, 


obviam  ire   or 


venire,  to  meet. 
occasus.  -us,  111.,  a  falling,  set- 

tin  (/  ;  soils  occasus,  sunset. 
occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisum  [ob  + 

caedo],  to  cut  <!<>n-n,  /•///,  *l<nj. 
occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -casum  [ob 

+  cado],  tn  fa.il.  /><  rixh,  he  xl'/i/i. 
occulte,  adv.,  secretly,  pricad-ly. 
occulto,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to 

l<  i  <!e,  conceal. 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  take 

possession  of,  seize. 
occurro,   -ere,    -curri,    -cursum 

[ob  +  curro],  to  run  to  meet,  go 

to  meet,  fall  in  with,  rush  upon. 
octo,  num.  adj.,  eight. 
octoginta,  num.  adj.,  eighty  . 
oculus,  -i,  m.,  an  eye. 
odium,  -i,  n.,  hatred,  enmity. 
odor,  -oris,  m.,  a  smell,  odor. 
offero,  -ere,  obtuli,  oblatum  [ob 

-f  fero],  to  offer,  show,  present. 
olim,  adv.  ,  at  that  time,  at  times, 

formerly,  hereafter. 
ornnis,   -e,   adj.,   every,    all,    the 

whole  of. 
opera,  -ae  [opus],  f.,  work,  labor, 

pains;  operam  dare,  to  take 

pains,  see  to  it. 
opinio,  -onis,  f.,  opinion,   belief, 

reputation. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  a  town,  strong- 

hold. 


oppleS,  -5re,  -6vi,  -6tum,  to  fill, 

curt  r. 

opportiinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fit, 
xnit<thli\  form-able. 

opprimo,  -ere,  -pressi,  -pressum, 
to  overwhelm,  overthrow,  wish, 
oppress. 

oppugnatio,  -onis,  f.,  an  assault- 
ing, *(.ui'i,tini(,  nttnc.k,  siege. 

oppugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
(txxtiiilt,  dtt'ick,  assail,  besiege. 

(ops),  opis,  f.,  no  nom.  or  dat. 
sing.,  help,  succor,  resources, 
mi  '/us,  wealth. 

optime,  adv.,  sup.  of  bene,  best. 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.  of 
bonus,  best. 

opus,  -eris,  n.,  work,  labor,  forti- 
fication, military  works. 

oratio,  -onis,  1,  a  speech,  oration, 
<i<l>lress,  discourse. 

orbis,  -is,  m.,  circle;  orbis  ter- 
rae  or  terrarum,  the  icor/<L 

ordino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [ordo], 
to  order,  arra>t<j<\  ret/ulate. 

oriens,  -entis  [orior],  in.,  the 
rising  (sun),  the  east. 

origo,  -inis  [orior],  f.,  the  begin- 
ning, origin,  lineage. 

orior,  -iri,  ortus  sum,  dep.,  to 
arise,  appear,  bt'<jin. 

oro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  beseech, 
pray,  entreat. 

6s,  oris,  n.,  the  mouth,  face,  coun- 
tenance. 

osteiido,  -ere,  -i,  -tentum,  to 
shoic,  exhibit,  manifest, ^declare. 

otiose  [otium],  adv.,  at  leisure, 
ff/Kiii'i '///,  without  haste. 

otium,  -i,  n.,  leisure,  ease,  repose, 
quiet. 


316 


LATIN  LESSONS 


paco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  pacify, 

tranquilize,  subdue,  make  peace- 

fuL 

pactum,  -i,  n.,  an  agreement,  com- 
pact, way,  manner. 
paene,  adv.,  almost,  nearly. 
palus,  -udis,  f.,  a  marsh,  pool; 

Caprae  palus,  the  Goafs  Pool, 

in  the  Campus  Martius. 
pando,  -ere,  -I,  pas. sum.  to  spread 

out,  open  ;  crinibus  passis,  with 

dishevelled  hair. 
par,  paris,  adj.,  equal,  like;  par! 

modo,  in  like  manner. 
parce,  adv.,  sparingly,  frugally. 
parco,   -ere,   peperci  or  par  si, 

parsum,  to   spare,  be  sparing, 

refrain  from,  forbear. 
parens,  -entis,  in.  and  f.,  a  par- 

ent,  father  or  mother. 
pareo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  appear, 

be  obedient  to,  submit,  comply, 


paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  pre- 
pare, procure,  furnish. 

pars,  partis,  f.,  apart,  share. 

particeps,  -cipis  [pars  +  capio], 
adj.,  taking  part,  sharing.  As 
noun  a  comrade,  partner. 

parum,  adv.,  too  little,  not  very, 
not  enough.  Comp.  minus,  Sup. 
in  inime. 

parvulus  [parvus],  adj.,  small, 
little.  As  noun,  child,  little  one. 

passus,  -us,  in.,  a  step,  pace. 

pastor,  -oris,  in.,  a  shepherd. 

pateo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  be  open, 

clear,  manifest,  extend. 

pater,  -tris,  m.,  a  father. 


patienter,  adv.,  patiently,  tamely. 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  dep., 

to  endure,  suffer,  permit,   sub- 
mit. 

patria,  -ae  [pater] ,  f .,  a  father- 
land, one's  own  country. 
paucus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  few,  little. 
paulatim,    adv.,  little    by   little, 

gradually. 

paulisper,  adv.,  for  a  little  while. 
paulo,  adv.,  a  little,  somewhat. 
paulum,  adv.,  a  little,  somewhat. 
pavor,  -oris,  m.,  terror,   dread, 

alarm. 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace. 
pecus,  -oris,  n.,  cattle,  herd. 
pedes,    -itis,   m.,   a  foot-soldier, 

infantry. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre  [pes],  adj., 

of  foot-soldiers,    of    infantry; 

pedestres    copiae,    the   force 

of  infantry. 

peditatus,    -us  [pes],  m.,  foot- 
soldiers,  infantry. 
pello,  -ere,  pepuli,   pulsum,  to 

expel,  drive  away,  banish,  put 

to  flight. 
per,    prep,    with    ace.,    through, 

•along,  by  means  of,  on  account 

of,  during. 
peragro,    -are,    -avi,   -atum,  to 

wander  through,  traverse. 
percontor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep., 

to  question,  inquire. 
perdo,    -ere,    -didi,    -ditum,   to 

destroy,  lose,  ruin. 
perduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 

to  lead  through,  lead,  conduct. 
perennis,  -e,  adj.,  never-f idling, 

perennial. 
perficio,  -ere,  -fed,  -fectum  [per 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


317 


-f  facioj,  to  accomplish,  /  ><>•/>  //•///, 

finish,  fontfili-tc,  finisi". 

perfidus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 


perfringo,  -ere,  -fregl,  -fractus 
[frango],    to    break    through, 

•I   ii'di/  through. 

perfugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  --  ,  to  flee 


pergo,  -ere,  perrexl,  perrectum 
[per  -f  rego],  to  go  »»//,  c«n- 
tintii',  proceed,  go  forward, 
march. 

periculum,  -I,  n.,  danger,  peril, 
risk. 

perftus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  skilled, 
expert. 

permitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missurn 
[per  +  mitto],  (<>  xt-nd  through, 
(tlliiir,  <jr«nt.  jii-rmit,  entrust. 

perpetuo,  adv.,  constantly,  con- 
f  i  /it/til/  ;/. 

perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  constant, 


perrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptum 
[per-f  rump6],io  breakthrough, 
force  a  passage  thromjh. 

perspicio,  -ere,  -spe»,  -spec- 
turn  [per  -f  specie],  to  per- 
ceive, see,  understand,  discern. 

perterreo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum  [per 
-f  terreo],  to  terrify,  al'irm. 

pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum  [per 
+  teneo],  to  extend,  relate  to, 
pertain. 

perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [per 

-f  turb6],     tO     Coiifutiiiil,     t/ti'ntr 

into  disorder,  disturb,  tron/>/<'. 
pervenio,   -ire.    -venl,    -ventum 
[per  -f-  venio],  to  come  through, 


pgs,  pedis,  in.,  afoot. 

peto,  -ere,  -ivi  <>r  -ii,  -itum,  to 

s-  •  •/,-,    dint   <it,    ttxk.    <>' ni'tii'l.    nl- 

petulans,  -aiitis,  adj.,  impudent, 
insolent, 

pietas,  -atis  [plus],  f.,  filial  af- 
fection, dutiful  '-on duct,  devo- 
tin  n,  loyalty,  piety. 

pignus,  -oris,  n.,  a  pledge,  guar- 

Ol/t'J. 

pflum,  -i,  n.,  a  javelin,  dart. 

placabilis,  -e,  adj.,  conciliatory, 
placable. 

placeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  please, 
give  pleasure. 

planities,  -Si,  f.,  a  plain,  level 
ground. 

plebs,  plebis,  or  plebes,  -Si,  f., 
the  common  people,  the  ple- 
beians. 

plenus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  full,  filled. 

plerumque,  adv.,  generally,  for 
the  most  part. 

plurimus,  of.  plus. 

plus,  pluris.  adj.,  comp.,  more. 
Pos.  multus,  Sup.  plurimus. 

poena,  -ae,  f.,  punishment,  pen- 
alty. 

Poeni,  -onim,  m.,  the  Cartha- 
ginians. 

Pompilius,  -I,  m.,  Numa  Pom- 
j u'li  us,  the  second  king  of  Rome. 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positum,  to 
put,  place,  statin, i,  /mst. 

pons,  pontis,  in.,  a  bridge. 

populus,  -I,  m.,  a  people,  nation, 
the  people. 

Porsena,  -ae,  in.,  Porsena,  king 
of  Clusium. 

porta,  -ae,  f.,  a  gate,  door. 


318 


LATIN   LESSONS 


posco,  -ere,  poposci, ,  to  ask 

for,  demand,  claim. 

possessio,  -onis,  f . ,  a  possession, 
occupation. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  irreg.  verb, 
to  be  able,  can,  have  power. 

post,  adv.,  behind,  afterwards. 

post,  prep,  with  ace.,  behind, 
after. 

postea,  adv.,  afterwards. 

posteaquam,  adv.,  after  that. 
Also  written  postea  quam. 

(posterus),  -a,  -um,  adj.,  not  used 
in  nom.  sing,  masc.,  following, 
next.  In  the  plu.,  descendants, 
posterity.  Comp.  posterior, 
Sup.  postremus. 

postremo,  adv.,  at  last,  finally. 

postridie,  adv.,  on  the  next  day. 

postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ask, 
demand. 

potens,  -entis,  adj.,  able,  power- 
ful. 

potentatus,  -us  [potens],  m., 
dominion,  chief  power. 

potior,  -iri,  -itus  sum,  dep.,  to 
become  master  of,  gain  posses- 
sion of,  acquire,  gain. 

potissimum  [potis],  adv.,  sup., 
chiefly,  above  all,  in  preference 
to  all  others. 

potius  [potis],  adv.,  comp., 
rather. 

praecido,  -ere,  -I,  -cisum  [prae 
4-  caedo],  to  cut  off. 

praecipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum 
[prae  4- capio],  to  take  before- 
hand, order,  direct,  instruct. 

praeclarus,  -a,  -um  [prae  +  cla- 
rus],  splendid,  remarkable,  fa- 
mous. 


praeda,  -ae,  f.,  booty,  plunder, 
prey. 

praedico,  -are,  -avi,  atum  [prae 
4-  died],  to  announce, proclaim, 
herald. 

praeduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum 
[prae  +  duco],  to  draw  before, 
construct  in  front. 

praefectus,  -I  [prae  +  faciS],  m., 
commander,  lieutenant. 

praeficio,  -ere,  -fee!,  -fectum 
[prae  +  facio],  to  set  over,  place 
in  command  of. 

praeparo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [prae 
+  paro],  to  prepare  beforehand, 
prepare. 

praerumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptum 
[prae  + rumpo],  to  break  off, 
tear  away  in  front. 

praesaepio,  -ire,  -saepsi,  -saep- 
tum  [prae  +  saepio] ,  to  hedge 
in  in  front,  barricade. 

praesertim,  adv. ,  especially, 
chiefly. 

praesidium,  -I,  n. ,  defense,  guard, 
garrison. 

praesum,  -esse,  -rai  [prae  + 
sum],  to  be  before,  have  charge 
of,  command. 

praeter,  prep,  with  ace.,  beyond, 
before,  besides,  except. 

praeterea,  adv.,  besides,  more- 
over. 

praetereo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [prae- 
ter 4-  eo],  to  go  by,  pass  by,  dis- 
regard. 

praeteritus,  -a,  -um  [praetereo], 
adj.,  past. 

praeterquam,  adv.,  besides,  ex- 
cept. 

praetorius,    -a,    -um    [praetor], 


LATIN-r.N(iI.IS!I    YOr.MlU.AKY 


.",19 


adj.,  pm'torhni,  brttnnjing  to  a 
</<  in  r<t/. 
precor,  -Sri,  -5tus  Bum,  dep.,  to 

/'I'll/I,    In  WCCll,    IIX/C. 

premo,    -ere,   press!,    pressum, 
to  press   down,   oppress,   over- 

whelm. 

pretium,  -I.  11.,  n  /<r/<v.  raltn: 
(prex,  precis),  f.,  num.  and  p-n. 

not  used,  prayer,  request. 
primo,  adv.,  at  first,  in  the  first 

I'l'ice. 
prlmum,  adv.,  first,  for  the  first 


princeps,  -cipis,  m.,  chief,  leader. 
prior,  prius,  adj.,  com  p.,  former, 

jirior,  first.     Sup.  primus. 
pristinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  former, 

old,  original. 
priusquam,    adv.,    sooner    than, 

before. 
privatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  private, 

personal. 
privo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,    to  de- 

prive, rob. 
pro,  prep,  with  abl.,   before,   in 

front  of,  in  place  of,  instead  of, 

for,  according  to,  in  behalf  of. 
probo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ap- 

prove, try,  prove,  show. 
Proca,  -ae,  m.,  Proca,  king  of  the 

Albans. 
procacitas,  -atis,  f.,  impudence, 

fill/  a  rtiiK'iice. 
procedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

to  go  before,  advance,  proceed. 
procul,  adv.  ,  far,  far  off. 
Proculus,  -i,  m.,  Proculus,  a  Ro- 

man name. 
procure,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  at- 

tend to,  avert,  ward  off. 


proditio,     -oiiis,     f.,    treachery, 

I r<  nsoii. 
prodo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum  [pr5  + 

d5J,    to    (I iff    furtli,    lidiid   (/'»/'•//, 
trui/snift. 
produce,   -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum 

[pr6  +  dUC6J,      In      I,'U,I     fnrtli, 
It  <n!  nut,  ili-oii'  /t/i. 

proelium,  -I,  n.,  a  battle. 
profero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum  [pro 

-f  fero],  to  bring  for»-<ir</,  />ri//>/ 
forth. 
proficio,  -ere,  -feel,  -fectum  [pro 

-f  facio],    to    advance,    accom- 
plish, effect. 
proficiscor,  -i,  -fectus  sum,  dep. , 

tn  *(>t  out,  depart,  march. 
prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  [pro  + 

habeo],  to  hold  back,  hinder, 

prevent,  prohibit. 
proicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum  [pro 

-f  iacio],  to  cast  forth,  throw, 

throw  down. 
promitto,    -ere,   -misi,  -niissum 

[pro  +  mitto],  to  promise. 
promoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motum 

[pro  +  moveo],   to   move  for- 
ward, advance. 
prope,  adv.,  near.     Also  used  as 

a  prep,  with  ace.    Comp.  pro- 

pius,  Sup.  proximo, 
propello,    -ere,    -pull,   -pulsum 

[pro  +  pello],  tn  <irifffni-<r<tr<l, 

impel,  drive  a//v///.  r<-rnlse. 
propensus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  im-lin- 

iiKj  fnirtn'iift,  disposed. 
propero,   -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to 

hast  f  a. 
propinquus.  -a.  -um,  adj.,  near, 

neighboring.    As  noun,  kinsmen, 

neighbors. 


320 


LATIN  LESSONS 


propior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  nearer. 
propius,  adv.,  comp.,  cf.  prope. 
propono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum 

[pro  +  pono],  to  place  before, 

present,  offer,  propose. 
propter,  prep,  with  ace.,  near,  on 

account  of,  because  of. 
propugnaculum,  -I  [propugno], 

n.,  a  bulwark,  rampart,  defense. 
propugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [pro 

+  pugno],  to  rush  out  to  fight, 

sally,  defend. 
prospectus,  -us  [pro  -f  specio], 

m.,    an    outlook,   distant   view, 

prospect. 
prosternS, -ere,  -stravi, -stratum 

[pro  +  sterno],  to  throw  down, 

to  overthrow,  prostrate. 
prosum,  prodesse,  profui  [pro 

-f  sum],  to   be  of  use,  benefit, 

profit. 
proterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  [pro 

+  terreo],  to  frighten  off,  ter- 
rify, affright. 
protinus,  adv.,  forward,  straight 

on,  directly,  forthwith. 
proturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [pro 

+  turbo],  to  drive  away  in  dis- 
order, drive  off,  dislodge. 
proveho,  -ere,    -vexi,   -vectum 

[pro  +  veho],  to  carryforward, 

advance  ;  aetate  provehi,  to  be 

advanced  in  years. 
provenio,   -ire,   -veni,   -ventum 

[pro  +  venio],  to  come  forth, 

appear. 
proventus,   -us,   m.,   the  result, 

issue. 

provincia,  -ae,  f . ,  a  province. 
proximus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    sup., 

nearest,  next.    Comp.  propior. 


prudentia,  -ae,  f.,  foresight,  wis- 
dom, sagacity,  prudence. 

publice,  adv.,  in  the  name  of  the 
state,  publicly,  officially. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 
state,  public. 

Publius,  -I,  m.,  Publius,  a  Roman 
name. 

pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fight. 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj.,/a/r, 
beautiful,  noble.  Comp.  pul- 
chrior,  Sup.  pulcherrimus. 

pulvis,  -eris,  m.,  rarely  f.,  dust. 

puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  reckon, 
think,  consider. 

Pyrrhus,  -I,  in.,  Pyrrhus,  king  of 
Epirus. 


quadraginta,  num.  adj.,  forty. 

quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesi- 
tum,  to  seek,  ask,  require. 

qualis,  -e,  adj.  pron.,  of  what 
sort,  as,  such  as,  what  kind 
of  a;  talis  .  .  .  qualis,  such 
...  as. 

quam,  adv.,  how,  as.  After  com- 
paratives, than.  With  superla- 
tives, as  possible;  tarn  .  .  . 
quam,  so  ...  as. 

quamdiu,  adv.,  as  long  as. 

quantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  pron.,  how 
much,  how  great,  as  much  as,' 
tantus  .  .  .  quantus,  so  much 
...  as. 

quasi,  adv. ,  as  if. 

quattuor,  num.  adj.,  four. 

-que,  conj.  enclit.,  and.  Always 
joined  to  another  word. 

queror,  -I,  questus  sum,  dep.,  to 
complain,  bewail. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


321 


qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,  who, 
ii-lu'ch,  that.  Interrog.  (neut.quid 
or  quod),  who  ?  which?  what  f 

quicumque,  quaecumque,  quod- 
cunaque,  rel.  pron.,  whoever, 
whatever,  all  who. 

quid,  interrog.  adv.,  why  ?  how  ? 

quidam.  quaedam,  quoddam  and 
quiddam,  indef.  pron.,  a  certain 
one,  somebody,  something.  Phi., 
some,  certain  ones. 

quidem,  adv.,  indeed,  in  fact, 
truly.  Often  to  be  expressed 
by  giving  a  proper  emphasis  in 
the  sentence.  Cf.  ne. 

quies,  -etis,  f.,  rest,  repose,  quiet. 

quin,  conj.,  but  that,  but,  without, 
that  not. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  five 
hundred. 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  the 
fifth. 

Quirinalis,  -e,  adj.,  of  Quirinus 
or  Eomulus ;  collis  Quirinalis, 
the  Quirinal  Hill,  one  of  the 
seven  hills  of  Rome. 

Quirinus,  -I,  m.,  Quirinus,  a  name 
given  to  Romulus. 

quis,  quae,  quid,  interrog.  pron., 
who  ?  which  ?  what  ?  After  si, 
nisi,  and  num,  indefinite,  uny 
one,  anybody,  anything,  some 
one,  somebody,  something. 

quisquam,  neut.  quicquam,  indef. 
pron.,  any,  any  one,  anything. 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque  or 
quodque,  indef.  pron.,  each, 
each  one,  every. 

quivis,  quaevis,  quidvis  or  quod- 
vis,  indef.  pron.,  any  one  you 
please,  any  one,  any. 

LAT.  LES. — 21 


quo,   adv.,   where,   whither.      As 

conj.,  in  order  that,  that  thereby. 
quominus,  conj. ,  that  not,  so  that 

not. 
quondam,   adv.,  once,  formerly, 

In  rtttfler. 
quoniam,  adv.,  since,  seeing  that, 

inasmuch  as. 
quoque,  conj.,  following  the  word 

it  makes  emphatic,  also,  too. 
quot,  indecl.  adj.,  how  many. 


radius,  -I,  m.,  a  staff,  ray,  beam 
(of  light). 

radix,  -icis,  f.,  a  root,  foot  (of  a 
hill  or  mountain). 

rapina,  -ae,  f.,  robbery,  plunder, 
pillage. 

rapio,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  seize  and 
carry  off,  hurry  away,  plunder. 

ranis,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  scattered,  far 
apart,  here  and  there,  few. 

ratio,  -onis,  f.,  a  reckoning,  ac- 
count, consideration,  plan. 

ratus,  -a,  -um,  thinking;  parti- 
ciple of  reor. 

Rebilus,  -I,  m.,  Eebilus,  one  of 
Caesar's  lieutenants. 

recenseo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  to  enu- 
merate, review,  muster. 

recido,  -ere,  reccidi,  recasum, 
to  fall  back,  return,  be  handed 
over. 

recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to 
take  back,  recover,  receive;  s6 
recipere,  to  betake  one's  self, 
to  retreat. 

recreo,  -are,  -avi,  -Stum,  to  re- 
store, revive,  renew. 


322 


LATIN  LESSONS 


recte,  adv.,  rightly,  properly,  well. 

recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  de- 
cline, refuse,  reject,  object,  pro- 
test. 

reddo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum  [red 
-I-  do],  to  give  back,  return,  re- 
store. 

redeS,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [red  +  eo], 
to  go  back,  return,  come. 

redigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum  [red 
-f  ago] ,  to  bring  back,  reduce, 
render,  compel. 

re  dim  6,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptum 
[red  +  emo],  to  ransom,  re- 
deem, purchase. 

redintegro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
restore,  renew. 

reditus,  -us  [red  +  eo],  m.,  a 
returning,  going  back,  return. 

reduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum  [re 
4-duco],  to  lead  back,  withdraw. 

refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatum, 
to  bear  back,  bring,  return; 
pedem  referre,  to  retreat. 

reficio,  -ere,  -fed,  -fectum  [re  + 
facio],  to  make  again,  repair, 
restore. 

Reglnus,  -i,  m.,  Eeginus,  a  Ro- 
man name. 

regiS,  -onis,  f.,  a  region,  district, 
country. 

regius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  a  king, 
royal,  kingly. 

regno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  reign, 
rule. 

regnum,  -I,  n.,  a  kingdom. 

rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectum,  to  rule, 
govern,  conduct. 

regredior,  -I,  -gressus  sum  [re 
-f  gradior],  dep.,  to  go  back, 
return. 


relabor,  -I,  lapsus  sum,  dep.,  to 
slide  back,  flow  ba.ck,  return,  re- 
cede. 

religio,  -onis,  f . ,  piety,  religion. 

relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictum,  to 
leave  behind,  leave,  desert. 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  left,  re- 
maining, the  rest  of. 

Remus,  -I,  m.,  Remus,  brother  of 
Romulus. 

renascor,  -I,  -natus  sum  [re  + 
nascor],  dep.,  to  be  born  again, 
grow  again. 

renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  [re  + 
nuntio],  to  report  back,  report, 
announce. 

reor,  reri,  ratus  sum,  dep.,  to 
think,  judge. 

repello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsum  [re 
-f  pello],  to  drive  back,  repulse, 
repel. 

repente,  adv.,  suddenly. 

reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertum, 
to  find,  discover. 

res,  rei,  f.,  a  thing,  circumstance, 
affair,  event,  matter;  res  pu- 
blica,  the  state,  commonwealth. 

rescinds,  -ere,  -scidi,  -scissum, 
to  cut  off,  tear  down,  destroy. 

reservo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
keep  back,  reserve. 

resided,  -ere,  -sedl,  -sessum,  to 
remain,  reside,  abide. 

resists,  -ere,  -stiti, ,  to  stand 

still,  halt,  come  to  a  stand,  re- 
sist. 

respicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum 
[re  +  specie],  to  look  back, 
look  for,  regard,  consider. 

respirS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  take 
breath,  recover. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


323 


responded,  -5re,  -I,  -sponsum, 

to  answer,  reply. 
responsum,   -I,    n.,   an    answer, 

reply. 

restituo,  -ere,  -T,  -utum,  to  re- 
store, replace,  reinstate. 
revertor,  -I,  -versus  sum,  dep., 

to  turn  back,  return;  perf.  also 

reverti. 

rex,  regis,  m. ,  a  king. 
Rhea,  -ae,  f.,  Rhca  Silvia. 
rigo,   -are,   -avi,  -atum,  to  wet, 

moisten,  water. 

ripa,  -ae,  f.,  a  bank  (of  a  river), 
rite,  adv.,  with  proper  ceremony, 

duly,  solemnly. 
robur,   -oris,   n.,   oak,    strength, 

power,  flower. 
Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Home. 
Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman. 

As  noun,  a  Roman. 
Romulus,   -I,  m.,  Romulus,  the 

founder  of  Rome, 
rursus,  adv.,  in  turn,  again. 


S 

Sabini,  -6mm,  m.,  the  Sdbines. 
sacellum,  -I,  n.,  a  little  sanctuary, 

chapel. 
sacer,  -era,  -cram,  adj.,  sacred, 

consecrated. 
sacerdos,    -otis,    m.    and    f.,    a 

priest,  priestess. 
saepe,   adv.,  often.     Comp.  sae- 

pius,  Sup.  saepissime. 
saepio,  -ire,  -si,  -turn,  to  hedtfe 

about,  hedge  in,  fortify. 
sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  an  arrow. 
Sagittarius,  -I,  m.,  an  archer, 

bowman. 


Salii,  -drum,  m.,  the  Salii,  a  col- 
lege of  priests  founded  by  Numa. 

salto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dance. 

saltus,  -us,  m.,  a  forest,  woodland, 
pasture. 

(saltus,  -us),  m.,  a  leaping,  leap, 
bound.  Only  in  ace.  and  abl.  in 
both  numbers. 

salus,  -utis,  f.,  safety,  welfare. 

sancte,  adv.,  scrupulously,  relig- 
iously, reverently.  Comp.  saiic- 
tius,  Sup.  sanctissime. 

sanguis,  -guinis,  m.,  blood. 

sapiens,  -entis,  adj.,  wise,  dis- 
creet. 

satelles,  -itis,  m.  and  f.,  com- 
panion, assistant. 

satis,  adj.,  indecl.,  enough,  suffi- 
cient. Also  used  as  noun. 

satisfacio,  -facere,  -feel,  -fac 
turn,  to  give  satisfaction,  satisfy 

saxum,  -I,  n.,  a  rock. 

scalae,  -arum,  f.,  a  ladder,  scal- 
ing-ladder. 

scelus,  -eris,  n.,  a  crime,  wicked- 
ness. 

scindo,  -ere,  scidi,  scissum,  to 
cleave,  divide,  rend. 

scio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  know, 
understand. 

scissus,  part,  of  scindo.  rent, 
cleft. 

scriba,  -ae,  m.,  a  secretary,  clerk. 

scrobis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  ditch, 
trench. 

scutum,  -i,  n.,  a  shield. 

secretus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  separate, 
apart,  secret. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj..  follow- 
ing, second,  favorable. 

securis,  -is,  f.,  an  axe. 


324 


LATIN  LESSONS 


Bed,  conj.,  but. 

sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessum,  to  sit, 
be  still,  delay. 

seditio,  -onis,  f.,  dissension,  civil 
discord,  sedition. 

Sedulius,  -I,  m.,  Sedulius,  a  Gal- 
lic leader. 

segniter,  adv.,  slothfully,  slowly, 
lazily. 

sella,  -ae,  f .,  a  chair,  stool ;  sella 
curulis,  the  magistrates'  chair. 

semper,  adv.,  always,  ever. 

senator,  -oris,  m.,  a  senator. 

senatus,  -us,  m.,  the  senate,  the 
council  of  state  at  Rome. 

senectus,  -utis,  f.,  old  age,  age. 

senior,  -oris,  adj.,  comp.  of  senex, 
older,  elder.  As  noun,  the  elders, 
the  older  men. 

sententia,  -ae,  f.,  opinion,  judg- 
ment, sentiment,  purpose. 

sepelio,  -ire,  -ivi,  sepultum,  to 
bury. 

aeptentriones,  -um,  m.  plu.,  the 
seven  stars  of  the  Great  Bear, 
the  north. 

Beptuaginta,  num.  adj.,  seventy. 

sequor,  -i,  secutus  sum,  dep.,  to 
follow,  succeed,  come  after,  pur- 
sue. 

sermo,  -onis,  m.,  a  discourse, 
conversation,  talk. 

gero,  adv.,  late,  too  late. 

servilis,  -e,  adj.,  slavish,  servile. 

servitus,  -utis,  f.,  slavery,  servi- 
tude. 

servus,  -I,  m.,  a  slave,  servant, 
bondsman. 

seu  or  sive,  conj.,  or  if,  whether. 

sex,  num.  adj.,  six. 

sexaginta,  num.  adj.,  sixty. 


si,  conj. ,  if,  whether. 

sic,  adv.,  thus,  so. 

siccus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dry.  As 
noun,  dry  land. 

Sicilia,  -ae,  f.,  the  island  of 
Sicily. 

Siculi,  -6mm,  m.,  the  Sicilians, 
inhabitants  of  Sicily. 

significatio,  -onis,  f.,  an  indica- 
tion, signal,  warning. 

signifies,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 
make  signs,  show,  indicate. 

signum,  -I,  n.,  a  sign,  indication, 
military  standard,  banner. 

silentium,-i,  n.,  silence. 

sileo,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  to  be  still, 

be  silent. 

Silvia,  -ae,  f.,  (Rhea)  Silvia, 
the  mother  of  Romulus  and 
Remus. 

similis,  -e,  adj.,  like,  similar. 

simplex,  -icis,  adj.,  simple,  plain, 
unmixed. 

simulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  pre- 
tend, feign. 

sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  without. 

singularis,  -e,  adj.,  singular, 
single,  remarkable,  alone. 

singuli,  -ae,  -a,  distrib.  adj.,  one 
at  a  time,  single,  one  to  each. 

sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left, 
on  the  left,  unfavorable. 

situs,  -us,  in.,  situation,  site, 
position. 

societas,  -atis,  f.,  union,  alli- 
ance. 

cocio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  unite, 
associate,  share. 

socius,  -I,  m.,  ally,  companion, 
associate. 

sol,  oolip,  m.,  the  sun. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


325 


soleo,  -ere,  -litus  sum,  semidep., 
to  be  wont,  be  accustomed. 

solitude,  -inis  [solus],  f.,  lone- 
liness, solitude,  a  lonely  place, 
desert. 

solum,  adv.,  alone,  only. 

solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone,  only. 

soror,  -oris,  f.,  a  sister. 

soi  s.  soitis.  f.,  a  lot,  chance,  fate. 

spatium,  -I,  n.,  a  space,  extent, 
tK&ance. 

species  (-ei),  f.,  appearance, 
form,  looks. 

spectaculum,  -I,  n.,  a  show,  spec- 
tacle. 

specto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  look 
at,  observe,  examine,  extend,  lie. 

sperno.  -ere,  sprevi,  spretum, 
to  despise,  reject,  scorn,  spurn. 

spolium,  -I,  n.,  mostly  in  the  plu., 
spoilt  booty,  arms  taken  from 
an  enemy. 

statim.  adv.,  forthwith,  immedi- 
ately. 

static,  -onis  [sto],  f.,  a  position, 
station,  post,  outposts,  sentries, 
guards. 

statua,  -ae  [sto],  f.,  a  statue, 
image. 

status,  -us  [sto],  m.,  standing, 
position,  condition. 

stimulus,  -i,  m.,  a  prick,  spur, 
pointed  stake  planted  in  the 
ground  to  hinder  the  enemy. 

strages,  -is,  f.,  overthrow,  defeat, 
slaughter,  carnage. 

studium,  -I,  n.,  zeal,  desire,  in- 
clination, pursuit. 

stultitia,  -ae,  f.,  folly. 

suadeo,  -ere,  suasi,  suasum,  to 
advise,  urge,  persuade. 


subeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [sub  -f  eo], 

to  go  under,  undergo,   endure, 

come  up. 
subicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum  [sub 

+  iacio],  to  place  under,  make 

subject,  bring  up. 
subigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum  [sub 

+  ago],  to  overcome,  subjugate, 

drive,  compel. 
subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 
sublicius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  resting 

upon  piles ;  pons  sublicius,  the 

pile-bridge   (over  the  Tiber  at 

Rome) . 
subluo,  -ere, ,  -turn,  to  wash 

below. 
submitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum 

[sub  +  mitto],  to  let  down,  send 

secretly,  send  as  aid. 
suboles,  -is,  f.,  offspring. 
subrideo,  -ere,  -risi, [sub 

+  rideo],  to  smile. 
subsequor,  -I,  -secutus  sum,  to 

follow  after,  follow. 
subsidium,  -I,  n.,  a  reserve  force, 

reinforcement,  relief,  help. 
succedo,   -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum 

[sub  +  cedo],  to  follow,  come 

up,  come  after,  succeed. 
succumbo,  -ere,  -cubui,  -cubi- 

tum  [sub  -f  cumbo],    to  sub- 
mit, yield,  give  up. 
succurro,  -ere,  -cursum  [sub  + 

curro],  to  run  to  help,  assist, 

succor. 

sudis,  -is,  f.,  a  stake. 
sufficio,  -ere,  -feel,  -fectum  [sub 

+  facio],  to  be  sufficient,  suffice. 
sul,  gen.  of  the  reflex,  pron.,  nom. 

wanting,  himself,  herself,  itself, 

themselves. 


326 


LATIN  LESSONS 


sum,  ease,  fui,  irreg.  verb,  to  be. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super,  of 
superus,  highest,  best,  greatest, 
supreme. 

sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptum, 
to  take,  undertake,  begin. 

super,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl., 
over,  above,  on,  about,  concern- 
ing, beyond. 

superasto,  -are,  -stiti,  ,  to 

stand  upon. 

superbia,  -ae,  f.,  haughtiness,  ar- 
rogance. 

superincido,  -ere,  ,  ,  to 

fall  upon  from  above. 

superior,  -ius,  &dj.,higher,  greater, 
better,  comp.  of  superus. 

supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  go 
over,  surpass,  overcome,  sub- 
due. 

superus,  -a,  -um  [super],  adj., 
above,  higher.  Comp.  supe- 
rior, Sup.  supremus  or  sum- 
mus. 

supervenio,  -Ire,  -vem,  -ven- 
tum  [super  +  venio],  to  come 
upon,  come  up. 

suppeto,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itum,  to 
be  at  hand,  be  present,  to  suf- 
flee. 

supplicium,  -i,  n.,  a  punishment, 
penalty. 

supra,  adv.,  above,  before. 

suscipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum 
[sub  +  capio] ,  to  take,  receive, 
begin,  undertake,  undergo. 

sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum  [sub 
-f  teneo],  to  hold  up,  sustain, 
withstand. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.,  his, 
hers,  its,  theirs,  one1 8  own. 


Syracusae,  -arum,  f.,  Syracuse, 

the  chief  city  of  Sicily. 
Syracusam,  -orum,  m. ,  the  Syra- 

cusans. 


tabula,  -ae,  f.,  a  writing-tablet, 
record,  list. 

talis,  -e,  adj.,  such,  of  such  a 
kind;  talis  .  .  .  qualis,  such 
...  as. 

tamen,  adv.,  nevertheless,  still, 
yet. 

tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  great, 
so  much,  such.  See  quantus. 

Tarentini,  -orum,  m.,  the  Taren- 
tines,  inhabitants  of  Tarentum. 

Tarpeia, -ae,  f.,  Tarpeia. 

Tarquinii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Tar- 
quins,  one  of  the  families  of 
Roman  kings. 

Tatius,  -I,  m.,  Tatius,  a  name  of 
a  Sabine  leader. 

telum,  -I,  n.,  a  weapon,  javelin, 
missile. 

temerarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  rash, 
inconsiderate,  indiscreet. 

temeritas,  -atis,  f.,  rashness,  in- 
discretion, temerity. 

tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  a  storm,  tem- 
pest, weather. 

templum,  -I,  n.,  a  temple,  sanc- 
tuary. 

tempt 6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  at- 
tempt, try. 

tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time,  season. 

teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -turn,  to  hold, 
keep,  retain,  maintain,  defend. 

Terentius,  -I,  m.,  Terentius,  a 
Roman  name. 

tergum,  -I,  n.,  the  back,  rear. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


327 


terra,  -ae,  f.,  the  earth,  land, 
region,  country. 

terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  frighten, 
terrify,  deter. 

terribilis,  -e,  adj.,  dreadful,  fear- 
ful. 

terror,  -oris,  m.,  alarm,  fear, 
fright. 

testimonium,  -I,  n.,  testimony, 
evidence,  proof. 

testis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  a  wit- 
ness. 

testudo,  -inis,  f.,  a  tortoise,  a 
shelter  of  shields  used  by  be- 
siegers, a  testudo. 

Teutones,  -um,  m.,  the  Teutones, 
a  German  tribe. 

theatrum,  -I,  n.,  a  theater,  place 
of  exhibition. 

Tiberis,  -is,  m.,  the  Tiber. 

timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear,  dread. 

Timoleon,  -ontis,  m. ,  Timoleon, 
a  Corinthian  who  went  to  the 
assistance  of  the  Syracusans. 

Titus,  -I,  m.,  Titus,  a  Koman 
name. 

tolero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  en- 
dure, bear,  hold  out,  support. 

tollo,  -ere,  sustuli,  sublatum, 
to  raise,  lift  up,  carry  off,  take 
away. 

tonitrus,  -us,  m.,  thunder.  Some- 
times neuter  in  the  plu. 

tormentum,  -I,  n.,  an  engine  for 
hurling  stones  or  darts,  torture. 

tot,  indecl.  adj. ,  so  many. 

totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  the  whole, 
all. 

trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum  [trans 
+  do],  to  give  up,  deliver,  sur- 
render, hand  down. 


traho,  -ere,  traxi,  tractum,  to 
drag  along,  to  draw,  derive,  de- 
lay, prolong. 

traicio,-ere,  -ieci, -iectum  [trans 
-f  iacio],  to  throw  across,  trans- 
fer, lead  over,  cross  over. 

trano,  -are,  -avi, ,  to  swim 

across,  or  over. 

transcends,  -ere,  -I, ,  to  pass 

over,  cross,  surmount. 

transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum  [trans  + 
eoj,  to  go  over,  go  across,  pass 
by. 

transfodio,  -ere,  -fodi,  -fossum, 
to  dig  through,  transfix,  pierce. 

transilio,  -ire,  -ui, ,  to  leap 

over. 

transmarlnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  from 
beyond  sea,  transmarine. 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  three 
hundred. 

tres,  tria,  num.  adj.,  three. 

tribunus,  -i,  m.,  a  tribune. 

tribuo,  -ere,  -i,  -utum,  to  assign, 
ascribe,  distribute,  bestow. 

triginta,  num.  adj.,  indecl.,  thirty. 

trux,  trucis,  adj.,  fierce,  savage. 

tu,  tui,  pers.  pron.,  you,  thou. 

tuba,  -ae,  f.,  a  trumpet. 

turn,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time. 

tune,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time, 
just  then. 

turbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dis- 
turb, throw  into  confusion. 

turma,  -ae,  f.,  a  troop,  squadron. 

turpis,  -e,  adj.,  disgraceful,  un- 
seemly, base. 

turpiter  [turpis],  adv.,  basely, 
shamefully,  dishonorably. 

turris,  -is,  f.,  a  tower. 

tutela,  -ae,  f .,  safeguard,  defense. 


328 


LATIN  LESSONS 


tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe,  secure, 

protected. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,   poss.   pron.,  thy, 

thine,  your,  yours. 
tyrannis,  -idis,  f .,  arbitrary  power, 

tyranny. 
tyrannus,    -I,    m.,    an    absolute 

ruler,  usurper,  despot,  tyrant. 


uber,  -eris,  n.,  an  udder,  breast. 
ubi,  adv.,  rel.  and  interrog.,  where, 

in  which  place,  whereby  ;  where  ? 

in  what  place? 

ullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  any,  any  one. 
ulterior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.,  farther, 

on  the  farther  side,  more  remote. 
ultimus,  -a,  -um,  sup.  of  ulterior, 
ultro,  adv.,  beyond,  of  one's  own 

accord,  voluntarily. 
ululatus,  -us,  m.,  a  howling,  war- 
whoop. 

umquam,  adv.,  ever,  at  any  time. 
undocim,  num.  adj.,  eleven. 
undique,  adv.,  everywhere,  on  all 

sides,  from  every  side. 
universus, -a, -um,  adj.,  all,  whole, 

entire. 
uiius,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  one,  one 

only,  alone. 
urbs,  urbis,  f . ,  a  city. 
usque,  adv.,  even,  as  far  as,  all 

the  way. 

UBUS,  -us,  m.,  use,  practice,  expe- 
rience, need,  necessity. 
ut,  conj.,  that,  so  that,  in  order 

that.      As    adv.,    as,    just    as, 

how. 
uter,  utra,  utrum,  adj.,  interrog., 

which  of  two?  which?    Relative, 


whichever  (of  two) ,  the  one  who 
or  which  (of  two). 

uterque,  utraque,  utrumque, 
adj.,  each,  both. 

utilis,  -e  [iitor],  adj.,  useful,  ser- 
viceable. 

utor,  -I,  usus  sum,  dep.,  to  use, 
make  use  of,  enjoy,  employ,  prac- 
tise, exercise. 

utrimque,  adv.,  on  both  sides. 

uxor,  -oris,  f.,  a  wife. 


vacuefacio,  -ere,  -feci,  -factum 
[vacuus  +  faciS],  to  make 
empty,  make  vacant,  vacate. 

vadimonium,  -I,  n.,  bail  for  ap- 
pearance, bail,  security. 

vagitus,  -us,  m.,  a  crying. 

valeo,  -ere,  -m, ,  to  be  strong, 

have  influence,  avail,  be  able. 

Valerius,  -I,  m.,  Valerius,  a  Ro- 
man name. 

valGtudo,  -inis  [valeo],  f.,  health, 
state  of  health,  feebleness. 

vallum,  -I,  n.,  a  rampart  formed 
of  stakes,  palisade,  fortification. 

varius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  various,  dif- 
ferent, diverse. 

Varro,  -onis,  m.,  Varro,  a  Roman 
name. 

vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  lay 
waste,  ravage,  devastate. 

vastus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  waste,  des- 
ert, vast. 

vehementer,  adv.,  violently, 
eagerly,  impetuously.  Comp. 
vehementius. 

vehiculum,  -I  [veho],  n.,  a  car- 
riage, vehicle. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


329 


veho,   -ere,    vexi,    vectum,    to 

carry,  convey,  bear. 
veluti,  adv.,  as,  just  as.     Also 

written  velut. 
venio,    -ire,    venl,    ventum,    to 

come. 
venor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.,  to 

ftinif. 

ventus,  -I,  m.,  the  wind. 
verbum,  -I,  n.,  a  word. 
Vercassivellaunus,  -I,  m.,  Ver- 

cassireUauuus,  a  Gallic  chief. 
Vercingetorix,  -igis,  m.,  Vercin- 

getorix,  the  leader  of  the  Gauls. 
verS,  adv.,  truly,  truthfully. 
vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum,  to  stand 

in  awe  of,  revere,  fear,  be  afraid. 
vero,  adv.,  in  truth,  in  fact,  surely, 

but  in  fact. 
verso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  keep 

turning,   think    over,   meditate. 

In  the  pass.,  to  be,  be  situated, 

engaged    in,    busy    one's    self 

with. 
verto,  -ere,  -I,  versum,  to  turn, 

turn  back;  terga  vertere,   to 

turn  their  backs,  take  to  flight. 
vSrum,  adv.,  but  in  truth,  but. 
Vesta,  -ae,  1,  Vesta,  goddess  of 

the  hearth  and  home. 
vester,  -tra,  -tnim,  poss.  pron., 

your,  yours. 
vestigium,  -I,  n.,  a  footstep,  trace, 

vestige. 
vestis,  -is,  f.,  clothing,  garments, 

garb. 

vestitus,  -us,  dress,  attire,  cloth- 
ing. 

vetus,  -eris,  adj.,  old,  former,  an- 
cient.    Comp.  vetustior,   Sup. 

veterrimus. 


vexo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  harass, 

trouble,  annoy. 
vicesimus,  -a,   -um,    num.   adj., 

the  twentieth. 

vicinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  near,  neigh- 
boring. 
vicis,  gen.  (nom.  not  used),  change, 

succession;  in  vicem,  in  turn, 

successively. 

victor,   -oris,  m.,  a  victor,  con- 
queror. 

victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 
vicus,  -I,  m.,  a  village,  hamlet. 
videlicet,  adv.,  evidently,  plainly, 

forsooth,  of  course. 
video,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visum,  to  see, 

perceive.    In  the  pass.,  to  seem, 

appear. 
vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  a  watch,   guard, 

watching,  division  of  the  night. 
viginti,  num.  adj.,  twenty. 
vincio,  -Ire,  vinxi,  vinctum,  to 

bind,  fasten. 
vinco,    -ere,    vici,    victum,    to 

conquer,  defeat,  subdue. 
vinculum,   -I  [vincio],   n.,   that 

which  binds,  a  chain,  bond,  fet- 
ter. 
vindico,    -are,    -avi,   -atum,    to 

assert  a  claim  to,  defend,  punish. 
vinum,  -I,  n.,  icine. 
vir,  viri,  m.,  a  man,  husband. 
virgo,  -mis,  f.,  a  maiden,  girl. 
Viridomarus,  -I,  m.,  Viridomarus, 

a  Gallic  chief. 
viritim  [vir],  adv.,  man  by  man, 

to  each  man. 
virtus,  -utis  [vir],  1,  manliness, 

worth,  valor,  courage. 
vis  (gen.  wanting),  ace.  vim,  f., 

strength,  force,  power,  number. 


330 


LATIN  LESSONS 


vita,  -ae,  f.,  life. 
vivo,  -ere,  vixi,  victum,  to  live. 
vivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  living,  alive. 
vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty,  hardly, 

scarcely. 
voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call, 

name,  summon,  invoke. 
volo,   velle,   volui,    to  wish,   be 

willing,  desire. 
votum,  -I,  n.,  a  vow,  pledge. 
voveo,   -ere,   vovi,    votum,    to 


make  a  vow,  promise  solemnly, 

vow. 
vox,  vocis  [voco],  f.,  the  voice, 

utterance,  word. 

vulgo,  adv.,  commonly,  generally. 
vulnero,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,   to 

wound,  hurt. 

vulnus,  -eris,  n. ,  a  wound. 
vultur,  -uris,  m.,  a  vulture. 
vultus,  -us,  m.,  countenance, 

looks,  face,  expression. 


J.  8.  0««hing  4  Co.  -  Berwick  &  Smith 
Norwood  Mass.  U.S.A. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF    25     CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


251933 


DEC 


LD  21-50m-l, 


VB  0024 

U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


622^ 


